Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)

¨

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) or (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

OR

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

¨

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 1-33867

 

 

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Republic of The Marshall Islands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

4 th Floor, Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda

Telephone: (441) 298-2530

(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

Edith Robinson

4 th Floor, Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda

Telephone: (441) 298-2530

Fax: (441) 292-3931

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered, or to be registered, pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Class A common stock, par value of $0.01 per share   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered, or to be registered, pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

132,797,861 shares of Class A common stock, par value of $0.01 per share.

23,232,757 shares of Class B common stock, par value of $0.01 per share.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes   ¨             No    x

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes   ¨             No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes   x             No    ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant (1) has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes   x             No    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer   ¨             Accelerated Filer   x             Non-Accelerated Filer   ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP   x   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board   ¨   Other   ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:

Item 17   ¨              Item 18   ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes    ¨             No   x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.

INDEX TO REPORT ON FORM 20-F

INDEX

 

         PAGE  

PART I

       3   

Item 1.

 

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

     5   

Item 2.

 

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

     5   

Item 3.

 

Key Information

     5   
 

Selected Financial Data

     5   
 

Risk Factors

     8   
 

Tax Risks

     17   

Item 4.

 

Information on the Company

     18   
 

A. History and Development of the Company

     18   
 

B. Business Overview

     19   
 

Our Fleet

     19   
 

Business Strategies

     21   
 

Our Charters and Participation in the Gemini Suezmax Pool, Teekay Aframax Pools and Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool and Norient Product Pool

     22   
 

Industry and Competition

     23   
 

Safety, Management of Ship Operations and Administration

     24   
 

Risk of Loss, Insurance and Risk Management

     25   
 

Flag, Classification, Audits and Inspections

     25   
 

Regulations

     26   
 

C. Organizational Structure

     30   
 

D. Property, Plant and Equipment

     30   
 

E. Taxation of the Company

     30   
 

United States Taxation

     30   
 

Marshall Islands Taxation

     31   

Item 4A.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

     31   

Item 5.

 

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

     32   
 

General

     32   
 

Significant Developments in 2014 and 2015

     32   
 

Our Charters

     34   
 

Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts

     34   
 

Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Results

     35   
 

Results of Operations

     35   
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     42   
 

Commitments and Contingencies

     46   
 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

     46   
 

Critical Accounting Estimates

     46   

Item 6.

 

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

     48   
 

Directors and Executive Officers of Teekay Tankers Ltd.

     49   
 

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

     50   
 

Long-Term Incentive Program

     50   

 

1


Table of Contents
 

Board Practices

     50   
 

Crewing and Staff

     51   
 

Share Ownership

     52   

Item 7.

 

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

     52   
 

A. Major Shareholders

     52   
 

B. Related Party Transactions

     53   

Item 8.

 

Financial Information

     58   
 

Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes

     58   
 

Legal Proceedings

     58   
 

Dividend Policy

     58   
 

Significant Changes

     58   

Item 9.

 

The Offer and Listing

     59   

Item 10.

 

Additional Information

     59   
 

Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

     59   
 

Material Contracts

     59   
 

Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders

     60   
 

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     60   
 

Non-United States Tax Considerations

     64   
 

Documents on Display

     64   

Item 11.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     64   
 

Foreign Currency Fluctuation Risk

     64   
 

Interest Rate Risk

     64   
 

Spot Tanker Market Rate Risk

     65   

Item 12.

 

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

     65   

PART II.

    

Item 13.

 

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

     65   

Item 14.

 

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

     65   

Item 15.

 

Controls and Procedures

     65   
 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

     66   

Item 16A.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

     66   

Item 16B.

 

Code of Ethics

     66   

Item 16C.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     67   

Item 16D.

 

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

     67   

Item 16E.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

     67   

Item 16F.

 

Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

     67   

Item 16G.

 

Corporate Governance

     67   

Item 16H.

 

Mine Safety Disclosure

     67   

PART III.

    

Item 17.

 

Financial Statements

     67   

Item 18.

 

Financial Statements

     68   

Item 19.

 

Exhibits

     68   

Signature

       70   

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

This Annual Report should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this report.

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Annual Report to “Teekay Tankers Ltd.,” “we,” “us” and “our” and similar terms refer to Teekay Tankers Ltd. and/or one or more of its subsidiaries, except that those terms, when used in this Annual Report in connection with the common stock described herein, shall mean specifically Teekay Tankers Ltd. References in this Annual Report to “Teekay Corporation” refer to Teekay Corporation and/or any one or more of its subsidiaries.

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Such forward-looking statements relate to future events and our operations, objectives, expectations, performance, financial condition and intentions. When used in this Annual Report, the words “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report include, in particular, statements regarding:

 

   

our future financial condition or results of operations and our future revenues and expenses;

 

   

our dividend policy and ability to pay dividends on share of our common stock, and the expected return to our normal dividend schedule for the first quarter of 2016;

 

   

our future financial condition and results of operations and our future revenues, expenses and capital expenditures, and our expected financial flexibility to pursue capital expenditures, acquisitions and other expansion opportunities;

 

   

the crude oil and refined product tanker market fundamentals, including the balance of supply and demand in the tanker market, estimated growth in the world tanker fleet, estimated growth in global oil demand and crude oil tanker demand, continued high rate of global oil production (with no expected change to OPEC policy expected in 2016), changes in long-haul crude tanker movements, tanker fleet utilization and spot tanker rates and potential for floating storage;

 

   

changes in the production of or demand for oil or refined products, including the impact of the return of Iranian oil production;

 

   

changes in trading patterns significantly affecting overall vessel tonnage requirements; greater or less than anticipated levels of tanker newbuilding orders and deliveries and greater or less than anticipated rates of tanker scrapping or use of tankers for storage;

 

   

our compliance with, and the effect on our business and operating results of, covenants under our term loans and credit facilities;

 

   

future oil prices, production and refinery capacity;

 

   

the effect of lower global oil prices, including the potential impact on oil stockpiling, refinery throughput, bunker fuel prices, and oil futures markets;

 

   

our future financial position and ability to take advantage of growth opportunities in the global conventional tanker market;

 

   

tanker market conditions and fundamentals, including the balance of supply and demand in these markets and spot tanker charter rates and oil production;

 

   

the ability of Tanker Investments Ltd. (or TIL ) to benefit from the cyclical tanker market;

 

   

our expectations about the availability of vessels to purchase, the expected costs and time it may take to construct and deliver newbuildings, or the useful lives of our vessels;

 

   

planned capital expenditures and the ability to fund capital expenditures;

 

   

the ability to leverage Teekay Corporation’s relationships and reputation in the shipping industry;

 

   

the expected benefits of participation in vessel pooling arrangements;

 

   

the effectiveness of our chartering strategy in capturing upside opportunities and reducing downside risks, including our ability to take advantage of the tanker market recovery;

 

   

the expected benefits of our acquisition of the ship-to-ship transfer business from a company jointly owned by Teekay Corporation and I.M. Skaugen SE, including the ability of the acquired business to provide stable countercyclical cash flow to help us manage the cyclicality of the tanker market, and our ability to leverage this acquisition to grow our presence in, and take advantage of the expected increased volumes moving in and out of, the U.S. Gulf, and to increase our market share in the ship-to-ship global supports business;

 

3


Table of Contents
   

our expectation regarding the U.S. Gulf lightering trade and the impact on this trade from the lifted ban on U.S. crude oil exports;

 

   

our expectation that our U.S. Gulf lightering business will complement our spot trading strategy in the Caribbean to the U.S. Gulf market, allowing Teekay to better optimize the deployment of the fleet that we trade in this region through better scheduling flexibility and utilization for the fleet;

 

   

our ability to execute our ship-to-ship support services strategy by accessing opportunities created by oil market arbitrages and oil traders optimizing their USD ton/mile on cargoes;

 

   

our ability to execute our lightering strategy by leveraging our existing fleet and acumen to provide a full service lightering business model to oil and trading companies, and the impact of alternative methods of delivering crude oil on our lightering business;

 

   

the ability to maximize the use of vessels, including the redeployment of vessels no longer under time charters;

 

   

our expectation regarding our vessels’ ability to perform to specifications and maintain their hire rates;

 

   

operating expenses, availability of crew, number of off-hire days, dry-docking requirements and insurance costs;

 

   

the expected cost of, and our ability to comply with, governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards applicable to our business;

 

   

the anticipated impact and timing of regulatory changes or environmental liabilities, including the impact of the Paris Agreement (defined below) and the MRV Regulation (defined below) on the shipping industry;

 

   

changes in or additions to applicable industry laws and regulations, including Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013, which imposes rules regarding ship recycling and management of hazardous materials on vessels; and the timing of implementation of new laws and regulations;

 

   

expenses under service agreements with other affiliates of Teekay Corporation;

 

   

the anticipated taxation of our company and of distributions to our shareholders;

 

   

our expectations as to any impairment of our vessels;

 

   

construction and delivery delays in the tanker industry generally;

 

   

customers’ increasing emphasis on environmental and safety concerns;

 

   

our liquidity needs, the sufficiency of cash flows, our expected sources of funds for liquidity and capital expenditure needs and our ability to enter into new bank financings and to refinance existing indebtedness;

 

   

our use of interest rate swaps to reduce interest rate exposure;

 

   

the expected effect of off-balance sheet arrangements;

 

   

our hedging activities relating to foreign exchange, interest rate and spot market risks;

 

   

the ability of counterparties to our derivative contracts to fulfill their contractual obligations;

 

   

the delivery timing of new charter-in vessels;

 

   

our expectations regarding payments made on behalf of our co-obligors in connection with the loan arrangements in which certain other subsidiaries of Teekay Corporation are also borrowers;

 

   

our position that we are not a passive foreign investment company;

 

   

our business strategy and other plans and objectives for future operations;

 

   

our ability to enforce our arbitration award against STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd.; and

 

   

continued material variations in the period-to-period fair value of our derivative instruments.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, those factors discussed below in Item 3 – Key Information: Risk Factors and other factors detailed from time to time in other reports we file with or furnish to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (or the SEC ).

 

4


Table of Contents

We do not intend to revise any forward-looking statements in order to reflect any change in our expectations or events or circumstances that may subsequently arise. You should carefully review and consider the various disclosures included in this Annual Report and in our other filings made with the SEC that attempt to advise interested parties of the risks and factors that may affect our business, prospects and results of operations.

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

 

Item 3. Key Information

Selected Financial Data

Set forth below is selected consolidated financial and other data of Teekay Tankers Ltd. and its subsidiaries for fiscal years 2011 through 2015, which have been derived from our consolidated financial statements. The following table should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects included herein, and the historical financial statements and accompanying notes and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon (which is included herein), with respect to the fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013.

From time to time we have purchased vessels from Teekay Corporation (or Teekay ) and from Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. (or TOO ), an entity controlled by Teekay. During the fiscal years 2011 through 2015, we acquired from Teekay and TOO a total of 15 conventional oil and product tankers of varying sizes. These acquisitions were deemed to be business acquisitions between entities under common control. Accordingly, we have accounted for these transactions in a manner similar to the pooling of interest method whereby our consolidated financial statements prior to the date these vessels were acquired by us are retroactively adjusted to include the results of these acquired vessels. The periods retroactively adjusted include all periods that we and the acquired vessels were both under the common control of Teekay and had begun operations. As a result, our consolidated statements of income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 reflect the results of operations of these vessels, referred to herein as the Entities under Common Control, as if we had acquired them when each respective vessel began operations under the ownership of Teekay. Please refer to Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects: Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Results of Operations and Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 3 – Acquisition of Entities under Common Control.

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (or GAAP ).

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  
           (in thousands, except share, per share, and fleet data)  

Income Statement Data:

          

Revenues

   $ 225,000     $ 207,384     $ 180,015     $ 250,002     $ 514,193  

Voyage expenses (1)

     (3,449     (4,618     (8,337     (11,223     (19,816

Vessel operating expenses (2)

     (92,543     (96,166     (91,667     (98,403     (137,164

Time-charter hire expense (3)

     (4,046     (3,950     (6,174     (22,160     (74,898

Depreciation and amortization

     (77,593     (75,492     (50,973     (53,292     (73,760

General and administrative expenses (2)

     (8,365     (8,857     (13,522     (12,821     (17,354

Vessel impairment and net (loss) gain on sale of vessels

     (58,034     (352,546     (71     9,955       771  

Goodwill impairment charge

     (19,294     —         —         —         —    

Restructuring charge

     —         —         —         —         (4,772
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (38,324     (334,245     9,271       62,058       187,200  

Interest expense

     (41,152     (20,677     (10,454     (9,128     (17,389

Interest income

     71       50       158       287       107  

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments

     (27,783     (7,963     (1,524     (1,712     (1,597

Equity (loss) income

     —         (1     854       5,228       14,411  

Other (expenses) income

     (377     (2,064     (1,014     3,805       (3,097
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (107,565   $ (364,900   $ (2,709   $ 60,538     $ 179,635  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) earnings per share (4)

  

       

- Basic

   $ (0.15   $ (4.54   $ (0.10   $ 0.67     $ 1.36  

- Diluted

   $ (0.15   $ (4.54   $ (0.10   $ 0.66     $ 1.35  

Balance Sheet Data (at end of year):

  

       

Cash and cash equivalents

     18,566       26,341       25,646       162,797       96,417  

Investment in term loans and interest receivable on term loans

     118,598       119,385       136,061       —         —    

Vessels and equipment (5)

     1,388,829       961,198       931,374       897,237       1,767,925  

Total assets

     1,719,445       1,178,293       1,168,023       1,241,172       2,169,476  

Total debt (6)

     1,065,521       799,300       810,217       718,960       1,191,235  

Common stock and additional paid in capital

     588,441       672,560       673,217       802,650       1,094,874  

Total equity

     590,495       314,730       300,831       478,278       877,461  

Cash Flow Data:

          

Cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in):

          

Operating cash flow

     32,679       35,165       14,753       20,940       166,789  

Financing cash flow

     (24,665     (21,528     (9,648     6,405       648,800  

Investing cash flow

     (4,337     (5,862     (5,800     109,806       (881,969

Number of outstanding shares of common stock at the end of the period

     61,876,744       83,591,030       83,591,030       112,064,036       156,030,618  

Other Financial Data:

          

Net revenues (7)

     221,551       202,766       171,678       238,779       494,377  

EBITDA (8)

     11,109       (268,781     58,560       122,671       270,677  

Adjusted EBITDA (8)

     116,220       91,728       62,039       113,819       279,076  

Capital expenditures

  

       

Expenditures for vessels and equipment

     (4,337     (2,518     (1,904     (2,084     (848,229

Expenditures for dry docking

     (3,197     (7,003     (19,245     (17,072     (39,617

Fleet Data:

          

Average number of tankers (9)

          

Suezmax

     10.0       10.0       10.0       10.0       13.4  

Aframax

     14.7       15.0       14.6       15.4       22.0  

Product

     6.0       6.0       6.0       7.6       12.2  

VLCC

     —         —         0.5       0.8       0.5  

 

5


Table of Contents
(1)

Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions.

(2)

Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, and communication expenses among others. In order to more closely align our presentation to that of many of our peers, the cost of ship management activities of $8.4 million, $6.0 million, and $5.6 million, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, have been presented in vessel operating expenses. Prior to 2013, we included these amounts in general and administrative expenses. All such costs incurred in comparative periods have been reclassified from general and administrative expenses to vessel operating expenses. The amounts reclassified for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $7.0 million and $8.5 million, respectively.

(3)

Time-charter hire expense includes vessel operating lease expense incurred to charter-in vessels.

(4)

(Loss) earnings per share is determined by dividing (a) net (loss) income after (deducting) adding the amount of net (loss) income attributable to the Entities under Common Control by (b) the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the applicable period. The calculation of weighted-average number of shares includes the total Class A and total Class B shares outstanding during the applicable period. The computation of diluted earnings per share assumes the exercise of all dilutive stock options and restricted stock units using the treasury stock method. The computation of diluted loss per share does not assume such exercises.

(5)

Vessels and equipment consists of (a) vessels, at cost less accumulated depreciation, and (b) advances on any newbuildings.

(6)

Total debt includes the current and long-term portion of debt, and amounts due to affiliates.

(7)

Consistent with general practice in the shipping industry, we use “net revenues” (defined as revenues less voyage expenses) as a measure of equating revenues generated from voyage charters to revenues generated from time charters, which assists us in making operating decisions about the deployment of our vessels and their performance. Under time charters the charterer pays the voyage expenses, whereas under voyage charters the ship-owner pays these expenses. Some voyage expenses are fixed, and the remainder can be estimated. If we, as the ship owner, pay the voyage expenses, we typically pass the approximate amount of these expenses on to our customers by charging higher rates under the contract to them. As a result, although revenues from different types of contracts may vary, the net revenues are comparable across the different types of contracts. We principally use net revenues, a non-GAAP financial measure, because it provides more meaningful information to us than revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Net revenues are also widely used by investors and analysts in the shipping industry for comparing financial performance between companies and to industry averages. The following table reconciles net revenues with revenues:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  

Revenues

   $ 213,677      $ 195,885      $ 172,338      $ 240,884      $ 514,193   

Interest income from investment in term loans

     11,323       11,499       7,677       9,118       —    

Voyage expenses

     (3,449     (4,618     (8,337     (11,223     (19,816
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 221,551      $ 202,766      $ 171,678      $ 238,779      $ 494,377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

6


Table of Contents
(8)

EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA before net loss (gain) on sale of vessels, goodwill impairment, and vessel impairment and realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments, dilution gain on share issuance by the equity accounted investment and share of the above items in non-consolidated equity accounted investments. Both measures are used as supplemental financial measures by management and by external users of our financial statements, such as investors, as discussed below:

 

   

Financial and operating performance . EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA assist our management and investors by increasing the comparability of our fundamental performance from period to period and against the fundamental performance of other companies in our industry that provide EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA-based information. This increased comparability is achieved by excluding the potentially disparate effects between periods or companies of interest expense, taxes, depreciation or amortization (or other items in determining Adjusted EBITDA), which items are affected by various and possibly changing financing methods, capital structure and historical cost basis and which items may significantly affect net income between periods. We believe that including EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as financial and operating measures benefits investors in (a) selecting between investing in us and other investment alternatives and (b) monitoring our ongoing financial and operational strength and health in assessing whether to continue to hold shares of our Class A common stock.

 

   

Liquidity. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA allow us to assess the ability of assets to generate cash sufficient to service debt, pay dividends and undertake capital expenditures. By eliminating the cash flow effect resulting from our existing capitalization and other items such as dry-docking expenditures, working capital changes and foreign currency exchange gains and losses, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide consistent measures of our ability to generate cash over the long term. Management uses this information as a significant factor in determining (a) our proper capitalization (including assessing how much debt to incur and whether changes to the capitalization should be made) and (b) whether to undertake material capital expenditures and how to finance them, all in light of our dividend policy. Use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as liquidity measures also permits investors to assess the fundamental ability of our business to generate cash sufficient to meet cash needs, including dividends on shares of our Class A common stock.

Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP measures, should be considered an alternative to net income, operating income, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA exclude some, but not all, items that affect net income and operating income, and these measures may vary among other companies. Therefore, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as presented in this Annual Report may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  

Reconciliation of “Adjusted EBITDA” to “Net (loss) income”

          

Net (loss) income

   $ (107,565   $ (364,900   $ (2,709   $ 60,538     $ 179,635  

Depreciation and amortization

     77,593       75,492       50,973       53,292       73,760  

Interest expense, net of interest income

     41,081       20,627       10,296       8,841       17,282  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 11,109     ($ 268,781   $ 58,560     $ 122,671     $ 270,677  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessel impairment and net loss (gain) on sale of vessels

     58,034       352,546       71       (9,955     (771

Goodwill impairment

     19,294       —         —         —         —    

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments

     27,783       7,963       1,524       1,712       1,597  

Fair value on initial recognition of stock purchase warrant

     —         —         —         (3,420     —    

Dilution gain on equity accounted investment

     —         —         —         (2,054     —    

Adjustments related to equity accounted investments

     —         —         1,884       4,865       7,573  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 116,220     $ 91,728     $ 62,039     $ 113,819     $ 279,076  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

7


Table of Contents
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  

Reconciliation of “Adjusted EBITDA” to “Net operating cash flow”

          

Net operating cash flow

   $ 32,679     $ 35,165     $ 14,753     $ 20,940     $ 166,789  

Interest expense, net of interest income

     41,081       20,627       10,296       8,841       17,282  

Expenditures for dry docking

     3,197       7,003       19,245       17,072       39,617  

Realized loss on derivative instruments

     39,021        9,543       9,887       9,993       9,790  

Change in working capital

     829       20,609       6,633       50,904       25,880  

Other cash flows, net

     (587     (1,219     (659     6,678       12,145  

Fair value on initial recognition of stock purchase warrant

     —         —         —         (3,420     —    

Dilution gain on equity accounted investment

     —         —         —         (2,054     —    

Adjustments related to equity accounted investments

     —         —         1,884       4,865       7,573  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 116,220     $ 91,728     $ 62,039     $ 113,819     $ 279,076  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(9)

Average number of tankers consists of the average number of vessels that were in our possession during a period, including time-chartered in vessels, the vessel owned by the High-Q joint venture and vessels of the Entities under Common Control.

Risk Factors

Some of the following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate and to our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market and to ownership of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and ability to pay distributions on, and the trading price of our common stock.

The cyclical nature of the tanker industry may lead to volatile changes in charter rates, and significant fluctuations in the utilization of our vessels, which may adversely affect our earnings.

Historically, the tanker industry has been cyclical, experiencing volatility in profitability due to changes in the supply of and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for oil and oil products. The cyclical nature of the tanker industry may cause significant increases or decreases in the revenues we earn from our vessels and may also cause significant increases or decreases in the value of our vessels. If the tanker market is depressed, our earnings may decrease. Our exposure to industry business cycles is more acute because of our exposure to the spot tanker market, which is more volatile than the tanker industry generally. Our ability to operate profitably in the spot market and to recharter our other vessels upon the expiration or termination of their charters will depend upon, among other factors, economic conditions in the tanker market.

The factors affecting the supply of and demand for tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

Key factors that influence the supply of tanker capacity include:

 

   

environmental concerns and regulations;

 

   

the number of newbuilding deliveries;

 

   

the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 

   

conversion of tankers to other uses; and

 

   

the number of vessels that are out of service.

Key factors that influence demand for tanker capacity include:

 

   

supply of oil and oil products;

 

   

demand for oil and oil products;

 

   

regional availability of refining capacity;

 

   

global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

   

the distance oil and oil products are to be moved by sea; and

 

   

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns.

Historically, the tanker markets have been volatile as a result of the many conditions and factors that can affect the price and the supply of, and demand for, tanker capacity. Changes in demand for transportation of oil over longer distances and in the supply of tankers to carry that oil may materially affect our revenues, profitability and cash flows.

A continuation of the recent significant declines in oil prices may adversely affect our growth prospects and results of operations.

Global crude oil prices have significantly declined since mid-2014. A continuation of lower oil prices or a further decline in oil prices may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends, as a result of, among other things:

 

   

a reduction in exploration for or development of new oil fields or energy projects, or the delay or cancelation of existing projects as energy companies lower their capital expenditures budgets, which may reduce our growth opportunities;

 

8


Table of Contents
   

potential lower demand for tankers, which may reduce available charter rates and revenue to us upon chartering or rechartering of our vessels;

 

   

customers failing to extend or renew contracts upon expiration;

 

   

the inability or refusal of customers to make charter payments to us due to financial constraints or otherwise; or

 

   

declines in vessel values, which may result in losses to us upon vessel sales or impairment charges against our earnings.

A significant increase in crude oil prices could negatively impact tanker freight rates.

Crude oil prices have declined significantly since mid-2014, which has generally benefited the tanker market as it has led to higher oil demand, stronger refining margins, additional import demand for stockpiling purposes and lower bunker costs. A significant increase in crude oil prices compared to current levels could reverse many of these positive drivers and negatively impact tanker freight rates.

Changes in the oil markets could result in decreased demand for our vessels and services.

Demand for our vessels and services in transporting oil depends upon world and regional oil markets. Any decrease in shipments of crude oil in those markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Historically, those markets have been volatile as a result of the many conditions and events that affect the price, production and transport of oil, including competition from alternative energy sources. Past slowdowns of the U.S. and world economies have resulted in reduced consumption of oil products and decreased demand for our vessels and services, which reduced vessel earnings. Additional slowdowns could have similar effects on our operating results and may limit our ability to expand our fleet.

Changes in the spot tanker market may result in significant fluctuations in the utilization of our vessels and our profitability.

During 2015 and 2014, we derived approximately 84.0% and 61.4%, respectively, of our net revenues from vessels operating, directly or by means of participation in pooling agreements (which includes vessels operating under charters with an initial term of less than one year) in the spot-tanker market. Due to our involvement in the spot-charter market, declining spot rates in a given period generally will result in corresponding declines in our operating results for that period.

The spot-charter market is highly volatile and fluctuates based upon tanker and oil supply and demand. The successful operation of our vessels in the spot-charter market depends upon, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling unladen to pick up cargo. Future spot rates may not be sufficient to enable our vessels trading in the spot tanker market to operate profitably or to provide sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations.

The operation of a significant number of our tankers in the Teekay Suezmax Pool, Teekay Aframax Pools, Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool and Norient Product Pool could limit our earnings.

As of December 31, 2015, 16 of our Suezmax tankers, six of our owned and 10 of our time-chartered in Aframax tankers, and four of our owned and two of our time-chartered in Long Range 2 (or LR2 ) product tankers operated in, and generated revenues to us through participation in, two Suezmax tanker pooling arrangements (the Teekay Suezmax Pool and Gemini Suezmax Pool ), two Aframax tanker revenue sharing arrangements (the Teekay Aframax Pools ), and an LR2 product tanker pooling arrangement (the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool ), respectively. The Teekay Suezmax Pool, Teekay Aframax Pools and Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool are each managed by Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd. (or TTOL ), in which Teekay Corporation and we each have a 50% interest, while the Gemini Suezmax Pool is owned 50% by TTOL and is scheduled to terminate in 2016. In addition, as of December 31, 2015, two of our Medium Range (or MR ) product tankers operated in the Norient Product Pool, which is managed by a third party unaffiliated with Teekay Corporation. Pooling arrangements are designed to spread the costs and risks associated with commercial management of vessels and to share the net revenues earned by all of the vessels in the pool. Although the net revenues are apportioned based on the actual earning days each vessel is available and the relative performance capabilities of each vessel, a pool may include vessels that do not perform as well in actual operation as our vessels. As a result, our share of the net pool revenues may be less than what we could earn operating our vessels independently. Certain vessels of Tanker Investments Ltd. ( TIL ), in which we have an ownership interest, also participate in some of these pooling arrangements.

The removal of any vessels from the Teekay Suezmax Pool, Teekay Aframax Pools, Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool, Norient Product Pool or any other pooling arrangement in which we participate may adversely affect our operating results.

Participants in the Teekay Suezmax Pool, including third parties, have each agreed to include in the pool certain qualifying Suezmax-class crude tankers of the pool participants and their respective affiliates, including us, that operate in the spot market or pursuant to time charters of less than one year. We and Teekay Corporation have each committed to include in the Teekay Aframax Pools all of our and its respective Aframax-class crude tankers that are employed in the spot market or operate pursuant to time charters of less than 90 days. Participants in the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool, including third parties, have each agreed to include in the pool certain qualifying LR2 product tankers of the pool participants and their respective affiliates, including us, that operate in the spot market or pursuant to time charters of less than one year. Participants in the Norient Product Pool, including third parties, have each agreed to include in that pool certain qualifying MR product tankers of the pool participants and their respective affiliates, including us, that operate in the spot market or pursuant to time charters of less than one year. If we or any participant remove vessels from any pooling arrangement in which we participate to operate under longer-term time charters, the benefits to us of the pooling arrangements could diminish. In addition, the European Union is in the process of substantially reforming the way it regulates traditional agreements for maritime services from an antitrust perspective. These changes may impose new restrictions on the way pools are operated or may prohibit pooling arrangements altogether. If for any reason our vessels, Teekay Corporation’s vessels, or any third party vessels cease to participate in any pooling arrangement in which we participate, or if the pooling arrangements are significantly restricted, we may not achieve the benefits intended by pool participation and our results of operations could be harmed.

 

9


Table of Contents

Our failure to renew or replace fixed-rate charters could cause us to trade the related vessels in the spot market, which could adversely affect our operating results and make them more volatile.

As of December 31, 2015, a total of 12 of our tankers, one time-chartered in vessel and one jointly-owned vessel operated under fixed-rate time-charter contracts, nine of which are scheduled to expire in 2016, three in 2017, and two in 2018, respectively. If upon their scheduled expiration or any early termination we are unable to renew or replace fixed-rate charters on favorable terms, if at all, or if we choose not to renew or replace these fixed-rate charters, we may employ the vessels in the volatile spot market. Increasing our exposure to the spot market, particularly during periods of unfavorable market conditions, could harm our results of operations and make them more volatile.

Our vessels operate in the highly competitive international tanker market.

The operation of oil tankers and transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products are extremely competitive businesses. Competition arises primarily from other tanker owners, including major oil companies and independent tanker companies, some of which have substantially greater financial strength and capital than do we or than does Teekay Corporation. Competition for the transportation of oil and oil products can be intense and depends on price and the location, size, age, condition of the tanker and the acceptability of the tanker and its operators to the charterers. Our competitive position may erode over time.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations.

Our tankers operate in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in tanker demand and, therefore, in spot-charter rates. This seasonality may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our results of operations. Tanker markets are typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and refinery maintenance. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns during the winter months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling, which historically has increased oil price volatility and oil trading activities in the winter months. As a result, revenues generated by the tankers in our fleet have historically been weaker during the fiscal quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and stronger in our fiscal quarters ended December 31 and March 31.

Future economic downturns, including disruptions in the global credit markets, could adversely affect our ability to grow.

Economic downturns and financial crises in the global markets could produce illiquidity in the capital markets, market volatility, heightened exposure to interest rate and credit risks, and reduced access to capital markets. If global financial markets and economic conditions significantly deteriorate in the future, we may face restricted access to the capital markets or bank lending, which may make it more difficult and costly to fund future growth. Decreased access to such resources could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Economic downturns may affect our customers’ ability to charter our vessels and pay for our services and may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Economic downturns in the global financial markets may lead to a decline in our customers’ operations or ability to pay for our services, which could result in decreased demand for our vessels and services. Our customers’ inability to pay could also result in their default on our current contracts and charters. A decline in the amount of services requested by our customers or their default on our contracts with them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations could result in fluctuations in our operating results.

Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market, which utilizes the U.S. Dollar as its functional currency. Consequently, virtually all of our revenues and the majority of our expenses are in U.S. Dollars. However, we incur certain voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, and general and administrative expenses in foreign currencies, the most significant of which are the Euro, Canadian Dollar and British Pound. This partial mismatch in revenues and expenses could lead to fluctuations in our net income due to changes in the value of the U.S. Dollar relative to other currencies.

We may not be able to grow or to manage our growth effectively.

One of our principal strategies is to continue to grow by expanding our operations and adding vessels to our fleet. Our future growth will depend upon a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include our ability to:

 

   

identify suitable tankers or shipping companies for acquisitions or joint ventures;

 

   

integrate successfully any acquired tankers or businesses with our existing operations; and

 

   

obtain required financing for our existing and any new operations.

In addition, competition from other companies, many of which have significantly greater financial resources than do we or than does Teekay Corporation, may reduce our acquisition opportunities or cause us to pay higher prices. Our failure to effectively identify, purchase, develop and integrate any tankers or businesses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

10


Table of Contents

We may not realize expected benefits from acquisitions, and implementing our growth strategy through acquisitions may harm our financial condition and performance.

Any acquisition of a vessel or business may not be profitable at or after the time of acquisition and may not generate cash flows sufficient to justify the investment. In addition, our acquisition growth strategy exposes us to risks that may harm our business, financial condition and operating results, including risks that we may:

 

   

fail to realize anticipated benefits, such as new customer relationships, cost-savings or cash flow enhancements;

 

   

be unable to hire, train or retain qualified shore and seafaring personnel to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;

 

   

decrease our liquidity by using a significant portion of available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions;

 

   

significantly increase our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions;

 

   

incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with any vessels or businesses acquired; or

 

   

incur other significant charges, such as impairment of intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges.

Unlike newbuildings, existing vessels typically do not carry warranties as to their condition. While we generally inspect existing vessels prior to purchase, such an inspection would normally not provide us with as much knowledge of a vessel’s condition as we would possess if it had been built for us and operated by us during its life. Repairs and maintenance costs for existing vessels are difficult to predict and may be substantially higher than for vessels we have operated since they were built. These costs could decrease our cash flows and liquidity, and harm our financial condition and performance.

Over time, the value of our vessels may decline, which could adversely affect our ability to obtain financing or our operating results.

Vessel values for oil tankers can fluctuate substantially over time due to a number of different factors. Vessel values may decline from existing levels. If the operation of a tanker is not profitable, or if we cannot re-deploy a chartered tanker at attractive rates upon charter termination, rather than continue to incur costs to maintain and finance the vessel, we may seek to dispose of it. Our inability to dispose of the vessel at a fair market value or the disposition of the vessel at a fair market value that is lower than its book value could result in a loss on its sale and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. As of December 31, 2015, five of our credit facilities contain loan-to-value financial covenants tied to the value of the vessel that collateralizes these credit facilities. A significant decline in the market value of these tankers may require us to pledge additional collateral to avoid a default under these credit facilities. We are required to maintain vessel value to outstanding loan principal balance ratios ranging from 105%-135%. At December 31, 2015, we were in compliance with these requirements.

In addition, if we determine at any time that a vessel’s future useful life and earnings require us to impair its value on our consolidated financial statements, we may need to recognize a significant charge against our earnings. Vessel values had declined significantly in prior years, which contributed to significant vessel and goodwill impairment charges against our earnings.

Delays in deliveries of any newbuildings could harm our operating results and financial condition.

The delivery of any newbuilding that we may order could be delayed, which would delay our receipt of revenues related to the vessel. The completion and delivery of newbuildings could be delayed because of:

 

   

quality or engineering problems;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organization standards;

 

   

work stoppages or other labor disturbances at the shipyard;

 

   

bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipbuilder;

 

   

a backlog of orders at the shipyard;

 

   

political or economic disturbances;

 

   

weather interference or catastrophic event, such as a major earthquake, tsunami or fire;

 

   

requests for changes to the original vessel specifications;

 

   

shortages of or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel;

 

   

an inability to finance the construction of the vessels; or

 

   

an inability to obtain requisite permits or approvals.

If delivery of a vessel is significantly delayed, it could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

 

11


Table of Contents

We will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to expand the size of our fleet. We generally will be required to make significant installment payments for any acquisitions of newbuilding vessels prior to their delivery and generation of revenue. Depending on whether we finance our expenditures through cash from operations or by issuing debt or equity securities, our financial leverage could increase or our shareholders’ ownership interest in us could be diluted.

We will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to increase the size of our fleet. We intend to expand our fleet by acquiring tankers from third parties or from Teekay Corporation. Our acquisitions may also include newbuildings. We generally will be required to make installment payments on any newbuildings prior to their delivery. We typically pay 10% to 20% of the purchase price of a tanker upon signing the purchase contract, even though delivery of the completed vessel does not occur until much later (approximately two to three years from the order). To fund expansion capital expenditures, we may be required to use cash balances or cash from operations, incur borrowings or raise capital through the incurrence of debt or issuance of additional equity securities. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering, as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain funds for capital expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Even if we are successful in obtaining the necessary funds, incurring additional debt may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage, which could limit our financial flexibility and ability to pursue other business opportunities. In addition, issuing additional equity securities may result in significant shareholder ownership dilution and would increase the aggregate amount of cash required to pay quarterly dividends.

An increase in operating costs could adversely affect our cash flows and financial condition.

We have entered into a long-term management agreement (or the Management Agreement ) with Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd. (our Manager ), a subsidiary of Teekay Corporation. Under the Management Agreement, we must reimburse our Manager for vessel operating expenses (including crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses). These expenses depend upon a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our or our Manager’s control. Some of these costs, primarily relating to insurance and enhanced security measures, have been increasing and may increase in the future. Increases in any of these costs would decrease our earnings and adversely affect our cash flows and financial condition.

Financing agreements containing operating and financial restrictions may restrict our business and financing activities.

The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our revolving credit facilities, term loans and in any of our future financing agreements could adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to pursue and expand our business activities. For example, these financing arrangements may restrict our ability to:

 

   

incur or guarantee indebtedness;

 

   

change ownership or structure, including mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;

 

   

pay dividends;

 

   

grant liens on our assets;

 

   

sell, transfer, assign or convey assets;

 

   

make certain investments; and

 

   

enter into a new line of business.

Our ability to comply with covenants and restrictions contained in debt instruments may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, we may fail to comply with these covenants. If we breach any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in the financing agreements, our obligations may become immediately due and payable, and the lenders’ commitment, if any, to make further loans may terminate. A default under one financing agreement could also result in foreclosure on any of our vessels and other assets securing related loans, or trigger a default under other financing agreements.

Our substantial debt levels may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing, pursuing other business opportunities and paying dividends.

As of December 31, 2015, our long-term debt was approximately $1,164.6 million and an additional $14.6 million was available to us under our revolving credit facilities. We will continue to have the ability to incur additional debt, subject to limitations in our revolving credit facilities. Our level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

 

   

our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;

 

   

we will need a substantial portion of our cash flow to make principal and interest payments on our debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, business opportunities and dividends to our shareholders;

 

   

our debt level will make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn in our industry or the economy generally; and

 

   

our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions.

 

12


Table of Contents

Our ability to service our debt depends upon, among other things, our financial and operating performance, which is affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital or bankruptcy protection. We may not be able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms, or at all.

Our insurance may be insufficient to cover losses that may occur to our vessels or result from our operations.

The operation of oil tankers and lightering vessels, is inherently risky. Although we carry hull and machinery (marine and war risks) and protection and indemnity insurance, all risks may not be adequately insured against, and any particular claim may not be paid. In addition, we do not carry insurance on our vessels covering the loss of revenues resulting from vessel off-hire time, based on its cost compared to our off-hire experience. Any significant off-hire time of our vessels could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Any claims covered by insurance would be subject to deductibles, and since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. Certain of our insurance coverage is maintained through mutual protection and indemnity associations, and as a member of such associations we may be required to make additional payments over and above budgeted premiums if member claims exceed association reserves.

We may be unable to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future. For example, more stringent environmental regulations have led to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. A catastrophic oil spill, marine disasters or natural disasters could exceed the insurance coverage, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Any uninsured or underinsured loss could harm our business and financial condition. In addition, the insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain actions, such as vessels failing to maintain certification with applicable maritime regulatory organizations.

Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks may also make certain types of insurance more difficult to obtain. In addition, the insurance that may be available may be significantly more expensive than existing coverage.

Terrorist attacks, piracy, increased hostilities, political change or war could lead to further economic instability, increased costs and disruption of business.

Terrorist attacks, piracy and the current or future conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and other current and future conflicts and political change, may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and ability to raise capital and fund future growth. Continuing hostilities in the Middle East and elsewhere may lead to additional armed conflicts or to further acts of terrorism and civil disturbance in the United States or elsewhere, which may contribute further to economic instability and disruption of oil production and distribution, which could result in reduced demand for our services and have an adverse impact on our operations and our ability to conduct business.

In addition, oil facilities, shipyards, vessels, pipelines, oil fields or other infrastructure could be targets of future terrorist attacks or warlike operations and our vessels could be targets of pirates, hijackers, terrorists or warlike operations. Any such attacks could lead to, among other things, bodily injury or loss of life, vessel or other property damage, increased vessel operational costs, including insurance costs, and the inability to transport oil to or from certain locations. Terrorist attacks, war, piracy, hijacking or other events beyond our control that adversely affect the distribution, production or transportation of oil to be shipped by us could entitle customers to terminate charters which would harm our cash flow and business.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels continue to be a risk, which could adversely affect our business.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea and the Indian Ocean off the coast of Somalia. While there continues to be a significant risk of piracy in the Gulf of Aden and Indian Ocean, recently there have been increases in the frequency and severity of piracy incidents off the coast of West Africa and a resurgent piracy risk in the Straits of Malacca and surrounding waters. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being named on the Joint War Committee Listed Areas, war risk insurance premiums payable for such coverage can increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs which may be incurred to the extent we employ on-board security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our substantial operations outside the United States expose us to political, governmental and economic instability, which could harm our operations.

Because our operations and operations of our customers are primarily conducted outside of the United States, they may be affected by economic, political and governmental conditions in the countries where we engage in business or where our vessels are registered. Any disruption caused by these factors could harm our business, including by reducing the levels of oil exploration, development and production activities in these areas. We derive some of our revenues from shipping oil from politically unstable regions. Conflicts in these regions have included attacks on ships and other efforts to disrupt shipping. Hostilities or other political instability in regions where we operate or where we may operate could have a material adverse effect on the growth of our business, results of operations and financial condition and ability to make cash distributions. In addition, tariffs, trade embargoes and other economic sanctions by the United States or other countries to which we trade may limit trading activities with those countries, which could also harm our business and ability to make cash distributions. Finally, a government could requisition one or more of our vessels, which is most likely during war or national emergency. Any such requisition would cause a loss of the vessel and could harm our cash flows and financial results.

 

13


Table of Contents

Past port calls by our vessels, or third-party vessels from which we derived pooling revenues, to countries that are subject to sanctions imposed by the United States and the European Union may impact investors’ decisions to invest in our securities.

The United States has imposed sanctions on Syria and Sudan. The United States and the European Union (or EU) also had imposed sanctions on Iran. The EU lifted these sanctions in January 2016. At that time, the U.S. lifted its secondary sanctions on Iran, which applied to foreign persons, but has retained its primary sanctions, which apply to U.S. entities and their foreign subsidiaries. In the past, conventional oil tankers owned or chartered-in by us, or third-party vessels participating in commercial pooling arrangements from which we derive revenue, made limited port calls to those countries for the loading and discharging of oil products. Those port calls did not violate U.S. or EU sanctions at the time and we intend to maintain our compliance with all U.S. and EU sanctions. In addition, we have no future contracted loadings or discharges in any of those countries and intend not to enter into voyage charter contracts for the transport of oil or gas to or from Iran, Syria or Sudan. We believe that our compliance with these sanctions and our lack of any future port calls to those countries does not and will not adversely impact our revenues, because port calls to these countries have never accounted for any material amount of our revenues. However, some investors might decide not to invest in us simply because we have previously called on, or through our participation in pooling arrangements have previously received revenue from calls on, ports in these sanctioned countries. Any such investor reaction could adversely affect the market for our common shares.

Marine transportation is inherently risky, and an incident involving significant loss of product or environmental contamination by any of our vessels could harm our reputation and business.

Vessels and their cargoes are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as:

 

   

marine disasters;

 

   

bad weather or natural disasters;

 

   

mechanical or electrical failures;

 

   

grounding, capsizing, fire, explosions and collisions;

 

   

piracy;

 

   

human error; and

 

   

war and terrorism.

An accident involving any of our vessels could result in any of the following:

 

   

death or injury to persons, loss of property or damage to the environment and natural resources;

 

   

delays in the delivery of cargo;

 

   

loss of revenues from charters;

 

   

liabilities or costs to recover any spilled oil or other petroleum products and to restore the eco-system affected by the spill;

 

   

governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business;

 

   

higher insurance rates; and

 

   

damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally.

Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

The shipping industry is subject to substantial environmental and other regulations, which may significantly limit operations and increase expenses.

Our operations are affected by extensive and changing international, national and local environmental protection laws, regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters, the jurisdictional waters of the countries in which our vessels operate, as well as the countries of our vessels’ registration, including those governing oil spills, discharges to air and water, and the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. Many of these requirements are designed to reduce the risk of oil spills and other pollution. In addition, we believe that the heightened environmental, quality and security concerns of insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers will lead to additional regulatory requirements, including enhanced risk assessment and security requirements and greater inspection and safety requirements on vessels. We expect to incur substantial expenses in complying with these laws and regulations, including expenses for vessel modifications and changes in operating procedures.

These requirements may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels, require a reduction in cargo capacity, ship modifications or operational changes or restrictions, lead to decreased availability of insurance coverage for environmental matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports, or detention in, certain ports. Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including cleanup obligations, in the event that there is a release of petroleum or other hazardous substances from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations. We could also become subject to personal injury or property damage claims relating to the release of or exposure to hazardous materials associated with our operations. In addition, failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations, including, in certain instances, seizure or detention of our vessels. For further information about regulations affecting our business and related requirements on us, please read Item 4 – Information on the Company: B. Business Overview—Regulations.

 

14


Table of Contents

Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.

Due to concern over the risk of climate change, a number of countries have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. These regulatory measures include, among others, adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards, and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. Compliance with changes in laws, regulations and obligations relating to climate change could increase our costs related to operating and maintaining our vessels and require us to install new emission controls, acquire allowances or pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions, or administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. Revenue generation and strategic growth opportunities may also be adversely affected.

Adverse effects upon the oil industry relating to climate change may also adversely affect demand for our services. Although we do not expect that demand for oil will lessen dramatically over the short-term, in the long-term climate change may reduce the demand for oil or increased regulation of greenhouse gases may create greater incentives for use of alternative energy sources. Any long-term material adverse effect on the oil industry could have a significant financial and operational adverse impact on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Maritime claimants could arrest, or port authorities could detain, our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow from these vessels.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against that vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lienholder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums of funds to have the arrest or attachment lifted. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet or the pooling arrangements in which we operate for claims relating to another of our ships. In addition, port authorities may seek to detain our vessels in port, which could adversely affect our operating results or relationships with customers.

We depend on Teekay Corporation to assist us in operating our business and competing in our markets, and our business will be harmed if Teekay Corporation fails to assist us.

Pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement, our Manager provides to us commercial, technical, administrative and strategic services, including vessel maintenance, crewing, purchasing, shipyard supervision, insurance and financial services. Our operational success and ability to execute our growth strategy depend significantly upon the satisfactory performance of these services by our Manager. Our business will be harmed if our Manager fails to perform these services satisfactorily, if it stops providing these services to us or if it terminates the Management Agreement, as it is entitled to do under certain circumstances. The circumstances under which we are able to terminate the Management Agreement are limited and do not include mere dissatisfaction with our Manager’s performance. In addition, upon any termination of the Management Agreement, we may lose our ability to benefit from economies of scale in purchasing supplies and other advantages that we believe our relationship with Teekay Corporation provides. Furthermore, the profitable operation of our tankers that participate in tanker pooling arrangements depends largely on the efforts of the pool managers, Teekay Corporation’s participation in the pooling arrangements and its reputation and relationships in the shipping industry. Under the pooling arrangements, the earnings and voyage expenses of all of the vessels in pools are aggregated, or pooled, and divided according to an agreed formula. If Teekay Corporation suffers material damage to its reputation or relationships, it may harm our ability to:

 

   

maximize revenues of our tankers included in the pooling arrangements;

 

   

acquire new tankers or obtain new time charters;

 

   

renew existing time charters upon their expiration;

 

   

successfully interact with shipyards during periods of shipyard construction constraints;

 

   

obtain financing on commercially acceptable terms; or

 

   

maintain satisfactory relationships with suppliers and other third parties.

If our ability to do any of the things described above is impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Teekay Corporation and its affiliates may engage in competition with us.

In our articles of incorporation and in a contribution, conveyance and assumption agreement we entered into with Teekay Corporation in connection with our initial public offering, we have renounced business opportunities that may be attractive to both Teekay Corporation and us in favor of Teekay Corporation, which may strengthen Teekay Corporation’s ability to compete with us.

The pooling arrangements we participate in are managed, in whole or in part, by Teekay Corporation subsidiaries. When operated in a pool, chartering decisions are made by the pool manager and vessel earnings are based on a formula designed to allocate the pool’s earnings to vessel owners based on actual on-hire performance of the vessels they contributed, and attributes of the vessels, rather than amounts actually earned by those vessels. If we, Teekay Corporation or its affiliates terminate the pooling arrangements in which we participate pursuant to the terms thereof or if vessels of Teekay Corporation or us cease operating in the pooling arrangements for any other reason, our tankers may compete with other vessels owned or operated by Teekay Corporation to provide crude oil transportation services. In addition, we may compete with Teekay Corporation in seeking to charter any vessels in our fleet under fixed-rate time charters, whether upon the expiration or early termination of existing time charters or otherwise.

 

15


Table of Contents

During 2012, we acquired four Suezmax tankers, three Aframax tankers, three LR2 product tankers and three MR product tankers from Teekay Corporation (or the 2012 Acquired Business ). In connection with the 2012 Acquired Business transaction, Teekay Corporation entered into a non-competition agreement with us in June 2012 that (a) limited Teekay Corporation’s ability to expand its direct or indirect fleet of conventional and product tankers and (b) provided us a right of first refusal to acquire existing or newbuilding conventional and product tankers pursuant to opportunities Teekay Corporation develops. The non-competition agreement expired on June 15, 2015.

Teekay Corporation may be unable to attract and retain qualified, skilled employees or crew necessary to operate our business.

Our success depends in large part on Teekay Corporation’s ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. In crewing our vessels, we require technically skilled employees with specialized training who can perform physically demanding work. Competition to attract and retain qualified crew members is intense. If crew costs increase and we are not able to increase our rates to compensate for any such increases, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. Any inability we experience in the future to hire, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees could impair our ability to manage, maintain and grow our business.

The superior voting rights of our Class B common stock held by Teekay Corporation limit our Class A common shareholders’ ability to control or influence corporate matters.

Our Class B common stock has five votes per share and our Class A common stock has one vote per share. However, the voting power of the Class B common stock is limited such that the aggregate voting power of all shares of outstanding Class B common stock can at no time exceed 49% of the voting power of our outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class. As of the date of this Annual Report, Teekay Corporation indirectly owns shares of Class A and Class B common stock representing a majority of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Through its ownership of all of our Class B common stock and of our Manager and other entities that provide services to us, Teekay Corporation has substantial control and influence over our management and affairs and over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions. In addition, because of this dual-class common stock structure, Teekay Corporation will continue to be able to control matters submitted to our shareholders for approval even though it owns significantly less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. This voting control limits our remaining Class A common shareholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions that our Class A common shareholders do not view as beneficial.

Our Manager has rights to terminate the Management Agreement and, under certain circumstances, could receive substantial sums in connection with such termination; however, even if our Board of Directors or our shareholders are dissatisfied with our Manager, there are limited circumstances under which we can terminate the Management Agreement.

Our Management Agreement has an initial term through December 31, 2022 and will automatically renew for subsequent five-year terms provided that certain conditions are met. Our Manager has the right to terminate the Management Agreement with 12 months’ notice. Our Manager also has the right to terminate the Management Agreement after a dispute resolution process if we have materially breached the Management Agreement. The Management Agreement will terminate upon the sale of all or substantially all of our assets to a third party, our liquidation or after any change of control of our company occurs. If the Management Agreement is terminated as a result of an asset sale, our liquidation or change of control, then our Manager may be paid a termination fee. Any such payment could be substantial.

In addition, our rights to terminate the Management Agreement are limited. Even if we are not satisfied with the Manager’s efforts in managing our business, unless our Manager materially breaches the agreement or experiences certain bankruptcy or change of control events, we have only a limited right to terminate the agreement after 10 years and may not be able to terminate the agreement until the end of the initial 15-year term. If we elect to terminate the Management Agreement at either of these points or at the end of any subsequent renewal term, our Manager will receive a termination fee, which may be substantial.

Our Manager could receive a performance fee which is contingent on our results of operations and financial condition.

If Gross Cash Available for Distribution for a given fiscal year exceeds $3.20 per share of our common stock (subject to adjustment for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events, and based on the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the year) (or the Incentive Threshold ), our Manager generally will be entitled to payment of a performance fee equal to 20% of all Gross Cash Available for Distribution for such year in excess of the Incentive Threshold. Although the performance fee is payable on an annual basis, we accrue any amounts expected to be payable in respect of the performance fee on a quarterly basis. Gross Cash Available for Distribution represents the distributable cash flows that we generate from operations.

Many seafaring employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, and the failure to renew those agreements or any future labor agreements may disrupt operations and adversely affect our cash flows.

A significant portion of Teekay Corporation’s seafarers that crew our vessels are employed under collective bargaining agreements. Teekay Corporation may become subject to additional labor agreements in the future. Teekay Corporation may suffer labor disruptions if relationships deteriorate with the seafarers or the unions that represent them. The collective bargaining agreements may not prevent labor disruptions, particularly when the agreements are being renegotiated. Salaries are typically renegotiated annually or biannually for seafarers. Although these negotiations have not caused labor disruptions in the past, any labor disruptions could harm our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our executive officers and directors and the executive officers and directors of our Manager have conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary and contractual duties, which may permit them to favor interests of other Teekay Corporation affiliates above our interests and those of our Class A common shareholders.

Conflicts of interest may arise between Teekay Corporation, our Manager and their affiliates, on the one hand, and us and our shareholders, on the other hand. As a result of these conflicts, Teekay Corporation or our Manager may favor their own interests and the interests of their affiliates over our interests and those of our shareholders. These conflicts include, among others, the following situations:

 

 

our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and one of our directors also serve as executive officers or directors of Teekay Corporation or our Manager, and we have limited their fiduciary duties regarding corporate opportunities that may be attractive to both Teekay Corporation and us;

 

 

our Manager advises our Board of Directors about the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, capital expenditures, borrowings, issuances of additional common stock and cash reserves, each of which can affect our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders and the amount of the performance fee payable to our Manager under the Management Agreement;

 

 

our executive officers and those of our Manager do not spend all of their time on matters related to our business; and

 

 

our Manager will advise us of costs incurred by it and its affiliates that it believes are reimbursable by us.

The fiduciary duties of certain of our officers and directors may conflict with their duties as officers or directors of Teekay Corporation and its affiliates.

Our officers and directors have fiduciary duties to manage our business in a manner beneficial to us and our shareholders. However, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer also serve as executive officers of Teekay Corporation and/or executive officers of our Manager, and one of our non-independent directors also serves as an executive officer of Teekay Corporation and director of our Manager, and, as a result, have fiduciary duties to manage the business of Teekay Corporation and its affiliates in a manner beneficial to such entities and their shareholders or partners, as the case may be. Consequently, these officers and directors may encounter situations in which their fiduciary obligations to Teekay Corporation or our Manager or their affiliates, on the one hand, and us, on the other hand, are in conflict. The resolution of these conflicts may not always be in our best interest or that of our shareholders.

Our U.S. Gulf lightering business competes with alternative methods of delivering crude oil to ports, which may limit our earnings in this area of its operations.

Our U.S. Gulf lightering business faces competition from alternative methods of delivering crude oil shipments to port, including offshore offloading facilities. While we believe that lightering offers advantages over alternative methods of delivering crude oil to U.S. Gulf ports, our lightering revenues may be limited due to the availability of alternative methods.

Our full service lightering operations are subject to specific risks that could lead to accidents, oil spills or property damage.

Lightering is subject to specific risks arising from the process of safely bringing two large moving tankers next to each other and mooring them for lightering operations. These operations require a high degree of expertise and present a higher risk of collision compared to when docking a vessel at port. Lightering operations, similar to marine transportation in general, are also subject to risks due to events such as mechanical failures, human error, and weather conditions.

Tax Risks

In addition to the following risk factors, you should read “Item 4E. Taxation of the Company” and “Item 10. Additional Information—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “—Non-United States Tax Considerations” for a more complete discussion of the expected material U.S. federal and non-U.S. income tax considerations relating to us and the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.

A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company” (or PFIC) for such purposes in any taxable year for which either (a) at least 75% of its gross income consists of “passive income,” or (b) at least 50% of the average value of the entity’s assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties (other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business). By contrast, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.”

There are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from our time-chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services, including the decision in Tidewater Inc. v. United States, 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), which held that income derived from certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a foreign sales corporation provision of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or the Code). However, the Internal Revenue Service (or IRS) stated in an Action on Decision (AOD 2010-01) that it disagrees with, and will not acquiesce to, the way that the rental versus services framework was applied to the facts in the Tidewater decision, and in its discussion stated that the time charters at issue in Tidewater would be treated as producing services income for PFIC purposes. The IRS’s statement with respect to Tidewater cannot be relied upon or otherwise cited as precedent by taxpayers. Consequently, in the absence of any binding legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court would not follow the Tidewater decision in interpreting the PFIC provisions of the Code. Nevertheless, based on the current composition of our assets and operations (and those of our subsidiaries), we intend to take the position that we are not now and have never been a PFIC. No assurance can be given, however, that this position would be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS, or that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if there were to be changes in our assets, income or operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

If the IRS were to determine that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder (as defined below under “Item 10 – Additional Information – Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”) held stock, such U.S. Holder would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. For a more comprehensive discussion regarding the tax consequences to U.S. Holders, please read “Item 10: Additional Information-Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations-United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders-Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification.”

We may be subject to taxes, which reduces our cash available for distribution to our shareholders.

We or some of our subsidiaries may be subject to tax in the jurisdictions in which we or our subsidiaries are organized own assets or have operations, which reduces the amount of our cash available for distribution. In computing our tax obligation in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities. We cannot assure you that upon review of these positions the applicable authorities will agree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us or our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted further reducing the cash available for distribution. In addition, changes in our operations or ownership could result in additional tax being imposed on us or on our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted. For example, if Teekay Tankers Ltd. was not able to satisfy the requirements of the exemption from U.S. taxation under Section 883 of the Code, our U.S. source income would become subject to taxation under Section 887 of the Code. The amount of such tax would depend upon the amount of income we earn from voyages into or out of the United States, which is not within our complete control.

 

Item 4. Information on the Company

A. History and Development of the Company

Teekay Tankers Ltd. (“we,” “us,” or “the Company”) are an international provider of marine transportation to global oil industries. We were formed as a Marshall Islands corporation in October 2007 by Teekay Corporation (NYSE: TK), a leading provider of marine services to the global oil and natural gas industries. We completed our initial public offering on December 18, 2007 with an initial fleet of nine Aframax oil tankers which were transferred to us by Teekay Corporation.

Our fleet size has increased from nine owned Aframax tankers in 2007 to 45 owned conventional tankers, 13 in-chartered vessels and one jointly-owned Very Large Crude Carrier (or VLCC ) as of December 31, 2015. The capacity of our fleet has risen from approximately 980,000 deadweight tonnes (or dwt ) in 2007 to approximately 7,650,000 dwt as of December 31, 2015. Over the last five years, we have acquired a total of 13 conventional tankers from Teekay Corporation, 17 conventional tankers from external parties and two conventional tankers from TOO. In March 2014, we also assumed ownership of two VLCCs that previously served as collateral under term loans we made to a third party. Please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 6 – Investment in Term Loans. We also sold one MR tanker, two VLCCs and one Aframax tanker in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Please read Item  18 – Financial Statements: Note 21 - Vessel Sales and Vessel Acquisitions.

In July 2015 we acquired the ship-to-ship transfer business (or SPT ) from a company jointly owned by Teekay Corporation and a Norway-based marine transportation company, I.M. Skaugen SE. SPT provides a full suite of ship-to-ship transfer services in the oil, gas and dry bulk industries. In addition to full service lightering and lightering support, SPT also provides consultancy, terminal management and project development services. This acquisition establishes the Company as a leading global company in the ship-to-ship transfer business. SPT owns and operates a fleet of six ship-to-ship support vessels.

From time to time, we also charter-in vessels, typically from third parties as part of our chartering strategy. Please read “Business Strategies” below in this Item. In 2010, we entered into a joint venture with a third party to construct a VLCC newbuilding, which was delivered in June 2013. Most of our acquisitions were financed by a combination of utilizing the net proceeds from public equity offerings, as well as the assumption of existing debt, drawing on our revolving credit facility, and using our available working capital.

In April 2013, we entered into agreements with STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd. (or STX ) of South Korea to construct four fuel-efficient 113,000 dwt LR2 product tanker newbuildings plus options to order up to an additional 12 vessels. The payment of our first shipyard installment was contingent on us receiving acceptable refund guarantees for the shipyard installment payments. In October and November 2013, we exercised our options to order eight additional LR2 newbuildings, in aggregate, under option agreements relating to the original STX LR2 shipbuilding agreements signed in April 2013 (or the Option Agreements ). STX did not produce shipbuilding contracts within the specified timeframe of the option declarations, and informed us that there was no prospect of the refund guarantees being provided under any of the firm or option contracts and therefore, STX was in breach of the option agreements. We terminated the newbuilding agreements in December 2013 and the related option agreements in February 2014. In February 2014, we commenced legal action for damages. In November 2014, we placed $0.6 million in an escrow account as cash security pending the resolution of this matter.

On February 15, 2016, our subsidiaries successfully obtained an English Court Order requiring STX to pay a total of $32.4 million in respect of the four firm shipbuilding contracts. As a result, our subsidiaries have exercised their rights under English law to seek the assistance of the English court in the enforcement of the arbitration awards. We and our subsidiaries are also pursuing other routes to enforce the awards against STX. Additionally, the $0.6 million cash deposit was refunded to the Company subsequent to December 31, 2015. No amounts have been recorded as receivable in respect of these awards due to uncertainty of their collection. The trial in the English High Court in respect of the Option Agreements will commence on April 11, 2016. Please read Item  18 – Financial Statements: Note 22 – Shipbuilding Contracts.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands as Teekay Tankers Ltd. and maintain our principal executive offices at 4th Floor, Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda. Our telephone number at such address is (441) 298-2530.

 

18


Table of Contents

B. Business Overview

Our business is to own crude oil and product tankers and we employ a chartering strategy that seeks to capture upside opportunities in the spot market while using fixed-rate time charters and full service ship to ship transfer (or Full Service Lightering or FSL ) term contracts to employ our fleet and reduce downside risks. Teekay Corporation, which formed us in 2007, is a leading provider of marine services to the global oil and natural gas industries and the world’s largest operator of medium-sized oil tankers. We believe we benefit from Teekay Corporation’s expertise, relationships and reputation as we operate our fleet and pursue growth opportunities. We have acquired the majority of our current operating fleet from Teekay Corporation at various times since our inception and we anticipate additional opportunities to expand our fleet through acquisitions of tankers from third parties, and additional tankers that Teekay Corporation may offer to us from time to time. These tankers may include crude oil and product tankers.

Commencing in the December 2015, we adopted a new dividend policy under which quarterly dividends are to range from 30% to 50% of our quarterly adjusted net income, subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, with a minimum quarterly dividend of $0.03 per share. Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP measure which excludes specific items affecting net income that are typically excluded by securities analysts in their published estimates of our financial results. Prior to this change, our dividend policy was to distribute to our shareholders a fixed quarterly dividend of $0.03 per share ($0.12 per share annually). Our dividend policy is reviewed by our Board of Directors from time to time. Prior to the first quarter of 2013, we distributed to our shareholders on a quarterly basis, all of our Cash Available for Distribution, subject to any reserves our Board of Directors determined to be required for prudent conduct of our business. For additional information about our dividend policy, please read Item 8 – Financial Information: Dividend Policy.

Under the supervision of our executive officers and Board of Directors, our operations are managed by Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd. (our Manager ), a subsidiary of Teekay Corporation, that provides to us commercial, technical, administrative and strategic services. We have entered into a long-term agreement with our Manager (the Management Agreement ) pursuant to which our Manager and its affiliates provide to us technical, administrative and strategic services. Commercial services are provided to us by other wholly or partially owned subsidiaries of Teekay Corporation that manage the Teekay Suezmax Pool, the Teekay Aframax Pools and the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool. We pay our Manager a market-based fee for its services. In order to provide our Manager with an incentive to improve our operation and financial conditions, we have agreed to pay a performance fee to our Manager under certain circumstances, in addition to the basic fee provided in the Management Agreement. Please read Item 7 – Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions: Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement for additional information about the Management Agreement.

We employ our chartering strategy based on the outlook of our Manager for freight rates, oil tanker market conditions and global economic conditions. As of December 31, 2015, we owned 45 conventional tankers, in-chartered 13 vessels, owned six ship-to-ship vessels and owned 50% of a VLCC held by our joint venture with Wah Kwong Maritime Transport Holdings Limited. Please refer to the “Our Fleet” table below. We employ our vessels on fixed rate time-charter out contracts and in various pooling arrangements, the majority of which are managed by wholly or partially owned subsidiaries of Teekay Corporation which employ vessels on the spot market. By employing some of our vessels in these pooling arrangements with Teekay Corporation, we believe we benefit from Teekay Corporation’s expertise in commercial management of oil tankers and economies of scale of a larger fleet, including higher vessel utilization and daily revenues. We also believe that these pooling arrangements limit Teekay Corporation’s ability to compete with us in the spot market.

Our Fleet

As at December 31, 2015, our fleet consisted of 59 conventional vessels (including 13 in-chartered vessels and one 50%-owned VLCC) and six ship-to-ship (or STS ) support vessels. The following table summarizes our fleet as at December 31, 2015:

 

     Owned
Vessels
     Chartered-in
Vessels
     Total  

Fixed-rate:

        

Aframax Tankers

     7        —           7  

Suezmax Tankers

     5        —           5  

Long Range 2 Product Tankers

     —           1        1  

VLCC Tankers (1)

     1        —           1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fixed-Rate Fleet (2)

     13        1        14  

Spot-rate:

        

Suezmax Tankers

     17        —           17  

Aframax Tankers

     7        10        17  

Long Range 2 Product Tankers

     7        2        9  

Medium Range Product Tankers

     2        —           2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Spot Fleet (3)

     33        12        45  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

STS Support Vessels

     6        —           6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Teekay Tankers Fleet

     52        13        65  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes a VLCC that we own through a 50/50 joint venture with Wah Kwong Maritime Transport Holdings Limited (please refer to Note 8 - Investments in and advances to Equity Accounted Investments included in Item 18 – Financial Statements in this Annual Report).

 

19


Table of Contents
(2)

The number of time-charter out contracts scheduled to expire include nine in 2016, and three in 2017 and one in 2018, respectively, and including one jointly owned VLCC time-charter out contract is scheduled to expire in 2018.

(3)

As at December 31, 2015, the five pooling arrangements in which we participate, and including vessels owned by other pool members, were comprised of a total of 31 Suezmax tankers, 32 modern Aframax tankers, 5 Aframax tankers over 15-year-old, 12 LR2 product tankers and 42 MR product tankers.

The following table provides additional information about our owned Suezmax-class oil tankers as of December 31, 2015, of which 20 are Bahamian flagged and two are Malta flagged.

 

Vessel

   Capacity
(dwt)
    

Built

  

Employment

   Daily Rate     

Expiration of

Charter

Ashkini Spirit

     165,200       2003    Pool      —        

Athens Spirit

     158,500       2012    Pool      —        

Atlanta Spirit

     158,700       2011    Pool      —        

Barcelona Spirit

     158,500       2011    Pool      —        

Beijing Spirit

     156,500       2010    Pool      —        

Ganges Spirit

     159,500       2002    Pool      —        

Godavari Spirit

     159,100       2004    Time charter    $ 32,906       Aug-17

Iskmati Spirit

     165,300       2003    Pool      —        

Kaveri Spirit

     159,100       2004    Pool      —        

London Spirit

     158,500       2011    Pool      —        

Los Angeles Spirit

     159,200       2007    Pool      —        

Montreal Spirit (1)

     150,000       2006    Time charter    $ 18,066       Jan-16

Moscow Spirit

     156,500       2010    Pool      —        

Narmada Spirit

     159,200       2003    Pool      —        

Pinnacle Spirit

     160,400       2008    Pool      —        

Rio Spirit

     158,400       2013    Spot      —        

Seoul Spirit

     160,000       2005    Pool      —        

Summit Spirit

     160,500       2008    Pool      —        

Sydney Spirit (2)

     158,500       2012    Time charter    $ 28,000       Jan-16

Tokyo Spirit

     150,000       2006    Time charter    $ 18,066       Sep-16

Yamuna Spirit

     159,400       2002    Pool      —        

Zenith Spirit

     160,500       2009    Time charter    $ 32,906       Jul-17
  

 

 

             

Total Capacity

     3,491,500               
  

 

 

             

 

(1)

The Suezmax tanker Montreal Spirit completed a time-charter out contract and joined the Teekay Suezmax Pool in January 2016.

(2)

The Suezmax tanker Sydney Spirit completed a time-charter out contract and joined the Teekay Suezmax Pool in January 2016.

The following table provides additional information about our owned Aframax-class oil tankers as of December 31, 2015, all of which are Bahamian flagged.

 

Vessel

   Capacity
(dwt)
    

Built

  

Employment

   Daily Rate     

Expiration of

Charter

Americas Spirit

     111,900       2003    Pool      —        

Australian Spirit

     111,900       2004    Time charter    $ 21,000       May-16

Axel Spirit

     115,400       2004    Time charter    $ 19,500       Dec-16

Erik Spirit

     115,500       2005    Time charter    $ 24,000       Apr-16

Esther Spirit (1)

     115,400       2004    Time charter    $ 16,500       Mar-16

Everest Spirit (2)

     115,000       2004    Time charter    $ 15,500       Apr-16

Helga Spirit

     115,500       2005    Time charter    $ 24,900       Sep-18

Kanata Spirit

     113,000       1999    Pool      —        

Kareela Spirit

     113,100       1999    Pool      —        

Kyeema Spirit

     113,400       1999    Pool      —        

Matterhorn Spirit

     114,800       2005    Pool      —        

Navigator Spirit

     105,800       2008    Time charter    $ 29,000       Jul-16

SPT Explorer (3)

     105,800       2008    Spot      —        

Yamato Spirit

     107,600       2008    Pool      —        
  

 

 

             

Total Capacity

     1,574,100               
  

 

 

             

 

20


Table of Contents
(1)

In February 2016, the Aframax tanker Esther Spirit has extended its time-charter out contract at a daily rate of $25,000 which is set to expire in December 2018.

(2)

In February 2016, the Aframax tanker Everest Spirit has extended its time-charter out contract at a daily rate of $25,000 which is set to expire in April 2019.

(3)

Subsequent to December 31, 2015, the Aframax tanker SPT Explorer has been renamed the Explorer Spirit .

The following table provides additional information about our owned LR2 product-class oil tankers as of December 31, 2015, all of which are Bahamian flagged.

 

Vessel

   Capacity
(dwt)
    

Built

  

Employment

   Daily Rate   

Expiration of

Charter

Donegal Spirit

     105,600       2006    Pool      

Galway Spirit

     105,600       2007    Spot      

Leyte Spirit

     109,700       2011    Spot      

Limerick Spirit

     105,600       2007    Pool      

Luzon Spirit

     109,600       2011    Spot      

Sebarok Spirit

     109,600       2011    Pool      

Seletar Spirit

     109,000       2010    Pool      
  

 

 

             

Total Capacity

     754,700               
  

 

 

             

The following table provides additional information about our owned MR product-class oil tankers as of December 31, 2015, all of which are Bahamian flagged.

 

Vessel

   Capacity
(dwt)
    

Built

  

Employment

   Daily Rate   

Expiration of

Charter

Hugli Spirit

     46,900       2005    Pool      

Teesta Spirit

     46,900       2004    Pool      
  

 

 

             

Total Capacity

     93,800               
  

 

 

             

The following table provides additional information about our VLCC-class oil tanker as of December 31, 2015, which is Hong Kong flagged.

 

Vessel

   Capacity
(dwt)
    

Built

  

Employment

   Daily Rate     

Expiration of

Charter

Hong Kong Spirit (1)

     319,000       2013    Time charter    $ 37,500       Jul 2018

 

(1)

The VLCC vessel, Hong Kong Spirit , is owned through a 50/50 joint venture. The charter rate on this vessel is subject to a profit sharing amount that is being calculated every six months.

Please read Note 11 - Long-Term Debt included in Item 18 – Financial Statements included in this Annual Report for information with respect to major encumbrances against our vessels.

Business Strategies

Our primary business strategies include the following:

 

   

Expand our fleet through accretive acquisitions. Since our initial public offering, we have purchased 21 conventional tankers from Teekay Corporation at prices equal to their fair market values, two conventional tankers from TOO and 17 conventional tankers from third parties. In the future, we anticipate growing our fleet primarily through acquisitions of tankers from third parties, by securing additional in-chartered vessels and by ordering newbuildings.

 

   

Tactically manage our mix of spot, charter, lightering, and liquid natural gas (or LNG) terminal management and consultancy contracts. We employ a chartering strategy that seeks to capture upside opportunities in the spot market while using fixed-rate contracts to reduce downside risks. We believe that our Manager’s experience operating through cycles in the tanker spot market will assist us in employing this strategy and seeking to maximize operating results. In addition, the acquisition of Skaugen Petrotrans (or SPT ) in July 2015, now Teekay Marine Solutions (or TMS ) is intended to provide stable countercyclical cash flow through global ship-to-ship support services, full service lightering, and LNG terminal management and consultancy services.

 

   

Increase cash flow by participating in the pooling arrangements. Through the participation of a significant number of our vessels in the Teekay Suezmax Pool, the Teekay Aframax Pools and the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool, we believe that we benefit from Teekay Corporation’s reputation and the scope of Teekay Corporation’s operations. We believe that the cash flow we derive over time from operating some of our vessels in these pooling arrangements exceeds the amount we would otherwise derive by operating these vessels outside of the pooling arrangements due to higher vessel utilization and daily revenues. We also derive pool and vessel management income as a result of our August 2014 purchase of a 50% interest in TTOL, which includes Teekay Corporation’s conventional tanker commercial and technical management operations and is the owner of interests in four of the pooling arrangements. We seek to increase this fee income by increasing the number of vessels participating in the applicable pooling arrangements and receiving management services from TTOL.

 

21


Table of Contents
   

Provide superior customer service by maintaining high reliability, safety, environmental and quality standards. We believe that energy companies seek transportation partners that have a reputation for high reliability, safety, environmental and quality standards. We leverage our reputation for operational expertise and customer base to further expand these relationships with consistent delivery of superior customer service through our Manager.

Our Chartering Strategy and Participation in the Gemini Suezmax Pool, Teekay Suezmax Pool, Teekay Aframax Pools, Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool and Norient Product Pool

Chartering Strategy. We operate our vessels in both the spot market and under time charters of varying lengths in an effort to maximize cash flow from our vessels based on our Manager’s outlook for freight rates, oil tanker market conditions and global economic conditions. As of December 31, 2015, a total of 33 of our owned vessels and 12 time-chartered in vessels operated in the spot market through participation in Teekay managed pooling arrangements or on spot voyage charters. One of our owned vessels operated in the Gemini Suezmax Pool, 15 of our owned vessels operated in the Teekay Suezmax Pool, six of our owned vessels and 10 time-chartered in vessel operated in the Teekay Aframax Pools while four of our owned and two time-chartered in vessels operated in the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool. In addition, five of our owned vessels operated in the spot market on voyage charters. As well, two of our MR vessels operated in the spot market through participation in the Norient Product Pool, which is managed by a third party unaffiliated with Teekay Corporation. As of December 31, 2015, 12 of our owned vessels, one in-chartered vessel and one jointly-owned vessel operated under fixed-rate time-charter contracts. Our mix of vessels trading in the spot market, serving U.S. Gulf (or USG ) Lightering, or subject to fixed-rate time charters will change from time to time. Our Manager also may seek to hedge our spot exposure through the use of freight forward agreements or other financial instruments. Likewise, the managers of the pooling arrangements in which we participate may, with our approval, enter into fixed-rate time charters for vessels we include in those pooling arrangements, thereby decreasing spot-rate exposure without withdrawing the vessels from the pooling arrangements.

The Gemini Suezmax Pool, the Teekay Suezmax Pool, the Teekay Aframax Pools, and the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool. As of December 31, 2015, and including our owned and time-chartered in vessels, the Teekay Suezmax Pool and Teekay Aframax Pools were comprised of 29 Suezmax and 37 Aframax crude tankers, respectively, and the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool and Gemini Suezmax Pool included 12 LR2 product tankers and two Suezmax tankers, respectively. Under the pooling arrangements, the aggregate revenues generated by the entire applicable pools are distributed to pool members, including us, pursuant to a pre-arranged weighting system based on actual earnings days each vessel is available during the applicable period and on each vessel’s earnings capability based on its characteristics, speed and bunker consumption. The allocation for each vessel participating in the pool is established based on observations and historical consumption and performance measures of the individual vessel. Payments based on net cash flow applicable to each tanker are made on a monthly basis to pool participants and adjusted at standard intervals determined by each pool based on the weighting system. We have agreed with the respective pool managers and pool participants to include certain of our vessels trading on voyage charters into the pooling arrangements assuming the vessel meets the respective pooling criteria. For example, our Suezmax tankers that are operating on voyage charters with terms of less than one year are included in the Teekay Suezmax pool. Likewise, Aframax tankers and LR2 tankers on voyage charters with terms of 90 days or less participate in the Teekay Aframax Pools and the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool, respectively. Please read Item 7 – Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions: Related Party Transactions—Pooling Arrangements, for additional information about the Teekay Suezmax Pool, the Teekay Aframax Pools, and the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool.

Voyage Charters. Tankers operating in the spot market typically are chartered for a single voyage, which may last up to several weeks. Spot market revenues may generate increased profit margins during times when tanker rates are increasing, while tankers operating under fixed-rate time charters generally provide more predictable cash flows without exposure to the variable expenses such as port charges and bunkers. Under a typical voyage charter in the spot market, the shipowner is paid on the basis of moving cargo from a loading port to a discharge port. The shipowner is responsible for paying both vessel operating costs and voyage expenses, and the charterer is responsible for any delay at the loading or discharging ports. Voyage expenses are all expenses attributable to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions. Vessel operating expenses are incurred regardless of particular voyage details and include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses. When the vessel is “off hire,” or not available for service, the vessel is unavailable to complete new voyage charters until the off hire is finalized and the vessel becomes available again for service. In addition, if the vessel is “off hire” while trading in a commercial pooling arrangement, the vessel will have those off hire days deducted from its monthly calculation of available days for the purpose of pool distributions. Under a voyage charter, the shipowner is generally required, among other things, to keep the vessel seaworthy, to crew and maintain the vessel and to comply with applicable regulations.

Time Charters. A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate. A customer generally selects a time charter if it wants a dedicated vessel for a period of time, and the customer is commercially responsible for the use of the vessel. Under a typical time charter, the shipowner provides crewing and other services related to the vessel’s operation, the cost of which is included in the daily rate, while the customer is responsible for substantially all of the voyage expenses. When the vessel is off hire, the customer generally is not required to pay the hire rate and the owner is responsible for all costs. “Hire rate” refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel. Under our time charters, hire is payable monthly in advance in U.S. Dollars. Hire payments may be reduced, or under some time charters the shipowner must pay liquidated damages, if the vessel does not perform to certain of its specifications, such as if the amount of fuel consumed to power the vessel under normal circumstances exceeds a guaranteed amount. When the vessel is “off hire,” or not available for service, the charterer generally is not required to pay the hire rate, and the shipowner is responsible for all costs, including the cost of fuel bunkers, unless the charterer is responsible for the circumstances giving rise to the lack of availability. A vessel generally will be deemed to be off hire if there is an occurrence preventing the full working of the vessel.

Time-Charters-in. A time-charter in vessel is one that is contracted from another party for use by us for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate. We may choose to place the time-chartered in vessel in a pooling arrangement if it meets the standards to participate in a pooling arrangement or to employ it on a fixed-rate time-charter out for the same period of time the vessel is chartered-in to us or for shorter depending on the market conditions and the Manager’s outlook for the market. Under a typical time-charter in, the shipowner provides crewing and other services related to the vessel’s operation, the cost of which is included in the daily hire rate. The customer is responsible for substantially all of the voyage-related expenses. When the vessel is off hire the customer generally is not required to pay the hire rate, and the shipowner is responsible for all costs, including the cost of fuel bunkers, unless the charterer is responsible for the circumstances giving rise to the lack of availability. A vessel generally will be deemed to be off hire if there is an occurrence preventing the full working of the vessel.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our Full Service Lightering, Ship-to-ship Support Services, and LNG Terminal Management and Consultancy Strategy

Full Service Lightering . Full service lightering (or FSL ) is the process of transferring cargo between vessels of different sizes. Our Lightering capability leverages access to our Aframax Fleet operating in the USG and our offshore lightering support acumen to provide a full service lightering business model to oil companies and trading companies whom are importing or exporting crude oil in the USG to or from larger Suezmax and VLCC vessels which are port restricted due to size and draft. We believe that the ability to serve USG Full Service Lightering as a niche market defines an additional base cargo volume that complements our spot trading strategy in the Caribbean to the USG market allowing Teekay to better optimize the deployment of the fleet that we trade in this region through better scheduling flexibility and utilization for the fleet.

Ship-to-Ship Support Services and LNG Terminal Management and Consultancy Services.  Ship-to-ship (or  STS ) support service is the process of transferring cargo between seagoing ships positioned alongside each other, either stationary or underway. Through global ship-to-ship support services, which are often driven by oil market arbitrages and oil traders optimizing their USD ton/mile on cargoes, we intend to access various opportunities including: blending, breaking of bulk cargo shipments, and the optimization of markets in contango which may use floating storage as a more cost-effective solution to shore tankage. LNG terminal management and consultancy services revolve around tailored service provisions focusing on areas such as terminal operations and maintenance, terminal development, LNG bunkering solutions, commissioning and compatibility services. Emphasis has been placed upon obtaining more sustainable revenue through long-term, fixed-rate contracts.

Industry and Competition

We compete in the Suezmax (120,000 to 199,999 dwt) and Aframax (80,000 to 119,999 dwt) crude oil tanker markets. Our competition in the Aframax and Suezmax markets is also affected by the availability of other size vessels that compete in these markets. Suezmax size vessels and Panamax (55,000 to 79,999 dwt) size vessels can compete for many of the same charters for which our Aframax tankers compete; Aframax size vessels and VLCCs (200,000 to 319,999 dwt) can compete for many of the same charters for which our Suezmax tankers may compete. Because of their large size, VLCCs and Ultra Large Crude Carriers (320,000+ dwt) (or ULCCs ) rarely compete directly with Aframax tankers, and ULCCs rarely compete with Suezmax tankers for specific charters. However, because VLCCs and ULCCs comprise a substantial portion of the total capacity of the market, movements by such vessels into Suezmax trades and of Suezmax vessels into Aframax trades would heighten the already intense competition.

We also compete in the LR2 (80,000 to 119,999 dwt) and MR (40,000 to 59,999 dwt) product tanker markets. Our competition in the LR2 and MR product tanker markets is affected by the availability of other size vessels that compete in these markets. Long Range 1 (LR1) (60,000-79,999 dwt) size vessels can compete for many of the same charters for which our LR2 tankers compete; LR1 and Handysize (25,000 – 39,999 dwt) vessels can compete for many of the same charters for which our MR tankers may compete.

Seaborne transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products are provided both by major energy companies (private as well as state-owned) and by independent ship owners. The desire of many major energy companies to outsource all or a portion of their shipping requirements has caused the number of conventional oil tankers owned by energy companies to decrease in the last 20 years. As a result of this trend, independent tanker companies now own or control a large majority of the international tanker fleet.

As of December 31, 2015, other large operators of Aframax tonnage (including newbuildings on order) included Malaysian International Shipping Corporation (or MISC ) (approximately 36 Aframax vessels), Sovcomflot (approximately 42 vessels), the Navig8 Pool (approximately 26 vessels), and the Sigma Pool (approximately 28 vessels). Other large operators of Suezmax tonnage (including newbuildings on order) as of such date included the Stena Sonangol Pool (approximately 21 vessels), Nordic American Tankers (approximately 26 vessels), the Blue Fin Pool (approximately 15 vessels), Euronav (approximately 22 vessels), Navig8 (approximately 22 vessels), and Sovcomflot (approximately 15 vessels).

As of December 31, 2015, we are effectively one of only two active USG Full Service Lightering Companies, the other being AET Tankers (or AET ) (a subsidiary company of MISC). USG Lightering trade has a steady foundation of demand due to ongoing imports into the United States, and has recently found support in reverse-lightering due to changes to U.S. policy which now permits U.S.-produced crude oil to be exported to global destinations. AET currently maintains the majority of lightering market share in the USG. However through our acquisition of SPT (now known as Teekay Marine Solutions), we have targeted this region in an effort to grow our presence and take advantage of the expected increased volumes moving both in and out of the USG. The USG Lightering trade shows stability in the current environment where U.S. Refineries appear still to be dependent on imports borne on larger VLCC and Suezmax class vessels to feed the U.S. Gulf Coast refinery requirements. We also expect USG lightering will see incremental benefits resulting from the lifted ban on US crude oil exports should that oil be transported on larger size vessels, including VLCC and Suezmax targeted for Asia.

As of December 31, 2015, the largest operators of LR2 tonnage (including newbuildings on order) included the Navig8 LR2 pool (approximately 24 vessels), Scorpio Tankers (approximately 25 vessels), Torm Tankers (approximately 14 vessels), Ocean Tankers (approximately 12 vessels) and the Sigma Pool (approximately 9 vessels). As of December 31, 2015, the largest operators of MR tonnage (including newbuildings on order) included Scorpio Tankers (approximately 59 vessels), Torm (approximately 53 vessels), the Norient pool (approximately 58 vessels), Stena Bulk (approximately 49 vessels), the Handytankers Pool (approximately 26 vessels), Sovcomflot (approximately 22 vessels), Ocean Tankers (approximately 20 vessels), and Diamond S Shipping (approximately 33 vessels).

Competition in both the crude and product tanker market is primarily based on price, location (for single-voyage or short-term charters), size, age, condition and acceptability of the vessel, oil tanker shipping experience and quality of ship operations, and the size of an operating fleet, with larger fleets allowing for greater vessel substitution, availability and customer service. Aframax and Suezmax tankers are particularly well-suited for short-haul and medium-haul crude oil routes; LR2 tankers are well-suited for long and medium-haul refined product routes while MR tankers are well-suited for short and medium-haul refined product routes.

 

23


Table of Contents

Historically, the tanker industry has been cyclical, experiencing volatility in profitability due to changes in oil tanker demand and oil tanker supply. The cyclical nature of the tanker industry causes significant increases or decreases in charter rates earned by operators of oil tankers. Because voyage charters occur in short intervals and are priced on a current, or “spot,” market rate, the spot market is more volatile than time charters and the tanker industry generally. In the past, there have been periods when spot rates declined below the operating cost of the vessels.

Our largest competitor in the ship-to-ship global supports business and the LNG terminal management and consultancy business is Fendercare Marine. Fendercare is well-established and was relatively unchallenged in what was a niche market until 2006, when SPT developed from being primarily a U.S. based supplier. Through the growth of SPT we have gained market share, and now under TMS, we look to increase our presence further through our intended business development.

Oil Tanker Demand. Demand for oil tankers is a function of several factors, including world oil demand and supply (which affect the amount of crude oil and refined products transported in tankers), and the relative locations of oil production, refining and consumption (which affects the distance over which the oil or refined products are transported).

Oil has been one of the world’s primary energy sources for a number of decades. As of February 2015, the International Energy Agency (or IEA ) estimated that oil consumption will increase from 94.4 million barrels per day (or mb/d ) in 2015, to 95.6 mb/d in 2016 driven by increasing consumption in non-OECD countries. A majority of known oil reserves are located in regions far from major consuming regions, which contributes positively toward demand for oil tankers.

The distance over which crude oil or refined petroleum products is transported is determined by seaborne trading and distribution patterns, which are principally influenced by the relative advantages of the various sources of production and locations of consumption. Seaborne trading patterns are also periodically influenced by geopolitical events, such as wars, hostilities and trade embargoes that divert tankers from normal trading patterns, as well as by inter-regional oil trading activity created by oil supply and demand imbalances. Historically, the level of oil exports from the Middle East has had a strong effect on the crude tanker market due to the relatively long distance between this supply source and typical discharge points. Over the past few years, the growing economies of China and India have increased and diversified their oil imports, resulting in an overall increase in transportation distance for crude tankers. Major consumers in Asia have increased their crude import volumes from longer-haul producers, such as those in the Atlantic Basin.

The limited growth in refinery capacity in developed nations, the largest consumers of oil in recent years, and increasing refinery capacity in the Middle East and parts of Asia where capacity surplus supports exports, have also altered traditional trading patterns and contributed to the overall increase in transportation distance for both crude tankers and products tankers.

Oil Tanker Supply. New Aframax, Suezmax, LR2 and MR tankers are generally expected to have a lifespan of approximately 25 to 30 years, based on estimated hull fatigue life. However, U.S. and international regulations require the earlier phase-out of existing vessels that are not double-hulled, regardless of their expected lifespan. As of December 31, 2015, the world Aframax crude tanker fleet consisted of 604 vessels, with an additional 94 Aframax crude oil tanker newbuildings on order for delivery through 2019; the world Suezmax crude tanker fleet consisted of 454 vessels, with an additional 97 Suezmax crude oil tanker newbuildings on order for delivery through 2018; the world LR2 product tanker fleet consisted of 287 vessels, with an additional 80 LR2 product tanker newbuildings on order through 2018; and the world MR product tanker fleet consisted of 1,519 vessels, with an additional 228 MR product tanker newbuildings on order through 2020. Currently, delivery of a vessel typically occurs within two to three years after ordering.

The supply of oil tankers is primarily a function of new vessel deliveries, vessel scrapping and the conversion or loss of tonnage. The level of newbuilding orders is primarily a function of newbuilding prices in relation to current and prospective charter market conditions. Another factor that affects tanker supply is the available shipyard capacity. The level of vessel scrapping activity is primarily a function of scrapping prices in relation to current and prospective charter market conditions and operating, repair and survey costs. Industry regulations also affect scrapping levels. Please read “—Regulations” below. Demand for drybulk vessel and floating storage off-take units, to which tankers can be converted, strongly affects the number of tanker conversions.

For more than a decade, there has been a significant and ongoing shift toward quality in vessels and operations, as charterers and regulators increasingly focus on safety and protection of the environment. Since 1990, there has been an increasing emphasis on environmental protection through legislation and regulations such as OPA 90, International Maritime Organization (or IMO ) regulations and protocols, and classification society procedures that demand higher quality tanker construction, maintenance, repair and operations. We believe that operators with proven ability to integrate these required safety regulations into their operations have a competitive advantage.

Safety, Management of Ship Operations and Administration

Safety and environmental compliance are our top operational priorities. Our vessels are operated by our Manager in a manner intended to protect the safety and health of our employees, the general public and the environment. We actively seek to manage the risks inherent in our business and are committed to eliminating incidents that threaten the safety and integrity of our vessels, such as groundings, fires, collisions and petroleum spills. In 2007, we introduced a behavior-based safety program called “Safety in Action” to further enhance the safety culture in our fleet. We are also committed to reducing our emissions and waste generation. In 2008, we introduced the Quality Assurance and Training Officers (or QATO ) Program to conduct rigorous internal audits of our processes and provide our seafarers with onboard training.

Teekay Corporation, through certain of its subsidiaries, provides technical management services for all of our vessels. Teekay Corporation has obtained through Det Norske Veritas ( or DNV ), the Norwegian classification society, approval of its safety management system as in compliance with the International Safety Management Code (or ISM Code ), and this system has been implemented for all of our vessels. As part of Teekay Corporation’s ISM Code compliance, all of the vessels’ safety management certificates are maintained through ongoing internal audits performed by Teekay Corporation’s certified internal auditors and intermediate audits performed by DNV.

 

24


Table of Contents

We provide, through certain of its subsidiaries, expertise in various functions critical to our operations and access to human resources, financial and other administrative functions. Critical ship management functions that our Manager provides to us through its affiliates include:

 

   

vessel maintenance;

 

   

crewing;

 

   

purchasing;

 

   

shipyard supervision;

 

   

insurance; and

 

   

financial management services.

These functions are supported by onboard and onshore systems for maintenance, inventory, purchasing and budget management.

All vessels are operated by us under a comprehensive and integrated Safety Management System that complies with the ISM Code, the International Standards Organization’s (or ISO ) 9001 for Quality Assurance, ISO 14001 for Environment Management Systems, and Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Series (or OHSAS ) 18001 and the new Maritime Labour Convention 2006 that became enforceable on August 20, 2013. The management system is certified by DNV. Although certification is valid for five years, compliance with the above mentioned standards is confirmed on a yearly basis by a rigorous auditing procedure that includes both internal audits as well as external verification audits by DNV and certain flag states.

In addition, Teekay Corporation’s day-to-day focus on cost control is applied to our operations. Teekay Corporation and two other shipping companies participate in a purchasing alliance, Teekay Bergesen Worldwide, which leverages the purchasing power of the combined fleets, mainly in such commodity areas as lube oils, paints and other chemicals. Through our Manager, we benefit from this purchasing alliance.

Risk of Loss, Insurance and Risk Management

The operation of any ocean-going vessel carries an inherent risk of catastrophic marine disasters, death or injury of persons and property losses caused by adverse weather conditions, mechanical failures, human error, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. In addition, the transportation of crude oil and petroleum products is subject to the risk of spills and to business interruptions due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labor strikes, sanctions and boycotts. The occurrence of any of these events may result in loss of revenues or increased costs.

We carry hull and machinery (marine and war risks) and protection and indemnity insurance coverage to protect against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business. Hull and machinery insurance covers loss of or damage to a vessel due to marine perils such as collision, grounding and weather. Protection and indemnity insurance indemnifies us against other liabilities incurred while operating vessels, including injury to the crew, third parties, cargo loss and pollution. The current maximum amount of our coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. We also carry insurance policies covering war risks (including piracy and terrorism). None of our vessels are insured against loss of revenues resulting from vessel off-hire time, based on the cost of this insurance compared to our off-hire experience. We believe that current insurance coverage is adequate to protect against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business and that we maintain appropriate levels of environmental damage and pollution coverage. However, we cannot guarantee that all covered risks are adequately insured against, that any particular claim will be paid or that we will be able to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future. More stringent environmental regulations have resulted in increased costs for, and may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against the risks of environmental damage or pollution.

In our operations, we use Teekay Corporation’s thorough risk management program which includes, among other things, risk analysis tools, maintenance and assessment programs, a seafarers competence training program, seafarers workshops and membership in emergency response organizations. We believe we benefit from Teekay Corporation’s commitment to safety and environmental protection as certain of its subsidiaries assist us in managing our vessel operations.

Teekay Corporation has achieved certification under the standards reflected in ISO 9001 for quality assurance, ISO 14001 for environment management systems, OHSAS 18001, and the IMO’s International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention on a fully integrated basis.

Flag, Classification, Audits and Inspections

Our vessels are registered with reputable flag states, and the hull and machinery of all of our vessels have been “classed” by one of the major classification societies and members of the International Association of Classification Societies ltd (or IACS ): DNV, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping or American Bureau of Shipping.

The applicable classification society certifies that the vessel’s design and build conforms to the applicable class rules and meets the requirements of the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the international conventions to which that country is a signatory. The classification society also verifies throughout the vessel’s life that it continues to be maintained in accordance with those rules. In order to validate this, the vessels are surveyed by the classification society, in accordance to the classification society rules, which in the case of our vessels follows a comprehensive five-year special survey cycle, renewed every fifth year. During each five-year period the vessel undergoes annual and intermediate surveys, the scrutiny and intensity of which is primarily dictated by the age of the vessel. Because our vessels are modern and we have enhanced the resiliency of the underwater coatings of each vessel hull and marked the hull to facilitate underwater inspections by divers, their underwater areas are inspected in a dry dock at five-year intervals. In-water inspection is carried out during the second or third annual inspection (i.e. during an intermediate survey).

 

25


Table of Contents

In addition to class surveys, the vessel’s flag state also verifies the condition of the vessel during annual flag state inspections, either independently or by additional authorization to class. Also, port state authorities of a vessel’s port of call are authorized under international conventions to undertake regular and spot checks of vessels visiting their jurisdiction.

Processes followed onboard are audited by either the flag state or the class society acting on behalf of flag state to ensure that they meet the requirements of the ISM Code. DNV typically carries out this task. We also follow an internal process of internal audits undertaken at each office and vessel annually.

We follow a comprehensive inspections scheme supported by our sea staff, shore-based operational and technical specialists and members of our QATO program. We carry out regular inspections, which help us to ensure that:

 

   

our vessels and operations adhere to our operating standards;

 

   

the structural integrity of the vessel is being maintained;

 

   

machinery and equipment is being maintained to give reliable service;

 

   

we are optimizing performance in terms of speed and fuel consumption; and

 

   

the vessel’s appearance supports our brand and meets customer expectations.

Our customers also often carry out vetting inspections under the Ship Inspection Report Program, which is a significant safety initiative introduced by the Oil Companies International Marine Forum to specifically address concerns about sub-standard vessels. The inspection results permit charterers to screen a vessel to ensure that it meets their general and specific risk-based shipping requirements.

We believe that the heightened environmental and quality concerns of insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers will generally lead to greater scrutiny, inspection and safety requirements on all vessels in the oil tanker markets and will accelerate the scrapping or phasing out of older vessels throughout these markets.

Overall, we believe that our relatively new, well-maintained and high-quality vessels provide us with a competitive advantage in the current environment of increasing regulation and customer emphasis on quality of service.

Regulations

General

Our business and the operation of our vessels are significantly affected by international conventions and national, state and local laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate, as well as in the country or countries of their registration. Because these conventions, laws and regulations change frequently, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of compliance or their impact on the resale price or useful life of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and that may materially affect our operations. We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our operations. Subject to the discussion below and to the fact that the kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required for the operations of the vessels we own will depend on a number of factors, we believe that we will be able to continue to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates material to the conduct of our operations.

International Maritime Organization (or IMO)

The IMO is the United Nations’ agency for maritime safety and prevention of pollution. IMO regulations relating to pollution prevention for oil tankers have been adopted by many of the jurisdictions in which our tanker fleet operates. Under IMO regulations, and subject to limited exceptions, a tanker must be of double-hull construction in accordance with the requirements set out in these regulations, or be of another approved design ensuring the same level of protection against oil pollution. All of our tankers are double-hulled.

Many countries, but not the United States, have ratified and follow the liability regime adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969, as amended (or CLC ). Under this convention, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil (e.g. crude oil, fuel oil, heavy diesel oil or lubricating oil), subject to certain defenses. The right to limit liability to specified amounts that are periodically revised is forfeited under the CLC when the spill is caused by the owner’s actual fault or when the spill is caused by the owner’s intentional or reckless conduct. Vessels trading to contracting states must provide evidence of insurance covering the limited liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative regimes or common law governs, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or in a manner similar to the CLC.

IMO regulations also include the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea (or SOLAS ), including amendments to SOLAS implementing the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code (or ISPS ), the ISM Code, the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966. SOLAS provides rules for the construction of and the equipment required for commercial vessels and includes regulations for their safe operation. Flag states, which have ratified the convention and the treaty generally employ the classification societies, which have incorporated SOLAS requirements into their class rules, to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.

 

26


Table of Contents

SOLAS and other IMO regulations concerning safety, including those relating to treaties on training of shipboard personnel, lifesaving appliances, radio equipment and the global maritime distress and safety system, are applicable to our operations. Non-compliance with IMO regulations, including SOLAS, the ISM Code, ISPS and other regulations, may subject us to increased liability or penalties, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to or detention in some ports. For example, the U.S. Coast Guard and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports. The ISM Code requires vessel operators to obtain a safety management certification for each vessel they manage, evidencing the shipowner’s development and maintenance of an extensive safety management system. Each of the existing vessels in our fleet is currently ISM Code-certified, and we expect to obtain safety management certificates for each newbuilding vessel upon delivery.

Annex VI to the IMO’s International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships ( MARPOL ) (or Annex VI ) sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts and prohibits emissions of ozone depleting substances, emissions of volatile compounds from cargo tanks and the incineration of specific substances. Annex VI also includes a world-wide cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions.

The IMO has issued guidance regarding protecting against acts of piracy off the coast of Somalia. We comply within these guidelines.

In addition, the IMO has proposed (by the adoption in 2004 of the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments (or the Ballast Water Convention ) that all tankers of the size we operate that were built starting in 2012 contain ballast water treatment systems to comply with the ballast water performance standard specified in the Ballast Water Convention, and that all other similarly sized tankers install water ballast treatment systems in order to comply with the ballast water performance. This convention has not yet entered into force, but when it becomes effective, we estimate that the installation of ballast water treatment systems on our tankers may cost between $2 million and $3 million per vessel.

The IMO has also developed and adopted an International Code for Ships Operating in Polar Waters ( or Polar Code ) which deals with matters regarding design, construction, equipment, operation, search and rescue and environmental protection in relation to ships operating in waters surrounding the two poles. The Polar Code includes both safety and environmental provisions and will be mandatory, with the safety provisions becoming part of SOLAS and the environmental provisions becoming part of MARPOL. In November 2014 the IMO’s MSC adopted the Polar Code and the related amendments to SOLAS in relation to safety, while in May 2015 the IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee (or MEPC ) adopted the environmental provisions of the Polar Code and associated amendments to MARPOL. The Polar Code is to enter into force on January 1, 2017.

European Union (or EU)

Like the IMO, the EU has adopted regulations phasing out single-hull tankers. All of our tankers are double-hulled. On May 17, 2011, the European Commission carried out a number of unannounced inspections, at the offices of some of the world’s largest container line operators starting an antitrust investigation. We were not directly affected by this investigation and believe that we are compliant with antitrust rules. Nevertheless, it is possible that the investigation could be widened and new companies and practices come under scrutiny within the EU.

The EU has also adopted legislation (Directive 2009/16/EC on Port State Control as subsequently amended) that: bans from European waters manifestly sub-standard vessels (defined as vessels that have been detained twice by EU port authorities, in the preceding two years); creates obligations on the part of EU member port states to inspect minimum percentages of vessels using these ports annually; provides for increased surveillance of vessels posing a high risk to maritime safety or the marine environment; and provides the EU with greater authority and control over classification societies, including the ability to seek to suspend or revoke the authority of negligent societies (Directive 2009/15/EC as amended by Directive 2014/111/EU of December 17, 2014).

Two new regulations were introduced by the European Commission in September 2010, as part of the implementation of the Port State Control Directive. These came into force on January 1, 2011 and introduce a ranking system (published on a public website and updated daily) displaying shipping companies operating in the EU with the worst safety records. The ranking is judged upon the results of the technical inspections carried out on the vessels owned by a particular shipping company. Those shipping companies that have the most positive safety records are rewarded by subjecting them to fewer inspections, whilst those with the most safety shortcomings or technical failings recorded upon inspection will in turn be subject to a greater frequency of official inspections to their vessels.

The EU has, by way of Directive 2005/35/EC, which has been amended by Directive 2009/123/EC created a legal framework for imposing criminal penalties in the event of discharges of oil and other noxious substances from ships sailing in its waters, irrespective of their flag. This relates to discharges of oil or other noxious substances from vessels. Minor discharges shall not automatically be considered as offences, except where repetition leads to deterioration in the quality of the water. The persons responsible may be subject to criminal penalties if they have acted with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the act of inciting, aiding and abetting a person to discharge a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties.

The EU has adopted a Directive requiring the use of low sulfur fuel. Since January 1, 2015, vessels have been required to burn fuel with sulfur content not exceeding 0.1% while within EU member states’ territorial seas, exclusive economic zones and pollution control zones that are included in SOX Emission Control Areas. Other jurisdictions have also adopted regulations requiring the use of low sulfur fuel. The California Air Resources Board (or CARB ) requires vessels to burn fuel with 0.1% sulfur content or less within 24 nautical miles of California as of January 1, 2014. China also established emission control areas in the Pearl River Delta, the Yangtze River Delta and the Bohai Bay rim area with restrictions, commencing in January 1, 2016, on the maximum sulfur content of the fuel to be used by vessels within those areas, which limits become progressively stricter over time.

IMO regulations require that, as of January 1, 2015, all vessels operating within Emissions Control Areas (or ECAs ) worldwide recognized under MARPOL Annex VI must comply with 0.1% sulfur requirements. Currently, the only grade of fuel meeting this low sulfur content requirement is low sulfur marine gas oil (or LSMGO) . Since January 1, 2015, the applicable sulfur content limits in the North Sea, the Baltic Sea and the English Channel sulfur control areas have been 0.1%. Other established ECAs under Annex VI to MARPOL are the North American ECA and the United States Caribbean Sea ECA. Certain modifications were completed on our Suezmax tankers in order to optimize operation on LSMGO of equipment originally designed to operate on Heavy Fuel Oil (or HFO ), and to ensure our compliance with the EU Directive. In addition, LSMGO is more expensive than HFO and this impacts the costs of operations. However, for vessels employed on fixed-term business, all fuel costs, including any increases, are borne by the charterer.

 

27


Table of Contents

The EU has recently adopted Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 which imposes rules regarding ship recycling and management of hazardous materials on vessels. The Regulation sets out requirements for the recycling of vessels in an environmentally sound manner at approved recycling facilities, so as to minimize the adverse effects of recycling on human health and the environment. The Regulation also contains rules to control and properly manage hazardous materials on vessels and prohibits or restricts the installation or use of certain hazardous materials on vessels. The Regulation aims at facilitating the ratification of the Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships adopted by the IMO in 2009 (which has not entered into force). It applies to vessels flying the flag of a Member State. In addition, certain of its provisions also apply to vessels flying the flag of a third country calling at a port or anchorage of a Member State. For example, when calling at a port or anchorage of a Member State, the vessels flying the flag of a third country will be required, amongst other things, to have on board an inventory of hazardous materials which complies with the requirements of the Regulation and to be able to submit to the relevant authorities of that Member State a copy of a statement of compliance issued by the relevant authorities of the country of their flag and verifying the inventory. The Regulation is to apply not earlier than December 31, 2015 and not later than December 31, 2018, although certain of its provisions are applicable from December 31, 2014 and certain others are to apply from December 31, 2020.

United States

The United States has enacted an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills, including discharges of oil cargoes, bunker fuels or lubricants, primarily through the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (or OPA 90 ) and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (or CERCLA ). OPA 90 affects all owners, operators, and bareboat charterers, whose vessels trade to the United States or its territories or possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which include the U.S. territorial sea and 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. CERCLA applies to the discharge of “hazardous substances” rather than “oil” and imposes strict joint and several liability upon the owners, operators or bareboat charterers of vessels for cleanup costs and damages arising from discharges of hazardous substances. We believe that petroleum products should not be considered hazardous substances under CERCLA, but additives to oil or lubricants used on vessels might fall within its scope.

Under OPA 90, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the oil spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war and the responsible party reports the incident and reasonably cooperates with the appropriate authorities) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. These other damages are defined broadly to include:

 

   

natural resources damages and the related assessment costs;

 

   

real and personal property damages;

 

   

net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees and other lost revenues;

 

   

lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to property or natural resources damage;

 

   

net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards; and

 

   

loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

OPA 90 limits the liability of responsible parties in an amount it periodically updates. The liability limits do not apply if the incident was proximately caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations, including IMO conventions to which the United States is a signatory, or by the responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with the oil removal activities. Liability under CERCLA is also subject to limits unless the incident is caused by gross negligence, willful misconduct, or a violation of certain regulations. We currently maintain for each of our vessel’s pollution liability coverage in the maximum coverage amount of $1 billion per incident. A catastrophic spill could exceed the coverage available, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Under OPA 90, with limited exceptions, all newly built or converted tankers delivered after January 1, 1994 and operating in U.S. waters must be double-hulled. All of our tankers are double-hulled.

OPA 90 also requires owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the United States Coast Guard (or the Coast Guard ) evidence of financial responsibility in an amount at least equal to the relevant limitation amount for such vessels under the statute. The Coast Guard has implemented regulations requiring that an owner or operator of a fleet of vessels must demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility in an amount sufficient to cover the vessel in the fleet having the greatest maximum limited liability under OPA 90 and CERCLA. Evidence of financial responsibility may be demonstrated by insurance, surety bond, self-insurance, guaranty or an alternative method subject to approval by the Coast Guard. Under the self-insurance provisions, the shipowner or operator must have a net worth and working capital, measured in assets located in the United States against liabilities located anywhere in the world, that exceeds the applicable amount of financial responsibility. Teekay Corporation has complied with the Coast Guard regulations by obtaining financial guaranties from one of its subsidiaries covering our vessels. If other vessels in our fleet trade into the United States in the future, we expect to obtain guaranties from third-party insurers.

OPA 90 and CERCLA permit individual U.S. states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil or hazardous substance pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited strict liability for spills. Several coastal states require state-specific evidence of financial responsibility and vessel response plans. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

 

28


Table of Contents

Owners or operators of vessels, including tankers, operating in U.S. waters are required to file vessel response plans with the Coast Guard, and their tankers are required to operate in compliance with their Coast Guard approved plans. Such response plans must, among other things:

 

   

address a “worst case” scenario and identify and ensure, through contract or other approved means, the availability of necessary private response resources to respond to a “worst case discharge”;

 

   

describe crew training and drills; and

 

   

identify a qualified individual with full authority to implement removal actions.

We have filed vessel response plans with the Coast Guard and have received its approval of such plans. In addition, we conduct regular oil spill response drills in accordance with the guidelines set out in OPA 90. The Coast Guard has announced it intends to propose similar regulations requiring certain vessels to prepare response plans for the release of hazardous substances.

OPA 90 and CERCLA do not preclude claimants from seeking damages resulting from the discharge of oil and hazardous substances under other applicable law, including maritime tort law. The application of this doctrine varies by jurisdiction.

The U.S. Clean Water Act (or the Clean Water Act ) also prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in U.S. navigable waters and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for unauthorized discharges. The Clean Water Act imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA 90 and CERCLA discussed above.

Our vessels that discharge certain effluents, including ballast water, in U.S. waters must obtain a Clean Water Act permit from the Environmental Protection Agency (or EPA ) titled the “Vessel General Permit” and comply with a range of effluent limitations, best management practices, reporting, inspections and other requirements. The current Vessel General Permit incorporates Coast Guard requirements for ballast water exchange and includes specific technology-based requirements for vessels, and includes an implementation schedule to require vessels to meet the ballast water effluent limitations by the first drydocking after January 1, 2014 or January 1, 2016, depending on the vessel size. Vessels that are constructed after December 1, 2013 are subject to the ballast water numeric effluent limitations. Several U.S. states have added specific requirements to the Vessel General Permit and, in some cases, may require vessels to install ballast water treatment technology to meet biological performance standards.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (or the Kyoto Protocol ) entered into force. Pursuant to the Kyoto Protocol, adopting countries are required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the United States, entered into the Copenhagen Accord. The Copenhagen Accord is non-binding, but is intended to pave the way for a comprehensive, international treaty on climate change. In December 2015, the Paris Agreement (or the Paris Agreement ) was adopted by 195 countries at the 21st Session of the Conference of Parties (commonly known as COP 21, a conference of the countries which are parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change; the COP is the highest decision-making authority of this organization). The Paris Agreement deals with greenhouse gas emission reduction measures and targets from 2020 in order to limit the global temperature increases above pre-industrial levels to not more than 1.5°Celsius. Although shipping was ultimately not included in the Paris Agreement, it is expected that the adoption of the Paris Agreement may lead to regulatory changes in relation to curbing greenhouse gas emissions from shipping. In July 2011 the IMO adopted regulations imposing technical and operational measures for the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions. These new regulations formed a new chapter in Annex VI and became effective on January 1, 2013. The new technical and operational measures include the “Energy Efficiency Design Index,” which is mandatory for newbuilding vessels, and the “Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan,” which is mandatory for all vessels. In addition, the IMO is evaluating various mandatory measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping, which may include market-based instruments or a carbon tax. In October 2014, the IMO’s MEPC agreed in principle to develop a system of data collection regarding fuel consumption of ships. Work on the development of such a system continued during 2015. The EU also has indicated that it intends to propose an expansion of the existing European Union emissions trading scheme to include emissions of greenhouse gases from vessels, and individual countries in the EU may impose additional requirements. The EU recently adopted Regulation (EU) 2015/757 on the monitoring, reporting and verification of CO2 emissions from vessels (or the MRV Regulation ) which entered into force on July 1, 2015. The MRV Regulation is to generally apply to all vessels over 5,000 gross tonnage, irrespective of flag, in respect of CO2 emissions released during intra-EU voyages and EU incoming and outgoing voyages. The first reporting period will commence on January 1, 2018. The monitoring, reporting and verification system adopted by the MRV Regulation may be the precursor to a market-based mechanism to be adopted in the future. In the United States, the EPA issued an “endangerment finding” regarding greenhouse gases under the Clean Air Act. While this finding in itself does not impose any requirements on our industry, it authorizes the EPA to regulate directly greenhouse gas emissions through a rule-making process. In addition, climate change initiatives are being considered in the United States Congress and by individual states. Any passage of new climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, EU, the United States or other countries or states where we operate that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could have a significant financial and operational impact on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Vessel Security Regulation

The ISPS code was adopted by the IMO in December 2002 in the wake of heightened concern over worldwide terrorism and became effective on July 1, 2004. The objective of the ISPS code is to enhance maritime security by detecting security threats to ships and ports and by requiring the development of security plans and other measures designed to prevent such threats. Each of the existing vessels in our fleet currently complies with the requirements of ISPS and MTSA.

 

29


Table of Contents

C. Organizational Structure

As of December 31, 2015, Teekay Corporation (NYSE: TK), through its 100%-owned subsidiary Teekay Holdings Ltd., had a 25.9% economic interest in us through its ownership of 17.2 million of our shares of Class A common stock and 23.2 million shares of our Class B common stock.

Our shares of Class A common stock entitle the holders thereof to one vote per share and our shares of Class B common stock entitle the holders thereof to five votes per share, subject to a 49% aggregate Class B common stock voting power maximum. As such, we are controlled by Teekay Corporation. Teekay Corporation also controls its public subsidiaries Teekay LNG Partners L.P. (NYSE: TGP) and Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. (NYSE: TOO).

Please read Exhibit 8.1 to this Annual Report for a list of our subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015.

D. Property, Plant and Equipment

We believe that our well-maintained and high-quality vessels provide us with a competitive advantage in the current environment of increasing regulation and customer emphasis on quality of service.

Our vessels are regularly inspected by our seafaring staff, who perform much of the necessary routine maintenance. Shore-based operational and technical specialists also inspect our vessels on a regular basis. Upon completion of each inspection, action plans are developed to address any items requiring improvement. All action plans are monitored until they are completed. The objectives of these inspections are to:

 

   

ensure adherence to our operating standards;

 

   

maintain the structural integrity of the vessel;

 

   

maintain machinery and equipment to give full reliability in service;

 

   

optimize performance in terms of speed and fuel consumption; and

 

   

ensure the vessel’s appearance will support our reputation and meet customer expectations.

Other than our vessels, we do not have any material property. Please see “Item 4. Information on the Company: Note B–Our Fleet” for a description of our vessels and “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 11—Long-Term Debt” for information about major encumbrances against our vessels.

E. Taxation of the Company

 

1.

United States Taxation

The following is a discussion of the expected material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us. This discussion is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or the Code ), legislative history, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations (or Treasury Regulations ), judicial authority and administrative interpretations, all as in effect on the date of this Annual Report, and which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or are subject to different interpretations. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below.

Taxation as a Corporation. We are taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As such, we are subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income to the extent it is from U.S. sources or otherwise is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States as discussed below.

Taxation of Operating Income. A significant portion of our gross income will be attributable to the transportation of crude oil and related products. For this purpose, gross income attributable to transportation (or Transportation Income ) includes income derived from, or in connection with, the use (or hiring or leasing for use ) of a vessel to transport cargo, or the performance of services directly related to the use of any vessel to transport cargo, and thus includes both time-charter and bareboat-charter income.

Fifty percent (50%) of Transportation Income attributable to transportation that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States (or U.S. Source International Transportation Income ) is considered to be derived from sources within the United States. Transportation Income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States (or U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income ) is considered to be 100% derived from sources within the United States. Transportation Income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. destinations is considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States. Transportation Income derived from sources outside the United States generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Based on our current operations, a substantial portion of our Transportation Income is from sources outside the United States and not subject to U.S. federal income tax. In addition, we believe that we have not earned any U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income, and we expect that we will not earn any such income in future years. However, certain of our activities give rise to U.S. Source International Transportation Income. Unless the exemption from U.S. taxation under Section 883 of the Code (or the Section 883 Exemption ) applies, our U.S. Source International Transportation Income generally will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation under either the net basis and branch profits taxes or the 4% gross basis tax, each of which is discussed below.

The Section 883 Exemption . In general, the Section 883 Exemption provides that if a non-U.S. corporation satisfies the requirements of Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (or the Section 883 Regulations ), it will not be subject to the net basis and branch profits taxes or the 4% gross basis tax described below on its U.S. Source International Transportation Income. As discussed below, we believe that under our current ownership structure, the Section 883 Exemption will apply and we will not be taxed on our U.S. Source International Transportation Income. The Section 883 Exemption does not apply to U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income.

 

30


Table of Contents

A non-U.S. corporation will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if, among other things, it (i) is organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an exemption from tax to U.S. corporations on international Transportation Income (or an Equivalent Exemption ), (ii) meets one of three ownership tests (or Ownership Tests ) described in the Section 883 Regulations, and (iii) meets certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements (or the Substantiation Requirements ).

We are organized under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands. The U.S. Treasury Department has recognized the Republic of The Marshall Islands as a jurisdiction that grants an Equivalent Exemption. We also believe that we will be able to satisfy the Substantiation Requirements necessary to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption. Consequently, our U.S. Source International Transportation Income (including for this purpose, any such income earned by our subsidiaries that have properly elected to be treated as partnerships or disregarded as entities separate from us for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation provided we satisfy one of the Ownership Tests. We believe that we should satisfy one of the Ownership Tests because our stock is primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States within the meaning of Section 883 of the Code and the Section 883 Regulations. We can give no assurance, however, that changes in the ownership of our stock subsequent to the date of this report will permit us to continue to qualify for the Section 883 exemption.

The Net Basis and Branch Profits Taxes. If the Section 883 Exemption does not apply, our U.S. Source International Transportation Income may be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States (or Effectively Connected Income ) if we have a fixed place of business in the United States and substantially all of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or, in the case of income derived from bareboat charters, is attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States. Based on our current operations, none of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or is derived from bareboat charters attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States. As a result, we do not anticipate that any of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income will be treated as Effectively Connected Income. However, there is no assurance that we will not earn income pursuant to regularly scheduled transportation or bareboat charters attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States in the future, which would result in such income being treated as Effectively Connected Income.

U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income generally will be treated as Effectively Connected Income. However, we do not anticipate that any of our income has been or will be U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income.

Any income we earn that is treated as Effectively Connected Income would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax (the highest statutory rate currently is 35%), and a 30% branch profits tax imposed under Section 884 of the Code. In addition, a branch interest tax could be imposed on certain interest paid or deemed paid by us.

On the sale of a vessel that has produced Effectively Connected Income, we generally would be subject to the net basis and branch profits taxes with respect to our gain not in excess of certain prior deductions for depreciation that reduced Effectively Connected Income. Otherwise, we would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles.

The 4% Gross Basis Tax. If the Section 883 Exemption does not apply and we are not subject to the net basis and branch profits taxes described above, we would be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on our gross U.S. Source International Transportation Income, without benefit of deductions. For 2016, we estimate that the U.S. federal income tax on such U.S. Source International Transportation Income would be approximately $2.5 million if the Section 883 Exemption does not apply, based on the amount of U.S. Source International Transportation Income we earned for 2015. The amount of such tax for which we may be liable for in any year would depend upon the amount of income we earn from voyages into or out of the United States in such year, however, which is not within our complete control.

 

2.

Marshall Islands Taxation

Because we and our controlled affiliates do not, and we do not expect that we and our controlled affiliates will, conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, neither we nor our controlled affiliates are subject to income, capital gains, profits or other taxation under current Marshall Island law. As a result, distributions by controlled affiliates to us are not subject to Marshall Islands taxation.

 

3.

Other Taxation

We and our subsidiaries are subject to taxation in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions because we or our subsidiaries are either organized, or conduct business or operations, in such jurisdictions, but, we do not expect any such tax to be material. However, we cannot assure this result as tax laws in these or other jurisdictions may change or we may enter into new business transactions relating to such jurisdictions, which could affect our tax liability.

 

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

31


Table of Contents
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this report.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

General

Our business is to own oil and product tankers and we employ a chartering strategy that seeks to capture upside opportunities in the tanker spot market while using fixed-rate time charters to reduce downside risks. During 2015, we further developed our service offerings to our customers through the purchase of a ship-to-ship transfer business that provides full service lightering as well as lightering support services and LNG services. This acquisition, which is adjacent to our core competencies, along with our existing conventional tanker commercial management and technical management operations, is expected to improve our ability to manage the cyclicality of the tanker market through the less volatile cash flows generated by these business areas. Historically, the tanker industry has experienced volatility in profitability due to changes in the supply of, and demand for, tanker capacity. Tanker supply and demand are each influenced by several factors beyond our control. We were formed in October 2007 by Teekay Corporation (NYSE: TK) (or Teekay ), a leading provider of marine services to the global oil and gas industries and the world’s largest operator of medium-sized oil tankers, and we completed our initial public offering in December 2007.

Through the participation of some of our vessels in pooling arrangements, we expect to benefit from Teekay’s reputation and the scope of its operations in increasing our cash flows. Our mix of vessels trading in the spot market or subject to fixed-rate time charters will change from time to time. Teekay currently holds a majority of the voting power of our common stock, which includes Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

Commencing in December 2015, we adopted a new dividend policy under which quarterly dividends are expected to range from 30% to 50% of our quarterly adjusted net income, subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, with a minimum quarterly dividend of $0.03 per share. Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP measure which excludes specific items affecting net income that are typically excluded by securities analysts in their published estimates of our financial results. Prior to this change, our dividend policy was to distribute to our stockholders a fixed quarterly dividend of $0.03 per share ($0.12 per share annually). Our dividend policy is reviewed by our Board of Directors from time to time.

Significant Developments in 2015 and Early 2016

Legal Action for Damages

In April 2013, we entered into agreements with STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd (or STX ) of South Korea to construct four, fuel-efficient 113,000 dead-weight tonne LR2 product tanker newbuildings plus options to order up to an additional 12 vessels. The payment of our first shipyard installment was contingent on us receiving acceptable refund guarantees for the shipyard installment payments. In May 2013, STX commenced a voluntary financial restructuring with its lenders, and as a result, STX’s refund guarantee applications were temporarily suspended. In October and November 2013, we exercised our options to order eight additional newbuildings, in aggregate, under option agreements relating to the original STX LR2 shipbuilding agreements signed in April 2013 (or the Option Agreements ). STX did not produce shipbuilding contracts within the specified timeframe of the option declarations and, informed us that there was no prospect of the refund guarantees being provided under any of the firm or option agreements. Therefore, STX is in breach of the option agreements. In December 2013, we terminated the newbuilding agreements and in February 2014, we terminated the option agreements. In February 2014, we commenced a legal action against STX for damages. In November 2014, we placed $0.6 million into an escrow account as cash security pending the resolution of this matter.

On February 15, 2016, our subsidiaries had successfully obtained an English Court Order requiring STX to pay a total of $32.4 million in respect of four firm shipbuilding contracts. As a result, our subsidiaries have exercised their rights under English law to seek the assistance of the English court in the enforcement of the arbitration awards. We and our subsidiaries are pursuing other routes to enforce the awards against STX. Additionally the cash deposit of $0.6 million which was held in escrow has been refunded. No amounts have been recorded as receivable in respect of these awards due to uncertainty of their collection. The trial in the English High Court in respect of the Option Agreements will commence on April 11, 2016. Please read Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 22 – Shipbuilding Contracts.

New Loan Facilities

In January 2016, we entered into a new $894.4 million long-term debt facility, consisting of both a term loan and a revolving credit facility, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021, of which $845.8 million was used to repay the our two bridge loan facilities which matured in late January 2016 and our main corporate revolving credit facility which was scheduled to mature in 2017.

In August 2015, we secured a new loan facility of $397.2 million which matured on January 29, 2016. The loan facility is secured by the 12 modern Suezmax tankers we acquired from Principal Maritime and has a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25%. Repayments are to be made in two equal quarterly installments of $10.0 million with a balloon repayment due at maturity. This loan facility was refinanced through the new loan agreement in January 2016, referred to above.

In January 2015, we secured a new loan facility of $126.6 million which matured on January 29, 2016. The loan facility is secured by the four LR2 product tankers and one Aframax tanker we acquired during the quarter ended March 31, 2015, and has a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 2.50% to 2.80%. Repayments are to be made in four equal quarterly installments of $3.0 million with a balloon repayment due at maturity. This loan facility was refinanced through the new loan agreement in January 2016, referred to above.

Acquisition of Entities under Common Control

In December 2015, we acquired from Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. (or TOO ), which is an entity controlled by Teekay, two conventional oil tankers and related time-charter contracts and debt facilities for an aggregate price of $80.0 million and working capital of approximately $8.6 million, including the assumption of outstanding debt of approximately $49.6 million (or the 2015 Acquired Business ) for a net amount of $39.0 million. Of this net amount, $30.4 million was paid on closing of the transaction in December 2015 and the remaining $8.6 million was paid in the first quarter of 2016. As part of this acquisition of Entities under Common Control, Teekay paid us $2.9 million to terminate the existing time-charters for the SPT Explorer and Navigator Spirit. Subsequent to the acquisition, Teekay entered into a contract with us to guarantee commitments under the existing credit facilities related to the two vessels for a payment of $1.5 million.

 

32


Table of Contents

The acquisition of the 2015 Acquired Business was accounted for as a transfer of a business between entities under common control. As a result, our consolidated financial statements prior to the date the interests in these vessels were actually acquired by us are retroactively adjusted to include the results of these vessels during the periods they were under common control of Teekay and had begun operations. The effect of adjusting such information to account for the 2015 Acquired Business in periods prior to our acquisition is referred to as the Entities under Common Control. Please read Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 3 – Acquisition of Entities under Common Control.

Time Chartered-out Vessels

In December 2015, we acquired one Aframax vessel through the 2015 Acquired Business and concurrently assumed a time charter-out contract with a daily rate of $19,000. Immediately after the acquisition, the daily rate in the time charter-out contract was revised to $29,000 per day. In December 2015, one Aframax vessel completed its time-charter out contract and entered into the Aframax RSA. In August 2015, an existing time charter-out contract of an Aframax tanker was renewed at a daily rate of $24,900 for an additional firm contract period of 36 months. In July 2015, we entered into time charter-out contracts for one LR2 product tanker and two Suezmax tankers. The LR2 product tanker has a time charter-out contract with a daily rate of $26,000 and a firm contract period of 22 months. The two Suezmax tankers have time charter-out contracts with daily rates of $32,906 and firm contract periods of 24 months. In April 2015, we entered into a time charter-out contract for one Aframax vessel, at a daily rate of $24,000 and a firm contract period of 12 months.

Vessel Sale

On November 20, 2015, we completed the sale of one Medium Range (or MR ) tanker, the Mahanadi Spirit , for $11.2 million, which resulted in a gain on sale of $0.8 million. The vessel was trading in the Norient pool prior to sale.

Continuous Offering Program

In June 2015, we implemented a continuous offering program (or COP ) under which we may issue shares of our Class A common stock at market prices up to a maximum aggregate amount of $80.0 million. In September 2015, we concluded this COP and sold approximately 11.3 million shares for net proceeds of $78.2 million.

In November 2015, we entered into an equity distribution agreement and filed a prospectus supplement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (or SEC ) through which we may, from time to time, issue Class A common stock with an aggregate offering price of up to $80.0 million, in addition to amounts described above, through Evercore Group L.L.C. (or Evercore ), as sale agent. Sales of Class A common stock, if any, will be made by means of ordinary brokers’ transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in block transactions, or as otherwise agreed to between us and Evercore. We are under no obligation to issue Class A common stock under the equity distribution agreement. We intend to use the net proceeds from sales under this COP for general corporate purposes, which may include, among other things, repaying a portion of our outstanding indebtedness and funding future working capital requirements, capital expenditures or vessel acquisitions. As of December 31, 2015, we sold approximately 2.1 million shares under this COP for net proceeds of $14.2 million, net of issuance costs.

Suezmax Fleet Acquisition

In August 2015, we agreed to acquire 12 modern Suezmax tankers from Principal Maritime Tankers Corporation (or Principal Maritime ) for an aggregate purchase price of $661.3 million, consisting of $612.0 million in cash and approximately 7.2 million shares of our Class A common stock. As of December 31, 2015, all of the vessels have been delivered, nine of the vessels are trading in the spot tanker market, two vessels are trading under short-term fixed rate contracts and one vessel is off hire. To finance the acquisition, in August 2015, we secured a $397.2 million loan facility which matured on January 29, 2016, issued approximately 13.6 million shares of Class A common stock for net proceeds of $90.6 million, of which approximately 4.5 million shares were issued to Teekay, and we financed the remainder of purchase price with existing liquidity. The loan facility was refinanced in January 2016. Please refer to New Loan Facilities above.

Acquisition of Ship-to-Ship Transfer Business

On July 31, 2015, we acquired the ship-to-ship transfer business (or SPT ) from a company jointly owned by Teekay and a Norway-based marine transportation company, I.M. Skaugen SE, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $47.3 million (including $1.8 million for working capital). SPT provides a full suite of ship-to-ship transfer services in the oil, gas and dry bulk industries. In addition to full service lightering and lightering support, it also provides consultancy, terminal management and project development services. SPT owns a fleet of six STS support vessels and has one in-chartered Aframax tanker. In connection with the SPT acquisition, on July 31, 2015, we issued approximately 6.5 million shares of Class B common stock to Teekay, for net proceeds of $45.5 million. These shares of Class B common stock were priced at $6.99 per share.

Additional Time Chartered-in Vessels

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we entered into new in-charter contracts for two Aframax tankers and one LR2 product tanker. The Aframax tankers were delivered in December 2015 and April 2015 and the LR2 tanker was delivered to us in May 2015. In addition, in connection with the acquisition of SPT on July 31, 2015, we assumed an in-chartered contract with Teekay for one Aframax tanker. Immediately after we acquired the 2015 Acquired Business, the in-charter contract was cancelled and we received a cancellation fee of $2.1 million from Teekay.

 

33


Table of Contents

Our Charters

We generate revenues by charging customers for the transportation of their crude oil using our vessels. Historically, these services generally have been provided under the following basic types of contractual relationships:

 

   

Voyage charters participating in pooling arrangements are charters for shorter intervals that are priced on a current or “spot” market rate then adjusted for pool participation based on predetermined criteria; and

 

   

Time charters, whereby vessels are chartered to customers for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates or current market rates.

The table below illustrates the primary distinctions among these types of charters and contracts:

 

    

Voyage Charter

  

Time Charter

Typical contract length

   Single voyage    One year or more

Hire rate basis (1)

   Varies    Daily

Voyage expenses (2)

   We pay    Customer pays

Vessel operating expenses (3)

   We pay    We pay

Off hire (4)

   Customer does not pay    Customer does not pay

 

(1)

Hire ” rate refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel.

(2)

Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions.

(3)

Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses.

(4)

Off hire ” refers to the time a vessel is not available for service.

Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts

We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts when analyzing our performance. These include the following:

Revenues. Revenues primarily include revenues from time charters, voyage charters, pool arrangements, full service lightering and lightering support services and interest income from investment in term loans. Revenues are affected by hire rates and the number of days a vessel operates. Revenues are also affected by the mix of our business between time charters, voyage charters and vessels operating in pool arrangements. Hire rates for voyage charters are more volatile, as they are typically tied to prevailing market rates at the time of a voyage.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions. Voyage expenses are typically paid by the ship owner under voyage charters and the customer under time charters.

Net Revenues. Net revenues represent revenues less voyage expenses. Because the amount of voyage expenses we incur for a particular charter depends upon the type of the charter, we use net revenues to improve the comparability between periods of reported revenues that are generated by the different types of charters and contracts. We principally use net revenues, a non-GAAP financial measure, because we believe it provides more meaningful information to us about the deployment of our vessels and their performance than does revenues, the most directly comparable financial measure under United States generally accepted accounting principles (or GAAP ).

Vessel Operating Expenses. We are responsible for vessel operating expenses, which include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses. The two largest components of our vessel operating expenses are crew costs and repairs and maintenance. We expect these expenses to increase as our fleet matures and to the extent that it expands.

Income from Vessel Operations. To assist us in evaluating our operations, we analyze the income we receive after deducting operating expenses, but prior to interest expense and interest income, realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments, equity income and other expenses.

Dry docking. We must periodically dry dock each of our vessels for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. Generally, we dry dock each of our vessels every two and a half to five years, depending upon the age of the vessel. We capitalize a substantial portion of the costs incurred during dry docking and amortize those costs on a straight-line basis from the completion of a dry docking over the estimated useful life of the dry dock. We expense, as incurred, costs for routine repairs and maintenance performed during dry dockings that do not improve or extend the useful lives of the assets. The number of dry dockings undertaken in a given period and the nature of the work performed determine the level of dry-docking expenditures.

Depreciation and Amortization. Our depreciation and amortization expense typically consists of charges related to the depreciation of the historical cost of our fleet (less an estimated residual value) over the estimated useful lives of our vessels, charges related to the amortization of dry-docking expenditures over the estimated number of years to the next scheduled dry docking, and charges related to the amortization of our intangible assets over the estimated useful life of 10 years.

Time-Charter Equivalent (TCE) Rates . Bulk shipping industry freight rates are commonly measured in the shipping industry at the net revenues level in terms of “time-charter equivalent” ( or TCE ) rates, which represent net revenues divided by revenue days. We calculate TCE rates as net revenue per revenue day before related-party pool management fees and pool commissions, and off-hire bunker expenses.

Revenue Days. Revenue days are the total number of calendar days our vessels were in our possession during a period, less the total number of off-hire days during the period associated with major repairs, dry dockings or special or intermediate surveys. Consequently, revenue days represents the total number of days available for the vessel to earn revenue. Idle days, which are days when the vessel is available for the vessel to earn revenue yet is not employed, are included in revenue days. We use revenue days to explain changes in our net revenues between periods.

 

34


Table of Contents

Average Number of Ships. Historical average number of ships consists of the average number of vessels that were in our possession during a period. We use average number of ships primarily to highlight changes in vessel operating expenses and depreciation and amortization.

Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Results

You should consider the following factors when evaluating our historical financial performance and assessing our future prospects:

 

   

Our financial results reflect the results of the interests in vessels acquired from Teekay for all periods the vessels were under common control. The 2015 Acquired Business was deemed to be a business acquisition between entities under common control. Accordingly, we have accounted for this transaction in a manner similar to the pooling of interests method. Under this method of accounting our consolidated financial statements, for periods prior to the date the interests in these vessels were actually acquired by us, are retroactively adjusted to include the results of these acquired vessels. The periods retroactively adjusted include all periods that we and the acquired vessels were both under common control of Teekay and had begun operations. All financial or operational information contained herein for the periods prior to the date the interests in these vessels were actually acquired by us, and during which we and the applicable vessels were under common control of Teekay, are retroactively adjusted to include the results of these acquired vessels and are collectively referred to as the “ Entities under Common Control” .

 

   

Our voyage revenues are affected by cyclicality in the tanker markets.  The cyclical nature of the tanker industry causes significant increases or decreases in the revenue we earn from our vessels, particularly those we trade in the spot market.

 

   

Tanker rates also fluctuate based on seasonal variations in demand . Tanker markets are typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and increased refinery maintenance. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns during the winter months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling, which historically has increased oil price volatility and oil trading activities in the winter months. As a result, revenues generated by our vessels have historically been weaker during the quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and stronger in the quarters ended December 31 and March 31.

 

   

Our U.S. Gulf lightering business competes with alternative methods of delivering crude oil to ports, which may limit our earnings in this area of our operations. Our U.S. Gulf lightering business faces competition from alternative methods of delivering crude oil shipments to port, including offshore offloading facilities. While we believe that lightering offers advantages over alternative methods of delivering crude oil to U.S. Gulf ports, our lightering revenues may be limited due to the availability of alternative methods.

 

   

Vessel operating and other costs are facing industry-wide cost pressures . The shipping industry continues to experience a global manpower shortage of qualified seafarers in certain sectors due to growth in the world fleet and competition for qualified personnel. Going forward, there may be significant increases in crew compensation as vessel and officer supply dynamics continue to change. In addition, factors such as pressure on commodity and raw material prices, as well as changes in regulatory requirements could also contribute to operating expenditure increases. We continue to take action aimed at improving operational efficiencies, and to temper the effect of inflationary and other price escalations; however increases to operational costs are still likely to occur in the future.

 

   

The amount and timing of dry dockings of our vessels can significantly affect our revenues between periods . Our vessels are normally off-hire when they are being dry docked. We had 16 vessels drydock in 2015, compared to nine vessels which dry docked in 2014 and seven vessels which dry docked in 2013 and one vessel which started dry docking in 2013 and finished in 2014. The total number of off-hire days relating to dry dockings during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were 510, 292, and 218, respectively. For our current fleet, there are two vessels scheduled to dry dock in 2016.

Results of Operations

In accordance with GAAP, we report gross revenues in our consolidated statements of income (loss) and include voyage expenses among our operating expenses. However, ship-owners base economic decisions regarding the deployment of their vessels upon anticipated TCE rates, and industry analysts typically measure bulk shipping freight rates in terms of TCE rates. This is because under time-charter contracts the customer usually pays the voyage expenses, while under voyage charters the ship-owner usually pays the voyage expenses, which typically are added to the hire rate at an approximate cost. Accordingly, the discussion of revenue below focuses on net revenues and TCE rates where applicable.

Conventional Tankers Segment

Our conventional tanker segment consists of conventional crude oil and product tankers that (i) are subject to long-term, fixed-rate time-charter contracts (which have an original term of one year or more), (ii) operate in the spot tanker market, or (iii) are subject to time-charters that are priced on a spot market basis or are short-term, fixed-rate contracts (which have an original term of less than one year).

Ship-to-ship Transfer Segment

Our ship-to-ship transfer segment consists of our lightering support services, including those services provided to our conventional tanker segment as part of full service lightering operations and other related services. Our results for the year ended December 31, 2015, include five months of operations of this segment, from the date of our acquisition of SPT on July 31, 2015.

 

35


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2015 versus Year Ended December 31, 2014

The following table presents our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and compares net revenues, a non-GAAP financial measure, for those periods to revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

 

     Conventional Tankers     Ship-to-ship Transfer      Total  
     Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

   2015     2014     2015     2014      2015     2014  

Revenues (1)

     496,455       240,884       17,738       —          514,193       240,884  

Interest income from investment in term loans

     —         9,118       —         —          —         9,118  

Less: voyage expenses

     (19,468     (11,223     (348     —          (19,816     (11,223
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

     476,987       238,779       17,390       —          494,377       238,779  

Vessel operating expenses (1)

     (122,723     (98,403     (14,441     —          (137,164     (98,403

Time-charter hire expense

     (74,860     (22,160     (38     —          (74,898     (22,160

Depreciation and amortization

     (72,118     (53,292     (1,642     —          (73,760     (53,292

General and administrative

     (15,369     (12,821     (1,985     —          (17,354     (12,821

Gain on sale of vessels

     771       9,955       —         —          771       9,955  

Restructuring charge

     (4,445     —         (327     —          (4,772     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from vessel operations

     188,243       62,058       (1,043     —          187,200       62,058  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity income

     14,411       5,228       —         —          14,411       5,228  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes $0.8 million of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 relating to lightering support services which the ship-to-ship transfer segment provided to the conventional tanker segment for full service lightering operations.

Tanker Market

The tanker market in 2015 yielded the strongest returns since 2008. The main catalyst for the record highs freight market was continued high levels of global oil production, including an extra 1.2 million barrels per day (or mb/d ) of crude oil supply from OPEC. Global oil demand was also strong in 2015 with growth of 1.6 mb/d, the highest level of growth since the post-financial crisis rebound in 2010. Oil prices also fell to the lowest average price in the last 11 years of $52 per barrel for 2015, which was positive for the tanker market as it led to higher refinery throughput to take advantage of strong refining margins, commercial and strategic stockpiling and lower bunker fuel costs, resulting in lower operating costs for ship owners. Finally, tanker fleet growth remained low with just 2.4% growth in the crude tanker fleet.

Looking ahead, we anticipate that many of the positive fundamentals which existed in 2015 will persist during 2016. Global oil demand is forecast to grow by 1.2 mb/d in 2016 (average of IEA, EIA, and OPEC forecasts). While this is a decrease from 2015 oil demand growth of 1.6 mb/d, it is above the average growth rate of 1.0 mb/d seen over the last decade. Global oil production is anticipated to remain high with no change to OPEC policy expected in 2016. Furthermore, the return of Iranian production is projected to add up to 0.5 mb/d of additional supply in 2016, further adding to global crude oil exports and keeping oil prices relatively low. Finally, while tanker fleet growth is set to accelerate in 2016, it should be noted that fleet growth is relatively modest for the mid-size sectors with anticipated tanker fleet growth of 4.6% and 4.0% in the Suezmax and Aframax fleets, respectively, which compares favorably to the average overall tanker fleet growth in the last decade of approximately 4.7%.

Fleet and TCE Rates

As at December 31, 2015, we owned 45 double-hulled conventional oil tankers, time-chartered in ten Aframax tankers and three LR2 product tankers from third parties and owned a 50% interest in one VLCC. The number of vessels we own, as well as our financial and operational results, includes the Entities under Common Control in all relevant periods presented. Please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 3 – Acquisition of Entities under Common Control included in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.

 

36


Table of Contents

As defined and discussed above, we calculate TCE rates as net revenue per revenue day before related-party pool management fees and pool commissions, and off-hire bunker expenses. The following table outlines the average TCE rates earned by vessels for 2015 and 2014:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2015      Year Ended December 31, 2014  
     Net Revenues  (1)(2)

 

(in thousands)

     Revenue
Days
     Average TCE
per Revenue
Day
     Net Revenues  (2)(3)

 

(in thousands)

     Revenue
Days
     Average TCE
per Revenue
Day
 
                 

Voyage-charter contracts - Suezmax

   $ 157,713         4,021      $ 39,217       $ 67,221         2,926      $ 22,976   

Voyage-charter contracts - Aframax

   $ 140,095         4,786      $ 29,270       $ 37,777         1,692      $ 22,321   

Voyage-charter contracts - LR2

   $ 81,858         2,845      $ 28,777       $ 30,294         1,698      $ 17,842   

Voyage-charter contracts - MR

   $ 20,373         960      $ 21,205       $ 9,828         697      $ 14,108   

Voyage-charter contracts - VLCC

     —          —          —        $ 1,323         96      $ 13,805   

Time-charter contracts - Suezmax

   $ 14,274         483      $ 29,577       $ 13,727         676      $ 20,292   

Time-charter contracts - Aframax

   $ 55,389         2,864      $ 19,343       $ 65,186         3,658      $ 17,819   

Time-charter contracts - LR2

   $ 4,480         175      $ 25,623         —          —          —    

Time-charter contracts - MR

   $ 1,970         50      $ 39,036       $ 13,170         365      $ 36,081   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 476,152         16,184      $ 29,420       $ 238,526         11,808      $ 20,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes a total of $12.6 million in pool management fees and commissions payable for commercial management of our vessels and $3.7 million in off-hire bunker and other expenses.

(2)

Excludes $26.6 million of full lightering and lightering support services for 2015, $4.8 million of in-process revenue contract revenue for 2015, $4.4 million of crew redundancy costs recovery from one of our customers for 2015, $1.4 million adjustment related to the Entities under Common Control and interest income from investment in term loans of $9.1 million for 2014.

(3)

Excludes a total of $7.1 million in pool management fees and commissions payable for commercial management of our vessels and $1.8 million in off-hire bunker and other expenses.

Net Revenues. Net revenues increased to $494.4 million for 2015 from $238.8 million for 2014 primarily due to:

 

   

a net increase of $144.0 million resulting from the addition of 11 Suezmax tankers (excluding one which is currently in drydock), one Aframax tanker and four LR2 product tankers acquired in 2015, the addition of two in-chartered Aframax tankers and one LR2 product tanker in 2015, the addition of two Aframax tankers owned by Entities under Common Control, the addition of seven in-chartered Aframax tankers and four in-chartered LR2 product tankers in 2014, partially offset by the addition of two VLCCs in March 2014 that were subsequently sold to TIL in May 2014 and the sale of a MR product tanker in 2015;

 

   

an increase of $46.2 million resulting from higher average realized rates earned by our Suezmax tankers in 2015 compared to 2014;

 

   

an increase of $26.6 million resulting from the acquisition of SPT during 2015, of which $9.2 million is related to full service lightering operations that are included as part of our conventional tanker segment;

 

   

an increase of $18.5 million resulting from higher average realized rates earned by our LR2 product tankers in 2015 compared to 2014;

 

   

an increase of $13.6 million resulting from higher average realized rates earned by our Aframax tankers in 2015 compared to 2014;

 

   

a net increase of $13.4 million resulting from various vessels changing employment between fixed-rate charters and voyage charters;

 

   

an increase of $4.8 million resulting from in-process revenue contract amortization we recognized in revenue in 2015;

 

   

an increase of $4.7 million resulting from higher average realized rates earned by our MR product tankers in 2015 compared to 2014; and

 

   

an increase of $4.4 million resulting from redundancy costs for Australian seafarers that we recovered from our customer upon expiration of a time-charter out contract of a MR product tanker in 2015;

partially offset by

 

   

a decrease of $9.1 million due to the interest income we recognized on our investments in term loans in 2014;

 

   

a net decrease of $6.6 million due to higher management fees, commissions, off-hire bunker expense and other expenses in 2015 compared to 2014; and

 

   

a net decrease of $4.9 million due to more off-hire days in 2015 compared to 2014, primarily as a result of higher drydocking activity.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses increased to $137.2 million for 2015 from $98.4 million for 2014 primarily due to:

 

   

an increase of $24.3 million resulting from the addition of 11 modern Suezmax tankers (excluding one which is currently in drydock), one Aframax tanker and four LR2 product tankers acquired in 2015;

 

   

an increase of $13.7 million due to additional expenditures associated with the ship-to-ship business we acquired during the second half of 2015;

 

   

an increase of $5.4 million relating to the timing and extent of planned vessel maintenance and repairs;

 

   

an increase of $2.3 million due to higher ship management fees relating to the 16 vessels and the ship-to-ship transfer business acquired in 2015;

 

37


Table of Contents
   

an increase of $1.0 million due to the additional expenditures assumed from the Entities under Common Control; and

 

   

an increase of $0.2 million due to higher port costs and fleet overhead costs related to the timing of seafarer training and other initiatives;

partially offset by

 

   

decreases of $5.7 million due to lower crewing costs resulting from a change in the nationality of crew on an MR product tanker as well as favorable current year foreign currency exchange rates impacting crew wage expenditures; and

 

   

a decrease of $2.3 million due to repairs on a Suezmax tanker which was incurred during 2014.

Time-charter Hire Expense. Time-charter hire expense increased to $74.9 million for 2015 from $22.2 million for 2014 due to the addition of two in-chartered Aframax tankers and one LR2 tankers to our fleet in the year ended December 31, 2015, additional time charters from external parties in connection with our ship-to-ship transfer business we acquired in July 2015, higher time-charter rates due to profit sharing components and options we exercised to extend certain in-chartered contracts at higher rates, and the timing of eight time-charter contracts which we entered into during the latter half of 2014. This was partially offset by a decrease as a result of two previously in-chartered LR2 product tankers which we acquired in February 2015 and a decrease resulting from the addition of the Entities under Common Control as we acquired one previously in-chartered vessel as part of the 2015 Acquired Business.

Depreciation and Amortization . Depreciation and amortization increased to $73.8 million for 2015 from $53.3 million for 2014. The increase primarily relates to the addition of 12 Suezmax tankers, one Aframax tankers and four Long Range 2 (or LR2 ) product tankers acquired in 2015, the acquisition of the ship-to-ship transfer business in July 2015, and higher amortization of dry-docking expenditures in 2015 as compared to the prior year.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses increased to $17.4 million for 2015 compared to $12.8 million for 2014, primarily due to:

 

   

an increase of $2.8 million as a result of higher corporate expenses incurred during 2015 primarily as a result of legal expenses related to the STX arbitration (please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 22 – Shipbuilding Contracts) and legal expenses incurred related to the acquisitions of vessels and the ship-to-ship business in 2015;

 

   

a net increase of $1.9 million due to additional general and administrative expenses related to the ship-to-ship business acquired in July 2015; and

 

   

an increase of $0.3 million due to increased stock-based compensation granted to our Board of Directors, one of our officers and certain employees of Teekay subsidiaries that provided services to us;

partially offset by

 

   

a net decrease of $0.3 million due to lower administrative, strategic management, and other fees incurred; and

 

   

a decrease of $0.2 million due to lower expenses in the Entities under Common Control in 2015 compared to 2014.

Gain on Sale of Vessels . Gain on sale of vessels of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 related to the sale of the Mahanadi Spirit with a sale price of $11.2 million.

Gain on sale of vessels of $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 related to the sale of two wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which owned one Very Large Crude Carrier (or VLCC ), to Tanker Investments Ltd. (or TIL ) for aggregate proceeds of $154.0 million plus related working capital on closing.

Restructuring Charges. Restructuring charges for 2015 relate to severance payments made during the year in relation to the acquisition of the ship-to-ship transfer business as well as crew redundancy costs due to the change in nationality of crew on one of our vessels which we recovered from one of our customers.

Equity Income.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

  2015     2014  

High-Q Joint Venture

    3,218       2,702  

Tanker Investments Ltd.

    7,280       (184

Dilution gain in respect of the Initial Public Offering of Tanker Investments Ltd.

    —         2,054  

Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd.

    3,913       656  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity income

    14,411       5,228  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

38


Table of Contents

Equity income increased to $14.4 million in 2015 from $5.2 million for 2014 primarily due to:

 

   

an increase of $5.4 million due to higher equity earnings from TIL resulting from overall higher realized average spot rates earned in 2015 compared to 2014, its acquisition of six Suezmax vessels delivered during 2015 and one Aframax vessel delivered during 2014, partially offset by a decrease relating to a dilution gain recorded in 2014 resulting from our reduced ownership interest in TIL from TIL’s share issuance completed as part of its initial public offering (or IPO ) in 2014;

 

   

an increase of $3.3 million due to a full year of earnings from our 50% interest in Teekay Tankers Operations Ltd. (or TTOL ), which we acquired in 2014; and

 

   

an increase of $0.5 million due to higher equity earnings from the High-Q joint venture resulting from higher unrealized gain on derivatives recognized in 2015 compared to 2014.

Please refer to Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 8 – Investments in and Advances to Equity Accounted Investments.

The High-Q joint venture has an interest rate swap agreement which exchanges a receipt of floating interest for a payment of fixed interest to reduce the joint venture’s exposure to interest rate variability on its outstanding floating rate debt. Our proportionate share of realized and unrealized gains or losses relating to this instrument has been included in the equity income from the High-Q joint venture. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, our proportionate share of realized losses was $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, and unrealized losses were $nil.

Other Operating Results

The following table compares our other operating results for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

   2015      2014  

Interest expense

     (17,389      (9,128

Interest income

     107        287  

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments

     (1,597      (1,712

Other (expenses) income

     (3,097      3,805  

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased to $17.4 million for 2015 from $9.1 million for 2014, primarily due to additional interest incurred from two new term loan facilities which were drawn in 2015 to finance the acquisition of the 12 modern Suezmax tankers, one Aframax tanker and four LR2 product tankers that we acquired during 2015.

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments . Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments decreased to $1.6 million for 2015 from $1.7 million for 2014. Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments is comprised of realized and unrealized gains or losses on our interest rate swaps and unrealized gains or losses on a stock purchase warrant issued to us by TIL.

Realized and unrealized losses on interest rate swaps were $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. During 2015 and 2014, we had interest rate swap agreements with aggregate average outstanding notional amounts of approximately $300.0 million and with weighted average fixed rate of approximately 3.59%. Short-term variable benchmark interest rates during these periods were generally less than 1.0%. As a result, we incurred realized losses of $9.8 million and $10.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, under the interest rate swap agreements.

The changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps resulted in unrealized gains of $7.7 million and $7.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, due to an increase in long-term benchmark interest rates in both years.

In addition to our interest rate swaps, we have a stock purchase warrant entitling us to purchase up to 750,000 shares of common stock of TIL. The stock purchase warrant had a fair value of $5.2 million and $4.7 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. We recognized an unrealized gain of $0.5 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Please see Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Valuation of Derivative Instruments, which explains how our derivative instruments are valued, including the significant factors and uncertainties in determining the estimated fair value and why changes in these factors result in material changes in realized and unrealized loss or gain on derivative instruments from period to period.

Other (expenses) income. Other expenses was $3.1 million in 2015, compared to other income of $3.8 million in 2014. The decrease primarily relates to income of $3.4 million which we recognized upon receipt of the TIL stock purchase warrant in the first quarter of 2014 for our involvement in the formation of TIL and an increase of $3.3 million in our estimate of freight tax expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 due to higher vessel activity as compared to the prior year.

Net Income. As a result of the foregoing factors, we recorded net income of $179.6 million for 2015, compared to $60.5 million for 2014.

 

39


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2014 versus Year Ended December 31, 2013

The following table presents our operating results for 2014 and 2013 and compares net revenues, a non-GAAP financial measure, for those periods to revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

   2014      2013  

Revenues

     240,884        172,338  

Interest income from investment in term loans

     9,118        7,677  

Less: voyage expenses

     (11,223      (8,337
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues

     238,779        171,678  

Vessel operating expenses

     (98,403      (91,667

Time-charter hire expense

     (22,160      (6,174

Depreciation and amortization

     (53,292      (50,973

General and administrative

     (12,821      (13,522

Gain (loss) on sale of vessels

     9,955        (71
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from vessel operations

     62,058        9,271  

Interest expense

     (9,128      (10,454

Interest income

     287        158  

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments

     (1,712      (1,524

Equity income

     5,228        854  

Other income (expenses)

     3,805        (1,014
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income (loss)

     60,538        (2,709
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fleet and TCE Rates

As at December 31, 2014, we owned 27 double-hulled conventional oil tankers, time-chartered in 12 vessels from a third party and owned a 50% interest in one VLCC. The number of vessels we own, as well as our financial and operational results, includes the Dropdown Predecessor in all relevant periods presented. Please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 3 – Acquisition of Entities under Common Control included in the notes to our consolidated financial statements attached in this Report.

As defined and discussed above, we calculate TCE rates as net revenue per revenue day before related-party pool management fees and pool commissions, and off-hire bunker expenses. The following table outlines the average TCE rates earned by vessels for 2014 and 2013:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2014      Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Net Revenues
(1)(2)
     Revenue
Days
     Average TCE
per Revenue
Day
     Net Revenues
(2)(3)
     Revenue
Days
     Average TCE
per Revenue
Day
 
     (in thousands)            (in thousands)        

Voyage-charter contracts - Suezmax

   $ 67,221         2,926      $ 22,976       $ 38,659         2,817      $ 13,550   

Voyage-charter contracts - Aframax

   $ 37,777         1,692      $ 22,321       $ 14,472         1,183      $ 12,063   

Voyage-charter contracts - LR2

   $ 30,294         1,698      $ 17,842       $ 14,633         1,094      $ 13,164   

Voyage-charter contracts - MR

   $ 9,828         697      $ 14,108       $ 7,474         555      $ 13,414   

Voyage-charter contracts - VLCC

   $ 1,323         96      $ 13,805         —          —          —    

Time-charter contracts - Suezmax

   $ 13,727         676      $ 20,292       $ 13,560         680      $ 19,875   

Time-charter contracts - Aframax

   $ 65,186         3,658      $ 17,819       $ 67,154         4,044      $ 16,606   

Time-charter contracts - MR

   $ 13,170         365      $ 36,081       $ 16,599         517      $ 32,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 238,526         11,808      $ 20,200       $ 172,551         10,890      $ 15,845   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes a total of $7.1 million in pool management fees and commissions payable for commercial management of our vessels and $1.8 million in off-hire bunker and other expenses.

(2)

Excludes interest income from investment in term loan of $9.1 million and $7.7 million for 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(3)

Excludes a total of $5.3 million in pool management fees and commissions payable for commercial management of our vessels and $3.2 million in off-hire bunker and other expenses.

Net Revenues. Net revenues increased to $238.8 million for 2014 from $171.7 million for 2013, primarily due to:

 

   

an increase of $26.6 million resulting from higher average realized rates earned by our Suezmax tankers in 2014 compared to 2013;

 

   

a net increase of $27.6 million due to the addition of seven in-chartered Aframax tankers and four in-chartered LR2 product tankers in 2014, the addition of two Aframax tankers owned by the Entities under Common Control, the addition of two VLCCs in March 2014 that were subsequently sold to TIL in May 2014 and the full year impact of an Aframax tanker inchartered in 2013, partially offset by the redelivery of an in-chartered Aframax tanker to its owner in 2013;

 

   

an increase of $12.1 million resulting from higher average realized rates earned by our Aframax tankers in 2014 compared to 2013;

 

40


Table of Contents

 

   

an increase of $5.1 million resulting from higher average realized rates earned by our LR2 product tankers in 2014 compared to 2013;

 

   

an increase of $1.4 million due to an increase in interest income earned on our investments in term loans;

 

   

a net increase of $0.6 million due to lower management fees, commissions, off-hire bunker expense and other expenses; and

 

   

an increase of $0.4 million resulting from higher average realized rates earned by our MR product tankers in 2014 compared to 2013;

partially offset by

 

   

a net decrease of $4.6 million resulting from various vessels changing employment between fixed-rate charters and voyage charters; and

 

   

a net decrease of $2.4 million due to more off-hire days in 2014 compared to 2013.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses increased to $98.4 million for 2014 from $91.7 million for 2013 primarily due to:

 

   

a increase of $5.4 million relating to the addition of two Aframax tankers owned by the Entities under Common Control;

 

   

an increase of $2.2 million relating primarily to more repairs conducted in 2014 on certain of our vessels, including a heating coil repair on a Suezmax tanker at a cost of $1.3 million during the first quarter of 2014, for which we received an indemnification payment from Teekay; and

 

   

an increase of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 relating to the operating expenses incurred by the two VLCCs, which joined our fleet in March 2014 and which we subsequently sold to TIL in May 2014;

partially offset by

 

   

a decrease of $1.8 million relating to lower levels of planned maintenance, equipment overhauls and purchases of consumables in 2014 as compared to 2013.

Time-charter Hire Expense. Time-charter hire expense increased to $22.2 million for 2014 from $6.2 million for 2013 due to the addition of seven in-chartered Aframax tankers and four LR2 tankers to our fleet in the year ended December 31, 2014, partially offset by the redelivery of one previously in-chartered Aframax tanker to its owner in the third quarter of 2013.

Depreciation and Amortization . Depreciation and amortization increased to $53.3 million for 2014 from $51.0 million for 2013. The increase primarily relates to higher amortization of dry-docking expenditures in 2014 as compared to the prior year.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses decreased to $12.8 million for 2014 compared to $13.5 million for 2013, primarily due to:

 

   

a net decrease of $0.9 million due to lower administrative and strategic fees partially offset by higher equity-based compensation expenses incurred in 2014;

partially offset by

 

   

an increase of $0.4 million as a result of higher corporate expenses incurred primarily as a result of increased legal expenses related to the STX arbitration and other projects.

Gain (loss) on Sale of Vessels . Gain on sale of vessels of $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 related to the sale of two wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which owned one VLCC, to TIL for aggregate proceeds of $154.0 million plus related working capital on closing. The subsidiaries had a net book value of $144.0 million at the time of the transaction.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased to $9.1 million for 2014 from $10.5 million for 2013, primarily due to the prepayment of $152.0 million on one of our revolving credit facilities in May 2014 using the gross proceeds from the sale of two wholly-owned subsidiaries to TIL in May 2014, as well as lower average balances of fixed-rate debt due to scheduled repayments made on the fixed-rate facilities during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Realized and Unrealized Loss on Derivative Instruments . Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments increased to $1.7 million for 2014 from $1.5 million for 2013. Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments is comprised of realized and unrealized gains or losses on our interest rate swaps and unrealized gains or losses on a stock purchase warrant issued to us by TIL.

Realized and unrealized losses on interest rate swaps were $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. During 2014 and 2013, we had interest rate swap agreements with aggregate average outstanding notional amounts of approximately $300.0 million and $322.9 million, respectively, and with weighted average fixed rates of approximately 3.59% and 3.42%, respectively. Short term variable benchmark interest rates during these periods were generally less than 1.0%. As a result, we incurred realized losses of $10.0 million and $9.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, under the interest rate swap agreements.

The changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps resulted in unrealized gains of $7.1 million and $8.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, due to an increase in long-term benchmark interest rates in both years.

 

41


Table of Contents

In addition to our interest rate swaps, we have a stock purchase warrant entitling us to purchase up to 750,000 shares of common stock of TIL. The stock purchase warrant had a fair value of $4.7 million as of December 31, 2014 and we recognized an unrealized gain of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Please see Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Valuation of Derivative Instruments, which explains how our derivative instruments are valued, including the significant factors and uncertainties in determining the estimated fair value and why changes in these factors result in material changes in realized and unrealized loss or gain on derivative instruments from period to period.

Equity Income.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

   2014      2013  

High-Q Joint Venture

     2,702        854  

Tanker Investments Ltd.

     (184      —    

Dilution gain in respect of the Initial Public Offering of Tanker Investments Ltd.

     2,054        —    

Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd.

     656        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity income

     5,228        854  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We recorded equity income of $5.2 million and $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The increase of $4.3 million is primarily due to higher equity income earned from the full year of operations of the VLCC owned in our investment in the High-Q joint venture as well as equity income from our investment in TTOL, partially offset by the equity loss from our investment in TIL for the year ended December 31, 2014. In the year ended December 31, 2014, we also recognized a $2.1 million dilution gain as a result of our reduced ownership in TIL from TIL’s share issuance completed as part of its initial public offering in March 2014.

The High-Q joint venture has an interest swap agreement which exchanges a receipt of floating interest for a payment of fixed interest to reduce the joint venture’s exposure to interest rate variability on its outstanding floating rate debt. Our proportionate share of realized and unrealized gains or losses relating to this instrument has been included in the equity income from the High-Q joint venture. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, our proportionate share of realized losses was $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and unrealized losses were $nil and $0.1 million, respectively.

Other Income (Expenses). Other income was $3.8 million in 2014, compared to other expenses of $1.0 million in 2013. The increase primarily relates to income of $3.4 million recognized upon receipt of the TIL stock purchase warrant in the first quarter of 2014, which we received for our involvement in the formation of TIL, as well as favorable foreign exchange fluctuations and a decrease in our estimate of freight tax expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the prior year.

Net Income (Loss). As a result of the foregoing factors, we recorded net income of $60.5 million for 2014, compared to a net loss of $2.7 million for 2013.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity and Cash Needs

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, cash flows provided by our operations, our undrawn credit facilities, proceeds from sales of vessels, and capital raised through financing transactions. As at December 31, 2015, our total cash and cash equivalents were $96.4 million, compared to $162.8 million at December 31, 2014. Our cash balance at December 31, 2015 had decreased primarily as a result of our acquisition of 17 vessels in 2015 for a total purchase price of $891.6 million (consisting of $842.3 million of cash consideration and 7.2 million of our Class A common stock valued at $49.3 million), our acquisition of SPT for a total purchase price of $47.3 million and the 2015 Acquired Business for a total purchase price of $80.0 million. This was partially offset by proceeds from the two new loan facilities in an aggregate amount of $523.8 million, net proceeds of $90.6 million related to the issuance of our Class A common stock to partially fund the acquisition of 12 modern Suezmax tankers, net proceeds of $92.4 million related to the issuance of our Class A common stock under our continuous offering program (or COP ), net proceeds of $45.5 million related to the issuance of our Class B common stock to Teekay to fund the acquisition of the SPT business, net proceeds of $13.7 million from the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock in January 2015 upon the exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares in connection with our December 2014 public offering, net proceeds of $11.1 million received from the sale of one MR tanker, and loan facilities of $49.6 million assumed from the Entities under Common Control.

Our total liquidity, including cash, cash equivalents and undrawn credit facilities, was $111.0 million as at December 31, 2015, compared to $289.0 million as at December 31, 2014. We believe that our working capital is sufficient for our present requirements.

Our short-term liquidity requirements include the payment of operating expenses, dry-docking expenditures, debt servicing costs, dividends on our shares of common stock, scheduled repayments of long-term debt, as well as funding our other working capital requirements. Our short-term charters and spot market tanker operations contribute to the volatility of our net operating cash flow, and thus our ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet our short-term liquidity needs. Historically, the tanker industry has been cyclical, experiencing volatility in profitability and asset values resulting from changes in the supply of, and demand for, vessel capacity. In addition, tanker spot markets historically have exhibited seasonal variations in charter rates. Tanker spot markets are typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and unpredictable weather patterns that tend to disrupt vessel scheduling. From the first quarter of 2013 to the dividend paid in the fourth quarter of 2015, we distributed a portion of our cash flow to shareholders through a fixed quarterly dividend of $0.03 per share on our common shares, which the amount is reviewed from time to time by our Board of Directors. Commencing with the dividend paid in the first quarter of 2016, we have adopted a new dividend policy under which quarterly dividends are expected to range from 30% to 50% of our quarterly adjusted net income, subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, with a minimum quarterly dividend of $0.03 per share. Unlike prior quarters, where we announced the declaration of the quarterly dividend in the first month following the end of the quarter, the dividend for the fourth quarter of 2015, which was $0.12 per share, was declared during December 2015 and consequently 2015 dividends declared per share includes five quarterly dividends. We expect to return to our normal dividend schedule for the first quarter of 2016.

 

42


Table of Contents

Our long-term capital needs are primarily for capital expenditures and debt repayment. Generally, we expect that our long-term sources of funds will be cash balances, long-term bank borrowings and other debt or equity financings, which includes equity issuances from our COP. We expect that we will rely upon external financing sources, including bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures, including opportunities we may pursue to purchase additional vessels from Teekay or third parties.

Our primary revolving credit facility was repayable in full in November 2017. As of December 31, 2015, the facility had an outstanding balance of $447.0 million.

In addition, we had two loan facilities that matured in late January 2016, which as at December 31, 2015, had a total outstanding balance of $504.8 million. These facilities were entered into to partially finance our 2015 vessel acquisitions.

In January 2016, we entered into a new $894.4 million long-term debt facility, consisting of both a term loan and a revolving credit facility, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021, of which $845.8 million was used to repay the our two bridge loan facilities, which matured in late January 2016, and our main corporate revolving credit facility, which was scheduled to mature in 2017.

Our revolving credit facilities and term loans are described in Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 11 - Long-Term Debt to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. Our revolving credit facilities and term loans contain covenants and other restrictions we believe are typical of debt financing collateralized by vessels, including those that restrict the relevant subsidiaries from incurring or guaranteeing additional indebtedness, making certain negative pledges or granting certain liens, and selling, transferring, assigning or conveying assets. In the future, some of the covenants and restrictions in our financing agreements could restrict the use of cash generated by ship-owning subsidiaries in a manner that could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. However, we do not currently expect that these covenants will have such an effect. Our revolving credit facilities and term loans require us to maintain financial covenants. Should we not meet these financial covenants, the lender may declare our obligations under the agreements immediately due and payable and terminate any further loan commitments, which would significantly affect our short-term liquidity requirements. As at December 31, 2015, we and Teekay were in compliance with all covenants relating to our revolving credit facilities and term loans.

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates, foreign currency fluctuations and spot market rates. We use interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk. We do not use this financial instrument for trading or speculative purposes.

Passage of any climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could have a significant financial and operational impact on our business, which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Such regulatory measures could increase our costs related to operating and maintaining our vessels and require us to install new emission controls, acquire allowances or pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions, or administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. In addition, increased regulation of greenhouse gases may, in the long-term, lead to reduced demand for oil and reduced demand for our services.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

   2015      2014      2013  

Net cash flow from operating activities

     166,789        20,940        14,753  

Net cash flow provided by (used for) financing activities

     648,800        6,405        (9,648

Net cash flow (used for) provided by investing activities

     (881,969      109,806        (5,800
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Cash Flows

Changes in net cash flow from operating activities primarily reflect fluctuations in spot tanker rates, change in interest rates, fluctuations in working capital balances, the timing and the amount of dry-docking expenditures, repairs and maintenance activities, and vessel additions and dispositions. Our exposure to the spot tanker market has contributed significantly to historical fluctuations in operating cash flows as a result of highly cyclical spot tanker rates.

Net cash flow provided by operating activities increased to $166.8 million in 2015, compared to $20.9 million in 2014, primarily as a result of the following:

 

   

a net increase of $143.4 million in operating earnings primarily as a result of an increase in our fleet size (due to the acquisition of 12 modern Suezmax vessels, four LR2 product tankers, and one Aframax tanker, the addition of two Aframax tankers from the Entities under Common Control, and the chartering-in of an additional nine vessels), operating earnings associated with the ship-to-ship transfer business we acquired during the second half of 2015, and higher average realized TCE rates due to our increased exposure to the spot market; and

 

43


Table of Contents
   

a net increase of $25.0 million in operating cash flows due to the timing of the settlement of operating assets and liabilities;

partially offset by

 

   

a decrease of $22.5 million in operating cash flows relating to higher expenditures on dry-docking activities in 2015. In 2015, we dry docked seven Suezmax tankers, seven LR2 product tankers, two Aframax tankers, and two MR tankers, whereas in 2014, we dry docked seven Aframax tankers, one MR and one Suezmax tanker.

Net cash flow provided by operating activities increased to $20.9 million in 2014, compared to $14.8 million in 2013, primarily as a result of the following:

 

   

a net increase of $50.3 million in operating earnings before depreciation and amortization, unrealized gains on derivative instruments, equity income, gain (loss) on sale of vessels and changes in other non-cash items related to operating activities, primarily as a result of higher average realized TCE rates in the spot market and our increased exposure to the spot market due to the addition of seven time-chartered in Aframax vessels and four time-chartered in LR2 vessels in the year ended December 31, 2014, which traded in the Teekay-managed pools as well as placing certain of our vessels in Teekay pools upon expiration of their time-charter out contracts; and

 

   

a net increase of $2.2 million due to fewer expenditures on dry-docking activities in 2014 as a result of a lower average cost per dry dock of an Aframax or an MR vessel as compared to a Suezmax vessel. In 2014, we dry docked seven Aframax tankers, one MR and one Suezmax tanker, whereas in 2013, six Suezmax and two Aframax tankers underwent scheduled drydockings;

partially offset by

 

   

a net decrease of $45.1 million due to changes in non-cash working capital relating to our vessel operations primarily due to an increase in pool receivables from affiliates as a result of higher average realized spot rates in 2014 and an increase in fleet size. Due from affiliates also increased mainly as a result of additional cash and bunker contributions we paid when our newly time-chartered in vessels joined Teekay pools and when our vessels joined Teekay pools upon the expiration of their time-charter out contracts; and

 

   

a net decrease of $1.2 million due to operations related to the two Aframax tankers owned by the Entities under Common Control.

Financing Cash Flows

Net cash provided by financing activities increased to $648.8 million in 2015, compared to $6.4 million in 2014, primarily as a result of the following:

 

   

a net increase of $545.6 million in proceeds from additional borrowings, including a new term loan facility of $397.2 million to finance the acquisition of 12 modern Suezmax tankers and a new term loan facility of $126.6 million to finance the acquisition of four LR2 product tankers and one Aframax tanker, net of repayments and prepayments on our term loans and revolving credit facilities; and

 

   

a net increase in financing cash inflows of $131.1 million in proceeds related to equity offerings, including an additional 19.7 million shares of Class A common stock issued to Teekay Corporation and a group of institutional investors to partially fund the acquisition of 12 Principal Maritime vessels, an additional 13.4 million shares of Class A common stock issued under our COP, an additional 6.5 million shares of Class B common stock issued to Teekay Corporation in order to finance the acquisition of SPT, and an additional 3.0 Class A common stock issued in January 2015;

partially offset by

 

   

a net increase of $28.1 million in cash used for financing activities from the Entities under Common Control;

 

   

an increase of $5.0 million in cash outflows related to additional cash dividends paid during 2015 due to an increase in the number of shares of outstanding Class A and B common stock from our 2015 issuances; and

 

   

an increase of cash outflow of $1.3 million related to an equity contribution from Teekay to indemnify the costs required to repair the Kaveri Spirit in 2014.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $6.4 million in 2014, compared to net cash used for financing activities of $9.6 million in 2013, as a result of the following:

 

   

an increase of $44.5 of net financing cash inflows as a result of additional borrowings and repayments of our debt facilities. In 2014, we borrowed $39.6 million more under our revolving credit facilities and term loans and repaid $4.9 million less in scheduled debt repayments;

 

   

an increase of $111.2 million in cash received from a public offering and concurrent private placement of our shares in December 2014. We issued 24.2 million shares of Class A common stock at $4.80 per share for the net proceeds of $111.2 million in the December 2014 public offering and concurrent private placement. We undertook no public offerings or private placements in 2013;

 

44


Table of Contents
   

an increase of $1.3 million due to an indemnification payment received from Teekay for the repairs performed on the heating coils of one Suezmax tanker we purchased from Teekay in 2010; and

 

   

a net increase of $1.2 million in cash inflows resulting from the net financing activities of the Entities under Common Control;

partially offset by

 

   

an increase of $142.0 million in cash outflows due to increased long-term debt prepayments (primarily as a result of cash generated from our sale of two VLCCs as described in the investing section).

Investing Cash Flows

Net cash used for investing activities increased to $882.0 million in 2015, compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $109.8 million in the prior year, primarily as a result of the following:

 

   

an increase of cash outflows of $612.0 million related to the cash consideration paid to acquire the 12 modern Suezmax vessels from Principal Maritime Tankers in 2015;

 

   

an increase of cash outflows of $230.4 million related to the acquisition of four LR2 product tankers and one Aframax tanker in 2015 as well as other capital expenditures made during the year;

 

   

a decrease of cash inflows of $154.0 million related to gross proceeds from the sale of two wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which owned one VLCC, to TIL in May of 2014;

 

   

an increase of cash outflows of $45.6 million, net of working capital adjustments, related to the acquisition of SPT in 2015;

 

   

a decrease of cash inflows of $1.2 million related to the term loan advance recoveries received in 2014; and

 

   

a decrease of cash inflows of $1.0 million related to the 2014 net loan repayment from the High-Q joint venture;

partially offset by

 

   

a net decrease of cash outflows of $41.3 million related to investments in and advances to equity accounted investments. In 2014 we invested $35.0 million in common shares of TIL (2015 - $nil) and paid $6.5 million in connection with the purchase of our investment in TTOL (2015 - $0.2 million); and

 

   

an increase in cash inflows of $11.1 million related to gross proceeds from the sale of one MR tanker in 2015.

Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased to $109.8 million, compared to net cash used for investing activities of $5.8 million in 2013, as a result of the following:

 

   

a net increase of $144.9 million in cash inflows due to gross proceeds from the sale of two wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which owned one VLCC, to TIL in May 2014 as compared to an increase of $9.1 million due to the sale of one Aframax tanker in January 2013; and

 

   

an increase of $10.3 million in cash inflows due to the term loan advance recoveries made as a result of our taking ownership of the two 2010-built VLCC tankers, which were collateral for all amounts owing under the term loans;

partially offset by

 

   

an increase in cash outflows of $35.6 million for investments in equity accounted investments made in 2014. We invested $35.0 million in common shares of TIL, paid $6.5 million in connection with the purchase of our investment in TTOL and received a net repayment of $2.0 million from the High-Q joint venture in the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $3.9 million of advances to the High-Q joint venture in the year ended December 31, 2013;

 

   

a decrease of $3.7 million due to a deposit placed in escrow in 2014 for the purchase of one Aframax tanker, which was delivered in the first quarter of 2015; and

 

   

an increase of $0.2 million in cash outflows during 2014 for upgrades and other capital expenditures on our fleet.

Please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 6 – Investment in Term Loans and Note 8 - Investments in and advances to equity accounted investments for specific details on our investment in term loans and 50/50 joint venture activities included in the notes to our consolidated financial statements attached in this Annual Report.

 

45


Table of Contents

Commitments and Contingencies

The following table summarizes our long-term contractual obligations as at December 31, 2015:

 

     Total      2016      2017      2018      2019      2020      Beyond 2020  

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

                                         

U.S. Dollar-Denominated Obligations

                    

Scheduled repayments of revolving facilities, term loans and other debt (1)(2)

     655.7        174.7        137.3        119.8        111.3        110.0        2.6  

Repayments at maturity of revolving facilities, term loans and other debt (1)(2)

     510.6        —          77.6        71.1        11.3        —          350.6  

Chartered-in vessels (operating leases) (3)

     91.5        47.0        18.3        8.3        8.3        8.3        1.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,257.8        221.7        233.2        199.2        130.9        118.3        354.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes all expected interest payments of $21.0 million (2016), $17.4 million (2017), $13.9 million (2018), $11.0 million (2019), $8.6 million (2020) and $3.4 million (beyond 2020). Expected interest payments under the new loan facility are based on the existing interest rates for fixed-rate loans that range from 4.06% to 4.90% and existing interest rates for variable-rate loans at LIBOR plus margins that range from 0.30% to 2.80% at December 31, 2015. The expected interest payments do not reflect the effect of related interest rate swaps that we have used to hedge certain of our floating-rate debt.

(2)

In January 2016, we entered into a new $894.4 million long-term debt facility, consisting of both a term loan and a revolving credit facility, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021, of which $845.8 million was used to repay the Company’s two bridge loan facilities, which matured in late January 2016, and the Company’s main corporate revolving credit facility, which was scheduled to mature in 2017. The amounts in the table above include the impact of this debt refinancing.

(3)

Excludes payments required if we execute all options to extend the terms of in-chartered leases. If we exercise all options to extend the terms of in-chartered leases, we would expect to be obligated to additional total payments of $60.2 million (2016), $30.4 million (2017), $16.7 million (2018), $8.3 million (2019), $8.3 million (2020) and $1.3 million (beyond 2020).

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Critical Accounting Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, which requires us to make estimates in the application of our accounting policies based on our best assumptions, judgments and opinions. On a regular basis, management reviews the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material. Accounting estimates and assumptions discussed in this section are those that we consider to be the most critical to an understanding of our financial statements because they inherently involve significant judgments and uncertainties. For a further description of our material accounting policies, please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.

Revenue Recognition

Description. We recognize voyage revenue using the proportionate performance method. Under this method, voyages may be calculated on either a load-to-load or discharge-to-discharge basis. This means that voyage revenues are recognized ratably either from the beginning of when product is loaded for one voyage to when it is loaded for the next voyage, or from when product is discharged (unloaded) at the end of one voyage to when it is discharged after the next voyage.

Judgments and Uncertainties. In applying the proportionate performance method, we believe that in most cases the discharge-to-discharge basis of calculating voyages more accurately reflects voyage results than the load-to-load basis. At the time of cargo discharge, we generally have information about the next load port and expected discharge port, but at the time of loading we are typically less certain what the next load port will be. We use this method of revenue recognition for all spot voyages. However we do not begin recognizing revenue for any of our vessels until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and us, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. If actual results are not consistent with our estimates in applying the proportionate performance method, our revenues could be overstated or understated for any given period by the amount of such difference.

Vessel Lives and Impairment

Description. Acquisitions of vessels from Teekay were deemed to be business acquisitions between entities under common control. Accordingly, the carrying value of each such vessel represents Teekay’s carrying value at the date we acquired the vessel, less subsequent depreciation and impairment charges. We depreciate the original cost, less an estimated residual value, of these vessels on a straight-line basis over each vessel’s estimated useful life. The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their market value at any point in time because the market prices of second-hand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of newbuildings. Both charter rates and newbuilding costs tend to be cyclical in nature.

We review vessels and equipment for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset, including the carrying value of the charter contract, if any, under which the vessel is employed, may not be recoverable. This occurs when the asset’s carrying value is greater than the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining useful life. If the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of an asset exceed the asset’s carrying value, no impairment is recognized even though the fair value of the asset may be lower than its carrying value. If the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of an asset are less than the asset’s carrying value and the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying value, the asset is written down to its fair value. Fair value is calculated as the net present value of estimated future cash flows, which, in certain circumstances, will approximate the estimated market value of the vessel. For a vessel under charter, the discounted cash flows from that vessel may exceed its market value, as market values may assume the vessel is not employed on an existing charter.

 

46


Table of Contents

The following table presents the aggregate market values and carrying values of our vessels that we have determined have a market value that is less than their carrying value as of January 1, 2016. While the market values of these vessels are below their carrying values, no impairment has been recognized on any of these vessels in 2015 as the estimated future undiscounted cash flows relating to such vessels are greater than their carrying values.

We consider the vessels reflected in the following table to be at a higher risk of future impairment. This table is disaggregated for vessels which have estimated future undiscounted cash flows that are marginally or significantly greater than their respective carrying values. Vessels with estimated future cash flows significantly greater than their respective carrying values would not necessarily represent vessels that would likely be impaired in the next twelve months. The recognition of an impairment in the future for those vessels may primarily depend upon our deciding to dispose of the vessel instead of continuing to operate it. In deciding whether to dispose of a vessel, we determine whether it is economically preferable to sell the vessel or continue to operate it. This assessment includes an estimation of the net proceeds expected to be received if the vessel is sold in its existing condition compared to the present value of the vessel’s estimated future revenue, net of operating costs. Such estimates are based on the charter market outlook and estimated operating costs, given a vessel’s type, condition and age. In addition, we typically do not dispose of a vessel that is servicing an existing customer contract. The recognition of an impairment in the future may be more likely for vessels that have estimated future undiscounted cash only marginally greater than their respective carrying values.

 

Aframax, Suezmax and Product Tankers

(in thousands of USD, except number of vessels)

   # Vessels      Market
Values (1)
     Carrying
Values
 

Conventional Tankers (2)

     2       $ 33,500       $ 43,367   

Conventional Tankers (3)

     32       $ 1,251,300       $ 1,389,203   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     34       $ 1,284,800       $ 1,432,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Market values are determined using reference to second-hand market comparables. Since vessel values can be volatile, our estimates of market value may not be indicative of either the current or future prices we could obtain if we sold any of the vessels.

(2)

Undiscounted cash flows are marginally greater than the carrying values.

(3)

Undiscounted cash flows are significantly greater than the carrying values.

Judgments and Uncertainties. Depreciation is calculated using an estimated useful life of 25 years for conventional crude oil and product tankers, commencing at the date the vessel was originally delivered from the shipyard. However, the actual life of a vessel may be different than the estimated useful life, with a shorter actual useful life resulting in an increase in quarterly depreciation and potentially resulting in an impairment loss. The estimated useful life of our vessels takes into account design life, commercial considerations and regulatory restrictions. Our estimates of future cash flows involve assumptions about future charter rates, vessel utilization, operating expenses, dry-docking expenditures, vessel residual values and the remaining estimated life of our vessels. Our estimated charter rates are based on rates under existing vessel contracts and market rates at which we expect we can re-charter our vessels. Our estimates of vessel utilization, including estimated off-hire time, are based on historical experience and our projections of the number of future conventional tanker voyages. Our estimates of operating expenses and dry-docking expenditures are based on historical operating and dry-docking costs and our expectations of future inflation and operating requirements. Vessel residual values are a product of a vessel’s lightweight tonnage and an estimated scrap rate. The remaining estimated lives of our vessels used in our estimates of future cash flows are consistent with those used in the calculations of depreciation.

In our experience, certain assumptions relating to our estimates of future cash flows are more predictable by their nature, including estimated revenue under existing contract terms, on-going operating costs and remaining vessel life. Certain assumptions relating to our estimates of future cash flows require more discretion and are inherently less predictable, such as future charter rates beyond the firm period of existing contracts and vessel residual values, due to factors such as the volatility in vessel charter rates and vessel values. We believe that the assumptions used to estimate future cash flows of our vessels are reasonable at the time they are made. We can make no assurances, however, as to whether our estimates of future cash flows, particularly future vessel charter rates or vessel values, will be accurate.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. If we conclude that a vessel or equipment is impaired, we recognize a loss in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value at the date of impairment. The written-down amount becomes the new lower cost basis and will result in a lower annual depreciation expense than for periods before the vessel impairment.

Dry docking

Description. We capitalize a substantial portion of the costs we incur during dry docking and amortize those costs on a straight-line basis from the completion of a dry docking to the estimated date of completion of the next dry docking. We immediately expense costs for routine repairs and maintenance performed during dry docking that do not improve or extend the useful lives of the assets.

Judgments and Uncertainties. Amortization of capitalized dry-docking expenditure requires us to estimate the period of the next dry docking. While we typically dry dock each vessel every 2.5 to 5.0 years, we may dry dock the vessels at an earlier date. The actual life of a vessel may be different, with a shorter life resulting in an increase in the quarterly depreciation and potentially resulting in an impairment loss. The estimates and assumptions regarding expected cash flows require considerable judgment and are based upon existing contracts, historical experience, financial forecasts and industry trends and conditions. We are not aware of any indicators of impairments nor any regulatory changes or environmental liabilities that we anticipate will have a material impact on our current or future operations.

 

47


Table of Contents

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. If we change our estimate of the next dry dock date we will adjust our annual amortization of dry-docking expenditures.

Valuation of Derivative Instruments

Description. Our risk management policies permit the use of derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk. We also have a stock purchase warrant from our involvement in the formation of TIL. Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments that are not designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes are recognized in earnings in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

Judgments and Uncertainties. The fair value of our derivative instruments and the change in fair value of our derivative instruments from period to period result from our use of interest rate swap agreements and a stock purchase warrant.

The fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is the estimated amount that we would receive or pay to terminate the agreements in an arm’s length transaction under normal business conditions at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates and the current credit worthiness of ourselves and the interest rate swap counterparties. The estimated amount for interest rate swap agreements is the present value of estimated future cash flows, being equal to the difference between the benchmark interest rate and the fixed rate in the interest rate swap agreement, multiplied by the notional principal amount of the interest rate swap agreement at each interest reset date.

The fair value of our interest rate swap agreements at the end of each period is most significantly impacted by the interest rate implied by the benchmark interest rate yield curve, including its relative steepness. Interest rates have experienced significant volatility in recent years in both the short and long term. While the fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is typically more sensitive to changes in short-term rates, significant changes in the long-term benchmark interest rate also materially impact our interest rate swap agreements.

The fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is also impacted by changes in our specific credit risk included in the discount factor. We discount our interest rate swap agreements with reference to the credit default swap spreads of global industrial companies with a similar credit rating and by considering any underlying collateral. The process of determining credit worthiness requires significant judgment in determining which source of credit risk information most closely matches our risk profile.

The benchmark interest rate yield curve and our specific credit risk are expected to vary over the life of the interest rate swap agreements. The larger the notional amount of the interest rate swap agreements outstanding and the longer the remaining duration of the interest rate swap agreements, the larger the impact of any variability in these factors will be on the fair value of our interest rate swaps. We economically hedge the interest rate exposure on a significant amount of our long-term debt and for long durations. As such, we have historically experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, material variations in the period-to-period fair value of our derivative instruments.

The estimated value of the stock purchase warrant was determined using a Monte-Carlo simulation and is based, in part, on the historical price of common shares of TIL, the risk-free interest rate, vesting conditions and the historical volatility of comparable companies. The fair value of our stock purchase warrant at the end of each period is most significantly impacted by the stock price of TIL and the expected volatility of the TIL stock price. TIL seeks to opportunistically acquire, operate and sell modern second hand tankers to benefit from an expected recovery in the current cyclical low of the tanker market. Pending such transactions, TIL is employing its oil tankers on the spot market. Historically, the tanker industry has been cyclical, experiencing volatility in profitability due to changes in the supply of and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for oil and oil products. The cyclical nature of the tanker industry may cause significant increases or decreases in the value of TIL’s vessels, TIL’s stock price and the value of the stock purchase warrant we hold.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. Although we measure the fair value of our derivative instruments utilizing the inputs and assumptions described above, if we were to terminate the interest rate swap agreements or sell the stock purchase warrant at the reporting date, the amount we would pay or receive to terminate the interest rate swap agreements and the amount we would receive upon sale of the stock purchase warrant may differ from our estimate of fair value. If the estimated fair value differs from the actual termination amount, an adjustment to the carrying amount of the applicable derivative asset or liability would be recognized in earnings for the current period. Such adjustments could be material. See Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 12 – Derivative Instruments for the effects on the change in fair value of our derivative instruments on our consolidated statements of income (loss).

 

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Our Board of Directors and executive officers oversee and supervise our operations. Subject to this oversight and supervision, our operations are managed generally by our Manager.

Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Kevin Mackay and our Chief Financial Officer, Vincent Lok allocate their time between managing our business and affairs directly as such officers and indirectly as officers of our Manager, and the business and affairs of Teekay Corporation, for which they also serve as executive team member and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, respectively. The amount of time Messrs. Mackay and Lok allocate among our business and the businesses of Teekay Corporation, our Manager and other subsidiaries of Teekay Corporation varies from time to time depending on the various circumstances and needs of the businesses, such as the relative levels of strategic activities of the businesses.

Our officers and individuals providing services to us or our subsidiaries may face a conflict regarding the allocation of their time between our business and the other business interests of Teekay Corporation or its affiliates. We intend to seek to cause our officers to devote as much time to the management of our business and affairs as is necessary for the proper conduct thereof.

Please also read Item 7 – Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions: Related Party Transactions.

 

48


Table of Contents

Directors and Executive Officers of Teekay Tankers Ltd.

The following table provides information about the directors and executive officers of Teekay Tankers Ltd. Directors are elected for one-year terms. The business address of each of our directors and officers listed below is c/o 4th Floor, Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Hamilton, HM 08 Bermuda. Ages of the directors and executive officers are as of December 31, 2015.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Arthur Bensler

  

58

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Kevin Mackay

  

47

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

Vincent Lok

  

47

  

Chief Financial Officer

Richard J.F. Bronks

  

50

  

Director (1)

Peter Evensen

  

57

  

Director (2)

William Lawes

  

72

  

Director (1)

Bjorn Moller

  

58

  

Director

Richard T. du Moulin

  

69

  

Director (1)

 

(1)

Member of Audit Committee, Conflicts Committee, and Nominating and Governance Committee.

(2)

Appointed June 10, 2015.

Certain biographical information about each of these individuals is set forth below.

Arthur Bensler joined the Board of Directors as Chairman in June 2013. He has served as Corporate Secretary from 2007 to September 2014 and as General Counsel to the Company since its inception. Mr. Bensler is Executive Vice President, Corporate Secretary and General Counsel of Teekay Corporation (NYSE:TK) and President of Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd. He has more than 15 years of experience in the shipping industry, joining Teekay Corporation in 1998 as General Counsel. He was promoted to the position of Vice President and General Counsel in 2002, became the Corporate Secretary of Teekay Corporation in 2003 and was further promoted to Executive Vice President and General Counsel in 2006. Mr. Bensler served as Committee Director of the Britannia Steamship Insurance Association Limited from January 2005 to April 2010 and has served as a Committee Director of The Standard Club Ltd., a mutual insurance association, since November 2010, where he is also a member of the Nominating & Governance Committee and the Strategy Committee.

Kevin Mackay was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of Teekay Tankers Ltd. in June 2014 and leads a global network of commercial offices in Asia, Europe and North America, with the responsibility of marketing Teekay’s fleet of conventional tankers. Mr. Mackay also serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company’s Manager. He joined Teekay from Phillips 66, where he headed the global marine business unit, responsible for all aspects of marine transportation, including chartering, operations, demurrage, strategy and freight trading, business improvement and marine risk management. He held a similar role as the General Manager, Commercial Marine at ConocoPhillips from 2009 to 2012 before the formation of Phillips 66. Mr. Mackay started his career working for Neptune Orient Lines in Singapore from 1991 to 1995. He then joined AET Inc. Limited (AET) (formerly American Eagle Tankers Inc.) in Houston, where he ultimately was the Regional Director - Americas, Senior Vice President, responsible for AET’s business in the Americas. Mr. Mackay holds a B.Sc. (Econ) Honours from the London School of Economics & Political Science.

Vincent Lok has served as Chief Financial Officer of Teekay Tankers Ltd. since October 2007. Mr. Lok has served as Teekay Corporation’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July 2007. He has held a number of finance and accounting positions with Teekay Corporation, including Controller from 1997 until his promotions to the positions of Vice President, Finance in March 2002 and Senior Vice President and Treasurer in February 2004. He was subsequently appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in November 2006. Mr. Lok also serves as a director of Teekay GP L.L.C., the general partner of Teekay LNG Partners L.P. and as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company’s Manager. Prior to joining Teekay Corporation, Mr. Lok worked as a Chartered Accountant with Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. Lok is also a Chartered Financial Analyst.

Richard J.F. Bronks joined the Board of Directors of Teekay Tankers Ltd. in January 2008. Mr. Bronks retired from Goldman Sachs in 2007, where he held a number of positions during his career. From 2004 until March 2007, Mr. Bronks was responsible for building Goldman Sachs’ equity, bond and loan financing business in emerging markets, including Central and Eastern Europe, Russia, the Former Soviet Union, the Middle East, Turkey and Africa. From 1999 to 2004, Mr. Bronks served as a co-head of Goldman’s global commodity business, engaged in the trading of commodities and commodity derivatives, and the shipping and storage of physical commodities. From 1993 to 1999, Mr. Bronks served as a member of Goldman’s oil derivatives business in London and New York. Prior to joining Goldman Sachs, Mr. Bronks was employed by BP Oil International, in both its oil derivatives business and its crude oil trading business.

Peter Evensen rejoined the board of Teekay Tankers Ltd. in June 2015, having served as a director previously from October 2007 until June 2013. He joined Teekay Corporation in 2003 as Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer. He was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer in 2006. In April 2011, Mr. Evensen became a Teekay director and assumed the position of President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Evensen also serves as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and a director of Teekay GP L.L.C., and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and a director of Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C. Mr. Evensen has over 30 years of experience in banking and shipping finance. Prior to joining Teekay, Mr. Evensen was Managing Director and Head of Global Shipping at J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and worked in other senior positions for its predecessor firms. His international industry experience includes positions in New York, London and Oslo.

William Lawes joined our Board of Directors in January 2008. In January 2014, Mr. Lawes also joined the board of Tanker Investments Ltd., an Oslo Stock Exchange listed company established by Teekay Corporation and Teekay Tankers Ltd and serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee. Mr. Lawes served as a Managing Director and a member of the Europe, Africa and Middle East Regional Senior Management Board of JPMorgan Chase and its predecessor banks based in London from 1987 until 2002. His functional responsibility was Chief Credit and Counterparty Risk Officer for the region. Prior to joining JPMorgan Chase, he was Global Head of Shipping Finance at Grindlays Bank. Mr. Lawes is qualified as a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland. Since March 2005, Mr. Lawes has served as a Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Diana Shipping Inc., a global provider of shipping transportation services.

 

49


Table of Contents

Bjorn Moller served as our Chief Executive Officer from October 2007 until March 2011. Mr. Moller also served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Teekay Corporation from April 1998 until March 2011. He also served as Vice Chairman and Director of Teekay GP L.L.C. from when it was formed in November 2004, and Vice Chairman and Director of Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C. from when it was formed in August 2006, in each case until March 2011. Mr. Moller continues to serve as a Director of Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Corporation and is a director of Kattegat Limited, the parent company of Resolute Investments, Ltd., the largest shareholder of Teekay Corporation. Mr. Moller has over 35 years of experience in the shipping industry, and served as Chairman of the International Tanker Owners Pollution Federation from 2006 to 2013. He served in senior management positions with Teekay Corporation for more than 20 years, and led Teekay’s overall operations from January 1997, following his promotion to the position of Chief Operating Officer. Prior to that, Mr. Moller headed Teekay Corporation’s global chartering operations and business development activities.

Richard T. du Moulin joined our Board of Directors in December 2007. Mr. du Moulin is currently the President of Intrepid Shipping L.L.C., a position he has held since he founded Intrepid Shipping in 2002. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. du Moulin served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Marine Transport Corporation. Mr. du Moulin is a member of the Board of Trustees and Chairman of the Seamens Church Institute of New York and New Jersey. Mr. du Moulin currently serves as a Director of Tidewater Inc. and is on the board of Pangaea Logistics Solutions, Ltd., a dry bulk shipping company. Mr. du Moulin served as Chairman of Intertanko, the leading trade organization for the tanker industry, from 1996 to 1999 and served as a director of Globe Wireless L.L.C.

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

Executive Compensation

Our executive officers that are employees of Teekay Corporation or other subsidiaries thereof, and their compensation (other than any awards under our long-term incentive plan described below) is set and paid by Teekay Corporation or its subsidiaries, and we reimburse Teekay Corporation for time spent by our executive officers on our management matters. This reimbursement is a component of the management fee we pay our Manager, pursuant to the Management Agreement. The aggregate amount of such reimbursement for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $1.4 million (2014: $1.1 million; and 2013: $1.4 million).

Compensation of Directors

Officers of us or Teekay Corporation who serve as our directors do not receive additional compensation for their service as directors. Each of our non-employee directors receives compensation for attending meetings of the Board of Directors, as well as committee meetings. Non-employee directors receive an annual cash fee of $50,000 and an annual award of $70,000 paid by way of a grant of at the non-employee director’s choice restricted stock units or stock options. In addition, members of the Audit Committee each receive a committee cash fee of $7,500 per year, and the chair of the Audit Committee receives a fee of $12,500 for serving in that role. Members of the Conflicts Committee each receive a committee fee of $7,500 per year, and the chair of the Conflicts Committee receives a fee of $12,500 for serving in that role. The chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee receives a fee of $5,000 for serving in that role. In addition, each director is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors and committees. Each director is fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the extent permitted under Marshall Islands law.

During 2015, our four non-employee directors received an aggregate of $260,000 in cash fees for their services as directors (2014: $260,000; 2013: $301,250). In addition, each non-employee director received a $70,000 annual award for 2014 to be paid by way of a grant of, at the director’s choice, restricted stock units or stock options, granted under our 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan Pursuant to this annual retainer. During 2015, we granted nil options and 51,948 restricted stock units (2014: 17,073; 2013: 142,157) to non-employee directors. The stock options and restricted stock units vest immediately.

Long-Term Incentive Program

In the year ended December 31, 2015, we granted under our 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan options to acquire up to 58,434 shares of Class A Common stock and 192,387 restricted stock units to certain employees of Teekay’s subsidiaries that provide services to us. Each option under the plans has a 10-year term and vests equally over three years from the grant date. Each restricted stock unit is equal in value to one share of our common shares plus reinvested distributions from the grant date to the vesting date. Upon vesting, the value of the restricted stock unit awards is paid to each recipient in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We intend to satisfy these grants by issuing shares from authorized capital. Please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 15 – Capital Stock.

Board Practices

Our Board of Directors (or the Board ) currently consists of six members. Directors are appointed to serve for a one-year term and until their successors are appointed or until they resign or are removed.

There are no service contracts between us and any of our directors providing for benefits upon termination of their employment or service.

The Board has determined that each of our directors, other than Bjorn Moller, a director of Teekay Corporation, Arthur Bensler, the Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Teekay Corporation and Peter Evensen, the Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of Teekay Corporation, has no material relationship with Teekay Tankers Ltd. (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with Teekay Tankers Ltd.) and is independent within the meaning of Teekay Tankers Ltd.’s director independence standards, which reflect the NYSE director independence standards, as currently in effect and as they may be changed from time to time.

 

50


Table of Contents

The Board has adopted our Corporate Governance Guidelines that address, among other things, director qualification standards, director functions and responsibilities, director access to management, director compensation and management succession. This document is available under the “About Us—Corporate Governance” section of our website (www.teekay.com).

NYSE does not require a company like ours, which is a “foreign private issuer” and of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another company, to have a majority of independent directors on the Board of Directors or to establish compensation or nominating/corporate governance committees composed of independent directors.

Nevertheless, the Board has the following three committees: Audit Committee, Conflicts Committee, and Nominating and Governance Committee. The membership of these committees as of December 31, 2015 and the function of each of the committees are described below. Each of the committees is currently comprised of independent members and operates under a written charter adopted by the Board. All of the committee charters are available under “Other Information—Corporate Governance” in the Investor Centre of our Web site at www.teekay.com . During 2015, the Board held seven meetings. Directors attended all board meetings, with the exception of one member who did not attend one meeting and another member who did not attend four meetings. There was one committee member absent for a total of two committee meetings in 2015.

Our Audit Committee is composed entirely of directors who satisfy applicable NYSE and SEC audit committee independence standards. Our Audit Committee is comprised of William Lawes (Chair), Richard J.F. Bronks and Richard du Moulin. All members of the committee are financially literate and the Board has determined that Mr. Lawes qualifies as an audit committee financial expert.

The Audit Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities for general oversight of:

 

   

the integrity of our consolidated financial statements;

 

   

our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

 

   

the independent auditors’ qualifications and independence; and

 

   

the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors.

Our Conflicts Committee is composed entirely of directors who satisfy the heightened NYSE and SEC independence standards applicable to Audit Committee membership. The Conflicts Committee is comprised of Richard du Moulin (Chair), Richard J.F. Bronks and William Lawes. The Conflicts Committee reviews matters that the Board refers to the committee for consideration and which constitute (a) matters the Board believes may involve conflicts of interest between (i) us and (ii) our controlling shareholder Teekay Corporation or its affiliates (other than us) or (b) material related-party transactions, including transactions between us and our or Teekay Corporation’s officers or directors or their affiliates. The Board is not obligated to seek approval of the Conflicts Committee on any matter, and may determine the resolution of any conflict of interest itself.

Our Nominating and Governance Committee is comprised entirely of directors who satisfy the general NYSE independence standards. Our Nominating and Governance Committee is comprised of Richard J.F. Bronks (Chair), Richard du Moulin and William Lawes.

The Nominating and Governance Committee:

 

   

identifies individuals qualified to become Board members;

 

   

selects and recommends to the Board director and committee member candidates;

 

   

maintain oversight of the operation and effectiveness of the Board of Directors and the corporate governance of the Company;

 

   

develops, updates and recommends to the Board corporate governance principles and policies applicable to us, monitors compliance with these principles and policies and recommends to the Board appropriate changes;

 

   

monitors compliance with such principles and policies;

 

   

discharges responsibilities of the Board relating to the Board’s compensation; and

 

   

oversees the evaluation of the Board and its committees.

Crewing and Staff

Our Manager provides us with all of our staff other than our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Our executive officers have the authority to hire additional staff as they deem necessary.

As of December 31, 2015, approximately 2,056 seagoing staff served on our vessels. The majority of our subsidiaries employ seagoing staff directly and certain subsidiaries of Teekay Corporation employ the crews for one of our vessels. These crews serve on the vessels pursuant to service agreements between our Manager, acting on our behalf, and those subsidiaries.

Teekay Corporation and its affiliates regard attracting and retaining motivated seagoing personnel as a top priority. Teekay Corporation has entered into a Collective Bargaining Agreement with the Philippine Seafarers’ Union, an affiliate of the International Transport Workers’ Federation (or ITF ), and a Special Agreement with ITF London, which covers substantially all of the officers and seamen that operate our vessels. We believe that Teekay Corporation’s relationships with these labor unions are good.

 

51


Table of Contents

We believe that Teekay Corporation’s commitment to training is fundamental to the development of the highest caliber of seafarers for marine operations. Teekay Corporation’s cadet training approach is designed to balance academic learning with hands-on training at sea. Teekay Corporation has relationships with training institutions in Australia, Canada, Croatia, India, Latvia, Norway, the Philippines, South Africa and the United Kingdom. After receiving formal instruction at one of these institutions, a cadet’s training continues onboard vessels. Teekay Corporation also has a career development plan that was devised to ensure a continuous flow of qualified officers who are trained on its vessels and familiarized with its operational standards, systems and policies. We believe that high-quality crewing and training policies will play an increasingly important role in distinguishing larger independent shipping companies that have in-house or affiliate capabilities from smaller companies that must rely on outside ship managers and crewing agents on the basis of customer service and safety.

Share Ownership

The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership, as of December 31, 2015, of our Class A common stock by our directors and executive officers as a group. None of these persons beneficially owns any of our Class B common stock. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under SEC rules a person or entity beneficially owns any shares that the person or entity (a) has or shares voting or investment power or (b) has the right to acquire as of March 1, 2016 (60 days after December 31, 2015) through the exercise of any stock option or other right. Unless otherwise indicated, each person has sole voting and investment power (or shares such powers with his or her spouse) with respect to the shares set forth in the following table. Information for all persons listed below is based on information delivered to us.

 

     Class A      Percent of Class A
Common Stock
   

Percent of Total
Class A and Class B

Common Stock

 

Identity of Person or Group

   Common Stock      Owned     Owned (1)  

All directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons) (1)

     657,967        0.5     0.4

 

(1)

Excludes shares of Class A and Class B common stock beneficially owned by Teekay Corporation. Please read Item 7 - Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions for more detail.

 

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A. Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership, as of March 1, 2016, of our Class A and Class B common stock by each entity or group we know to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock or our Class B common stock. Information for certain holders is based on their latest filings with the SEC or information delivered to us. The number of shares beneficially owned by each entity or group is determined under SEC rules and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under SEC rules a person or entity beneficially owns any shares as to which the person or entity has or shares voting or investment power. In addition, an entity or group beneficially owns any shares that the entity or group has the right to acquire as of April 30, 2016 (60 days after March 1, 2016) through the exercise of any stock option or other right. Unless otherwise indicated, each entity or group listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth in the following table.

 

    Class A     Percent of Class A     Class B     Percent of Class B     Percent of
Total Class A
and Class B
 

Identity of Person or Group

  Common
Stock
    Common Stock
Owned
    Common
Stock
    Common Stock
Owned
    Common
Stock Owned
 

Teekay Corporation (1)

    17,154,474       12.9     23,232,757       100.0     25.9

Huber Capital Management, LLC  (2)

    14,526,387       10.9 %     —          0.0     9.3

Bank of America Corp. (3)

    9,228,628       6.9 %     —          0.0     5.9

 

(1)

The voting power represented by shares beneficially owned by Teekay Corporation is 6.9% for Class A common stock, 46.7% for Class B common stock and 53.6% for total Class A and Class B common stock.

(2)

According to the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 10, 2016, Huber Capital Management, LLC has sole voting power, shared voting power and sole dispositive power as to 6,577,098, 940,400, and 14,526,387 of the shares, respectively. The voting power represented by shares beneficially owned by Huber Capital Management, LLC is 10.9% for Class A common stock and 9.3% for total Class A and Class B common stock.

(3)

According to the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 17, 2016, Bank of America Corp. has shared voting power and shared dispositive power as to 426,907 and 9,228,628 of the shares, respectively. The voting power represented by shares beneficially owned by Bank of America Corp. is 6.9% for Class A common stock and 5.9% for total Class A and Class B common stock.

Our Class B common stock entitles the holder thereof to five votes per share, subject to a 49% aggregate Class B common stock voting power maximum, while our Class A common stock entitles the holder thereof to one vote per share. Except as otherwise provided by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors. Teekay Corporation currently controls all of our outstanding Class B common stock and 17,154,474 shares of our Class A common stock. Because of our dual-class structure, Teekay Corporation may continue to control all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval even if it and its affiliates come to own significantly less than 50% of our outstanding shares of capital stock. Shares of our Class B common stock will convert into shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis upon certain transfers thereof or if the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned by Teekay Corporation and its affiliates falls below 15% of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our common stock

 

52


Table of Contents

We are controlled by Teekay Corporation. We are not aware of any arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of us.

B. Related Party Transactions

Please read Item 18 – Financial statements: Note 16 – Related Party Transactions for a description of our various related-party transactions.

Relationship with Teekay Corporation

Control

Through its ownership of our capital stock, Teekay Corporation controls us. Please read “—Major Shareholders” above.

Business Opportunities

Under a contribution, conveyance and assumption agreement entered into in connection with our initial public offering in December 2007, Teekay Corporation and we agreed that Teekay Corporation and its other affiliates may pursue any Business Opportunity (as defined below) of which it, they or we become aware. Business Opportunities may include, among other things, opportunities to charter-out, charter-in or acquire oil tankers or to acquire tanker businesses.

Pursuant to the contribution, conveyance and assumption agreement, we agreed that:

 

   

Teekay Corporation and its other affiliates may engage (and will have no duty to refrain from engaging) in the same or similar activities or lines of business as us, and that we will not be deemed to have an interest or expectancy in any business opportunity, transaction or other matter (each a Business Opportunity ) in which Teekay Corporation or any of its other affiliates engages or seeks to engage merely because we engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business as that related to such Business Opportunity;

 

   

if Teekay Corporation or any of its other affiliates (whether through our Manager, any of Teekay Corporation’s or any of its other affiliate’s officers or directors who are also officers or directors of us, or otherwise) acquires knowledge of a potential Business Opportunity that may be deemed to constitute a corporate opportunity of both Teekay Corporation and us, then (i) neither Teekay Corporation, our Manager nor any of such officers or directors will have any duty to communicate or offer such Business Opportunity to us and (ii) Teekay Corporation may pursue or acquire such Business Opportunity for itself or direct such Business Opportunity to another person or entity; and

 

   

any Business Opportunity of which our Manager or any person who is an officer or director of Teekay Corporation (or any of its other affiliates) and of us becomes aware shall be a Business Opportunity of Teekay Corporation.

If Teekay Corporation or its other affiliates no longer beneficially own shares representing at least 20% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and no person who is an officer or director of us is also an officer or director of Teekay Corporation or its other affiliates, then the business opportunity provisions of the contribution, conveyance and assumption agreement will terminate.

Our articles of incorporation also renounce in favor of Teekay Corporation business opportunities that may be attractive to both Teekay Corporation and us. This provision likewise effectively limits the fiduciary duties we or our shareholders otherwise may be owed regarding these business opportunities by our directors and officers who also serve as directors or officers of Teekay Corporation or its other affiliates.

Non-competition Agreement

In connection with our acquisition from Teekay Corporation of 13 vessels in June 2012 as part of the 2012 Acquired Business transaction, we entered into a non-competition agreement with Teekay Corporation. The following discussion describes certain provisions of the agreement.

Non-competition . Under the non-competition agreement, Teekay Corporation has agreed that neither it nor any of its controlled affiliates other than us will own or operate conventional oil or product tankers until June 15, 2015. However, this restriction does not prevent Teekay Corporation or any of its controlled affiliates from, among other things:

 

(a)

owning, operating or chartering any conventional oil or product tankers that Teekay Corporation and its controlled subsidiaries owned or chartered-in as of June 15, 2012 (or any replacement tankers upon any actual or constructive loss of such vessels);

 

(b)

providing ship management services relating to conventional oil or product tankers; or

 

(c)

acquiring up to a 9.9 percent interest in any publicly traded company that owns, operates or charters conventional oil or product tankers; acquiring up to a 50 percent interest in any company that engages no more than the lesser of 20 percent of its assets or $100 million in the business of owning, operating or chartering conventional oil or product tankers; or owning any interests in us, Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. or Teekay LNG Partners L.P.

Right of First Refusal . The non-competition agreement also provides us with a right of first refusal to acquire existing or newbuilding conventional and product tankers pursuant to opportunities Teekay Corporation develops prior to June 15, 2015. The non-competition agreement generally provides that Teekay Corporation must offer us such acquisition opportunities at their fair market value, for existing tankers, or the fully built-up cost, for newbuildings, and the price may include an allocation of design and development costs for any newbuildings constructed using an energy efficient design developed by Teekay Corporation.

 

53


Table of Contents

Please see Item 10 – Additional Information: Material Contracts.

Teekay Tankers’ Executive Officers and Certain of its Directors

Kevin Mackay, who has served since June 2014 as our President and Chief Executive Officer, is also an executive office of our Manager and a member of the executive team of Teekay Corporation.

Vincent Lok, our Chief Financial Officer, is also the Chief Financial Officer of our Manager and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Teekay Corporation.

Arthur Bensler, our Chairman of the Board, is also Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Teekay Corporation and President of Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd.

Because our executive officers are employees of Teekay Corporation or other of its subsidiaries, their compensation (other than any awards under our long-term incentive plan) is set and paid by Teekay Corporation or such other applicable subsidiaries. Pursuant to an agreement with Teekay Corporation, we have agreed to reimburse Teekay Corporation or its applicable subsidiaries for time spent by our executive officers on our management matters.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with our initial public offering, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Teekay Corporation pursuant to which we granted Teekay Corporation and its affiliates certain registration rights with respect to shares of our Class A and Class B common stock owned by them. Pursuant to the agreement, Teekay Corporation has the right, subject to certain terms and conditions, to require us, on up to three separate occasions, to register under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 shares of Class A common stock, including Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock, held by Teekay Corporation and its affiliates for offer and sale to the public (including by way of underwritten public offering) and incidental or “piggyback” rights permitting participation in certain registrations of our common stock.

Management Agreement

In connection with our initial public offering in December 2007, we entered into the long-term Management Agreement with our Manager, Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd., a subsidiary of Teekay Corporation. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager provides the following types of services to us: commercial (primarily vessel chartering), technical (primarily vessel maintenance and crewing), administrative (primarily accounting, legal and financial) and strategic (primarily advising on acquisitions, strategic planning and general management of the business).

Our Manager has agreed to use its best efforts to provide these services upon our request in a commercially reasonable manner and may provide these services directly to us or subcontract for certain of these services with other entities, primarily other Teekay Corporation subsidiaries. Under the Management Agreement, our Manager remains responsible for any subcontracted services. We will indemnify our Manager for any losses it incurs in connection with providing services to us, excluding losses caused by the recklessness, gross negligence or willful misconduct of our Manager or its employees or agents, for which losses our Manager will indemnify us.

Compensation of the Manager

Management Fee. In return for services under the Management Agreement, we pay our Manager a management fee based on the following components:

 

   

Commercial services fee . We pay a fee to our Manager for commercial services it provides to us currently equal to 1.25% of the gross revenue attributable to the vessels, on time charter, our Manager commercially manages for us (excluding vessels participating in the Teekay Suezmax Pool, Teekay Aframax Pools or the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool). We paid commercial service fees of $1.2 million for 2015, $1.1 million for 2014, and $1.1 million for 2013 excluding the commercial management fees of $0.2 million in 2015, $0.2 million for 2014 and $nil for 2013 attributable to the Entities under Common Control. Please see Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 3 – Acquisition of Entities under Common Control and Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 16e – Related Party Transactions – Management fee - Related and Other, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.

 

   

Technical services fee . We pay a fee to our Manager for technical services fees, and we paid technical services fees of $7.0 million for 2015, $5.6 million for 2014, and $5.6 million for 2013 excluding the technical management fees of $0.4 million for 2015, $0.4 million for 2014 and $nil for 2013 attributable to the Entities under Common Control. Please see Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 3 – Acquisition of Entities under Common Control and Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 16e – Related Party Transactions – Management fee - Related and Other, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.

 

   

Administrative and strategic services fees . We pay fees to our Manager for administrative and strategic services that reimburse our Manager for its related direct and indirect expenses in providing such services and which includes a profit margin. The amount of the profit margin is based on the most recent transfer pricing study performed by an independent, nationally recognized accounting firm with respect to similar administrative and strategic services. The transfer pricing study is updated at least annually. We paid administrative and strategic services fees of $8.4 million for 2015, $8.7 million for 2014, and $10.8 million for 2013 excluding administrative and strategic services fees of $0.7 million for 2015, $0.9 million for 2014 and $0.9 million for 2013 attributable to the Entities under Common Control. Please see Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 3 – Acquisition of Entities under Common Control and Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 16e – Related Party Transactions – Management fee - Related and Other, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.

 

54


Table of Contents

Performance Fee. In order to provide our Manager with an incentive to improve the results of our operations and financial condition, the Management Agreement also provides for payment to our Manager of a performance fee in certain circumstances, in addition to the basic fees described above. Our Manager generally is entitled to payment of a performance fee equal to 20% of the Gross Cash Available for Distribution (as defined in the Management Agreement) if in a given fiscal year this figure exceeds $3.20 per share of our common stock (subject to adjustment for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events, and based on the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the year) (or the Incentive Threshold ).

Since January 1, 2008, we have maintained an internal account (or the Cumulative Dividend Account ) that reflects, on an aggregate basis, the amount by which our dividends for a fiscal year are greater or less than the $2.65 per share annual incentive baseline (subject to adjustments for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events, and based on the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the fiscal year). The Cumulative Dividend Account is intended to ensure that our shareholders receive an equivalent of at least $2.65 per share in annualized dividends before any performance fee is paid. If Gross Cash Available for Distribution per share exceeds the Incentive Threshold in respect of a particular fiscal year, we will only pay our Manager a performance fee if the Cumulative Dividend Account is zero or positive; if there is a deficit in the Cumulative Dividend Account, the performance fee may be reduced. Following the end of each five-year period, commencing January 1, 2013, the Cumulative Dividend Account balance will be reset to zero. We paid no performance fees to our Manager in 2015, 2014, or 2013.

Term and Termination Rights. Subject to certain termination rights, the initial term of the Management Agreement will expire on December 31, 2022. If not terminated, the Management Agreement will automatically renew for a five-year period and thereafter be extended in additional five-year increments if we do not provide notice of termination in the fourth quarter of the year immediately preceding the end of the respective term.

We may terminate the Management Agreement in certain circumstances, including, among others, if:

 

   

our Manager materially breaches the Management Agreement (and the matter is unresolved after a 90-day dispute resolution period) or experiences certain bankruptcy events or experiences a change of control to which we do no consent;

 

   

we provide notice in the fourth quarter of 2016 after two-thirds of our Board of Directors elects to terminate the Management Agreement, which termination would be effective on December 31, 2017; or

 

   

we provide notice in the fourth quarter of 2021, which termination would be effective on December 31, 2022. If the Management Agreement extends pursuant to its terms as described above, we can elect to exercise this optional termination right in the fourth quarter of the year immediately preceding the end of the respective term.

If we elect to terminate the Management Agreement under either of the last two bullet points described above, our Manager will receive a payment (the Termination Payment ) in an amount equal to the aggregate performance fees payable for the immediately preceding five fiscal years. Any Termination Payment will be paid to our Manager in four quarterly installments over the course of the fiscal year following termination.

Our Manager may terminate the Management Agreement prior to the end of its term under either of the following two circumstances:

 

   

after December 18, 2012 with 12 months’ notice. At our option, our Manager will continue to provide technical services to us for up to an additional two-year period from termination, provided that our Manager or its affiliates continue in the business of providing such services to third parties for similar types of vessels; or

 

   

if we materially breach the agreement and the matter is unresolved after a 90-day dispute resolution period.

If our Manager elects to terminate the Management Agreement under the second circumstance described above, our Manager will receive the Termination Payment, payable in four quarterly installments over the course of the first year following termination.

The Management Agreement will terminate automatically and immediately if we experience any of certain changes of control. Upon any such termination, we will be required to pay our Manager the Termination Payment in a single installment.

Pooling Agreements

Teekay Suezmax Pool

In November 2015, we and certain third party vessel owners entered into a new revenue sharing pool agreement (the Suezmax Pooling Agreement ) with Teekay Chartering Limited, a subsidiary of TTOL. Pursuant to this agreement, we have agreed to include in the pool certain qualifying Suezmax-class crude tankers that are employed and operate in the spot market or pursuant to time charters of less than one year.

Prior to November 2015, we along with certain third party vessel owners and operators were parties to a revenue sharing pool agreement (the Gemini Pooling Agreement ) pursuant to which these pool participants had each agreed to include in the pool certain qualifying Suezmax-class crude tankers of the pool participants and their respective affiliates, including us, that operated in the spot market or pursuant to time charters of less than one year. The Gemini Suezmax Pool was jointly and equally owned by TTOL, in which Teekay Corporation and we each have a 50% interest, and a third party.

As of December 31, 2015, the Teekay Suezmax Pool consisted of 29 Suezmax tankers (including 15 of our tankers) and the Gemini Suezmax Pool consisted of two Suezmax tankers (including one of our tankers). Vessels trading in the Gemini Suezmax Pool completed their voyages in early 2016, and upon completion, these vessels delivered to and continue to trade in the Teekay Suezmax Pool. The Gemini Suezmax Pool is in the process of winding up operations.

 

55


Table of Contents

A participating Suezmax tanker will no longer participate in the Teekay Suezmax Pool if it becomes subject to a time charter with a term exceeding one year, unless otherwise agreed by all pool participants. In addition, vessels no longer participate in the pool if they suffer an actual or constructive total loss or if they are sold to or become controlled by a person who is not an affiliate of a party to the Suezmax Pooling Agreement.

Vessel owners remain responsible for the technical management of their vessels in the Teekay Suezmax Pool, and our Manager provides these technical services with respect our vessels pursuant to the Management Agreement.

Allocation of Suezmax Pool Earnings. The Teekay Suezmax Pool provides a revenue sharing mechanism whereby aggregate revenues and related expenses of the pool are distributed to pool participants based on an allocation formula. Revenues generated by vessels operating in the Suezmax Pool less voyage expenses (such as fuel and port charges) incurred by these vessels and other applicable expenses are pooled and allocated according to a specified weighting system that recognizes each vessel’s earnings capability based on its characteristics, speed and bunker consumption, as well as actual on-hire performance. The allocation for each vessel participating in the pool is established based on observations and historical consumption and performance measures of the individual vessel. Payments based on net cash flow applicable to each tanker are made on a monthly basis to pool participants and adjusted every six months based on the weighting system.

Commercial Management Fee and Working Capital Payments. Teekay Chartering Limited provides commercial services to pool participants and otherwise administers the pool in exchange for a fee currently equal to $350 per vessel per day plus 1.25% of the gross revenues attributable to the participant’s vessels.

Upon delivery of each of our vessels to the Teekay Suezmax Pool, we are required to advance working capital in an aggregate amount of $1.5 million, subject to adjustments made at the discretion of the pool manager. We may be required to advance additional working capital funds from time to time. Working capital advances are returned when a vessel no longer participates in the pool, less any set-offs for outstanding liabilities or contingencies. Please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 16h – Related Party Transactions.

Term and Termination. There is no specific expiration date for the Suezmax Pooling Agreement. However, the Teekay Suezmax Pool may be wound up if there are no participants. A pool participant may withdraw from the Teekay Suezmax Pool upon at least 90 days’ notice and shall cease to participate in the Suezmax Pool if, among other things, it materially breaches the Suezmax Pooling Agreement and fails to resolve the breach within a specified cure period or experiences certain bankruptcy events.

Teekay Aframax Pools

We entered into revenue sharing pool agreements (the Teekay Pooling Agreements ) with Teekay Corporation and Teekay Chartering Limited, a subsidiary of TTOL. Pursuant to the Teekay Pooling Agreements, we and Teekay Corporation have agreed to include in the Teekay Aframax Pools all of our and its respective Aframax-class oil tankers that are employed in the spot market or operate pursuant to time charters of less than 90 days. As of December 31, 2015, the Teekay Aframax Pools consisted of 32 Aframax tankers, which included six of our owned tankers and 10 of our in-chartered tankers. Any Aframax tanker that becomes subject to a time charter with a term of at least 90 days or becomes subject to enforcement action under a ship-mortgage foreclosure or similar proceeding will no longer participate in the Teekay Aframax Pools, unless otherwise agreed by Teekay Corporation and us. In addition, vessels will no longer participate in the pool if they suffer an actual or constructive total loss or if they are sold to or become controlled by a third party who is not a party to the Teekay Pooling Agreements.

Under the Teekay Pooling Agreements, Teekay Chartering Limited commercially manages the Teekay Aframax Pools by providing chartering and marketing services for all participating tankers. We remain responsible for the technical management of our vessels in the Teekay Aframax Pools, and our Manager provides these technical services to us pursuant to the Management Agreement.

Allocation of Teekay Aframax Pools’ Earnings. The Teekay Aframax Pools provide a revenue sharing mechanism whereby aggregate revenues and related expenses of the pools are distributed to pools’ participants based on an allocation formula. Revenues generated by vessels operating in the Teekay Aframax Pools less voyage expenses (such as fuel and port charges) incurred by these vessels and other applicable expenses are pooled and allocated according to a specified weighting system that recognizes each vessel’s earnings capability based on its characteristics, speed and bunker consumption, as well as actual on-hire performance. The allocation for each vessel participating in the pools is established based on observations and historical consumption and performance measures of the individual vessel. Payments based on net cash flow applicable to each tanker are made on a monthly basis to pools’ participants and adjusted every six months based on the weighting system.

Commercial Management Fee and Working Capital Payments. Teekay Chartering Limited provides commercial services to us and otherwise administers the pools in exchange for a fee currently equal to $350 per vessel per day plus 1.25% of the gross revenues attributable to the participant’s vessels.

Upon delivery of each of our vessels to the Teekay Aframax Pools, we are required to advance to Teekay Chartering Limited $250,000 for working capital purposes. We may be required to advance additional working capital funds from time to time. Working capital advances will be returned to us when a vessel no longer participates in the pools, less any set-offs for outstanding liabilities or contingencies. Please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 16h – Related Party Transactions.

Term and Termination Rights. Subject to certain termination rights, the initial term of the Teekay Pooling Agreement expires on December 31, 2022. If not terminated, the Teekay Pooling Agreement will automatically renew for a five-year period and thereafter be extended in additional five-year increments unless we provide a notice of termination in the fourth quarter of the year immediately preceding the end of the respective term.

We may also terminate the Teekay Pooling Agreement in certain other circumstances, including, among others, if:

 

   

Teekay Chartering Limited or Teekay Corporation materially breaches the Teekay Pooling Agreement (and the matter is unresolved after a 90-day dispute resolution period) or experiences certain bankruptcy events or if Teekay Chartering Limited experiences a change of control to which we do no consent; or

 

56


Table of Contents
   

the Management Agreement terminates for any reason.

Either Teekay Chartering Limited or Teekay Corporation may terminate the Teekay Pooling Agreement prior to the end of its term under any of the following circumstances:

 

   

after December 18, 2012 with 12 months’ notice;

 

   

if we materially breach the Teekay Pooling Agreement and the matter is unresolved after a 90-day dispute resolution period; or

 

   

if the Management Agreement terminates for any reason.

Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool

We along with certain third party vessel owners and operators are parties to a revenue sharing pool agreement (the Taurus Pooling Agreement ) pursuant to which these pool participants have each agreed to include in the pool certain qualifying LR2-class product tankers of the pool participants and their respective affiliates, including us, that operate in the spot market or pursuant to time charters of less than 180 days unless otherwise agreed by all pool participants. The Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool is indirectly owned by TTOL.

As of December 31, 2015, the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool consisted of 12 LR2 product tankers, including four of our owned LR2 product tankers and two chartered-in tankers. A participating LR2 product tanker will no longer participate in the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool if it becomes subject to a time charter with a term exceeding 180 days, unless otherwise agreed by all pool participants. In addition, vessels will no longer participate in the pool if they suffer an actual or constructive total loss or if they are sold to or become controlled by a person who is not an affiliate of a party to the Taurus Pooling Agreement.

Vessel owners remain responsible for the technical management of their vessels in the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool, and our Manager provides these technical services with respect our vessels pursuant to the Management Agreement.

Allocation of Taurus Pool Earnings. The Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool provides a revenue sharing mechanism whereby aggregate revenues and related expenses of the pool are distributed to pool participants based on an allocation formula. Revenues generated by vessels operating in the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool less voyage expenses (such as fuel and port charges) incurred by these vessels and other applicable expenses are pooled and allocated according to a specified weighting system that recognizes each vessel’s earnings capability based on its characteristics, speed and bunker consumption, and actual on-hire performance. The allocation for each vessel participating in the pool is established based on observations and historical consumption and performance measures of the individual vessel. Payments based on net cash flow applicable to each tanker are made on a monthly basis to pool participants and adjusted at regular intervals throughout the year based on the weighting system.

Commercial Management Fee and Working Capital Payments. Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool provides commercial services to pool participants and otherwise administers the pool in exchange for a fee currently equal to $275 per vessel per day plus 1.25% of the gross revenues attributable to the participant’s vessels.

Upon delivery of each of our vessels to the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool, we are required to advance $250,000 for working capital purposes, plus approximately 2,000 metric tonnes of bunkers. We may be required to advance additional working capital funds from time to time. Working capital advances will be returned to us when a vessel no longer participates in the pool, less any set-offs for outstanding liabilities or contingencies. Please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 16h – Related Party Transactions

Term and Termination. There is no specific expiration date for the Taurus Pooling Agreement. However, the pool may be wound up if there are no participants. A pool participant may withdraw from the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool upon at least 90 days’ notice and shall cease to participate in the Taurus Tankers LR2 Pool if, among other things, it materially breaches the Taurus Pooling Agreement and fails to resolve the breach within a specified cure period or experiences certain bankruptcy events.

Teekay’s Commercial and Technical Operations ( TTOL )

On August 1, 2014, we purchased from Teekay Corporation a 50% interest in TTOL, which owns conventional tanker commercial management and technical management operations, including direct ownership in three commercially managed tanker pools (as described above), for an aggregate price of approximately $23.7 million, including net working capital. As consideration for this acquisition, we issued to Teekay Corporation 4.2 million Class B common shares, which had an approximate value of $17.0 million, or $4.03 per share, on the acquisition closing date. In addition, we reimbursed Teekay Corporation for $6.7 million of working capital we assumed from Teekay Corporation in connection with the purchase.

Investment in Tanker Investments Ltd. ( TIL )

In January 2014, we and Teekay Corporation jointly created TIL, which seeks to opportunistically acquire, operate, and sell modern secondhand tankers to benefit from an expected recovery of the tanker market. TIL completed a $250 million equity private placement in which we and Teekay Corporation co-invested $25 million each for a combined 20% initial ownership in the new company. In addition, each of we and Teekay Corporation received (a) a preferred share entitling it to appoint one TIL director and (b) a stock purchase warrant to acquire up to an additional 750,000 shares of TIL’s common stock, linked to TIL’s future share price performance. Please see Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 9—Derivative Instruments, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. In March 2014, TIL completed a $175 million initial public offering and listed its shares on the Oslo Stock Exchange, which reduced our ownership interest in TIL from 10.0% to 6.5%.

 

57


Table of Contents

In October 2014, we purchased in the open market an additional 0.9 million common shares in TIL, representing 2.43% of the then outstanding common shares of TIL. We acquired these shares at a price of NOK 69 per share, or a purchase price of $10.0 million. Following completion of the purchase, we held 3.4 million common shares in TIL, representing 8.94% of the then outstanding common shares of TIL. As a result of a TIL share repurchase program, as of December 31, 2014, we owned 9.29% of TIL’s common stock.

As of December 31, 2014, TIL had completed the acquisition of two 2010-built VLCC vessels from us for an aggregate purchase price of $154 million plus related working capital on closing of $1.7 million, four 2009-built Suezmax tankers from Teekay Corporation and six 2009, 2010 and 2011-built Aframax tankers and two 2012-built coated Aframax vessels from third parties. TIL had also signed an agreement to acquire four 2009-built and two 2010-built Suezmax tankers from a third party, which delivered in the first half of 2015 and brings the total number of vessels owned by TIL to 20.

In January 2014, TIL entered into a long-term management agreement with our Manager, pursuant to which the Manager provides to TIL commercial, technical, administrative and corporate services and personnel, including TIL’s executive officers, in exchange for management services fees and reimbursement of expenses.

In 2015, TIL had repurchased 3.3 million of its own shares on the open market. The common shares were repurchased at a weighted average price of NOK 105.2 per share, or a gross purchase price of $40.6 million. As of December 31, 2015, our ownership interest in TIL was 10.2%.

 

Item 8. Financial Information

Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes

Please see Item 18 – Financial Statements for additional information required to be disclosed under this Item.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we have been, and we expect to continue to be, subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. Such claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We are not aware of any legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. Please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 22 – Shipbuilding Contracts for a description of legal action we have commenced against STX.

Dividend Policy

Prior to the first quarter of 2013, we paid a variable quarterly cash dividend equal to our Cash Available for Distribution each quarter, subject to any reserves determined by our Board of Directors. Dividends were paid equally on a per-share basis between our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock. Cash Available for Distribution represented net income (loss), plus depreciation and amortization, unrealized losses from derivatives, non-cash items and any write-offs or other non-recurring items, less unrealized gains from derivatives and net income attributed to the historical results of vessels acquired by us from Teekay Corporation, prior to their acquisition by us, for the period these vessels were owned and operated by Teekay Corporation. On February 21, 2013, we announced that our Board of Directors elected to move to a fixed quarterly cash dividend of $0.03 per share, which commenced in the quarter ended March 31, 2013. Subject to financial results and determination by the Board of Directors, we currently intend to continue to declare and pay a regular fixed quarterly dividend in such amount per share on our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock. On December 14, 2015, we announced our new dividend policy under which quarterly dividends are expected to range from 30% to 50% of our quarterly adjusted net income, subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, with a minimum quarterly dividend of $0.03 per share. Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP measure which excludes specific items affecting net income that are typically excluded by securities analysts in their published estimates of our financial results.

The timing and amount of dividends, if any, will depend, among other things, on our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, the requirements of Marshall Islands law, restrictions in financing agreements and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

Significant Changes

Please read Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Developments in 2015 and early 2016.

 

58


Table of Contents
Item 9. The Offer and Listing

Our Class A common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (or NYSE ) under the symbol “TNK”. The following table sets forth the high and low prices for our Class A common stock on the NYSE for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,         
Years Ended    2015      2014      2013      2012      2011     

High

   $ 8.53       $ 5.95       $ 4.02       $ 6.33       $ 12.99      

Low

   $ 4.82       $ 3.18       $ 2.38       $ 2.38       $ 3.36      
     Mar. 31,      Dec. 31,      Sept. 30,      Jun. 30,      Mar. 31,      Dec. 31,      Sept. 30,      Jun. 30,      Mar. 31,  
Quarters Ended    2016      2015      2015      2015      2015      2014      2014      2014      2014  

High

   $ 6.89       $ 8.53       $ 7.88       $ 7.88       $ 7.05       $ 5.95       $ 4.44       $ 4.50       $ 5.08   

Low

   $ 3.26       $ 6.31       $ 4.88       $ 5.70       $ 4.82       $ 3.30       $ 3.55       $ 3.18       $ 3.18   
     Mar. 31,      Feb. 29,      Jan. 31,      Dec. 31,      Nov. 30,      Oct. 31,         
Months Ended    2016      2016      2016      2015      2015      2015     

High

   $ 4.30       $ 4.80       $ 6.89       $ 7.81       $ 7.69       $ 8.53      

Low

   $ 3.26       $ 3.69       $ 4.03       $ 6.53       $ 6.31       $ 6.75      

 

Item 10. Additional Information

Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws have been filed as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, to Amendment No. 1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-147798), filed with the SEC on December 11, 2007, and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

The rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each class of our capital stock are described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock” of our prospectus (File No. 333-196915), filed with the SEC on June 19, 2014, and hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

There are no limitations on the rights to own securities, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on the securities imposed by the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or by our Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws.

Material Contracts

The following is a summary of each material contract, other than material contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party, for the two years immediately preceding the date of this Annual Report, each of which is included in the list of exhibits in Item 19:

 

  a)

Management Agreement dated December 18, 2007 between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd., as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of May 7, 2009, Amendment No. 2 dated as of September 21, 2010 and Amendment No. 3 dated as of January 1, 2011. Please read Item 4. – Information on the Company – B. Business Overview for a description of this Management Agreement.

 

  b)

Addendum to Management Agreement dated March 23, 2016 between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd. This Addendum allows Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd. to sub-contract commercial management of vessels to certain parties, subject to certain terms.

 

  c)

Teekay Tankers Ltd. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

  d)

Agreement dated November 28, 2007, for a U.S. $229,000,000 Secured Revolving Credit Facility between Teekay Tankers Ltd., Nordea Bank Finland PLC and various other banks.

 

  e)

Registration Rights Agreement between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Corporation.

 

  f)

Shareholders Agreement dated September 30, 2010 for a U.S. $98,000,000 shipbuilding contract among Teekay Tankers Holding Ltd., Kriss Investment Company and High-Q Investment Ltd.

 

  g)

Purchase Agreement dated June 15, 2012 between Teekay Corporation and Teekay Tankers Ltd. For the sale and purchase of the entire membership interests in Godavari Spirit L.L.C., Axel Spirit L.L.C., Mahanadi Spirit L.L.C., Teesta Spirit L.L.C., Hugli Spirit L.L.C., Americas Spirit L.L.C., Australian Spirit L.L.C., Pinnacle Spirit L.L.C., Donegal Spirit L.L.C., Galway Spirit L.L.C., Limerick Spirit L.L.C., Summit Spirit L.L.C., and Zenith Spirit L.L.C.

 

  h)

Non-competition Agreement dated June 15, 2012 between Teekay Corporation and Teekay Tankers Ltd. Please read Item 7 – Major Shareholders and Related Party Transaction: B. Related Party Transactions for a discussion on the agreement.

 

  i)

Secured Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated January 8, 2016 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., Nordea Bank Finland PLC and various other banks, for a $894.4 million long-term debt facility, consisting of both a term loan and a revolving credit facility, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021.

 

  j)

Secured Term Loan Facility Agreement dated August 28, 2015 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC and various other banks for the principal amount of $397.2 million, which matured on January 29, 2016. The loan facility is secured by the 12 modern Suezmax tankers we acquired from Principal Maritime and has a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25%. Repayments are to be made in two equal quarterly installments of $10.0 million with a balloon repayment due at maturity. This loan facility was refinanced through the new loan agreement in January 2016, referred to above.

 

59


Table of Contents
  k)

Secured Term Loan Facility Agreement dated January 30, 2015 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC, DNB Capital LLC and DNB Markets, Inc., for the principal amount of approximately $126.6 million, which matured on January 29, 2016. The loan facility is secured by the four LR2 product tankers and one Aframax tanker we acquired during the quarter ended March 31, 2015, and has a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 2.50% to 2.80%. Repayments are to be made in four equal quarterly installments of $3.0 million with a balloon repayment due at maturity. This loan facility was refinanced through the new loan agreement in January 2016, referred to above.

 

  l)

Equity Distribution Agreement, dated November 18, 2015, between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Evercore Group L.L.C. Under this Agreement, we implemented a continuous offering program through which we may, from time to time, issue Class A common stock with an aggregate offering price of up to $80.0 million, through Evercore, as sale agent.

 

  m)

Equity Distribution Agreement, dated June 4, 2015, between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Evercore Group L.L.C. Under this Agreement, we implemented a continuous offering program through which we may, from time to time, issue Class A common stock with an aggregate offering price of up to $80.0 million, through Evercore, as sale agent. In September 2015, we concluded this COP after selling approximately 11.3 million shares for net proceeds of $78.2 million.

 

  n)

Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 4, 2015, by and among Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Veritable Maritime Holdings, LLC. Under this Agreement, we agreed to prepare and file a shelf registration statement to register offers and sales of certain shares of our Class A Common Stock that we issued to Veritable Maritime Holdings, LLC and certain of its affiliates as partial consideration for our purchase of certain vessels from certain wholly owned indirect subsidiaries of Veritable Maritime Holdings, LLC.

 

  o)

Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 4, 2015, by and among Teekay Tankers Ltd. and the purchasers named therein. Under this Agreement, we issued 9,118,797 shares of our Class A Common Stock to a group of institutional investors for $6.65 per share.

Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders

We are not aware of any governmental laws, decrees or regulations, including foreign exchange controls, in the Republic of The Marshall Islands that restrict the export or import of capital or that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to holders of our securities that are non-resident and not citizens.

We are not aware of any limitations on the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote our securities imposed by the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to shareholders. This discussion is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or the Code), legislative history, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations (or Treasury Regulations), judicial authority and administrative interpretations, all as in effect on the date of this Annual Report, and which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or are subject to different interpretations. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references to Teekay Tankers Ltd.

This discussion is limited to shareholders who hold their common stock as a capital asset for tax purposes. This discussion does not address all tax considerations that may be important to a particular shareholder in light of the shareholder’s circumstances, or to certain categories of shareholders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as:

 

   

dealers in securities or currencies,

 

   

traders in securities that have elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities,

 

   

persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar,

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion or other “synthetic security” or integrated transaction,

 

   

certain U.S. expatriates,

 

   

financial institutions,

 

   

insurance companies,

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax,

 

   

persons that actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules own 10% or more of our common stock, and

 

   

entities that are tax-exempt for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners in partnerships holding our common stock should consult their own tax advisors to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the partnership’s ownership of our common stock.

 

60


Table of Contents

This discussion does not address any U.S. estate tax considerations or tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction. Each shareholder is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, non-U.S. and other tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

As used herein, the term U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes: (i) a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien (or a U.S. Individual Holder), (ii) a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation, that was created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust that either is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and has one or more U.S. persons with authority to control all of its substantial decisions or has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

We are taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies (or PFICs ) below, any distributions made by us to a U.S. Holder generally will constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or “qualified dividend income” as described in more detail below, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits allocated to the U.S. Holder’s common stock, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits allocated to the U.S. Holder’s common stock will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common stock and thereafter as capital gain, which will be either long term or short term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. Holder has held the stock for more than one year. U.S. Holders that are corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. For purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dividends received with respect to our common stock will be treated as foreign source income and generally will be treated as “passive category income.”

Subject to holding period requirements and certain other limitations, dividends received with respect to our common stock by a U.S. Holder who is an individual, trust or estate (or a Non-Corporate U.S. Holder ) will be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such Non-Corporate U.S. Holder at preferential capital gain tax rates provided that we are not classified as a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (we intend to take the position that we are not now and have never been classified as a PFIC, as discussed below). Any dividends received with respect to our common stock not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a Non-Corporate U.S. Holder.

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend” paid by us. Generally an extraordinary dividend is a dividend with respect to a share of common stock if the amount of the dividend is equal to or in excess of 10% of a common shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances) in such common stock. In addition, extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances). If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common stock that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss recognized by a Non-Corporate U.S. Holder from the sale or exchange of such common stock will be treated as long–term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.

Certain Non-Corporate U.S. Holders are subject to a 3.8% tax on certain investment income, including dividends. Non-Corporate U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their ownership of our common stock.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion of PFICs below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such stock. Subject to the discussion of extraordinary dividends above, such gain or loss generally will be treated as (a) long–term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition, or short term capital gain or loss otherwise and (b) U.S. source gain or loss, as applicable, for foreign tax credit purposes. Non-Corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of long-term capital gains. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Certain Non-Corporate U.S. Holders are subject to a 3.8% tax on certain investment income, including capital gains from the sale or other disposition of stock. Non-Corporate U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their disposition of our common stock.

Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification

A non–U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a PFIC in any taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of the corporation and certain subsidiaries pursuant to a “look through” rule, either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive” income; or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. By contrast, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.”

There are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from our time-chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services, including legal uncertainties arising from the decision in Tidewater Inc. v. United States , 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), which held that income derived from certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a foreign sales corporation provision of the Code. However, the Internal Revenue Service (or IRS ) stated in an Action on Decision ( AOD 2010-01 ) that it disagrees with, and will not acquiesce to, the way that the rental versus services framework was applied to the facts in the Tidewater decision, and in its discussion stated that the time charters at issue in Tidewater would be treated as producing services income for PFIC purposes. The IRS’s statement with respect to Tidewater cannot be relied upon or otherwise cited as precedent by taxpayers. Consequently, in the absence of any binding legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court would not follow the Tidewater decision in interpreting the PFIC provisions of the Code. Moreover, the market value of our stock may be treated as reflecting the value of our assets at any given time. Therefore, a decline in the market value of our stock (which is not within our complete control) may impact that determination of whether we are a PFIC. Nevertheless, based on our and our subsidiaries’ current assets and operations, we intend to take the position that we are not now and have never been a PFIC. No assurance can be given, however, that the IRS, or a court of law, will accept our position or that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if there were to be changes in our or our subsidiaries’ assets, income or operations.

 

61


Table of Contents

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes a timely and effective election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund” (a QEF election ). As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark–to–market” election with respect to our common stock, as discussed below.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election. If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election (an Electing Holder ), the Electing Holder must report each taxable year for U.S. federal income tax purposes the Electing Holder’s pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for each taxable year for which we are a PFIC that ends with or within the Electing Holder’s taxable year, regardless of whether or not the Electing Holder received distributions from us in that year. Such income inclusions would not be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that were previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. A U.S. Holder makes a QEF election with respect to any year that we are a PFIC by filing IRS Form 8621 with the U.S. Holder’s timely filed U.S. federal income tax return (including extensions).

If a U.S. Holder has not made a timely QEF election with respect to the first year in the U.S. Holder’s holding period of our common stock during which we qualified as a PFIC, the U.S. Holder may be treated as having made a timely QEF election by filing a QEF election with the U.S. Holder’s timely filed U.S. federal income tax return (including extensions) and, under the rules of Section 1291 of the Code, a “deemed sale election” to include in income as an “excess distribution” (described below) the amount of any gain that the U.S. Holder would otherwise recognize if the U.S. Holder sold the U.S. Holder’s common stock on the “qualification date.” The qualification date is the first day of our taxable year in which we qualified as a “qualified electing fund” with respect to such U.S. Holder. In addition to the above rules, under very limited circumstances, a U.S. Holder may make a retroactive QEF election if the U.S. Holder failed to file the QEF election documents in a timely manner. If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election for one of our taxable years, but did not make such election with respect to the first year in the U.S. Holder’s holding period of our common stock during which we qualified as a PFIC and the U.S. Holder did not make the deemed sale election described above, the U.S. Holder also will be subject to the more adverse rules described below.

A U.S. Holder’s QEF election will not be effective unless we annually provide the U.S. Holder with certain information concerning our income and gain, calculated in accordance with the Code, to be included with the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return. We have not provided our U.S. Holders with such information in prior taxable years and do not intend to provide such information in the current taxable year. Accordingly, U.S. Holders will not be able to make an effective QEF election at this time. If, contrary to our expectations, we determine that we are or will be a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide U.S. Holders with the information necessary to make an effective QEF election with respect to our common stock.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark–to–Market” Election. If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate, our stock were treated as “marketable stock,” then, as an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark–to–market” election with respect to our common stock, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made for the first year a U.S. Holder holds or is deemed to hold our common stock and for which we are a PFIC, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s common stock at the end of the taxable year over the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock. The U.S. Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock over the fair market value thereof at the end of the taxable year that we are a PFIC, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark–to–market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our common stock would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss recognized. Gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock in taxable years that we are a PFIC would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock in taxable years that we are a PFIC would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark–to–market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. Because the mark–to–market election only applies to marketable stock, however, it would not apply to a U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any of our subsidiaries that were also determined to be PFICs.

If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election for one of our taxable years and we were a PFIC for a prior taxable year during which such U.S. Holder held our common stock and for which (i) we were not a QEF with respect to such U.S. Holder and (ii) such U.S. Holder did not make a timely mark-to-market election, such U.S. Holder would also be subject to the more adverse rules described below in the first taxable year for which the mark-to-market election is in effect and also to the extent the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s common stock exceeds the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock at the end of the first taxable year for which the mark-to-market election is in effect.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark–to–Market Election. If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark–to–market” election for that year (a Non–Electing Holder ) would be subject to special rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to (1) any “excess distribution” (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non–Electing Holder on our common stock in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non–Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non–Electing Holder’s holding period for our common stock), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. Under these special rules:

 

   

the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for our common stock;

 

62


Table of Contents
   

the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the taxable year we were first treated as a PFIC with respect to the Non-Electing Holder would be taxed as ordinary income in the current taxable year;

 

   

the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year; and

 

   

an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

Additionally, for each year during which a U.S. Holder owns shares, we are a PFIC, and the total value of all PFIC stock that such U.S. Holder directly or indirectly owns exceeds certain thresholds, such U.S. Holder will be required to file IRS Form 8621 with its annual U.S. federal income tax return to report its ownership of our common stock. In addition, if a Non–Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our common stock, such Non-Electing Holder’s successor generally would not receive a step–up in tax basis with respect to such common stock.

U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the PFIC rules, including the PFIC annual reporting requirements, as well as the applicability, availability and advisability of, and procedure for, making QEF, Mark-to-Market Elections and other available elections with respect to us, and the U.S. federal income tax consequences of making such elections.

Consequences of Possible Controlled Foreign Corporation Classification

If CFC Shareholders (generally, U.S. Holders who each own, directly, indirectly or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of our outstanding shares entitled to vote) own directly, indirectly or constructively more than 50% of either the total combined voting power of our outstanding shares entitled to vote or the total value of all of our outstanding shares, we generally would be treated as a controlled foreign corporation (or a CFC ).

CFC Shareholders are treated as receiving current distributions of their respective share of certain income of the CFC without regard to any actual distributions and are subject to other burdensome U.S. federal income tax and administrative requirements but generally are not also subject to the requirements generally applicable to shareholders of a PFIC. In addition, a person who is or has been a CFC Shareholder may recognize ordinary income on the disposition of shares of the CFC. Although we do not believe we are or will become a CFC, U.S. persons owning a substantial interest in us should consider the potential implications of being treated as a CFC Shareholder in the event we become a CFC in the future.

The U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders who are not CFC Shareholders would not change in the event we become a CFC in the future.

U.S. Return Disclosure Requirements for U.S. Individual Holders

U.S. Individual Holders who hold certain specified foreign financial assets, including stock in a foreign corporation that is not held in an account maintained by a financial institution with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 on the last day of a taxable year, or $75,000 at any time during that taxable year, may be required to report such assets on IRS Form 8938 with their U.S. federal income tax return for that taxable year. This reporting requirement does not apply to U.S. Individual Holders who report their ownership of our shares under the PFIC annual reporting rules described above. Penalties apply for failure to properly complete and file IRS Form 8938. U.S. Individual Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisor regarding the possible application of this disclosure requirement.

United States Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

A beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership, including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is a Non–U.S. Holder.

Distributions

In general, a Non–U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions received from us with respect to our common stock unless the distributions are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that the Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States). If a Non–U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business and the distributions are deemed to be effectively connected to that trade or business, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on those distributions in the same manner as if it were a U.S. Holder.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain resulting from the disposition of our common stock unless (a) such gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that the Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States) or (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which such disposition occurs and meets certain other requirements. If a Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business and the disposition of our common stock is deemed to be effectively connected to that trade or business, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the resulting gain in the same manner as if it were a U.S. Holder.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, payments of distributions with respect to, or the proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock to a Non–Corporate U.S. Holder will be subject to information reporting requirements. These payments to a Non–Corporate U.S. Holder also may be subject to backup withholding if the Non–Corporate U.S. Holder:

 

   

fails to timely provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

63


Table of Contents
   

is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest or distributions required to be shown on its U.S. federal income tax returns; or

 

   

in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Non–U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding on payments made to them within the United States, or through a U.S. payor, by certifying their status on IRS Form W–8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W–8ECI, W-8EXP, or W–8IMY, as applicable.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a shareholder generally may obtain a credit for any amount withheld against its liability for U.S. federal income tax (and obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such liability) by accurately completing and timely filing a U.S. federal income tax return with the IRS.

Non-United States Tax Considerations

Marshall Islands Tax Considerations

Because we and our subsidiaries do not, and we do not expect that we and our subsidiaries will, conduct business or operations in the Republic of The Marshall Islands, and because all documentation related to our initial public offering was executed outside of the Republic of The Marshall Islands, under current Marshall Islands law, no taxes or withholdings will be imposed by the Republic of the Marshall Islands on distributions, including upon a return of capital, made to shareholders, so long as such persons are not citizens of and do not reside in, maintain offices in, nor engage in business in the Republic of The Marshall Islands. Furthermore, no stamp, capital gains or other taxes will be imposed by the Republic of The Marshall Islands on the purchase, ownership or disposition by such persons of our common stock.

Documents on Display

Documents concerning us that are referred to herein may be inspected at our principal executive offices at 4th Floor, Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Hamilton, HM 08 Bermuda. Those documents electronically filed via the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (or EDGAR ) system may also be obtained from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, free of charge, or from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. Further information on the operation of the SEC public reference rooms may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from foreign currency fluctuations, changes in interest rates, changes in spot tanker market rates and changes in the stock price of TIL in connection with our warrant to purchase TIL common shares. We have not used foreign currency forward contracts to manage foreign currency fluctuation, but we may do so in the future. We use interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risks. We do not use these financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Foreign Currency Fluctuation Risk

Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. Transactions in this market generally utilize the U.S. Dollars. Consequently, virtually all our revenues and the majority of our operating costs are in U.S. Dollars. We incur certain voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, dry-docking expenditures and general and administrative expenses in foreign currencies, the most significant of which are Euro, Canadian Dollar and British Pound. There is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on the value of cash flows. We did not enter into forward contracts as a hedge against changes in certain foreign exchange rates during 2015, 2014 or 2013.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through our floating-rate borrowings that require us to make interest payments based on LIBOR. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect operating margins, results of operations and our ability to service our debt. From time to time, we use interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates. The principal objective of these contracts is to minimize the risks and costs associated with our floating-rate debt.

We are exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties to the interest rate swap agreements. In order to minimize counterparty risk, we only enter into derivative transactions with counterparties that are rated A- or better by Standard & Poor’s or A3 or better by Moody’s at the time of the transactions. In addition, to the extent possible and practical, interest rate swaps are entered into with different counterparties to reduce concentration risk.

 

64


Table of Contents

The table below provides information about financial instruments as at December 31, 2015, that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, including our debt and interest rate swaps. For long-term debt, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by expected maturity dates. For interest rate swaps, the table presents notional amounts and weighted-average interest rates by expected contractual maturity dates.

 

                                              Fair Value        
                                              Asset /        
    2016     2017     2018     2019     2020     Thereafter     Total     (Liability)     Rate  (1)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages)  

Long-term debt: (2)

                 

Variable rate (3)

    164.9       206.0       182.9       121.3       110.0       353.2       1,138.3       (1,112.1     1.71

Fixed-rate

    9.8       8.9       8.0       1.3       —         —         28.0       (28.0     4.82

Interest Rate Swaps:

                 

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swap (3) (4)

    200.0       —         —         —         —         —         200.0       (2.7     2.61

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swap (3) (4)

    —         100.0       —         —         —         —         100.0       (7.9     5.55

 

(1)

Rate refers to the weighted-average effective interest rate for our long-term debt as at December 31, 2015, including the margin we pay on our variable-rate and fixed-rate debt. The fixed rate we pay under our interest rate swap agreements, as shown above, excludes the margin we pay on our variable-rate debt.

 

(2)

In January 2016, we entered into a new $894.4 million long-term debt facility, consisting of both a term loan and a revolving credit facility, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021, of which $845.8 million was used to repay the Company’s two bridge loan facilities, which matured in late January 2016, and the Company’s main corporate revolving credit facility, which was scheduled to mature in 2017. The amounts in the table above include the impact of this debt refinancing.

 

(3)

Interest payments on U.S. Dollar-denominated debt and interest rate swaps are based on LIBOR.

In February 2016, in connection with the new long-term debt facility, the Company entered into a total of nine new interest rate swaps, of which, four and five of the interest rate swaps are scheduled to terminate in December 2020 and January 2021, respectively. Four of the interest rate swaps each have a notional amount of $50.0 million with a fixed rate of 1.462% and are scheduled to commence in October 2016. The remaining five interest rate swaps commenced in the first quarter of 2016, of which one swap has a notional amount of $75.0 million, one swap has a notional amount of $50.0 million, and three swaps each have a notional amount of $25.0 million with a fixed rate of 1.549%, 1.155% and 1.549%, respectively.

 

(4)

The average variable rate paid to us under our interest rate swaps is set quarterly at the six-month and three-month LIBOR, respectively.

Equity Price Risk

We are exposed to the changes in the stock price of TIL. We have a stock purchase warrant entitling us to purchase up to 750,000 shares of common stock of TIL at a fixed price of $10 per share. Alternatively, if the shares of TIL’s common stock trade on a National Stock Exchange or over-the-counter market denominated in Norwegian Kroner, the Company may also exercise the stock purchase warrant at 61.67 Norwegian Kroner (or NOK ) per share. The stock purchase warrant vests in four equally sized tranches. Each tranche will vest and become exercisable when and if the fair market value of a share of the TIL common stock equals or exceeds 77.08 NOK, 92.50 NOK, 107.91 NOK and 123.22 NOK, respectively, for such tranche for any ten consecutive trading days. The stock purchase warrant expires on January 23, 2019. Please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 12 – Derivative Instruments.

S pot Tanker Market Rate Risk

The cyclical nature of the tanker industry causes significant increases or decreases in the revenue that we earn from our vessels, particularly those that trade in the spot tanker market. From time to time we may use forward freight agreements as a hedge to protect against changes in spot tanker market rates. Forward freight agreements involve contracts to provide a fixed number of theoretical voyages along a specified route at a contracted charter rate. Forward freight agreements settle in cash based on the difference between the contracted charter rate and the average rate of an identified index. As at March 31, 2016, we had not entered into any forward freight agreements, although we may do so in the future.

 

It em 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Not applicable.

 

It em 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

None.

 

Ite m 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

None.

 

It em 15. Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or the Exchange Act )) that are designed to ensure that (i) information required to be disclosed in our reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange Act, are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and (ii) information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

65


Table of Contents

We conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Based on the evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2015.

The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer do not expect that our disclosure controls or internal controls will prevent all error and all fraud. Although our disclosure controls and procedures were designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, a control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within us have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based partly on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining for us adequate internal controls over financial reporting.

Our internal controls were designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation and presentation of the consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our internal controls over financial reporting include those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made in accordance with authorizations of management and our directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. This evaluation included review of the documentation of controls, evaluation of the design effectiveness of controls, testing of the operating effectiveness of controls and a conclusion on this evaluation. On July 31, 2015, we acquired SPT ship-to-ship transfer business from a company jointly owned by Teekay Corporation and I.M. Skaugen SE. Please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 24 – Acquisition of SPT. Our management excluded from its evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as of December 31, 2015, SPT ship-to-ship transfer business’s internal control over financial reporting associated with net assets of $92.6 million and total revenues of $33.1 million included in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements even when determined to be effective and can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate. Based on the evaluation, management determined that internal controls over financial reporting were effective as of December 31, 2015.

Our independent auditors, KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements and our internal control over financial reporting. Their attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting can be found on page F-2 of this Annual Report.

There were no changes in our internal controls that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a – 15 (f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Board of Directors has determined that director and Chair of the Audit Committee, William Lawes, qualifies as an audit committee financial expert and is independent under applicable NYSE and SEC standards.

 

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Standards of Business Conduct Policy for all our employees and directors. This document is available under “Investors – Teekay Tankers Ltd. - Governance” from the home page of our web site ( www.teekay.com ). We also intend to disclose, under the “Investors – Teekay Corporation – Governance” section of our web site, any waivers to or amendments of our Standards of Business Conduct Policy for the benefit of our directors and executive officers.

 

66


Table of Contents
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Our principal accountant for 2015 and 2014 was KPMG LLP, Chartered Accountants. The following table shows the fees we paid or accrued for audit services provided by KPMG LLP.

 

Fees (in thousands of U.S. dollars)    2015      2014  

Audit Fees (1)

     294        275  

Audit-related Fees (2)

     —          5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     294        280  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Audit fees represent fees for professional services provided in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements, review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements, as well as other professional services in connection with the review of our regulatory filings.

(2)

Audit-related fees relate primarily to assistance with general accounting issues.

No fees for tax or other services were provided to the Company by the auditors during the terms of their appointment in 2015 and 2014.

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors has the authority to pre-approve permissible audit-related and non-audit services not prohibited by law to be performed by our independent auditors and any associated fees. Engagements for proposed services either may be separately pre-approved by the Audit Committee or entered into pursuant to detailed pre-approval policies and procedures established by the Audit Committee, as long as the Audit Committee is informed on a timely basis of any engagement entered into on that basis. The Audit Committee separately pre-approved all engagements and fees paid to our principal accountants in 2015 and 2014.

 

It em 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Not applicable.

 

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.

 

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

The following are the significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies:

 

   

Our Board of Directors is not comprised of a majority of independent directors, as required for domestic companies under the New York Stock Exchange listing requirements.

 

   

In lieu of obtaining shareholder approval prior to the adoption of equity compensation plans, the Board of Directors approves such adoption, as permitted by New York Stock Exchange rules for foreign private issuers.

There are no other significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by controlled domestic companies under the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. See Item 6 – Directors, Senior Management and Employees: Board Practices.

 

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable

 

Item 17. Financial Statements

Not applicable.

 

67


Table of Contents
Item 18. Financial Statements

The following financial statements, together with the related reports of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, thereon are filed as part of this Annual Report:

 

     Page  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-1 – F-2   

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss)

     F-3   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

     F-6   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7 – F-27   

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required, are inapplicable or have been disclosed in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and therefore have been omitted.

 

Item 19. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:

 

1.1   

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Teekay Tankers Ltd. (1)

1.2   

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Teekay Tankers Ltd. (1)

4.1   

Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement (1)

4.2   

Management Agreement, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of May 7, 2009, Amendment No. 2 dated as of September 21, 2010 and Amendment No. 3 dated as of January 1, 2011(8)

4.3   

Gross Revenue Sharing Pool Agreement (1)

4.4   

Teekay Tankers Ltd. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (10)

4.5   

Agreement dated November 28, 2007, for a U.S. $229,000,000 Secured Revolving Credit Facility between Teekay Tankers Ltd., Nordea Bank Finland PLC and various other banks. (1)

4.6   

Registration Rights Agreement between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Corporation. (1)

4.7   

Purchase Agreement dated April 7, 2008, for the purchase of Ganges Spirit L.L.C (formerly Delaware Shipping L.L.C) between Teekay Tankers Ltd., and Teekay Corporation. (2)

4.8   

Purchase Agreement dated April 7, 2008, for the purchase of Narmada Spirit L.L.C (formerly Adair Shipping L.L.C) between Teekay Tankers Ltd., and Teekay Corporation. (2)

4.9   

Purchase Agreement dated June 12, 2009 for the purchase of Ashkini Spirit L.L.C (formerly Ingeborg Shipping L.L.C) between Teekay Tankers Ltd., and Teekay Corporation. (3)

4.10   

Purchase Agreement dated April 6, 2010 between Teekay Corporation and Teekay Tankers Ltd. for the sale and purchase of the entire membership interests in Yamuna Spirit L.L.C., Kaveri Spirit L.L.C., and Helga Spirit L.L.C. (4)

4.11   

Facility Agreement dated July 5, 2010 for a U.S. $57,500,000 loan facility among Alpha Elephant Inc, Solar VLCC Corporation, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch. (5)

4.12   

Facility Agreement dated July 5, 2010 for a U.S. $57,500,000 loan facility among Beta Elephant Inc, Solar VLCC Corporation, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch. (5)

4.13   

Transfer Certificate dated July 15, 2010 among Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch and VLCC A Investment L.L.C. (5)

4.14   

Transfer Certificate dated July 15, 2010 among Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch and VLCC B Investment L.L.C. (5)

4.15   

Shareholders Agreement dated September 30, 2010 for a U.S. $98,000,000 shipbuilding contract among Teekay Tankers Holding Ltd., Kriss Investment Company and High-Q Investment Ltd. (6)

4.16   

Purchase Agreement dated November 1, 2010 between Teekay Corporation and Teekay Tankers Ltd. For the sale and purchase of the entire membership interests in Esther Spirit L.L.C., and Iskmati Spirit L.L.C. (7)

4.17   

Purchase Agreement dated June 15, 2012 between Teekay Corporation and Teekay Tankers Ltd. For the sale and purchase of the entire membership interests in Godavari Spirit L.L.C., Axel Spirit L.L.C., Mahanadi Spirit L.L.C., Teesta Spirit L.L.C., Hugli Spirit L.L.C., Americas Spirit L.L.C., Australia Spirit L.L.C., Pinnacle Spirit L.L.C., Donegal Spirit L.L.C., Galway Spirit L.L.C., Limerick Spirit L.L.C., Summit Spirit L.L.C., and Zenith Spirit L.L.C. (9)

4.18   

Non-competition Agreement dated June 15, 2012 between Teekay Corporation and Teekay Tankers Ltd. (11)

4.19   

Secured Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated January 8, 2016 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., Nordea Bank Finland PLC and various other banks, for a $894.4 million long-term debt facility.

4.20   

Secured Term Loan Facility Agreement dated August 28, 2015 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC and various other banks for the principal amount of $397.2 million.

4.21   

Secured Term Loan Facility Agreement dated January 30, 2015 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC, DNB Capital LLC and DNB Markets, Inc., for the principal amount of approximately $126.6 million.

4.22   

Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 4, 2015, by and among Teekay Tankers Ltd. and the persons set forth on Schedule I thereto. (12)

4.23   

Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 4, 2015, by and among Teekay Tankers Ltd. and the purchasers named therein. (13)

8.1   

List of Subsidiaries of Teekay Tankers Ltd.

10.1   

Equity Distribution Agreement, dated November 18, 2015, between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Evercore Group L.L.C. (14)

10.2   

Memorandum of Agreement, dated August 4, 2015, by and between Courage Holdings, LLC and Rio Spirit L.L.C. and related Schedule of Agreements Substantially Identical to that Memorandum of Agreement. (15)

10.3   

Equity Distribution Agreement, dated June 4, 2015, between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Evercore Group L.L.C. (16)

10.4   

Addendum to Management Agreement dated March 23, 2016 between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd.

12.1   

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Teekay Tankers Ltd.’s Chief Executive Officer.

12.2   

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Teekay Tankers Ltd.’s Chief Financial Officer.

13.1   

Teekay Tankers Ltd. Certification of Kevin Mackay, Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

13.2   

Teekay Tankers Ltd. Certification of Vincent Lok, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

23.1   

Consent of KPMG LLP, as independent registered public accounting firm.

 

68


Table of Contents
101   

The following materials for the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 formatted in XBRL:

 

 101.INS   XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

(1)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 33-147798), filed with the SEC on December 11, 2007, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement.

(2)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K furnished to the SEC on May 28, 2008, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(3)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K furnished to the SEC on September 30, 2009, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(4)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K furnished to the SEC on June 1, 2010 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(5)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K furnished to the SEC on September 10, 2010 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(6)

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K furnished to the SEC on November 30, 2010 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(7)

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.12 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K furnished to the SEC on November 30, 2010 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(8)

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on April 12, 2011 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(9)

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.17 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K furnished to the SEC on September 17, 2012 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(10)

Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form, S-8 filed with the SEC on March 7, 2014 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Registration Statement.

(11)

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.18 to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on April 30, 2013 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(12)

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on November 18, 2015 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(13)

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K furnished to the SEC on August 7, 2015 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(14)

Previously filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on November 18, 2015 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(15)

Previously filed as Exhibits 10.3 and 10.4 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on November 18, 2015 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

(16)

Previously filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K furnished to the SEC on June 4, 2015 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.

 

69


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

   

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.

Date: April 27, 2016

   

By:

 

/s/ Vincent Lok

     

Vincent Lok

     

Chief Financial Officer

     

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

70


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Teekay Tankers Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), cash flows, and changes in equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated April 27, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has retrospectively changed its method of accounting for debt issuance costs effective December 31, 2015 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs .

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants

Vancouver, Canada

April 27, 2016

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

We have audited Teekay Tankers Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting in the accompanying Form 20-F. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

The Company acquired the SPT ship-to-ship transfer business during 2015, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, this acquired business’s internal control over financial reporting associated with net assets of $92.6 million and total revenues of $33.1 million included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of this acquired business.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), cash flows, and changes in equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, and our report dated April 27, 2016, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants

Vancouver, Canada

April 27, 2016

 

F-2


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) (notes 1 and 3)

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2015
$
    Year Ended
December 31,
2014
$
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
$
 
      

REVENUES

      

Net pool revenues (notes 16e and 16h)

     370,583        138,631        69,675   

Time charter revenues (note 16e)

     75,375        94,213        98,248   

Voyage charter revenues

     41,283        8,040        4,415   

Interest income from investment in term loans (note 6)

     —          9,118        7,677   

Other revenues (note 23)

     26,952        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     514,193        250,002        180,015   

Voyage expenses

     (19,816     (11,223     (8,337

Vessel operating expenses (notes 16e and 16f)

     (137,164     (98,403     (91,667

Time-charter hire expense (note 18)

     (74,898     (22,160     (6,174

Depreciation and amortization

     (73,760     (53,292     (50,973

General and administrative expenses (note 16e)

     (17,354     (12,821     (13,522

Gain (loss) on sale of vessels (note 21)

     771        9,955        (71

Restructuring charge (note 23)

     (4,772     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     187,200        62,058        9,271   

Interest expense

     (17,389     (9,128     (10,454

Interest income

     107        287        158   

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments (note 12)

     (1,597     (1,712     (1,524

Equity income (note 8)

     14,411        5,228        854   

Other (expenses) income (note 17)

     (3,097     3,805        (1,014
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     179,635       60,538       (2,709
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per common share amounts (note 20)

      

• Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ 1.36      $ 0.67      $ (0.10

• Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ 1.35      $ 0.66      $ (0.10

• Cash dividends declared

   $ 0.24      $ 0.12      $ 0.12   

Weighted-average number of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding (note 20)

      

• Basic

     130,136,228        85,882,685        83,591,030   

• Diluted

     130,717,709        86,247,137        83,591,030   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Related party transactions (note 16)     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.    

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (notes 1, 2 and 3)

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     As at
December 31,
2015
$
    As at
December 31,
2014
$
 
    

ASSETS

    

Current

    

Cash and cash equivalents

     96,417        162,797   

Restricted cash

     870        —     

Pool receivables from affiliates, net (note 16h)

     62,735        35,254   

Accounts receivable

     28,313        4,475   

Due from affiliates (note 16f)

     67,159        50,279   

Prepaid expenses

     24,320        9,374   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     279,814        262,179   

Vessels and equipment

    

At cost, less accumulated depreciation of $391.0 million (2014 - $323.3 million) (note 21)

     1,767,925        897,237   

Investment in and advances to equity accounted investments (note 8)

     86,808        73,397   

Derivative asset (note 12)

     5,164        4,657   

Intangible assets - net (note 24)

     29,619        —     

Other non-current assets (note 21)

     146        3,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     2,169,476        1,241,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    

Current

    

Accounts payable

     16,717        1,937   

Accrued liabilities (notes 10 and 16f)

     62,029        18,283   

Current portion of long-term debt (note 11)

     174,047        47,225   

Current portion of derivative liabilities (note 12)

     6,330        7,263   

Current portion of in-process revenue contracts (note 9)

     1,223        —     

Deferred revenue

     2,676        637   

Due to affiliates (note 16f)

     26,630        10,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     289,652        85,740   

Long-term debt (note 11)

     990,558        661,340   

Derivative liabilities (note 12)

     4,208        10,962   

Other long-term liabilities (note 13)

     7,597        4,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,292,015        762,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (notes 8, 12, and 18)

    

Equity

    

Common stock and additional paid-in capital (300 million shares authorized, 132.8 million Class A and 23.2 million class B shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 (2014 - 95.3 million Class A and 16.7 million Class B shares issued and outstanding) (notes 4 and 15)

     1,094,874        802,650   

Accumulated deficit

     (217,413     (346,927

Entities under Common Control equity (note 3)

     —          22,555   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     877,461        478,278   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

     2,169,476        1,241,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (notes 1 and 3)

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2015
$
    Year Ended
December 31,
2014
$
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
$
 

Cash and cash equivalents provided by (used for)

      

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net income (loss)

     179,635        60,538        (2,709

Non-cash items:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     73,760        53,292        50,973   

(Gain) loss on sale of vessels (note 21)

     (771     (9,955     71   

Unrealized gain on derivative instruments

     (8,193     (8,281     (8,363

Equity income

     (14,411     (5,228     (854

Other

     2,266        (1,450     1,513   

Change in operating assets and liabilities (note 19)

     (25,880     (50,904     (6,633

Expenditures for dry docking

     (39,617     (17,072     (19,245
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating cash flow

     166,789        20,940        14,753   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from long-term debt, net of issuance costs

     688,695        98,796        59,179   

Repayments of long-term debt

     (40,029     (20,367     (25,246

Prepayment of long-term debt

     (191,592     (167,000     (25,000

Proceeds from long-term debt of Entities under Common Control (note 3)

     —          10,368        —     

Repayment from long-term debt of Entities under Common Control (note 3)

     (4,632     (3,309     (3,309

Prepayment of long-term debts of Entities under Common Control (note 3)

     —          —          (5,000

Net advances from affiliates (note 3)

     (825     (17,376     1,576   

Equity contribution from Teekay Corporation to Entities under Common Control (note 3)

     1,928        3,001        (1,818

Equity contribution from Teekay Corporation (note 16d)

     —          1,267        —     

Acquisition of the SPT Explorer and Navigator Spirit from Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. (note 3)

     (31,870     —          —     

Cash dividends paid

     (15,139     (10,165     (10,030

Proceeds from equity offerings, net of offering costs (note 4)

     242,264        111,190        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net financing cash flow

     648,800        6,405        (9,648
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from the sale of vessels and equipment (note 21)

     11,080        154,000        9,114   

Expenditures for Principal Maritime Vessel acquisitions (note 21)

     (612,000     —          —     

Expenditures for vessels and equipment

     (236,229     (2,084     (1,904

Investment in and advances from (to) High-Q joint venture (note 8)

     1,000        1,950        (3,890

Investment in and advances to TTOL (note 8)

     (239     (6,494     —     

Investment in and advances to TIL (note 8)

     —          (35,045     —     

Deposit for vessel purchase (note 21)

     —          (3,700     —     

Investment in term loans (note 6)

     —          1,179        (9,120

Acquisition of SPT (note 24)

     (45,581     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investing cash flow

     (881,969     109,806        (5,800
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (66,380     137,151        (695

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year

     162,797        25,646        26,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year

     96,417        162,797        25,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information (note 19)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (notes 1 and 3)

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)

 

     EQUITY  
     Equity of
Entities under
Common
Control
$
    Common Stock and Paid-in Capital               
       Thousands
of Common
Shares
#
     Class A
$
     Class B
$
     Accumulated
Deficit
$
    Total
$
 

Balance as at December 31, 2012

     12,547        83,591         672,435         125         (370,377     314,730   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     5,429        —           —           —           (8,138     (2,709

Net change in parent’s equity from Entities under Common Control (note 3)

     927        —           —           —           —          927   

Dividends declared

     (2,745     —           —           —           (10,030     (12,775

Equity-based compensation (note 15)

     —          —           657         —           —          657   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2013

     16,158        83,591         673,092         125         (388,545     300,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     3,396        —           —           —           57,142        60,538   

Proceeds from issuance of Class A common shares, net of offering costs of $4.8 million (note 4)

     —          24,167         111,190         —           —          111,190   

Value assigned to share issuance to Teekay Corporation for purchase of TTOL (note 4)

     —          4,221         —           17,010         —          17,010   

Purchase of TTOL from Teekay Corporation (note 8)

     —          —           —           —           (6,626     (6,626

Equity contribution from Teekay Corporation (note 16d)

     —          —           —           —           1,267        1,267   

Net change in parent’s equity from Entities

               

under Common Control (note 3)

     3,001        —           —           —           —          3,001   

Dividends declared

     —          —           —           —           (10,165     (10,165

Equity-based compensation (note 15)

     —          85         1,233         —           —          1,233   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2014

     22,555        112,064         785,515         17,135         (346,927     478,278   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     2,708        —           —           —           176,927        179,635   

Proceeds from issuance of Class A common shares, net of offering costs (note 4)

     —          37,201         246,032         —           —          246,032   

Proceeds from issuance of Class B common shares, net of offering costs (note 4)

     —          6,512         —           45,500         —          45,500   

Value adjustment to share issuance to Teekay Corporation for purchase of TTOL (note 8)

     —          —           —           —           (239     (239

Net change in parent’s equity from Entities under Common Control (note 3)

     1,928        —           —           —           —          1,928   

Acquisition of SPT Explorer and Navigator Spirit from Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. (note 3)

     (27,191     —           —           —           (13,311     (40,502

Dividends declared

     —          —           —           —           (33,863     (33,863

Equity-based compensation (note 15)

     —          254         692         —           —          692   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31, 2015

     —          156,031         1,032,239         62,635         (217,413     877,461   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

1.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of operations

The Company (as defined below) is engaged in the international marine transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products through the operation of its oil and product tankers as well as providing ship-to-ship transfer services. The Company’s revenues are earned in international markets.

Basis of presentation and consolidation principles

During October 2007, Teekay Corporation ( Teekay ) formed Teekay Tankers Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation (together with its wholly owned subsidiaries and the Entities under Common Control, as described in note 3, collectively the Company ), to acquire from Teekay a fleet of nine double-hull Aframax-class oil tankers in connection with the Company’s initial public offering (or IPO ). As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s fleet included a total of 59 vessels, of which 13 were chartered-in and one was 50%-owned through the High-Q joint venture.

The consolidated financial statements reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Teekay Tankers Ltd., its wholly-owned subsidiaries, equity accounted investments and the Entities under Common Control. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles ( GAAP ) and all significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. In addition, estimates have been made when allocating expenses from Teekay to the Entities under Common Control and such estimates may not be reflective of what actual results would have been if the Entities under Common Control had operated independently.

Currency translation

The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated to reflect the year-end exchange rates. Resulting gains or losses are reflected in other (expenses) income in the accompanying consolidated statements of income (loss).

Operating revenues and expenses

The Company recognizes revenues from time charters daily over the term of the charter as the applicable vessel operates under the charter. The Company does not recognize revenues during days that the vessel is off hire. When the time charter contains a profit-sharing agreement, the Company recognizes the profit-sharing or contingent revenues when the contingency is resolved. All revenues from voyage charters are recognized on a proportionate performance method. The Company uses a discharge-to-discharge basis in determining proportionate performance for all spot voyages. The Company does not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and the Company, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage. The consolidated balance sheets reflect the deferred portion of revenues and expenses, which will be earned in subsequent periods. Other revenues are earned from the offshore ship-to-ship transfer of commodities, primarily crude oil and refined oil products, but also liquid gases and various other products which are referred to as support operations. In addition, revenues are also earned from other technical activities such as terminal management, consultancy, procurement and equipment rental. Revenues from short-term contracts are recognized as services are completed or based on percentage compete if carried over into the following period, or in the case of long-term contracts, are recognized over the duration of the contract period.

Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions. The Company, as shipowner, pays voyage expenses under voyage charters, its customers pay voyage expenses under time charters. Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses. The Company pays vessel operating expenses under both voyage and time charters and for vessels which earn net pool revenue, as described below. Voyage expenses and vessel operating expenses are recognized when incurred.

Revenues and voyage expenses of the vessels operating in pool arrangements are pooled and the resulting net pool revenues, calculated on a time charter equivalent basis, are allocated to the pool participants according to an agreed formula. The agreed formula used to allocate net pool revenues varies between pools; however, the formula generally allocates revenues to pool participants on the basis of the number of days a vessel operates in the pool with weighting adjustments made to reflect vessels’ differing capacities and performance capabilities. The same revenue and expense recognition principles stated above are applied in determining the net pool revenues of the pool. The pools are responsible for paying voyage expenses and distribute net pool revenues to the participants. The Company accounts for the net allocation from the pool as revenues and amounts due from the pool are included in pool receivables from affiliates, net.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

Share-based compensation

The Company grants stock options and restricted stock units as incentive-based compensation to certain employees of Teekay who support the operations of the Company. The Company measures the cost of such awards using the grant date fair value of the award and recognizes that cost, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which generally equals the vesting period. For stock-based compensation awards subject to graded vesting, the Company calculates the value for the award as if it is a single award with one expected life and amortizes the calculated expense for the entire award on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. The Company also grants common stock and fully vested stock options as incentive-based compensation to non-management directors, which are expensed immediately (see note 15).

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company classifies all highly liquid investments with an original maturity date of three months or less as cash and cash equivalents.

Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts, and investment in term loans and other loan receivables

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience and customer economic data. The Company reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts regularly and past due balances are reviewed for collectability. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the Company believes that the receivable will not be recovered. There are no significant amounts recorded as allowance for doubtful accounts as at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

The Company’s investment in term loans and advances to equity accounted investments are recorded at cost. The premium paid over the outstanding principal amount was amortized to interest income over the term of the loan using the effective interest rate method. The Company analyzes its loans for collectability during each reporting period. A loan provision is recorded, based on current information and events, if it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors the Company considers in determining that a loan provision is required, among other things, an assessment of the financial condition of the debtor, payment history of the debtor, general economic conditions, the credit rating of the debtor (when available), any information provided by the debtor regarding their ability to repay the loan, and the fair value of the underlying collateral. When a loan provision is recorded, the Company measures the amount of the provision based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate and recognizes the resulting provision in the consolidated statements of income (loss). The carrying value of the loans is adjusted each subsequent period to reflect any changes in the present value of the expected future cash flows, which may result in increases or decreases to the loan provision.

The following table contains a summary of the Company’s financing receivables by type and the method by which the Company monitors the credit quality of its financing receivables on a quarterly basis.

 

               December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  
Class of Financing Receivable    Credit Quality Indicator    Grade    $      $  

Advances to equity accounted investments

   Other internal metrics    Performing      13,980         14,980   
        

 

 

    

 

 

 
           13,980        14,980   
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity accounted investments

The Company’s investments in the High-Q joint venture, Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd. (or TTOL ) and Tanker Investments Ltd. (or TIL ) are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, investments are stated at initial cost and are adjusted for subsequent additional investments and the Company’s proportionate share of earnings or losses and distributions. The Company evaluates its equity accounted investment for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such investment may have experienced an other-than-temporary decline in value below its carrying value. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying value, the carrying value is written down to its estimated fair value and the resulting impairment is recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss). The Company’s maximum exposure to loss is the amount it has invested in its equity accounted investments, including stock purchase warrants.

Vessels and equipment

All pre-delivery costs incurred during the construction of newbuildings, including interest, supervision and technical costs, are capitalized. The acquisition cost and all costs incurred to restore used vessels purchased by the Company to the standard required to properly service the Company’s customers are capitalized.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over a vessel’s estimated useful life, less an estimated residual value. Depreciation is calculated using an estimated useful life of 25 years, or a shorter period if regulations prevent the Company from operating the vessels for 25 years. Depreciation of vessels and equipment (including depreciation attributable to the Entities under Common Control and excluding amortization of dry-docking costs and intangible assets) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 totaled $59.5 million, $42.5 million, and $42.3 million, respectively.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

Vessel capital modifications include the addition of new equipment or can encompass various modifications to the vessel which are aimed at improving or increasing the operational efficiency and functionality of the asset. This type of expenditure is capitalized and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the modification. Expenditures covering recurring routine repairs or maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Generally, the Company dry docks each vessel every two and a half to five years. The Company capitalizes a substantial portion of the costs incurred during dry docking and amortizes those costs on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, which typically is from the completion of a dry docking or intermediate survey to the estimated completion of the next dry docking. The Company includes in capitalized dry docking those costs incurred as part of the dry dock to meet classification and regulatory requirements. The Company expenses costs related to routine repairs and maintenance performed during dry docking that do not improve or extend the useful lives of the assets. When significant dry-docking expenditures occur prior to the expiration of the original amortization period, the remaining unamortized balance of the original dry-docking cost is expensed in the month of the subsequent dry docking.

The following table summarizes the change in the Company’s capitalized dry docking costs, from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2015:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     $      $      $  

Balance at the beginning of the year

     35,509         29,269         18,672   

Cost incurred for dry docking

     39,617         17,072         19,245   

Dry-dock amortization

     (12,866      (10,832      (8,648

Vessel sales (note 21)

     (114      —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

     62,146         35,509         29,269   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vessels and equipment that are “held and used” are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If the asset’s net carrying value exceeds the net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated over its remaining useful life, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value. Estimated fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows or appraised values. In cases where an active second hand sale and purchase market does not exist, the Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of an impaired vessel. In cases where an active second hand sale and purchase market exists, an appraised value is generally used to estimate the amount the Company would expect to receive if it were to sell the vessel. Such appraisal is normally completed by the Company.

Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill is not amortized, but reviewed for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. When goodwill is reviewed for impairment, the Company may elect to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. Alternatively, the Company may bypass this step and use a fair value approach to identify potential goodwill impairment and, when necessary, measure the amount of impairment. The Company uses a discounted cash flow model to determine the fair value of reporting units, unless there is a readily determinable fair market value.

Customer related intangible assets are amortized over the expected life of a customer contract or the expected duration that the customer relationships are estimated to contribute to the cash flows of the Company. The amount amortized each year is weighted based on the projected revenue to be earned under the contracts or projected revenue to be earned as a result of the customer relationships. Intangible assets are assessed for impairment when and if impairment indicators exist. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an intangible asset is not recoverable and its carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

Debt issuance costs

Debt issuance costs related to loan facilities, including fees, commissions and legal expenses, are directly deducted from the carrying amount of that loan facility. Debt issuance costs of revolving credit facilities and term loans are amortized using the effective interest rate method over the term of the relevant loan. Amortization of debt issuance costs is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

Income taxes

The Company recognizes the tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from such positions are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

Excluding freight taxes, the Company incurred $0.2 million of income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company believes that it and its subsidiaries are not subject to taxation under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands and qualify for the Section 883 exemption under U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

Derivative instruments

All derivative instruments are initially recorded at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and subsequently remeasured to fair value each quarter, regardless of the purpose or intent for holding the derivative. The method of recognizing the resulting gains or losses are dependent on whether the derivative contracts are designed to hedge a specific risk and whether the contracts qualify for hedge accounting. The Company does not apply hedge accounting to its derivative instruments, except for certain types of interest rate swaps that it may enter into in the future.

When a derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the Company formally documents the relationship between the derivative and the hedged item. This documentation includes the strategy and risk management objective for undertaking the hedge and the method that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedge. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recognized immediately in earnings, as are any gains and losses on the derivative that are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The Company does not apply hedge accounting if it is determined that the hedge was not effective or will no longer be effective, the derivative was sold or exercised, or the hedged item was sold, repaid or no longer possible of occurring.

For derivative financial instruments designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges, changes in the fair value of the effective portion of the derivative financial instruments are initially recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in total equity. In the periods when the hedged items affect earnings, the associated fair value changes on the hedging derivatives are transferred from total equity to the corresponding earnings line item in the consolidated statements of income (loss). The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative financial instruments is immediately recognized in earnings in the consolidated statements of income (loss). If a cash flow hedge is terminated and the originally hedged item is still considered possible of occurring, the gains and losses initially recognized in total equity remain there until the hedged item impacts earnings, at which point they are transferred to the corresponding earnings line item in the consolidated statements of income (loss). If the hedged items are no longer possible of occurring, amounts recognized in total equity are immediately transferred to the earnings item in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

For derivative financial instruments that are not designated or that do not qualify as hedges under Financial Accounting Standards Board (or FASB) ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging , the changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments are recognized in earnings. Gains and losses from the Company’s non-designated derivatives are recorded in realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).

Earnings (loss) per share

Earnings (loss) per share is determined by dividing (a) net income (loss) of the Company after (deducting) adding the amount of net income (loss) attributable to the Entities under Common Control by (b) the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the applicable period. The calculation of weighted-average number of shares includes the total Class A and total Class B shares outstanding during the applicable period. The computation of diluted earnings per share assumes the exercise of all dilutive stock options and restricted stock units using the treasury stock method. The computation of diluted loss per share does not assume such exercises.

 

2.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases (or ASU 2016-02) . ASU 2016-02 establishes a right-of-use model that requires a lessee to record a right of use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting guidance.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments (or ASU 2015-16 ) to simplify the accounting for business combinations, specifically as it relates to measurement-period adjustments. Acquiring entities in a business combination must now recognize measurement-period adjustments in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined, instead of retroactively adjusting prior periods. The Company adopted ASU 2015-16 effective October 1, 2015. The actual impact of adoption will depend on the amount of measurement period adjustments in future periods.

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (or ASU 2015-03 ). The Company adopted ASU 2015-03 effective December 31, 2015. Prior period information has been retrospectively adjusted. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2015-03, all debt issuance costs were presented as other non-current assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. With the adoption of ASU 2015-03 the Company presents those debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Debt issuance costs related to loan facilities without a recognized debt liability will continue to be presented as non-current assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. As a result of adopting ASU 2015-03, non-current assets and total assets has decreased by $1.7 million (December 31, 2015) and $1.8 million (December 31, 2014), current portion of long-term debt and current liabilities has decreased by $0.6 million (December 31, 2015) and $0.1 million (December 31, 2014), long-term debt has decreased by $1.1 million (December 31, 2015) and $1.7 million (December 31, 2014), and total liabilities has decreased by $1.7 million (December 31, 2015) and $1.8 million (December 31, 2014). Such changes have also impacted the Company’s reconciliation of segment assets to total assets (see note 7) and the carrying value of long-term debt (see notes 11 and 14).

 

F-10


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

In February 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2015-02, Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (or ASU 2015-02 ), which eliminates the deferral of certain consolidation standards for companies considered to be investment companies, modifies the consolidation analysis performed on limited partnerships and modifies the impact of fee arrangements and related parties on the determination of the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. ASU 2015-02 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. ASU 2015-02 may be applied using a modified retrospective approach by recording a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. A reporting company also may apply ASU 2015-02 retrospectively. The Company does not expect the adoption of the new accounting guidance will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or FASB ) issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , (or ASU 2014-09 ). ASU 2014-09 will require companies to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This update creates a five-step model that requires companies to exercise judgment when considering the terms of the contract(s) which include (i) identifying the contract(s) with the customer, (ii) identifying the separate performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determining the transaction price, (iv) allocating the transaction price to the separate performance obligations, and (v) recognizing revenue when each performance obligation is satisfied. ASU 2014-09 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and shall be applied at the Company’s option retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting guidance.

In April 2014, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity (or ASU 2014-08 ) which raises the threshold for disposals to qualify as discontinued operations. A discontinued operation is defined now as: (i) a component of an entity or group of components that has been disposed of or classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results; or (ii) an acquired business that is classified as held for sale on the acquisition date. ASU 2014-08 also requires additional disclosures regarding discontinued operations, as well as material disposals that do not meet the definition of discontinued operations. The Company adopted ASU 2014-08 on January 1, 2015. The impact, if any, of adopting ASU 2014-08 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements will depend on the occurrence and nature of disposals that occur after ASU 2014-08 is adopted.

 

3.

Acquisition of Entities under Common Control

On December 18, 2015, the Company acquired from Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. (or TOO ), which is an entity controlled by Teekay, two conventional oil tankers (the SPT Explorer and the Navigator Spirit ), associated working capital and debt facilities, for an aggregate price of $39.0 million, including working capital of approximately $8.6 million and net of outstanding debt of approximately $49.6 million (or the 2015 Acquired Business ). Of this net amount, $30.4 million was paid on closing of the transaction in December 2015 and the remaining $8.6 million was paid in the first quarter of 2016. As part of this acquisition of Entities under Common Control, Teekay paid the Company $2.9 million to terminate the existing time-charters for the SPT Explorer and Navigator Spirit. Subsequent to the acquisition, Teekay entered into a contract with the Company to guarantee commitments under the existing credit facilities related to the two vessels for a payment of $1.5 million.

Assets and liabilities of the vessels we acquired from Teekay Offshore are reflected on our balance sheet at Teekay Offshore’s historical carrying values. The net purchase price of $39.0 million over Teekay Offshore’s historical net carrying value of the assets acquired and debt assumed of $25.0 million has been accounted for as a $14.0 million return of capital to Teekay.

All periods prior to the acquisition of these vessels from Teekay Offshore have been retroactively adjusted to include the results of these vessels, as is required for a reorganization of entities under common control. All intercorporate transactions relating to these vessels between us and Teekay that occurred prior to the vessels’ acquisition by us have been eliminated upon consolidation.

The effect of adjusting the Company’s consolidated financial statements to account for these common control exchanges increased the Company’s net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 by $2.7 million, $3.4 million and $5.4 million, respectively. The adjustments for the Entities under Common Control increased the Company’s revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 by $9.8 million, $14.4 million and $9.9 million, respectively.

In the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, shore-based costs for commercial management services (voyage expenses), ship management services (vessel operating expenses) and corporate/administrative services (general and administrative) were not identifiable as relating solely to the each specific vessel. Costs for commercial management services were allocated based on the rates charged by Teekay to third parties to provide such services. Costs for ship management services were allocated based on internal estimates of the cost to provide this function. Costs for corporate/administrative services were allocated based on the actual per day costs incurred for the Company’s other conventional tankers. Management believes these allocations reasonably present the interest expense and the general and administrative expenses of the Entities under Common Control.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

4.

Public Offerings and Private Placements

The following table summarizes the issuances of common shares over the three years ending December 31, 2015:

 

Date

   Number of
Common
Shares

Issued
    Offering
Price
(Per Share)
     Gross
Proceeds
     Net
Proceeds
     Teekay’s
Ownership
After the
Offering
   

Use of Proceeds

August 2014

     4,220,945 (1)       $4.03         17,010         17,010         28.7   Acquisition of interest in TTOL

December 2014

     24,166,666 (2)       $4.80         116,000         111,190         26.2   Acquisition of conventional tankers

January 2015

     3,000,000 (3)       $4.57         13,716         13,685         25.5   Acquisition of conventional tankers

July 2015

     6,511,812 (4)       $6.99         45,500         45,500         28.3   Acquisition of the ship-to-ship business

August 2015

     13,630,075 (5)       $6.65         90,640         90,640         28.8   Acquisition of conventional tankers

August - October 2015

     7,180,083 (5)       $6.12 - $7.92         49,268         49,268         26.2   Acquisition of conventional tankers

Continuous offering program during 2015

     13,391,100 (6)       $6.04 - $7.70         94,594         92,439         (6   General purposes including acquisitions of conventional tankers

 

(1)

Represents Class B common shares issued to Teekay as partial consideration for the Company’s acquisition of the 50% interest in TTOL, which shares had an approximate value of $15.6 million, or $3.70 per share when the purchase price was agreed between the parties.

(2)

Represents 20.0 million shares of Class A common stock issued to the public and 4.2 million shares of Class A common stock issued to Teekay in a concurrent private placement. The proceeds from the issuance was used to acquire modern second hand tankers (see note 21) and for general corporate purposes. Please refer to Item 7 – Major Shareholders and Related Parties.

(3)

In December 2014, the Company granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 3.0 million shares of the Company’s Class A common stock from the December 2014 offering. The underwriters exercised this option and on January 2, 2015, the Company issued 3.0 million shares of Class A common stock for net proceeds of $13.7 million.

(4)

Represents Class B common shares issued to Teekay as consideration for the Company’s acquisition of the ship-to-ship transfer business (or SPT ). The shares had an approximate value of $45.5 million, or $6.99 per share when the purchase price was agreed between the parties.

(5)

Represents 9.1 million shares of Class A common stock issued to the public and 4.5 million shares of Class A common stock issued to Teekay in a concurrent private placement. The proceeds from the issuances were used to acquire 12 modern Suezmax tankers from Principal Maritime Tankers (or Principal Maritime ) (see note 21). The Company also issued approximately 7.2 million shares of Class A common stock to Principal Maritime as partial consideration for the vessels acquired. The shares had an approximate value of $49.3 million and are based on market prices at the time each vessel was delivered.

(6)

In June 2015, the Company implemented a continuous offering program (or COP ) under which the Company may issue shares of its Class A common stock at market prices up to a maximum aggregate amount of $80.0 million. The initial $80.0 million program was concluded in September 2015. The Company re-launched another $80.0 million COP in November 2015. The portion of the Company’s voting power and ownership held by Teekay at December 31, 2015 was 53.6% and 25.9%, respectively.

 

5.

Business Operations

Significant Customers

The following table presents consolidated revenues and percentage of consolidated revenues for customers that accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues during the periods presented. Consolidated revenues from customers attributable to the Common Control Entities are included in the table.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Statoil ASA (2)

     (1    $ 38.3 million       $ 33.7 million   

ConocoPhillips (2)

     (1      (1    $ 18.1 million   

 

(1)

Less than 10% of the consolidated revenues

(2)

Conventional segment

Concentration of Credit Risk

There is a concentration of credit risk with respect to the total amounts due from affiliates and pool receivables from affiliates with these amounts being due from affiliates of Teekay as at December 31, 2015 (see note 16h). The Company also relies on Teekay Chartering Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Teekay, to actively manage and administer all voyage-related functions for vessels on time charter contracts and for vessels trading in the Teekay Aframax RSA Pool (a vessel pooling arrangement of Aframax tankers), the Teekay Classic Aframax Pool (a vessel pooling arrangement for Aframax tankers older than 15 years), the Suezmax RSA Pool (a vessel pooling arrangement of Suezmax tankers), and the Taurus RSA Pool (a vessel pooling arrangement of product tankers).

 

F-12


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

6.

Investment in Term Loans

In July 2010, the Company invested in two term loans for a total cost of $115.6 million (or the Loans ) which were scheduled to mature in July 2013. The Loans were secured by first priority mortgages registered on two 2010-built Very Large Crude Carriers (or VLCCs ). The Loans had an annual interest rate of 9% per annum and included a repayment premium feature that was to provide a total investment yield of approximately 10% per annum.

The borrowers under the Loans had been in default on their interest payment obligations since the first quarter of 2013, and subsequently, in default of the repayment of the loan principal from the loan maturity date in July 2013. On March 21, 2014, the Company took ownership of the VLCCs and the Loans were concurrently discharged. The VLCCs had an estimated fair value of $144.0 million on that date, which approximated all amounts owing under the Loans, including $9.1 million of accrued interest. The transfer of ownership of the VLCCs and concurrent discharging of the Loans was treated as a non-cash transaction in the Company’s 2014 consolidated statement of cash flows.

In May 2014, the Company sold the two wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which owned one VLCC, to TIL (see note 21).

 

7.

Segment Reporting

On July 31, 2015, the Company acquired a ship-to-ship transfer business (or SPT ) from a company jointly-owned by Teekay and a Norway-based marine transportation company, I.M. Skaugen SE (see note 24). Following the acquisition, the Company has two reportable segments, its conventional tanker segment and its ship-to-ship transfer segment. The Company’s conventional tanker segment consists of the operation of all of its tankers, including those employed on full service lightering contracts. The Company’s ship-to-ship transfer segment consists of the Company’s lightering support services, including those provided to the Company’s conventional tanker segment as part of full service lightering operations and other related services. Segment results are evaluated based on income from operations. The accounting policies applied to the reportable segments are the same as those used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The following table includes results for the Company’s revenue and income from operations by segment for the year ended December 31, 2015. Prior to 2015, the Company had one operating segment.

 

Year ended December 31, 2015                            
   Conventional      Ship-to-Ship                
   Tanker      Transfer      Inter-segment         
   Segment      Segment      Revenue (1)      Total  

Revenues

     496,455         18,587         (849      514,193   

Voyage expenses

     (19,468      (348      —           (19,816

Vessel operating expenses

     (123,572      (14,441      849         (137,164

Time-charter hire expense

     (74,860      (38      —           (74,898

Depreciation and amortization

     (72,118      (1,642      —           (73,760

General and administrative expenses

     (15,369      (1,985      —           (17,354

Gain on sale of vessel

     771         —           —           771   

Restructuring charge

     (4,445      (327      —           (4,772
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations (2)

     187,394         (194      —           187,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity income

     14,411         —           —           14,411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The ship-to-ship transfer segment provides lightering support services to the conventional tanker segment for full service lightering operations and the pricing for such services is based on estimated costs incurred.

(2)

Includes direct general and administrative expenses and indirect general and administrative expenses (allocated to each segment based on estimated use of corporate resources).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

A reconciliation of total segment assets to total assets presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     As at
December 31, 2015
 
     $  

Conventional Tanker

     1,970,365   

Ship-to-Ship Transfer

     74,381   

Cash and cash equivalents

     96,417   

Accounts receivable

     28,313   
  

 

 

 

Consolidated total assets

     2,169,476   
  

 

 

 

 

8.

Investments in and advances to Equity Accounted Investments

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     $      $  

High-Q Joint Venture

     21,166         18,948   

Tanker Investments Ltd.

     44,195         36,915   

Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd.

     21,447         17,534   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     86,808         73,397   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  a.

The Company has a joint venture arrangement with Wah Kwong Maritime Transport Holdings Limited (or Wah Kwong ), whereby the Company has a 50% economic interest in the High-Q joint venture, which is jointly controlled by the Company and Wah Kwong. The High-Q joint venture owns one VLCC, which is trading on a fixed time charter-out contract expiring in 2018. Under the contract, the vessel earns a fixed daily rate and an additional amount if the daily rate of any sub-charter earned exceeds a certain threshold.

As at December 31, 2015, the joint venture has a loan outstanding with a financial institution with a balance of $54.2 million (December 31, 2014 - $60.0 million). The loan is secured by a first-priority mortgage on the VLCC owned by the joint venture and 50% of the outstanding loan balance is guaranteed by the Company. The joint venture has an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $54.2 million that expires in June 2018, 50% of which is guaranteed by the Company. The interest rate swap exchanges a receipt of floating interest based on 3-months LIBOR for a payment of a fixed rate of 1.47% every three months.

 

  b.

In January 2014, the Company and Teekay formed TIL, which seeks to opportunistically acquire, operate and sell modern second-hand tankers to benefit from an expected recovery of the tanker market. The Company purchased 2.5 million shares of common stock for $25.0 million and received a stock purchase warrant entitling it to purchase up to 750,000 additional shares of common stock of TIL (see note 12). The stock purchase warrant is a derivative asset which had an estimated fair value of $5.2 million as at December 31, 2015 (December 31, 2014 - $4.7 million). The Company also received one preferred share, which entitles the Company to elect one Board member of TIL. The preferred share does not give the Company a right to any dividends or distributions of TIL. The Company accounts for its investment in TIL using the equity method. In October 2014, the Company purchased an additional 0.9 million common shares of TIL on the open market. The common shares were acquired at a price of NOK 69 per share, or a purchase price of $10.0 million.

In May 2014, the Company sold two wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which owns one VLCC, to TIL (see note 21).

In 2015, TIL had repurchased 3.3 million of its own shares on the open market. The common shares were repurchased at a weighted average price of NOK 105.2 per share, or a gross purchase price of $40.6 million. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s ownership interest in TIL was 10.2%.

 

  c.

On August 1, 2014, the Company purchased from Teekay a 50% interest in TTOL, which owns conventional tanker commercial management and technical management operations, including the direct ownership in three commercially managed tanker pools, for an aggregate price of approximately $23.7 million, including net working capital. Teekay retained the remaining 50% interest in TTOL.

As consideration for this acquisition, the Company issued to Teekay 4.2 million Class B common shares. The 4.2 million Class B common shares had an approximate value of $15.6 million, or $3.70 per share, when the purchase price was agreed to between the parties and a value of $17.0 million, or $4.03 per share, on the acquisition closing date. The purchase price, for accounting purposes, is based upon the value of the Class B common shares on the acquisition closing date. In addition, the Company reimbursed Teekay for $6.7 million of working capital it assumed from Teekay in connection with the purchase. The book value of the assets acquired, including working capital, was $16.9 million on the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the Company’s proportionate interest in the book value of the net assets acquired, which amounted to $6.9 million, is accounted for as an equity distribution to Teekay. The portion of the purchase price paid with the 4.2 million of Class B common shares is reflected in the statement of cash flow as a non-cash transaction. The Company accounts for its ownership interest in TTOL using the equity method.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

A condensed summary of the Company’s financial information for equity accounted investments (10.2% to 50.0% owned) shown on a 100% basis are as follows:

 

     As at December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     $      $  

Cash and cash equivalents

     97,933         97,758   

Other current assets

     206,460         66,473   

Vessels and equipment

     855,232         715,360   

Other non-current assets

     25,304         21,107   

Current portion of long-term debt

     149,301         32,849   

Other current liabilities

     41,321         47,275   

Long-term debt

     485,627         355,784   

Other non-current liabilities

     31,269         31,787   

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     $      $      $  

Revenues

     225,596         94,244         7,325   

Income from operations

     109,253         16,460         3,256   

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments

     (689      (831      —     

Net income

     90,059         3,598         1,686   

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded equity income of $14.4 million (2014 - $5.2 million and 2013 – $0.9 million). Equity income is comprised of the Company’s share of net income (loss) from the High-Q joint venture, TIL, and TTOL.

 

9.

In-process Revenue Contracts

In August 2015, the Company agreed to acquire 12 modern Suezmax tankers from Principal Maritime (see note 21). As part of the Company’s acquisition of these vessels, the Company assumed three time-charter contracts with terms that were less favorable than the then prevailing market terms. As at December 31, 2015, the Company has a liability based on the estimated fair value of the contracts. The Company is amortizing this liability over the estimated remaining term of the contracts which expire in 2016. These contracts are estimated and amortized on a weighted basis based on the projected revenue to be earned under each contract.

Amortization of in-process revenue contracts for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $4.8 million (2014 - $nil million, 2013 - $nil), which is included in other revenues (note 23) on the consolidated statements of income (loss). The contracts are expected to be fully amortized in the first quarter of 2016.

 

10.

Accrued Liabilities

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     $      $  

Voyage and vessel

     30,112         7,643   

Corporate accruals

     19,255         366   

Interest

     4,742         3,980   

Payroll and benefits to related parties

     7,920         6,294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     62,029         18,283   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

11.

Long-Term Debt

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     $      $  

Revolving credit facilities due through 2018

     530,971         508,593   

Term loans due through 2021

     635,330         147,470   

Long-term debt of Entities under Common Control

     —           54,265   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total principal

     1,166,301         710,328   

Less: unamortized discount and debt issuance costs

     (1,696      (1,763
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     1,164,605         708,565   

Less: current portion

     (174,047      (47,225
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current portion of long-term debt

     990,558         661,340   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2015, the Company had two revolving credit facilities (or the Revolvers ), which, as at such date provided for aggregate borrowings of up to $545.5 million, of which $14.6 million was undrawn (December 31, 2014 - $689.1 million, of which $126.2 million was undrawn). Interest payments are based on LIBOR plus margins, which at December 31, 2015 and 2014, ranged between 0.45% and 0.60%. The total amount available under the Revolvers reduces by $91.3 million (2016), $386.9 million (2017) and $67.3 million (2018). As at December 31, 2015, the Revolvers were collateralized by 20 of the Company’s vessels, together with other related security. One of the Revolvers requires that the Company’s applicable subsidiary maintain a minimum hull coverage ratio of 105% of the total outstanding drawn balance for the facility period. As at December 31, 2015, this ratio was 138%. The vessel value used in this ratio is an appraised value prepared by the Company based on second-hand sale and purchase market data. A decline in the tanker market could negatively affect the ratio. In addition, one of the Revolvers requires the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to maintain a minimum liquidity (cash, cash equivalents and undrawn committed revolving credit lines with at least six months to maturity) of $35.0 million and at least 5.0% of the Company’s total consolidated debt. One of the Revolvers is guaranteed by Teekay and contains covenants that require Teekay to maintain the greater of free cash (cash and cash equivalents and undrawn committed revolving credit lines with at least six months to maturity) of $50.0 million and at least 5.0% of Teekay’s total consolidated debt which has recourse to Teekay. As at December 31, 2015, the Company and Teekay were in compliance with all of their covenants in respect of the Revolvers.

As at December 31, 2015, the Company had five term loans outstanding, which totaled $635.3 million (December 31, 2014 - $147.5 million). Interest payments on the term loans are based on a combination of fixed and variable rates where fixed rates range from 4.06% to 4.90% and variable rates are based on LIBOR plus a margin. At December 31, 2015, the margins ranged from 0.30% to 2.80% (December 31, 2014 - 0.30% to 1.00%). The term loan repayments are made in quarterly or semi-annual payments and four of the term loans have balloon or bullet repayments due at maturity in 2017, 2018 and 2021. The term loans are collateralized by first-priority mortgages on 23 of the Company’s vessels, together with certain other related security. Four of the term loans require that certain specified subsidiaries of the Company maintain minimum hull coverage ratios of 120%, 130% and 135% of the total outstanding balance for the facility period. As at December 31, 2015, the loan-to-value ratios ranged from 174% to 1,077%. The vessel values used in these ratios are appraised values prepared by the Company based on second-hand sale and purchase market data. A decline in the tanker market could negatively affect the ratios. Two of the term loans are guaranteed by Teekay and contain covenants that require Teekay to maintain the greater of (a) free cash (cash and cash equivalents) of at least $100.0 million and (b) an aggregate of free cash and undrawn committed revolving credit lines with at least six months to maturity of at least 7.5% of Teekay’s total consolidated debt which has recourse to Teekay. One of the term loans is also guaranteed by Teekay and contains covenants that require Teekay to maintain the greater of (a) free cash (cash and cash equivalents) of at least $50.0 million and (b) an aggregate of free cash and undrawn committed revolving credit lines with at least six months to maturity of at least 5.0% of Teekay’s total consolidated debt which has recourse to Teekay. In addition, two of the term loans require the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to maintain a minimum liquidity (cash, cash equivalents and undrawn committed revolving credit lines with at least six months to maturity) of $35.0 million and at least 5.0% of the Company’s total consolidated debt. As at December 31, 2015, the Company and Teekay were in compliance with all of their covenants in respect of these term loans.

The Company and wholly-owned subsidiaries of Teekay LNG Partner L.P., a controlled subsidiary of Teekay, are borrowers under one term loan arrangement. Under this arrangement, each of the borrowers is obligated on a joint and several basis. For accounting purposes, obligations resulting from long-term debt joint and several liability arrangements are measured at the sum of the amount the Company agreed to pay, on the basis of its arrangement with its co-obligor, and any additional amount the Company expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligor. As of December 31, 2015, the term loan arrangement had an outstanding balance of $173.9 million, of which $85.6 million was the Company’s share. The Company does not expect to pay any amount on behalf of its co-obligors. Teekay has agreed to indemnify the Company in respect of any losses and expenses arising from any breach by the co-obligors of the terms and conditions of the term loan.

As at December 31, 2014, the Entities under Common Control had $54.3 million of long-term debt which was assumed by the Company on the dates of the respective acquisitions of the two vessels as part of the 2015 Acquired Business (see note 3). These assumed credit facilities are included, to the extent then outstanding, in the information above as of December 31, 2015.

The weighted-average effective interest rate on the Company’s long-term debt as at December 31, 2015 was 1.6% (December 31, 2014 – 1.1%). This rate does not reflect the effect of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements (see note 12).

In January 2016, the Company entered into a new $894.4 million long-term debt facility, consisting of both a term loan and a revolving credit facility, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021, of which $845.8 million was used to repay the Company’s two bridge loan facilities, which matured in late January 2016, and the Company’s main corporate revolving credit facility, which was scheduled to mature in 2017.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

The aggregate annual long-term principal repayments required to be made by the Company under the Revolvers and term loans subsequent to December 31, 2015, including the impact of the debt refinancing completed in January 2016, are $174.7 million (2016), $214.9 million (2017), $190.9 million (2018), $122.6 million (2019), $110.0 million (2020) and $353.2 million (thereafter).

 

12.

Derivative Instruments

The Company uses interest rate swaps in accordance with its overall risk management policies. The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements which exchange a receipt of floating interest for a payment of fixed interest to reduce the Company’s exposure to interest rate variability on its outstanding floating-rate debt. The Company has not designated, for accounting purposes, its interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges of its U.S. Dollar denominated LIBOR borrowings.

Realized and unrealized gains or losses relating to the Company’s interest rate swaps have been reported in realized and unrealized loss on non-designated derivative instruments in the consolidated statements of income (loss). During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized a realized loss of $9.8 million and an unrealized gain of $7.7 million relating to its interest rate swaps. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recognized a realized loss of $10.0 million and an unrealized gain of $7.1 million relating to its interest rate swaps. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized a realized loss of $9.9 million and an unrealized gain of $8.4 million relating to its interest rate swaps.

The following summarizes the Company’s interest rate swap positions as at December 31, 2015:

 

                 Fair Value /               
          Principal
Amount
     Carrying Amount of     Remaining      Fixed Interest  
     Interest Rate
Index
      Asset (Liability)     Term      Rate  
        $      $     (years)      (%) (1)  

LIBOR-Based Debt:

             

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swap (1)

   USD LIBOR 6M      200,000         (2,662     0.8         2.61   

U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swap (1)

   USD LIBOR 3M      100,000         (7,876     1.8         5.55   

 

(1)

Excludes the margin the Company pays on its variable-rate debt, which, as of December 31, 2015 ranged from 0.30% to 2.80%.

The Company is potentially exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparty to the interest rate swap agreements in the event that the fair value results in an asset being recorded. In order to minimize counterparty risk, the Company only enters into interest rate swap agreements with counterparties that are rated A- or better by Standard & Poor’s or A3 or better by Moody’s at the time transactions are entered into.

The Company has a stock purchase warrant entitling it to purchase up to 750,000 shares of common stock of TIL at a fixed price of $10 per share. Alternatively, if the shares of TIL’s common stock trade on a National Stock Exchange or over-the-counter market denominated in Norwegian Kroner, the Company may also exercise the stock purchase warrant at 61.67 Norwegian Kroner (or NOK ) per share. The stock purchase warrant expires on January 23, 2019. For purposes of vesting, the stock purchase warrant is divided into four equally sized tranches. If the shares of TIL’s common stock trade on a National Stock Exchange or over-the-counter market denominated in Norwegian Kroner, each tranche will vest and become exercisable when and if the fair market value of a share of the TIL common stock equals or exceeds 77.08 NOK, 92.50 NOK, 107.91 NOK and 123.33 NOK, respectively, for such tranche for any ten consecutive trading days, subject to certain trading value requirements. As of December 31, 2015, the fair value of the stock purchase warrant was $5.2 million (December 31, 2014 – $4.7 million), which is reflected in derivative assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The stock purchase warrant had a value of $3.4 million on issuance in January 2014 and such amount is reflected in the other (expenses) income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss). During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company also recognized an unrealized gain of $0.5 million (2014 - $1.2 million) relating to the changes in the value of the warrant. Unrealized gains and losses are reflected in realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).

 

13.

Other Long-Term Liabilities

The following is a roll-forward of the Company’s freight tax expenses (recovery) which are recorded in its consolidated balance sheets in other long-term liabilities, from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2015:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     $      $  

Balance of unrecognized tax benefits as at January 1

     4,852         5,351   

Increases for positions related to the current year

     3,294         406   

Changes for positions taken in prior years

     42         (753

Decreases related to statute of limitations

     (591      (152
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance of unrecognized tax benefits as at December 31

     7,597         4,852   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

The Company does not presently anticipate its uncertain tax positions will significantly increase or decrease in the next 12 months; however, actual developments could differ from those currently expected. The tax years 2009 through 2015 remain open to examination by some of the major jurisdictions in which the Company is subject to tax.

The Company recognizes freight tax expenses in other (expenses) income in its consolidated statements of income (loss). Interest and penalties on freight tax expenses (recoveries) are included in the roll-forward schedule above and are approximately $1.3 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

14.

Fair Value Measurements

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument:

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash – The fair value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash approximates its carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets.

Long-term debt – The fair values of the Company’s fixed-rate and variable-rate long-term debt is based on quoted market prices or estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities and the current credit worthiness of the Company.

Derivative instruments – The fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements are the estimated amounts that the Company would receive or pay to terminate the agreements at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates, and if the swap is not collateralized, the current credit worthiness of either the Company or the swap counterparties. The estimated amount is the present value of future cash flows. The inputs used to determine the future cash flows include the fixed interest rate of the swaps and market interest rates. Given the current volatility in the credit markets, it is reasonably possible that the amounts recorded as derivative assets and liabilities could vary by material amounts in the near term.

During January 2014, the Company received a stock purchase warrant entitling it to purchase up to 750,000 shares of the common stock of TIL (see note 12). The estimated fair value of the stock purchase warrant was determined using a Monte-Carlo simulation and is based, in part, on the historical price of common shares of TIL, the risk-free interest rate, vesting conditions and the historical volatility of comparable companies. The estimated fair value of the stock purchase warrant as of December 31, 2015 is based on the historical volatility of comparable companies of 54.59%. A higher or lower volatility would result in a higher or lower fair value of this derivative asset.

Changes in fair value during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 for the TIL stock purchase warrant are as follows:

 

     Year Ended      Year Ended  
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 
     $      $  

Fair value at the beginning of the period

     4,657         —     

Fair value on issuance

     —           3,420   

Unrealized gain included in earnings

     507         1,237   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value at the end of the period

     5,164         4,657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company categorizes its fair value estimates using a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value as follows:

 

Level 1.

 

Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

Level 2.

 

Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3.

 

Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

The following table includes the estimated fair value, carrying value and categorization using the fair value hierarchy of those assets and liabilities that are measured at their estimated fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, as well as certain financial instruments that are not measured at fair value.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

     December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
     Fair Value
Hierarchy
Level
    Carrying Amount
Asset/ (Liability)

$
    Fair Value Asset/
(Liability)

$
    Carrying Amount
Asset/ (Liability)

$
    Fair Value Asset/
(Liability)

$
 

Recurring:

          

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

     Level 1        97,287        97,287        162,797        162,797   

Derivative instruments

          

Interest rate swap agreements (note 12)

     Level 2        (10,538     (10,538     (18,225     (18,225

Stock purchase warrant (note 12)

     Level 3        5,164        5,164        4,657        4,657   

Other:

          

Advances to equity accounted investments

     Note (1)        13,980        Note (1 )     14,980        Note (1

Long-term debt, including current portion

     Level 2        (1,164,605     (1,140,135     (708,565     (669,772
          

 

(1)

The advances to equity accounted investments together with the Company’s investments in the equity accounted investments form the net aggregate carrying value of the Company’s interests in the equity accounted investments in these consolidated financial statements. The fair values of the individual components of such aggregate interests are not determinable.

 

15.

Capital Stock

The authorized capital stock of Teekay Tankers Ltd. at December 31, 2015 and 2014, was 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, with a par value of $0.01 per share, 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, with a par value of $0.01 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, with a par value of $0.01 per share. The shares of Class A common stock entitle the holder to one vote per share while the shares of Class B common stock entitle the holder to five votes per share, subject to a 49% aggregate Class B common stock voting power maximum. As at December 31, 2015, the Company had 132.8 million shares of Class A common stock (2014 – 95.3 million), 23.2 million shares of Class B common stock (2014 – 16.7 million) and no shares of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding (2014 – nil).

Commencing in December 2015, the Company adopted a new dividend policy under which quarterly dividends were set to range from 30% to 50% of its quarterly adjusted net income, subject to the discretion of its Board of Directors, with a minimum quarterly dividend of $0.03 per share. Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP measure which excludes specific items affecting net income that are typically excluded by securities analysts in their published estimates of our financial results. Prior to the change, the Company had a fixed dividend policy whereby annual dividends were set at an amount of $0.12 per share, payable quarterly. Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to share equally in any dividends that the Board of Directors declares from time to time out of funds legally available for dividends.

Upon the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall be entitled to share equally in all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities and the liquidation preferences on any outstanding preferred stock. Shares of the Company’s Class A common stock are not convertible into any other shares of the Company’s capital stock. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder thereof into one share of Class A common stock. Upon any transfer of shares of Class B common stock to a holder other than Teekay (or any of its affiliates or any successor to Teekay’s business or to all or substantially all of its assets), such shares of Class B common stock shall automatically convert into Class A common stock upon such transfer. In addition, all shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock if the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned by Teekay and its affiliates falls below 15% of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of common stock. All such conversions will be effected on a one-for-one basis.

Stock-based compensation

As at December 31, 2015, the Company had reserved under its 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan a total of 4,000,000 shares of Class A common stock for issuance pursuant to awards to be granted (2014 – 4,000,000 Class A common stock). For the year ended December 31, 2015, a total of 51,948 shares (2014 – 17,073 shares) of Class A common stock were granted and issued to the Company’s non-management directors as part of their annual compensation. For the year ended December 31, 2013, 142,157 shares of Class A common stock have been granted and delivered to non-management directors as part of the Directors’ annual compensation. These Class A common shares were purchased on the open market rather than issuing shares from authorized capital. The compensation relating to the granting of such stock has been included in general and administrative expenses in the amounts of $0.3 million, $0.1 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

The Company also grants options and restricted stock units as incentive-based compensation under the Teekay Tankers Ltd. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan to certain non-management directors of the Company and to certain employees of Teekay subsidiaries that provide services to the Company. The Company measures the cost of such awards using the grant date fair value of the award and recognizes that cost, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. The requisite service period consists of the period from the grant date of the award to the earlier of the date of vesting or the date the recipient becomes eligible for retirement. For stock-based compensation awards subject to graded vesting, the Company calculates the value for the award as if it was one single award with one expected life and amortizes the calculated expense for the entire award on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The compensation cost of the Company‘s stock-based compensation awards is reflected in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).

 

F-19


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

During 2015, the Company granted 58,434 stock options with an exercise price of $5.39 per share to an officer of the Company. Each stock option granted has a ten-year term and vests equally over three years from the grant date. In June 2014, the Company granted 0.1 million stock options with an exercise price of $4.25 per share to an officer of the Company. These stock options have a ten-year term and vest equally over three years from the grant date. In March 2014, the Company granted 0.2 million stock options with an exercise price of $4.10 per share to non-management directors of the Company. These stock options have a ten-year term and vest immediately.

The weighted-average fair value of the stock options granted during March 2015 was $1.97 per option, estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following assumptions were used in computing the fair value of the stock options granted: expected volatility of 49.0%; expected life of five years; dividend yield of 2.09%; and risk-free interest rate of 1.38%. The expected life of the stock options granted was estimated using the historical exercise behavior of employees of Teekay that receive stock options from Teekay. The expected volatility was based on historical volatility as calculated using historical data during the five years prior to the grant date.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options granted in June 2014 and March 2014 was $1.38 per option and $1.37 per option, respectively, estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following assumptions were used in computing the fair value of the stock options granted: expected volatility of 46.0% for the June 2014 grant and 47.7% for the March 2014 grant; expected life of five years; dividend yield of 2.8% for the June 2014 grant and 2.9% for the March 2014 grant; and risk-free interest rate of 1.6%. The expected life of the stock options granted was estimated using the historical exercise behavior of employees of Teekay that receive stock options from Teekay. The expected volatility was based on historical volatility as calculated using historical data during the five years prior to the grant date.

A summary of the Company’s stock option information for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  
     Options (#)      Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price ($)
     Options (#)      Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price ($)
 

Outstanding - beginning of year

     263,175         4.16         —           —     

Granted

     58,434         5.39         263,175         4.16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding - end of year

     321,609         4.39         263,175         4.16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable - end of year

     188,920         4.13         152,346         4.10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A summary of the Company’s non-vested stock option activity and related information for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  
     Options
#
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value ($)
     Options
#
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value ($)
 

Outstanding non-vested stock options - beginning of year

     110,829         4.25         —           —     

Granted

     58,434         5.39         110,829         4.25   

Vested

     (36,574      4.25         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding non-vested stock options - end of year

     132,689         4.75         110,829         4.25   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, there was $0.2 million (2014 - $0.1 million, 2013 - $nil) of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized $0.1 million (2014 - $0.2 million, 2013 - $nil) of expenses related to the stock options.

As at December 31, 2015, the intrinsic value of the outstanding in-the-money stock options was $0.8 million (2014 - $0.2 million) and the intrinsic value of the exercisable stock options was $0.5 million (2014 - $0.1 million). As at December 31, 2015, the weighted-average remaining life of options vested and expected to vest was 8.6 years, weighted-average remaining life of the 188,920 exercisable stock options was 8.2 years and the weighted-average exercise price was $4.13. As at December 31, 2014, the weighted-average remaining life of options vested and expected to vest was 9.2 years, weighted-average remaining life of the 152,346 exercisable stock options was 9.2 years and the weighted-average exercise price was $4.10.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

During 2015, the Company granted 0.2 million restricted stock units to the officers of the Company and to certain employees of Teekay subsidiaries that provide services to the Company, with an aggregate fair value of $1.0 million. During 2014, the Company granted 0.6 million restricted stock units to certain employees of Teekay subsidiaries that provide services to the Company with an aggregate fair value of $2.3 million. Each restricted stock unit is equal in value to one share of the Company’s common shares plus reinvested dividends from the grant date to the vesting date. The restricted stock units vest equally over three years from the grant date. Any portion of a restricted stock unit award that is not vested on the date of a recipient’s termination of service is cancelled, unless their termination arises as a result of the recipient’s retirement and, in that case, the restricted stock unit award will continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule. Upon vesting, the value of the restricted stock unit awards, net of withholding taxes, is paid to each recipient in the form of common shares.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded an expense of $1.4 million (2014 - $1.2 million, 2013 - $0.7 million) related to the restricted stock units in general and administrative expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2015, 351,096 restricted stock units with a market value of $2.3 million vested and that amount, net of withholding taxes, was paid to the grantees by issuing 201,564 shares of Class A common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2014, 122,146 restricted stock units with a market value of $0.6 million vested and that amount, net of withholding taxes, was paid to the grantees by issuing 68,322 shares of Class A common stock.

 

16.

Related Party Transactions

Acquisitions and Acquisition of Entities under Common Control

 

  a.

On July 31, 2015, the Company acquired SPT (see note 24) and on December 18, 2015 the Company acquired the SPT Explorer and Navigator Spirit (see note 3).

 

  b.

In August 2014, the Company purchased from Teekay a 50% ownership in TTOL, which owns conventional tanker commercial management and technical management operations, including the direct ownership in three commercially managed tanker pools, for an aggregate price of $23.7 million, including $6.7 million in net working capital (see note 8c).

 

  c.

In January 2014, the Company and Teekay formed TIL. The Company purchase 2.5 million shares of common stock of TIL for $25.0 million and received a stock purchase warrant. In October 2014, the Company purchased an additional 0.9 million common shares of TIL on the open market for a purchase price of $10.0 million USD (see notes 8b and 12).

In May 2014, the Company sold two wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which owned one VLCC, to TIL for the aggregate proceeds of $154.0 million plus related working capital on closing of $1.7 million (see note 21).

 

  d.

In April 2010, when the Company purchased the Kaveri Spirit Suezmax tanker from Teekay, Teekay provided indemnification to the Company for the costs required to repair heating coils on the vessel. During the first quarter of 2014, the repairs were performed to coincide with the scheduled dry docking of the vessel. The Company received a $1.3 million indemnification payment from Teekay, which was treated as a reduction to the purchase price originally paid by the Company for the vessel.

Management Fee – Related and Other

 

  e.

Teekay and its wholly owned subsidiary and the Company’s manager, Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd. ( the Manager ), provide commercial, technical, strategic and administrative services to the Company pursuant to a long-term management agreement (the Management Agreement ). In addition, certain of the Company’s vessels participate in pooling arrangements that, with the exception of a Medium Range pool, are managed by entities owned in whole or in part by subsidiaries of Teekay (collectively the Pool Managers ). Such related party transactions were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015
$
     2014
$
     2013
$
 

Time-charter revenues (i)

     392         13,728         13,506   

Pool management fees and commissions (ii)

     (10,445      (5,292      (4,043

Commercial management fees (iii)

     (1,236      (1,117      (1,079

Vessel operating expenses - technical management fee (iv)

     (7,039      (5,613      (5,637

Strategic and administrative service fees (v)

     (8,356      (8,676      (10,783

Entities under Common Control (note 3)

        

Time-charter revenues (vi)

     4,558         6,572         —     

Bareboat charter revenues (vii)

     —           1,156         9,928   

Commercial management fees

     (246      (226      —     

Vessel operating expenses - technical management fee

     (430      (399      —     

Strategic and administrative service fees

     (660      (861      (927

 

(i)

In December 2015, immediately after the completion of the 2015 Acquired Business, the Company chartered-out the Navigator Spirit to Teekay under a fixed-rate time-charter contract, which expires in July 2016. The Company also had chartered-out the Pinnacle Spirit and Summit Spirit to Teekay under fixed-rate time-charter contracts, which expired in the fourth quarter of 2014.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

(ii)

The Company’s share of the Pool Managers’ fees are reflected as a reduction to net pool revenues from affiliates on the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).

 

(iii)

The Manager’s commercial management fees for vessels on time-charter out contracts and spot-traded vessels not included in the pooling arrangement, which are reflected in voyage expenses on the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).

 

(iv)

The cost of ship management services provided by the Manager has been presented as vessel operating expenses on the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).

 

(v)

The Manager’s strategic and administrative service fees have been presented in general and administrative fees on the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss). The Company’s executive officers are employees of Teekay or subsidiaries thereof, and their compensation (other than any awards under the Company’s long-term incentive plan described in note 15) is set and paid by Teekay or such other subsidiaries. The Company reimburses Teekay for time spent by its executive officers on the Company’s management matters through the strategic portion of the management fee.

 

(vi)

The Company recorded $4.6 million and $6.6 million related to a time-charter out contract for the SPT Explorer for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, associated with the Entities under Common Control. The vessel was under a fixed-rate time-charter contract with SPT which expired in September 2015.

 

(vii)

The Company recorded $0.9 million and $5.0 million related to a bareboat charter contract for the SPT Explorer for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, associated with the Entities under Common Control. The vessel was under a fixed-rate bareboat contract with SPT which expired in March 2014. The Company also recorded $0.3 million and $5.0 million related to a bareboat charter contract for the Navigator Spirit for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, associated with the Entities under Common Control. The vessel was under a fixed-rate bareboat charter contract with SPT which expired in Jan 2014.

 

  f.

The Manager and other subsidiaries of Teekay collect revenues and remit payments for expenses incurred by the Company’s vessels. Such amounts, which are presented in the consolidated balance sheets in due from affiliates or due to affiliates, are without interest or stated terms of repayment. In addition, $7.9 million and $6.3 million were payable to the Manager as at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, for reimbursement of the Manager’s crewing and manning costs to operate the Company’s vessels and such amounts are included in accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The amounts owing from the Pool Managers, which are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as pool receivables from affiliates, are without interest and are repayable upon the terms contained within the applicable pool agreement. In addition, the Company had advanced $46.8 million and $36.2 million as at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, to the Pool Managers for working capital purposes. The Company may be required to advance additional working capital funds from time to time. Working capital advances will be returned to the Company when a vessel no longer participates in the applicable pooling arrangement, less any set-offs for outstanding liabilities or contingencies. These activities, which are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as due from affiliates, are without interest or stated terms of repayment.

 

  g.

The Management Agreement provides for payment to the Manager of a performance fee in certain circumstances. If Gross Cash Available for Distribution for a given fiscal year exceeds $3.20 per share of the Company’s weighted average outstanding common stock (or the Incentive Threshold ), the Company is generally required to pay a performance fee equal to 20% of all Gross Cash Available for Distribution for such year in excess of the Incentive Threshold. The Company did not incur any performance fees for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. Cash Available for Distribution represents net income (loss) plus depreciation and amortization, unrealized losses from derivatives, non-cash items and any write-offs or other non-recurring items, less unrealized gains from derivatives and net income attributable to the historical results of vessels acquired by the Company from Teekay, prior to their acquisition by us, for the period when these vessels were owned and operated by Teekay. Gross Cash Available for Distribution represents Cash Available for Distribution without giving effect to any deductions for performance fees and reduced by the amount of any reserves the Company’s Board of Directors may establish during the applicable fiscal period that have not already reduced the Cash Available for Distribution .

 

  h.

Pursuant to certain pooling arrangements (see note 5), the Pool Managers provide certain commercial services to the pool participants and administer the pools in exchange for a fee currently equal to 1.25% of the gross revenues attributable to each pool participant’s vessels and a fixed amount per vessel per day which ranges from $275 to $350. Voyage revenues and voyage expenses of the Company’s vessels operating in these pool arrangements are pooled with the voyage revenues and voyage expenses of other pool participants. The resulting net pool revenues, calculated on a time-charter equivalent basis, are allocated to the pool participants according to an agreed formula. The Company accounts for the net allocation from the pools as “net pool revenue” on the consolidated statements of income (loss). The pool receivable from affiliates as at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was $62.7 million and $35.3 million, respectively.

 

17.

Other (Expenses) Income

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015
$
     2014
$
     2013
$
 

Freight tax (expense) recovery

     (3,339      154         (594

Gain on initial recognition of stock purchase warrant (note 8b)

     —           3,420         —     

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

     252         138         (107

Other (expense) income

     (10      93         (313
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     (3,097      3,805         (1,014
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

18.

Operating Leases

Charters-in

As at December 31, 2015, minimum commitments to be incurred by the Company under vessel operating leases by which the Company charters-in 14 vessels were approximately $47.0 million (2016), $18.3 million (2017), $8.3 million (2018), $8.3 million (2019), $8.3 million (2020) and $1.3 million (thereafter). The Company recognizes the expense from these charters, which is included in time-charter hire expense, on a straight-line basis over the firm period of the charters.

Charters-out

As at December 31, 2015, 13 of the Company’s vessels operated under fixed-rate time charter contracts with the Company’s customers, of which nine contracts are scheduled to expire in 2016, three contracts are scheduled to expire in 2017 and one contract is scheduled to expire in 2018. As at December 31, 2015, minimum scheduled future revenues to be received by the Company under time charters then in place were approximately $100.8 million, comprised of $68.7 million (2016), $26.0 million (2017) and $6.1 million (2018). The carrying amount of the vessels employed on these time charters at December 31, 2015, was $442.5 million (2014 - $259.5 million). The cost and accumulated depreciation of the vessels employed on these time charters as at December 31, 2015 were $596.7 million (2014 - $397.8 million) and $154.2 million (2014 - $138.3 million), respectively.

The minimum scheduled future revenues should not be construed to reflect total charter hire revenues for any of the years. Minimum scheduled future revenues do not include revenue generated from new contracts entered into after December 31, 2015, revenue from unexercised option periods of contracts that existed on December 31, 2015, or variable or contingent revenues. In addition, minimum scheduled future revenues presented above have been reduced by estimated off-hire time for period maintenance. Actual amounts may vary given unscheduled future events such as vessel maintenance.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

19.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

  a.

The changes in non-cash working capital items related to operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     $      $      $  

Accounts receivable and interest receivable

     (13,506      (8,464      (9,189

Pool receivables from affiliates

     (27,481      (24,489      (1,664

Due from affiliates

     12,361         (14,511      (3,204

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (11,400      987         (647

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     32,876         (3,174      2,084   

Due to affiliates

     (12,181      (928      7,731   

Deferred revenue

     2,039         (2,324      (1,603

Other

     (8,588      1,999         (141
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (25,880      (50,904      (6,633
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  b.

Cash interest paid (including interest paid by the Entities under Common Control) during years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 totalled $22.8 million, $18.3 million, and $18.9 million, respectively.

 

  c.

The portion of the consideration paid to Teekay for the acquisition of a 50% interest in TTOL consisting of 4.2 million of Class B common shares was treated as a non-cash transaction in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows (see note 8c).

 

20.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The net income (loss) available for common shareholders and earnings (loss) per common share presented in the table below excludes the results of operations of the Entities under Common Control (see note 3).

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     $      $      $  

Net income (loss)

     179,635         60,538         (2,709

Net income attributable to the Entities under Common Control

     2,708         3,396         5,429   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available for common shareholders

     176,927         57,142         (8,138
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares - basic

     130,136,228         85,882,685         83,591,030   

Dilutive effect of stock-based compensation

     581,481         364,452         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares - diluted

     130,717,709         86,247,137         83,591,030   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per common share:

        

- Basic

     1.36         0.67         (0.10

- Diluted

     1.35         0.66         (0.10

Stock-based awards, which have an anti-dilutive effect on the calculation of diluted earnings per common share, are excluded from this calculation. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, options to acquire 43,826 shares and 110,829 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, respectively, had an anti-dilutive effect on the calculation of diluted earnings per common share. For the year ended December 31, 2013, no shares had an anti-dilutive effect.

 

21.

Vessel Sales and Vessel Acquisitions

Vessel Sales

In November 2015, the Company sold one conventional tanker for a sales price of $11.2 million. The Company recognized a gain on sale of the vessel of $0.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

In May 2014, the Company sold two wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which owned one VLCC, to TIL for aggregate proceeds of $154.0 million plus related working capital on closing of $1.7 million. The Company used $152.0 million of the sale proceeds to prepay one of the Company’s revolving credit facilities and the remainder of the proceeds for general corporate purposes. The Company recognized a $10.0 million gain on the sale of the two subsidiaries to TIL for the year ended December 31, 2014, which is reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).

In January 2013, the Company sold one Aframax tanker for aggregate proceeds of $9.1 million. The Company recognized a loss on sale of the vessel of $0.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Vessel Acquisitions

In August 2015, the Company agreed to acquire 12 modern Suezmax tankers from Principal Maritime. As of December 31, 2015, all 12 of the vessels had been delivered for a total purchase price of $661.3 million, consisting of $612.0 million in cash and approximately 7.2 million shares of the Company’s Class A common stock which were directly issued to Principal Maritime and which are treated as a non-cash transaction in the consolidated statements of cash flow. The value of these shares was approximately $49.3 million. To finance the cash portion of the acquisition price, the Company secured a $397.2 million loan facility with a maturity date of January 29, 2016. The loan was fully drawn as of December 31, 2015. In addition, the Company issued approximately 13.6 million shares of its Class A common stock for net proceeds of $90.6 million, including approximately 4.5 million shares which were issued to Teekay (see note 4). The Company financed the remainder of the cash purchase price with existing liquidity. The loan facility was refinanced in January 2016 (see note 11).

In December 2014, the Company signed an agreement to acquire one 2008-built Aframax tanker for a purchase price of $37.0 million and placed $3.7 million in an escrow fund related to this purchase, which is recorded in other non-current assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014. In December 2014, the Company also signed agreements to acquire four modern LR2 vessels for a total purchase price of $193.3 million. In January 2015, the Company secured a loan facility in the amount of $126.6 million with a maturity date of January 30, 2016. The loan facility was fully drawn in March 2015 and was secured by the Aframax tanker and the four modern LR2 vessels which delivered in February and March 2015. The loan facility was refinanced in January 2016 (see note 11).

 

22.

Shipbuilding Contracts

In April 2013, four special purpose subsidiary companies of the Company entered into agreements with STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd (or STX ) of South Korea to construct four, fuel-efficient 113,000 dead-weight tonne Long Range 2 (or LR2 ) product tanker newbuildings. At the same time, the Company entered an Option Agreement with STX allowing the Company to order up to 12 additional vessels. The payment of the Company’s first shipyard instalment was contingent on the Company receiving acceptable refund guarantees for the shipyard instalment payments. At around the same time, however, STX commenced a voluntary financial restructuring with its lenders, and as a result, STX’s ability to obtain the necessary refund guarantees in respect of the four firm shipbuilding contracts was severely affected. In October and November 2013, the Company went on to exercise its rights under the Option Agreement to order eight additional newbuildings. The further required shipbuilding contracts were not entered into by STX within the timeframe specified in the Option Agreement. By December 2013 the Company had determined that there was no prospect of the refund guarantees being provided under any of the firm shipbuilding contracts and then by February 2014 that there was no prospect of the same in respect of the further contracts to be entered pursuant to the Option Agreement or of that agreement being otherwise performed by STX. In December 2013, therefore, the subsidiaries of the Company gave STX notice that they were treating STX as having repudiated the four firm shipbuilding contracts. Then in February 2014, the Company gave STX notice that it was treating STX as having repudiated the Option Agreements. Having asserted that this was the position, in February and March 2014, the Company and its subsidiaries commenced legal proceedings against STX for damages. This involved arbitration proceedings in London in respect of the four firm shipbuilding contracts and English High Court proceedings in respect of the Option Agreement. In November 2014, the Company, on behalf of the subsidiaries, placed $0.6 million in an escrow account as cash security in respect of STX’s legal costs relating to the arbitration proceedings. These funds are classified as cash and cash equivalents in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

On February 15, 2016, the Company’s subsidiaries had successfully obtained an English Court Order requiring STX to pay a total of $32.4 million in respect of the four firm shipbuilding contracts. As a result, the Company’s subsidiaries have exercised their rights under English law to seek the assistance of the English court in the enforcement of the arbitration awards. The Company and its subsidiaries are also pursuing other routes to enforce the awards against STX. Additionally, the $0.6 million cash deposit was refunded subsequent to December 31, 2015. No amounts have been recorded as receivable in respect of these awards due to uncertainty of their collection.

The trial in the English High Court in respect of the Option Agreement will commence on April 11, 2016.

 

23.

Restructuring Charges and Other Revenues

For the year ended December 31, 2015, $4.7 million of restructuring charges, of which $4.4 million related to the termination of the employment of certain seafarers upon the expiration of a time-charter out contract. This $4.4 million termination charge was recovered from the customer and the recovery is reflected in other revenues on the consolidated statements of income (loss). The remaining $0.3 million of restructuring costs related to severance payments made in relation to the acquisition of the ship-to-ship business (see note 24). At December 31, 2015, no amounts of restructuring liabilities were owed to seafarers and no amounts of receivables were recoverable from the customer.

The Company also earned $17.7 million under its lightering support operations (see note 7) and amortized $4.8 million of its in-process revenue contracts which is included in other revenues on the consolidated statements of income (loss) (see note 9).

 

F-25


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

24.

Acquisition of SPT

On July 31, 2015, the Company acquired SPT from a company jointly-owned by Teekay and a Norway-based marine transportation company, I.M. Skaugen SE, for a cash purchase price of $47.3 million (including $1.8 million for working capital). To finance this acquisition, Teekay subscribed for approximately 6.5 million shares of the Company’s Class B common stock at a subscription price of approximately $6.99 per share. SPT provides a full suite of ship-to-ship transfer services in the oil, gas and dry bulk industries. In addition to full service lightering and lightering support, it also provides consultancy, terminal management and project development services. This acquisition establishes the Company as a leading global company in the ship-to-ship transfer business, which is expected to increase the Company’s fee-based revenue and its overall fleet utilization. SPT owns and operates a fleet of six ship-to-ship support vessels.

The acquisition of SPT was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, based upon preliminary estimates of fair value.

The following table summarizes the preliminary estimates of fair values of the SPT assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company on the acquisition date. The Company is continuing to obtain information to finalize the estimated fair value of the SPT assets acquired and liabilities assumed and expects to complete this process as soon as practicable, but no later than one year from the acquisition date.

 

     As at  
     July 31, 2015  
     $  

ASSETS

  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term restricted cash

     1,292   

Accounts receivable

     10,332   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,763   

Vessels and equipment

     6,475   

Other assets

     143   

Intangible assets subject to amortization Customer relationships (1)

     30,879   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     52,884   
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable

     (3,650

Accrued liabilities

     (3,276
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities assumed

     (6,926
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired (2)

     45,958   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

The customer relationships are being amortized over 10 years. Aggregate amortization expense of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $2.0 million (excluding the retroactive adjustment described in note 2 below), which is included in depreciation and amortization. Amortization of intangible assets for the five fiscal years subsequent to 2015 is expected to be $3.1 million (2016), $3.1 million (2017), $3.1 million (2018), $3.1 million (2019), $3.1 million (2020) and $14.1 million (thereafter). As at December 31, 2015, the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net carrying amount were $30.9 million, $1.3 million and $29.6 million, respectively.

(2)

Prior to the SPT acquisition date, SPT had in-chartered the SPT Explorer from Teekay, which was acquired by the Company in December 2015. Retroactively adjusting the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the acquisition of the SPT Explorer has resulted in $1.4 million of the SPT acquisition purchase price being characterized as the settlement of a pre-existing relationship. Such amount has been accounted for as a reduction to revenue on the SPT acquisition date.

Operating results of SPT are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements commencing July 31, 2015, the effective date of acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized $33.1 million of revenues and net income of $0.3 million resulting from this acquisition. The following table provides comparative summarized consolidated pro forma financial information for the Company for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, giving effect to the Company’s acquisition of SPT as if it had taken place on January 1, 2014:

 

     Unaudited      Unaudited  
     Pro Forma      Pro Forma  
     Year ended      Year ended  
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Revenues

     549,893         304,523   

Net Income

     174,275         53,269   

Earnings per common share:

     

Basic

     1.30         0.58   

Diluted

     1.30         0.57   

 

F-26


Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)

 

25.

Subsequent Events

 

  a.)

In February 2016, the Company’s subsidiaries had successfully obtained an English Court Order requiring STX to pay a total of $32.4 million in respect of four firm shipbuilding contracts. As a result, the Company’s subsidiaries have exercised their rights under English law to seek the assistance of the English court in the enforcement of the arbitration awards. The Company and its subsidiaries are pursuing other routes to enforce the awards against STX. Additionally, the cash deposit of $0.6 million which was previously held in escrow has been refunded to the Company. No amounts have been recorded as receivable in respect of these awards due to uncertainty of their collection. The trial in the English High Court in respect of the Option Agreement will commence on April 11, 2016. Please read Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 22 – Shipbuilding Contracts.

 

  b.)

In January 2016, the Company entered into a new $894.4 million long-term debt facility, consisting of both a term loan and a revolving credit facility, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021, of which $845.8 million was used to repay the Company’s two bridge loan facilities, which matured in late January 2016, and the Company’s main corporate revolving credit facility, which was scheduled to mature in 2017.

In February 2016, in connection with the new long-term debt facility, the Company entered into a total of nine new interest rate swaps, of which, four and five of the interest rate swaps are scheduled to terminate in December 2020 and January 2021, respectively. Four of the interest rate swaps each have a notional amount of $50.0 million with a fixed-rate of 1.462% and are scheduled to commence in October 2016. The remaining five interest rate swaps commenced in the first quarter of 2016, of which one swap has a notional amount of $75.0 million, one swap has a notional amount of $50.0 million, and three swaps each have a notional amount of $25.0 million, with fixed-rates of 1.549%, 1.155% and 1.549%, respectively.

 

F-27

Exhibit 4.19

US$894,375,000 Secured Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement

Dated 8 January 2016

 

(1)

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

(as Borrower)

 

(2)

The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part I

(as Lenders)

 

(3)

The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part III

(as Mandated Lead Arrangers)

 

(4)

The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part IV

(as Bookrunners)

 

(5)

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

(as Coordinators)

 

(6)

The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part II

(as Swap Providers)

 

(7)

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

(as Agent)

 

(8)

BNP Paribas

Clifford Capital Pte. Ltd

Commonwealth Bank of Australia

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

Swedbank AB (publ)

(as Co-Arrangers)

 

LOGO


Contents

 

          Page  

1

   Definitions and Interpretation      2   

2

   The Loans and their Purposes      22   

3

   Conditions of Utilisation      23   

4

   Advance      24   

5

   Repayment      25   

6

   Prepayment      25   

7

   Interest      28   

8

   Indemnities      31   

9

   Fees      38   

10

   Security and Application of Moneys      38   

11

   Representations and Warranties      40   

12

   Undertakings and Covenants      45   

13

   Events of Default      53   

14

   Assignment and Sub-Participation      57   

15

   The Agent and the Lenders      59   

16

   Set-Off      71   

17

   Payments      71   

18

   Notices      74   

19

   Partial Invalidity      75   

20

   Remedies and Waivers      76   

21

   Miscellaneous      76   

22

   Confidentiality      77   

23

   Law and Jurisdiction      80   

24

   Patriot Act Notice      81   

Schedule 1

        82   

Part I The Lenders and the Commitments

     82   

Part II

     89   

The Swap Providers

     89   

Part III

    

91

  


 

MLAs

  

91

 

Part IV

  

94


 

Bookrunners

  

94

Schedule 2

 

Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

  

97

 

Part I: Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice

  

97

 

Part II: Conditions precedent to First Drawdown Date

  

99

 

Part III: Conditions subsequent to First Drawdown Date

  

102

 

Part IV: Conditions precedent to a Vessel Replacement Date

  

103

 

Part V: Conditions subsequent to Vessel Replacement Date

  

106

Schedule 3

 

The Collateral Vessels

  

107

Schedule 4

 

Form of Drawdown Notice

  

109

Schedule 5

 

Form of Transfer Certificate

  

110

Schedule 6

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

  

113

Schedule 7

 

Repayment Instalments

  

114


Loan Agreement

Dated 8 January 2016

Between:

 

(1)

Teekay Tankers Ltd ., a corporation existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at The Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, The Marshall Islands, MH96960 (the “ Borrower ”); and

 

(2)

The Banks, Financial Institutions and other Institutional Lenders listed in Schedule 1, Part I, each acting through its office at the address indicated against its name in Schedule 1, Part I (together the “ Lenders ” and each a “ Lender ”); and

 

(3)

The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part III as mandated lead arrangers (in that capacity the “ MLAs ” and each an “ MLA ”); and

 

(4)

The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part IV as bookrunners (in that capacity the “ Bookrunners ” and each a “ Bookrunner ”); and

 

(5)

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch acting through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor, New York, NY 10036, United States of America and ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC acting through its office at 100 Park Avenue, 17 th Floor, New York, NY 10017, United States of America as coordinators (in that capacity the “ Coordinators ” and each a “ Coordinator ”); and

 

(6)

The Banks listed in Schedule 1, Part II, each acting through its office at the address indicated against its name in Schedule 1, Part II as swap providers (the “ Swap Providers ” and each a “ Swap Provider ”); and

 

(7)

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch acting as agent and security trustee through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor, New York, NY 10036, United States of America (in those capacities the “ Agent ”).

Whereas:

 

(A)

Each Collateral Owner is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Borrower and is the registered owner of the Collateral Vessel indicated against its name in Schedule 3, each registered under the Pre-Approved Flag indicated against its name in Schedule 3.

 

(B)

Each of the Lenders has agreed to advance to the Borrower its Commitment in each Loan (aggregating, with all the other Commitments, a term loan of up to five hundred and twenty five million two hundred and eighty thousand Dollars ($525,280,000) and a revolving credit facility of up to three hundred and sixty nine million and ninety five thousand Dollars ($369,095,000)) to assist the Borrower and the Collateral Owners (i) to refinance all of, or in the case of the 845m Loan part of, the Existing Loans and (ii) with their general corporate and working capital requirements.

It is agreed as follows:

 

Page 1


1

Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1

In this Agreement:

845m Loan ” means the aggregate amount advanced and outstanding under the 845m Loan Agreement.

Acceptable Bank ” means a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit-enhanced debt originations of A+ or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ranking Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency.

Account Holder ” means Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch acting through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor, New York, NY 10036, United States of America or any other bank or financial institution which at any time, with the prior written consent of the Lenders, holds the Earnings Account.

Account Security Deed means the account security deed referred to in Clause 10.1.5.

Accounts ” means, in relation to the Borrower, the consolidated financial accounts of the Borrower, to be provided to the Agent pursuant to Clause 12.1.1 and Clause 12.1.4.

Administration ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1.3 of the ISM Code.

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person, a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Annex VI ” means Annex VI (Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 (as modified in 1978 and 1997).

Approved Broker ” means each of Fearnleys, Clarkson Platou Securities AS and Simpson Spence & Young Shipbrokers Ltd. or such other reputable and independent consultancy or ship broker firm approved by the Agent.

Approved Managers ” means (i) the Commercial Manager and (ii) the Technical Manager.

Assignments ” means all the forms of assignment (if relevant) referred to in Clause 10.1.2 and “ Assignment ” means any one of them.

Authorisation ” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

Available Credit Lines ” means any undrawn committed revolving credit lines, other than committed revolving credit lines with less than six (6) months to maturity, available to be drawn by any member of the Borrower Group, as reflected in the Borrower’s most recent quarterly management accounts forming part of the Borrower’s Accounts;

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

Page 2


Bail-In Legislation ” means in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time.

Borrower Group ” means the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries.

Break Costs ” means all sums payable by the Borrower from time to time under Clause 8.3.

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open for business of a nature contemplated by this Agreement (and not authorised by law to close) in New York, London and Oslo.

Change of Control ” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to the Borrower, where any person or any two or more persons acting together (excluding any member of the Teekay Group) acquires the right or ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or the composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent thereof) of the Borrower; and

 

  (b)

in relation to any other Security Party, where there is a change in the legal or beneficial ownership of any such company from that previously advised to the Agent (other than where such company remains owned by members of the Borrower Group),

in each case unless the Borrower has requested the prior consent of the Majority Lenders to a change of control and the Majority Lenders have consented to such request within thirty (30) days of such request being made.

Charged Property ” means all of the assets of the Security Parties which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Security Documents.

Charter ” means any time charter or other contract of employment in respect of a Collateral Vessel, whether or not already in existence, which is for a period, in excess of, or capable of exceeding, thirty six (36) months entered into between a Collateral Owner and a Charterer.

Charter Rights ” means all rights and benefits accruing to a Collateral Owner under or pursuant to any relevant Charter and not forming part of the Earnings.

Charterer ” means any entity that is a charterer under a Charter.

Code ” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Collateral Owner ” means each company (being a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower) shown as an owner of a Collateral Vessel in Schedule 3 and any Replacement Owner and together the “ Collateral Owners ”.

Collateral Vessel ” means each vessel specified in Schedule 3 owned by a Collateral Owner and any Replacement Vessel and together the “ Collateral Vessels ”.

 

Page 3


Commercial Manager ” means (i) the Borrower, (ii) Teekay Corporation, (iii) any other member of the Teekay Group or (iv) any other commercial manager approved by the Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

Commitment ” means, in relation to each Lender, the aggregate amount of each Loan which that Lender agrees to advance to the Borrower as its several liability as indicated against the name of that Lender in Schedule 1, Part I and/or, where the context permits, the amount of each Loan advanced by that Lender and, to the extent not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement, remaining outstanding and “ Commitments ” means more than one of them.

Commitment Commission ” means the commitment commission to be paid by the Borrower to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to Clause 9.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6.

Confidential Information ” means all information relating to any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group, the Finance Documents or the Loans of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Loans from either:

 

  (a)

any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (b)

another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

  (i)

is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 22; or

 

  (ii)

is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (iii)

is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with (a) or (b) or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with any Security Party or any other member of the Borrower Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

Confidentiality Undertaking ” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the Loan Market Association at the relevant time.

 

Page 4


Confirmation ” means a Confirmation exchanged or deemed to be exchanged between a Swap Provider and the Borrower as contemplated by a Master Agreement.

Credit Support Document ” means any document described as such in a Master Agreement and any other document referred to in any such document which has the effect of creating security in favour of any of the Swap Providers.

Credit Support Provider ” means any person (other than the Borrower) described as such in a Credit Support Document.

Currency of Account ” means, in relation to any payment to be made to a Finance Party under a Finance Document, the currency in which that payment is required to be made by the terms of that Finance Document.

Deeds of Covenants ” means the deeds of covenants referred to in Clause 10.1.1, if relevant, and “ Deed of Covenant ” means any one of them.

Default ” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 13.1 which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender:

 

  (a)

which has failed to make its participation in the Term Loan or a Drawing available (or has notified the Agent or the Borrower (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in the Term Loan or a Drawing available) by the relevant Drawdown Date in accordance with Clause 4.2; or

 

  (b)

which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

  (c)

with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

unless, in the case of (a):

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Disruption Event ” means either or both of:

 

  (a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Loans (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

Page 5


  (b)

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  (i)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

Dollars ”, “ US$ ” and “ $ ” each means available and freely transferable and convertible funds in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Drawdown Date ” means the date on which the Term Loan or a Drawing is advanced under Clause 4.1.

Drawdown Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4.

Drawing ” means any amount advanced or to be advanced in respect of the Revolving Credit pursuant to a Drawdown Notice or, where the context permits, the amount advanced and for the time being outstanding and “ Drawings ” means more than one of them.

EEA Member Country ” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

Earnings ” means all hires, freights, pool income and other sums payable to or for the account of a Collateral Owner in respect of a Collateral Vessel including (without limitation) all remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, contributions in general average, compensation in respect of any requisition for hire, and damages and other payments (whether awarded by any court or arbitral tribunal or by agreement or otherwise) for breach, termination or variation of any contract for the operation, employment or use of a Collateral Vessel.

Earnings Account ” means the bank account to be opened in the name of the Borrower with the Account Holder and designated “TNK – Earnings Account”.

Encumbrance ” means a mortgage, charge, assignment, pledge, lien, or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Environmental Approvals ” means any present or future permit, licence, approval, ruling, variance, exemption or other authorisation required under the applicable Environmental Laws.

Environmental Claim ” means any and all enforcement, clean-up, removal, administrative, governmental, regulatory or judicial actions, orders, demands or investigations instituted or completed pursuant to any Environmental Laws or Environmental Approvals.

 

Page 6


Environmental Incident ” means:

 

  (a)

any release, emission, spill or discharge from a Collateral Vessel or into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water of Environmentally Sensitive Material within or from a Collateral Vessel; or

 

  (b)

any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than a Collateral Vessel and which involves a collision between a Collateral Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Collateral Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Collateral Vessel and/or any Security Party and/or any operator or manager of a Collateral Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

  (c)

any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from a Collateral Vessel and in connection with which a Collateral Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Security Party and/or any operator or manager of a Collateral Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval.

Environmental Laws ” means any present and future laws, regulations, treaties and conventions of any applicable jurisdiction which:

 

  (a)

have as a purpose or effect the protection of, and/or prevention of harm or damage to, the environment;

 

  (b)

relate to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

 

  (c)

provide remedies or compensation for harm or damage to the environment; or

 

  (d)

relate to Environmentally Sensitive Materials or health or safety matters.

Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means (i) oil and oil products and (ii) any other waste, pollutant, contaminant or other substance (including any liquid, solid, gas, ion, living organism or noise) that may be harmful to human health or other life or the environment or a nuisance to any person or that may make the enjoyment, ownership or other territorial control of any affected land, property or waters more costly for such person to a material degree.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 13.1.

 

Page 7


Execution Date ” means the date on which this Agreement is executed by each of the parties hereto.

Existing Loan Agreements ” means:

 

  (a)

the $126,637,500 secured term loan facility agreement dated 30 January 2015 made between (1) Teekay Tankers Ltd. as borrower, (2) the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders, (3) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC and DNB Markets, Inc. as mandated lead arrangers, (4) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC and DNB Markets, Inc. as bookrunners and (5) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC as agent and security trustee;

 

  (b)

the $397,200,000 secured term loan facility agreement dated 28 August 2015 made between (1) Teekay Tankers Ltd. as borrower, (2) the banks, financial institutions and other institutional investors lenders listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders, (3) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, DNB Markets, Inc. and Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch as mandated lead arrangers, (4) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, DNB Markets, Inc. and Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch as bookrunners, (5) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, DNB Markets, Inc. and Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch as structuring banks and (6) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC as agent and security trustee;

 

  (c)

the $845,000,000 secured loan facility agreement dated 28 November 2007 (as amended, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to time) made between (1) the various companies listed in Schedule 2 thereto as joint and several borrowers, (2) the banks listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders, (3) Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch as agent, (4) Nordea Bank Norge ASA, Grand Cayman Branch, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, ING Bank N.V., London Branch, HSH Nordbank AG, Danske Bank A/S and BNP Paribas as mandated lead arrangers, (5) Nordea Bank Norge ASA, Grand Cayman Branch, Citigroup Global Markets Limited and ING Bank N.V., London Branch as bookrunners and (6) Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch as security trustee (the “ 845m Loan Agreement ”);

 

  (d)

the $150,400,000 secured facility agreement dated 11 May 2004 (as amended, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to time) made between (1) Donegal Spirit L.L.C. (formerly known as H.H.I. Hull No. 1704 L.L.C.), Galway Spirit L.L.C. (formerly known as H.H.I. Hull No. 1705 L.L.C.) and Limerick Spirit L.L.C. (formerly known as H.H.I. Hull No. 1706 L.L.C.) as joint and several borrowers, (2) the banks referred to therein as lenders and (3) BNP Paribas as agent and security trustee; and

 

  (e)

the $128,000,000 secured facility agreement dated 17 December 2003 (as amended, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to time) made between (1) Erik Spirit L.L.C. (formerly known as Great West Hull No. 1520 L.L.C.) as borrower, (2) the banks referred to therein as lenders and (3) BNP Paribas as agent and security trustee.

 

Page 8


Existing Loans ” means the aggregate amount advanced and outstanding under the Existing Loan Agreements.

Facility Office ” means:

 

  (a)

in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five (5) Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (b)

in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes.

Facility Period ” means the period beginning on the Execution Date and ending on the date when the whole of the Indebtedness has been repaid in full, all Commitments have been terminated and the Security Parties have ceased to be under any further actual or contingent liability to the Finance Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

Fair Market Value ” means the average of two (2) Valuations of the fair market value of a Collateral Vessel obtained from two (2) Approved Brokers. If such Valuations differ by a margin of more than ten per cent (10%) then a further Valuation shall be obtained from a third Approved Broker appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower on the same basis and the fair market value of that Collateral Vessel shall be the average of all three (3) Valuations.

FATCA ” means:

 

  (a)

sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

  (b)

any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

  (c)

any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

FATCA Application Date ” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

  (b)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or

 

Page 9


  (c)

in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019,

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

FATCA FFI ” means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if any Finance Party is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction.

Fee Letter ” means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Borrower (or the MLAs and the Borrower) setting out any fees referred to in Clause 9.

Final Availability Date ” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to the Term Loan, 15 January 2016 or such later date as the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) may approve in writing; and

 

  (b)

in relation to the Revolving Credit, any date up to, but not including, the Maturity Date.

Finance Documents ” means this Agreement, the Master Agreements, the Security Documents, the Fee Letter, any Transfer Certificate and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower and “ Finance Document ” means any one of them.

Finance Parties ” means the Agent, the MLAs, the Bookrunners, the Coordinators, the Swap Providers and the Lenders and “ Finance Party ” means any one of them.

Financial Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a)

moneys borrowed;

 

  (b)

any acceptance credit;

 

  (c)

any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument;

 

  (d)

any redeemable preference share to the extent such shares can be redeemed before the Maturity Date;

 

  (e)

any finance or capital lease;

 

  (f)

receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (g)

any derivative transaction protecting against or benefiting from fluctuations in any rate or price (and, except for non-payment of an amount, the then mark to market value of the derivative transaction will be used to calculate its amount);

 

Page 10


  (h)

any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which has the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  (i)

any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of any guarantee, indemnity, bond, letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; or

 

  (j)

any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any person in respect of any item referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above.

First Drawdown Date ” means the date on which the Term Loan and the first Drawing is advanced under Clause 4.

Free Liquidity ” means cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of maturities less than one (1) year to which members of the Borrower Group shall have free, immediate and direct access each as reflected in the Borrower’s most recent quarterly management accounts forming part of the Borrower’s Accounts.

GAAP ” means generally acceptable accounting principles in the United States of America.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee and indemnity of each Collateral Owner referred to in Clause 10.1.3.

Holding Company ” means, in relation to any entity, any other entity in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IAPPC ” means a valid international air pollution prevention certificate for a Collateral Vessel issued under Annex VI.

Impaired Agent ” means the Agent at any time when:

 

  (a)

it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

  (b)

the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;

 

  (c)

(if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”; or

 

  (d)

an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent;

unless, in the case of (a):

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B)

a Disruption Event; and

 

Page 11


 

payment is made within three (3) Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Indebtedness ” means the aggregate from time to time of: the amount of the Loans outstanding; all accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans; and all other sums of any nature (together with all accrued and unpaid interest on any of those sums) which from time to time may be payable by the Borrower to any of the Finance Parties under all or any of the Finance Documents.

Insolvency Event ” in relation to an entity means that the entity:

 

  (a)

is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (b)

becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c)

makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

  (e)

has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in (d) and:

 

  (i)

results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

  (ii)

is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within thirty (30) days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (f)

has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009;

 

  (g)

has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

Page 12


  (h)

seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than, for so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a person or entity described in (d));

 

  (i)

has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

  (j)

causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in (a) to (i); or

 

  (k)

takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Insurances ” means all policies and contracts of insurance (including all entries in protection and indemnity or war risks associations) which are from time to time taken out or entered into in respect of or in connection with a Collateral Vessel or her increased value or her Earnings and (where the context permits) all benefits under such contracts and policies, including all claims of any nature and returns of premium.

Interest Payment Date ” means each date for the payment of interest in accordance with Clause 7.7.

Interest Period ” means each period for the payment of interest selected by the Borrower or agreed by the Agent pursuant to Clause 7.

Interpolated Screen Rate ” means, in relation to LIBOR for any Loan, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the relevant Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

  (b)

the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the relevant Interest Period of that Loan,

each as of 11.00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day.

ISM Code ” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention.

ISM Company ” means, at any given time, the company responsible for a Collateral Vessel’s compliance with the ISM Code under paragraph 1.1.2 of the ISM Code.

ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code.

 

Page 13


ISPS Company ” means, at any given time, the company responsible for a Collateral Vessel’s compliance with the ISPS Code.

ISSC ” means a valid international ship security certificate for a Collateral Vessel issued under the ISPS Code.

law ” or “ Law ” means any law, statute, treaty, convention, regulation, instrument or other subordinate legislation or other legislative or quasi-legislative rule or measure, or any order or decree of any government, judicial or public or other body or authority, or any directive, code of practice, circular, guidance note or other direction issued by any competent authority or agency (whether or not having the force of law).

LIBOR ” means, in relation to any period:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b)

(if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that period; or

 

  (c)

(if (i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of the Loans or (ii) no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that period) the Reference Bank Rate,

as of 11.00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in Dollars and for a period equal in length to the relevant Interest Period and, if that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

Loans ” means the Term Loan and the Revolving Credit and “ Loan ” shall mean any one of them.

Majority Lenders ” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate equal to or greater than sixty six and two thirds per cent (66 2/3%) of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 66 2/3% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction).

Management Agreements ” means the agreement(s) for the commercial and/or technical management of the Collateral Vessels entered into between (i) the Collateral Owners and (ii) the Approved Managers (unless the Approved Manager is the Borrower, Teekay Corporation, Teekay Marine Limited or any other member of the Teekay Group).

Managers’ Confirmations ” means the written confirmations of the Approved Managers (unless the Approved Managers are the Borrower, Teekay Corporation, Teekay Marine Limited or any other member of the Teekay Group) that throughout the Facility Period unless otherwise agreed by the Agent:

 

  (a)

they will not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, subcontract or delegate the commercial or technical management of the Collateral Vessels (as the case may be) to any third party; and

 

Page 14


  (b)

following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, all claims of the Approved Managers against the Collateral Owners (less any agreed reasonable deductible) shall be subordinated to the claims of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.

Margin ” means 2 per cent (2%) per annum.

Master Agreements ” means each ISDA Master Agreement entered into between a Swap Provider and the Borrower before or during the Facility Period, including each Schedule to any Master Agreement and each Confirmation exchanged under such Master Agreement, evidencing any non-speculative interest or currency exchange transaction in relation to the Loans.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a)

the financial condition, assets, prospects or business of any Security Party or on the consolidated financial condition, assets, prospects or business of the Borrower Group;

 

  (b)

the ability of any Security Party to perform and comply with its obligations under any Security Document or to avoid any Event of Default;

 

  (c)

the validity, legality or enforceability of any Security Document; or

 

  (d)

the validity, legality or enforceability of any security expressed to be created pursuant to any Security Document or the priority and ranking of any such security,

provided that, in determining whether any of the forgoing circumstances shall constitute such a material adverse change or material adverse effect for the purposes of this definition, the Finance Parties shall consider such circumstance in the context of (x) the Borrower Group taken as a whole and (y) the ability of the Borrower and the Collateral Owners to perform each of their obligations under the Security Documents.

Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (i) the date falling five (5) years after the First Drawdown Date and (ii) 15 January 2021.

Maximum Amount ” means the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount or the Maximum Term Loan Amount, as the context may require.

Maximum Revolving Credit Amount ” means an amount of up to three hundred and sixty nine million and ninety five thousand Dollars ($369,095,000) as reduced or increased from time to time in accordance with Clause 6.1, Clause 6.2, Clause 6.5, Clause 6.6, Clause 6.7 and/or Clause 7.11.

Maximum Term Loan Amount ” means an amount of initially up to five hundred and twenty five million two hundred and eighty thousand Dollars ($525,280,000), as reduced from time to time.

 

Page 15


Mortgages ” means the first priority statutory or first preferred mortgages (as the case may be) referred to in Clause 10.1.1 together with the Deeds of Covenants (if applicable) and “ Mortgage ” means any one of them.

Necessary Authorisations ” means all Authorisations of any person including any government or other regulatory authority required by applicable Law to enable it to:

 

  (a)

lawfully enter into and perform its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is party;

 

  (b)

ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in England and, if different, its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, of such Security Documents to which it is party; and

 

  (c)

carry on its business from time to time.

Party ” means a party to this Agreement.

Patriot Act ” means the United States Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (H.R. 3199).

Permitted Encumbrance ” means (i) any Encumbrance which has the prior written approval of the Agent acting on the instructions of all the Lenders or (ii) any liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of trading and/or operating a Collateral Vessel up to an aggregate amount at any time not exceeding five million Dollars (US$5,000,000) in respect of each Collateral Vessel and not more than thirty (30) days overdue.

Pre-Approved Classification Society ” means any of DNV GL, Lloyds Register, America Bureau of Shipping (ABS) or Bureau Veritas or such other classification society approved by the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably.

Pre-Approved Flag ” means Marshall Islands, Norwegian International Ship Registry, Liberia, Cayman Islands, Panama, Isle of Man, Bermuda, Bahamas, Malta or Singapore.

Proportionate Share ” means, at any time, the proportion which a Lender’s Commitment (whether or not advanced) then bears to the aggregate Commitments of all the Lenders (whether or not advanced) being on the Execution Date the percentage indicated against the name of that Lender in Schedule 1.

Protected Party ” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum required or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purpose of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Quotation Day ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined two (2) Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

Page 16


Reference Bank Rate ” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which each of the relevant Reference Banks could borrow funds in the London interbank market in the relevant currency and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

Reference Banks ” means, in relation to LIBOR, the principal London offices of Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch and ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower.

Related Fund ” in relation to a fund (the “ first fund ”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Relevant Documents ” means the Finance Documents, any Charters and the Management Agreements (if any).

Relevant Interbank Market ” means the London interbank market.

Relevant Loan Amount ” in relation to each Collateral Vessel, means the amount which is obtained by multiplying the Total Maximum Amount at the time of making the calculation by the proportion which the Fair Market Value of that Collateral Vessel bears to the aggregate of the Fair Market Value of all the Collateral Vessels (such values to be based on the latest set of Valuations delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 12.1.38).

Repayment Date ” means the date for payment of any Repayment Instalment in accordance with Clause 5.1.

Repayment Instalment ” means any instalment of the Term Loan to be repaid by the Borrower under Clause 5.1.

Replacement Owner ” means the owner of a Replacement Vessel;

Replacement Vessel ” means (i) any VLCC, Suezmax, Aframax, MR, LR 1 or LR 2 tanker vessel that is no older than, and whose Fair Market Value is no less than that of, the Collateral Vessel it is replacing, classed with a Pre-Approved Classification Society and registered in the name of the relevant Replacement Owner under a Pre-Approved Flag and (ii) any other vessel acceptable to the Lenders.

Representative ” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Requisition Compensation ” means all compensation or other money which may from time to time be payable to a Collateral Owner as a result of a Collateral Vessel being requisitioned for title or in any other way compulsorily acquired (other than by way of requisition for hire).

 

Page 17


Resolution Authority ” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Restricted Party ” means a person (i) that is listed on any Sanctions List or is otherwise the target of any Sanctions, (ii) that is located or resident in, or incorporated or organised under the laws of, a Sanctioned Country, (iii) that is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person referred to in (i) and/or (ii) above or (iv) with whom any Finance Party would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities as a result of Sanctions.

Revolving Credit ” means the aggregate amount of the revolving credit advanced or to be advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower under Clause 4.2 or, where the context permits, the amount of that revolving credit loan advanced and for the time being outstanding.

Sanctioned Country ” means a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions.

Sanctions ” means the economic or trade sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by (i) the Norwegian Government, (ii) the United States Government, (iii) the United Nations, (iv) the European Union, (v) the United Kingdom, (vi) the Republic of Singapore, (vii) France, (viii) Canada or (ix) Australia and with regard to (i)—(ix) above, the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasury (“ OFAC ”), the United States Department of State and Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”) (together the “ Sanctions Authorities ”).

Sanctions List ” means the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list, the “Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List” and the “List of Foreign Sanctions Evaders” each maintained by OFAC and the “Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets” list and the “Investment Ban List” each maintained by HMT or any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, any of the Sanctions Authorities, including, but not limited to, the Norwegian Government, the European Union, the United Nations, the Government of Singapore, the Government of Canada or the Government of Australia.

Screen Rate ” means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or the service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower.

Security Documents ” means the Guarantees, the Mortgages, the Deeds of Covenants (if relevant), the Assignments, the Share Pledges, the Account Security Deed, the Managers’ Confirmations (if any) or (where the context permits) any one or more of them and any other agreement or document which may at any time be executed by any person as security for the payment of all or any part of the Indebtedness and “ Security Document ” means any one of them.

 

Page 18


Security Parties ” means the Borrower, each Collateral Owner and any other person who may at any time during the Facility Period be liable for, or provide security for, all or any part of the Indebtedness (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not any Approved Manager), and “ Security Party ” means any one of them.

Share Pledges ” means the pledge or pledges of the issued share capital or membership interests (as the case may be) of the Collateral Owners referred to in Clause 10.1.4 and “ Share Pledge ” means any one of them.

SMC ” means a valid safety management certificate issued for a Collateral Vessel by or on behalf of the Administration under paragraph 13.7 of the ISM Code.

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary undertaking, as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006 or any analogous definition under any other relevant system of law.

Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same) and “ Taxation ” shall be interpreted accordingly.

Technical Manager ” means (i) the Borrower, (ii) Teekay Corporation, (iii) Teekay Marine Limited, (iv) any other member of the Teekay Group, (v) Northern Marine Management, (vi) Bernhard Schulte Shipmanagement or (vii) any other technical manager approved by the Majority Lenders.

Teekay ” means Teekay Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at The Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, The Marshall Islands MH96960.

Teekay Group ” means Teekay and each of its Subsidiaries.

Term Loan ” means the amount of the term loan advanced or to be advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower under Clause 4.2 or, where the context permits, the amount of that term loan advanced and for the time being outstanding.

Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commitments.

Total Debt ” means the aggregate of:

 

  (a)

the amount calculated in accordance with GAAP shown as each of “long term debt”, “short term debt” and “current portion of long term debt” on the latest consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower but excluding debt which is non-recourse to the Borrower, and

 

  (b)

the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease (excluding any amounts applicable to leases to the extent that the lease obligations are secured by a security deposit which is held on the balance sheet under “ Restricted Cash ”);

 

Page 19


Total Loss ” means:

 

  (a)

an actual, constructive, arranged, agreed or compromised total loss of a Collateral Vessel; or

 

  (b)

the requisition for title or compulsory acquisition of a Collateral Vessel by any government or other competent authority (other than by way of requisition for hire); or

 

  (c)

the capture, seizure, arrest, detention, hijacking, theft, condemnation as prize, confiscation or forfeiture of a Collateral Vessel (not falling within (b)), unless that Collateral Vessel is released and returned to the possession of the relevant Collateral Owner within 180 days after the capture, seizure, arrest, detention, hijacking, theft, condemnation as prize, confiscation or forfeiture in question.

Total Maximum Amount ” means the aggregate of the Maximum Term Loan Amount and the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount which in total shall not exceed the lesser of (i) an amount of eight hundred and ninety four million three hundred and seventy five thousand Dollars ($894,375,000) and (ii) an amount equal to sixty per cent (60%) of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels, as reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Transfer Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower.

Transfer Date ” means, in relation to any Transfer Certificate, the date for the making of the transfer specified in the schedule to such Transfer Certificate.

Trust Property ” means:

 

  (a)

all benefits derived by the Agent from Clause 10; and

 

  (b)

all benefits arising under (including, without limitation, all proceeds of the enforcement of) each of the Security Documents,

with the exception of any benefits arising solely for the benefit of the Agent.

US ” means the United States of America.

Valuation ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, the written valuation of that Collateral Vessel addressed to the Agent, expressed in Dollars and prepared by one of the Approved Brokers to be nominated by the Borrower. Such valuation shall be prepared at the Borrower’s expense, without a physical inspection, on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing buyer and a willing seller without the benefit of any charterparty or other engagement.

VAT ” means:

 

Page 20


  (a)

any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

  (b)

any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or listed in addition to, such tax referred to in (a), or imposed elsewhere.

Vessel Replacements ” means the replacement of one or more Collateral Vessels with one or more Replacement Vessels pursuant to Clause 6.5.2 and each a “ Vessel Replacement ”.

Vessel Replacement Date ” means in respect of each Vessel Replacement, the date on which the Agent confirms that all of the conditions precedent set out in Part IV of Schedule 2 have been satisfied which confirmation the Agent shall be under no obligation to give if the VTL Coverage (as defined in Clause 10.9) following such Vessel Replacement would be less than the VTL Coverage immediately prior to such Vessel Replacement.

Write-down and Conversion Powers ” means in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

1.2

In this Agreement:

 

  1.2.1

words denoting the plural number include the singular and vice versa;

 

  1.2.2

words denoting persons include corporations, companies, partnerships, associations of persons (whether incorporated or not) or governmental or quasi-governmental bodies or authorities and vice versa;

 

  1.2.3

references to Recitals, Clauses and Schedules are references to recitals, clauses and schedules to or of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.4

references to this Agreement include the Recitals and the Schedules;

 

  1.2.5

the headings and contents page(s) are for the purpose of reference only, have no legal or other significance, and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.6

references to any document (including, without limitation, to all or any of the Relevant Documents) are, unless the context otherwise requires, references to that document as amended, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to time;

 

  1.2.7

references to statutes or provisions of statutes are references to those statutes, or those provisions, as from time to time amended, replaced or re-enacted;

 

Page 21


  1.2.8

references to any Finance Party include its successors, transferees and assignees and, in particular, any reference to Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch (either directly or indirectly in its capacity as lender, agent and/or security trustee or any other capacity) in the Finance Documents shall be automatically construed as a reference to Nordea Bank AB in the event of any corporate reconstruction, merger, amalgamation or consolidation between Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch and Nordea Bank AB where Nordea Bank AB is the surviving entity and acquires all the rights of and assumes all the obligations of Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch and nothing in the Finance Documents shall be construed so as to restrict, limit or impose any notification or other requirement or condition on either Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch or Nordea Bank AB in respect of the acquisition of rights to or assumption of obligations by Nordea Bank AB hereunder pursuant to such merger;

 

  1.2.9

a time of day (unless otherwise specified) is a reference to New York time;

 

  1.2.10

words and expressions defined in the Master Agreements, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meaning;

 

  1.2.11

a “ person ” includes any individual firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality); and

 

  1.2.12

a “ regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation.

 

1.3

Offer letter

This Agreement supersedes the terms and conditions contained in any correspondence relating to the subject matter of this Agreement exchanged between any Finance Party and the Borrower or their respective representatives prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

2

The Loans and their Purposes

 

2.1

Amount Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make available to the Borrower a term loan in one amount not exceeding the Maximum Term Loan Amount and a revolving credit in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount at any one time, which together shall not exceed the Total Maximum Amount.

 

2.2

Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

  2.2.1

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other party to the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

Page 22


  2.2.2

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from a Security Party shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

  2.2.3

A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

2.3

Purposes The Borrower shall apply the Loans for the purposes referred to in Recital (B).

 

2.4

Monitoring No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed under this Agreement.

 

3

Conditions of Utilisation

 

3.1

Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice Before any Lender shall have any obligation to accept any Drawdown Notice under the Loan Agreement the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to or to the order of the Agent all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2.

 

3.2

Further conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice The Lenders will only be obliged to accept any Drawdown Notice if on the date of the Drawdown Notice:

 

  3.2.1

no Default is continuing or would result from the advance of the relevant Drawing or the Term Loan; and

 

  3.2.2

the representations made by the Borrower under Clause 11 (other than that at Clause 11.7 for Drawdown Dates other than the First Drawdown Date and those at Clauses 11.2, 11.6 and 11.19) are true in all material respects.

 

3.3

Conditions precedent to First Drawdown Date The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 4.2 in relation to the advance of a Loan if on or before the First Drawdown Date, the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2.

 

3.4

Further conditions precedent to First Drawdown Date The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Loan if on the proposed Drawdown Date:

 

  3.4.1

no Default is continuing or would result from the advance of that Loan; and

 

  3.4.2

the representations made by the Borrower under Clause 11 (other than that at Clause 11.7 for Drawdown Dates other than the First Drawdown Date and those at Clauses 11.2, 11.6 and 11.19) are true in all material respects.

 

3.5

Drawing limit The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Drawing if:

 

  3.5.1

that Drawing will not result in there being more than ten (10) Drawings outstanding at any one time;

 

  3.5.2

that Drawing is not less than $1,000,000;

 

  3.5.3

that Drawing will not increase the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit to a sum in excess of the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount and the aggregate amounts outstanding under each of the Revolving Credit and the Term Loan to a sum in excess of the Total Maximum Amount; and

 

Page 23


  3.5.4

the Term Loan has already been, or will simultaneously be, fully advanced.

 

3.6

Conditions subsequent to First Drawdown Date The Borrower undertakes to deliver or to cause to be delivered to the Agent on, or as soon as practicable after, (or within any time period specified in Part III of Schedule 2 and where no time period is specified, within thirty (30) days) the relevant Drawdown Date the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part III of Schedule 2.

 

3.7

No Waiver If the Lenders in their sole discretion agree to advance any part of a Loan to the Borrower before all of the documents and evidence required by Clause 3.3 have been delivered to or to the order of the Agent, the Borrower undertakes to deliver all outstanding documents and evidence to or to the order of the Agent no later than thirty (30) days after the First Drawdown Date or such other date specified by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

The advance of all or any part of a Loan under this Clause 3.7 shall not be taken as a waiver of the Lenders’ right to require production of all the documents and evidence required by Clause 3.3.

 

3.8

Form and content All documents and evidence delivered to the Agent under this Clause 3 shall:

 

  3.8.1

be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders); and

 

  3.8.2

if reasonably required by the Agent, be certified, notarised, legalised or attested in a manner acceptable to the Agent.

 

4

Advance

 

4.1

Drawdown Request The Borrower may request a Loan to be advanced on any Business Day prior to the relevant Final Availability Date, by delivering to the Agent a duly completed Drawdown Notice not more than ten (10) Business Days and not later than 12:00 noon (New York time) three (3) Business Days before the proposed Drawdown Date.

 

4.2

Lenders’ participation

 

  4.2.1

Subject to Clause 2 and Clause 3, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the receipt of a Drawdown Notice, following which each Lender shall advance its participation in the relevant Loan to the Borrower through the Agent not later than 11:00am (New York time) on the relevant Drawdown Date.

 

  4.2.2

The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Commitment to the Total Commitments.

 

4.3

Cancellation of Commitments The Total Commitments in relation to each Loan shall be cancelled on the Final Availability Date for that Loan to the extent that they are unutilised at that time. Any amount of the Term Loan not drawn on the First Drawdown Date shall be immediately cancelled.

 

Page 24


5

Repayment

 

5.1

Repayment of Term Loan

 

  5.1.1

Repayment Instalments The Borrower agrees to repay the Term Loan to the Agent for the account of the Lenders by twenty (20) consecutive quarterly instalments each in the sum set out in Schedule 7, the first instalment falling due on [31 March 2016] and subsequent instalments falling due at consecutive intervals of three (3) calendar months thereafter.

 

  5.1.2

Reduction of Repayment Instalments If the aggregate amount of the Term Loan advanced to the Borrower is less than the Maximum Term Loan Amount, the amount of each Repayment Instalment shall be reduced pro rata to the amount actually advanced.

 

  5.1.3

Reborrowing The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Term Loan which is repaid or prepaid.

 

5.2

Repayment of Revolving Credit

 

  5.2.1

Repayment of each Drawing The Borrower agrees to repay each Drawing to the Agent for the account of the Lenders on the last day of the Interest Period in respect of that Drawing save where a further Interest Period is to apply in respect of such Drawing, in which case such Interest Period shall (unless otherwise notified by the Borrower to the Agent) be deemed to be based on an Interest Period of three months provided that no such Interest Period shall apply if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied and unwaived in which case the Borrower shall be obliged to repay such Drawing on the last day of its then current Interest Period. The Borrower shall on the Maturity Date repay to the Agent as agent for the Lenders the amount of any Drawings made and outstanding at that time, to the extent not reduced by repayments, prepayments, cancellations or voluntary reductions.

 

  5.2.2

Reborrowing Amounts of the Revolving Credit which are repaid or prepaid shall be available for reborrowing in accordance with Clause 3 prior to the Final Availability Date applicable to the Revolving Credit.

 

6

Prepayment

 

6.1

Illegality If it becomes unlawful in any jurisdiction for a Lender to fund or maintain its Commitment as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

  6.1.1

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of that event;

 

  6.1.2

upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, each Commitment of that Lender (to the extent not already advanced) will be immediately cancelled;

 

Page 25


  6.1.3

the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Term Loan on the last day of its current Interest Period or, if earlier, the date specified by that Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent and notified by the Agent to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law). Prior to the date on which repayment is required to be made under this Clause 6.1.3 the affected Lender shall negotiate in good faith with the Borrower to find an alternative method or lending base in order to maintain the Term Loan; and

 

  6.1.4

the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in any Drawing on the last day of its current Interest Period or, if earlier, the date specified by that Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent and notified by the Agent to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be reduced by the amount of that Lender’s Commitment in the Revolving Credit. Prior to the date on which repayment is required to be made under this Clause 6.1.4 the affected Lender shall negotiate in good faith with the Borrower to find an alternative method or lending base in order to maintain the Revolving Credit.

 

6.2

Voluntary Cancellation

 

  6.2.1

The Borrower may voluntarily cancel the whole or any part of the undrawn amount of any Loan in an amount of not less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000) (or as otherwise may be agreed by the Agent), provided that it has first given to the Agent not fewer than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice expiring on a Business Day (the “ Cancellation Date ”) of its desire to cancel the whole or any part of the relevant Loan; such notice once received by the Agent shall be irrevocable and shall oblige the Borrower to make payment of all interest and Commitment Commission accrued on the amount so cancelled up to and including the Cancellation Date. Any cancellation under this Clause 6.2.1 shall not be reversed. If, as a result of any such cancellation, the amount outstanding under the relevant Loan would exceed the relevant Maximum Amount, the Borrower shall, on the Cancellation Date, prepay such amount of the relevant Loan as will ensure that the amount outstanding under such Loan is not greater than the relevant Maximum Amount.

 

  6.2.2

Simultaneously with each reduction of a Loan in accordance with this Clause 6.2, the Commitment of each Lender will reduce so that the Commitments of the Lenders in respect of the reduced Loan remains in accordance with their respective Proportionate Shares.

 

6.3

Voluntary Prepayment of Term Loan The Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of the Term Loan (but, if in part, such prepayment shall be in an amount that reduces the Term Loan by a minimum amount of ten million Dollars ($10,000,000)) provided that it gives the Agent not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior notice. Any amount of the Term Loan prepaid in accordance with this Clause 6.3 may not be redrawn and shall be applied pro rata in prepayment of the remaining Repayment Instalments.

 

Page 26


6.4

Voluntary Prepayment of Drawings The Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of a Drawing (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces that Drawing by a minimum amount of five million Dollars ($5,000,000)) provided that it gives the Agent not less than three (3) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice.

 

6.5

Sale or release of Collateral Vessels

 

  6.5.1

In the event of a sale or disposal of a Collateral Vessel or the Agent having received not less than 5 Business Days’ notice from the Borrower requesting that the security relating to a Collateral Vessel be released and discharged, the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall, subject to the provisions of Clause 6.5.2 and Clause 6.5.3, on the date of such sale, disposal or release be reduced in an amount equivalent to the Relevant Loan Amount applicable to that Collateral Vessel. If, as a result of any reduction in the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount pursuant to this Clause 6.5.1, the amount of the Revolving Credit outstanding would exceed the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount, the Borrower shall, on the date of the sale, disposal or release, prepay such amount of the Revolving Credit as will ensure that the amount of the Revolving Credit outstanding is not greater than the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount. Any such prepayment shall oblige the Borrower to make payment of all interest and Commitment Commission accrued on the amount so reduced up to and including the date of reduction together with any Break Costs in respect of such reduced amount if the date of such reduction is not the final day of an Interest Period. Any such reduction in the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall not be reversed save in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.5.2.

 

  6.5.2

The Borrower shall have the right to replace one or more Collateral Vessels that have been sold, disposed or released pursuant to Clause 6.5.1 with one or more Replacement Vessels within ninety (90) days of the sale, disposal or release of such Collateral Vessel or Collateral Vessels provided that (i) it fulfils the conditions precedent set out Part IV of Schedule 2 and (ii) the VTL Coverage (as defined in Clause 10.9) following such replacement would be no less than the VTL Coverage immediately prior to the sale, disposal or release of the Collateral Vessel or Collateral Vessels in question. Following such replacement, the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be increased to the amount it was immediately prior to the application of the Relevant Loan Amount applicable to each Collateral Vessel in question.

 

  6.5.3

If the Collateral Vessel or Collateral Vessels in question are not replaced with one or more Replacement Vessels in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.5.2, then, at the end of the ninety (90) day period given to the Borrower under Clause 6.5.2 to provide a Replacement Vessel, the Relevant Loan Amount shall be applied pro rata between the Revolving Credit and the Term Loan and the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be increased by an amount equivalent to that part of the Relevant Loan Amount applied against the Term Loan. Any prepayment made pursuant to this Clause 6.5.3 shall, in the case of the Term Loan, be applied pro rata against the remaining Repayment Instalments and, in the case of the Revolving Credit, the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be reduced by an amount equal to the relevant part of the Relevant Loan Amount.

 

Page 27


6.6

Total Loss In the event that a Collateral Vessel becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall, on the earlier to occur of (x) the date on which the proceeds of such Total Loss are realised and (y) on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the one hundred and eightieth day after the date of such Total Loss occurring, make a prepayment of the Loans in an amount equivalent to the Relevant Loan Amount applicable to that Collateral Vessel provided always that if such date is not the final day of an Interest Period, the Borrower may instead place the relevant sum in an account with the Agent, charged to the Agent in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Lenders, with an irrevocable instruction to the Agent to apply such sum in prepayment of the Loans on the final day of such Interest Period. Any such prepayment shall be applied pro rata in prepayment of the Term Loan and the Revolving Credit. In the case of Term Loan, any such prepayment shall be applied pro rata against the remaining Repayment Instalments and, in the case of the Revolving Credit, the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be reduced by an amount equal to the relevant part of the Relevant Loan Amount.

 

6.7

Change of Control In the event that a Change of Control occurs with respect to any Security Party, the Borrower shall within thirty (30) days of such Change of Control (i) in the case of a Change of Control with respect to the Borrower, prepay the Loans in full and the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be reduced to zero or (ii) in the case of a Change of Control with respect to a Collateral Owner, make a prepayment of the Loans in an amount equivalent to the Relevant Loan Amount applicable to the Collateral Vessel owned by that Collateral Owner with any such prepayment to be applied pro rata in prepayment of the Term Loan and the Revolving Credit. In the case of Term Loan, any such prepayment shall be applied pro rata against the remaining Repayment Instalments and, in the case of the Revolving Credit, the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be reduced by an amount equal to the relevant part of the Relevant Loan Amount.

 

6.8

Restrictions Any notice of prepayment or cancellation given under this Clause 6 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant prepayment or cancellation is to be made and the amount of that prepayment or cancellation.

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with all interest and Commitment Commission accrued on the amount so reduced up to and including the date of reduction together with any Break Costs in respect of such reduced amount if the date of such reduction is not the final day of an Interest Period and subject to Clauses 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6 and 6.7, without premium or penalty.

 

6.9

If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 6 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to the Borrower or the Lenders, as appropriate.

 

7

Interest

 

7.1

Interest Periods The period during which each Loan shall be outstanding under this Agreement shall be divided into consecutive Interest Periods of three or six months’ duration, as selected by the Borrower by written notice to the Agent not later than 11:00 am on the third Business Day before the beginning of the Interest Period in question, or any other period which will coincide with the end of any other Interest Period then current, or such other duration as may be agreed by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) and provided that no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

 

Page 28


7.2

Beginning and end of Interest Periods The first Interest Period in respect of each Loan shall begin on the First Drawdown Date and shall end on the last day of the Interest Period selected in accordance with Clause 7.1. Any subsequent Interest Period selected in respect of a Loan shall commence on the day following the last day of its previous Interest Period and shall end on the last day of its current Interest Period selected in accordance with Clause 7.1.

 

7.3

Interest Periods to meet Repayment Dates If an Interest Period in respect of the Term Loan or Revolving Credit would otherwise expire after the next Repayment Date, there shall be a separate Interest Period for a part of the Term Loan or the Revolving Credit equal to the Repayment Instalment or Drawing due on that next Repayment Date and that separate Interest Period shall expire on the next Repayment Date.

 

7.4

Non-Business Days If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

7.5

Interest rate During each Interest Period interest shall accrue on each Loan at the percentage rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of (a) the Margin and (b) LIBOR.

 

7.6

Failure to select Interest Period If the Borrower at any time fails to select or agree an Interest Period in respect of the Term Loan in accordance with Clause 7.1, the interest rate applicable shall be based on an Interest Period of three months.

 

7.7

Accrual and payment of interest Interest shall accrue from day to day, shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and the actual number of days elapsed (or, in any circumstance where market practice differs, in accordance with the prevailing market practice) and shall be paid by the Borrower to the Agent for the account of the Lenders on the last day of each Interest Period and, if the Interest Period is longer than three months, on the dates falling at three monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period.

 

7.8

Default interest If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date, subject to any applicable grace period, up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is one point five percentage points higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Term Loan for successive Interest Periods, each selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 7.8 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent. If unpaid, any such interest will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

Page 29


7.9

Absence of quotations Subject to Clause 7.10, if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11.00 am on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

7.10

Market disruption If a Market Disruption Event occurs for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the relevant Loan for that Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  7.10.1

the Margin; and

 

  7.10.2

the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable, and in any event by close of business on the date falling 10 Business Days after the Quotation Day (or, if earlier, on the date falling 10 Business Days prior to the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the relevant Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

In this Agreement “ Market Disruption Event ” means:

 

  (a)

at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars and the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  (b)

before close of business in New York on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the relevant Loan equals or exceeds 50 per cent of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from the London Interbank Market or, if cheaper, from whatever other source it may reasonably select, would be in excess of LIBOR.

 

7.11

Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

  7.11.1

If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

  7.11.2

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 7.11.1 shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.

 

  7.11.3

If an alternative basis is not agreed pursuant to Clause 7.11.1, the Borrower will immediately prepay the relevant Commitment together with Break Costs and the remaining Repayment Instalments and the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount shall be reduced pro rata to the amount prepaid.

 

7.12

Determinations conclusive The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Clause 7 and each such determination shall (save in the case of manifest error) be final and conclusive.

 

Page 30


8

Indemnities

 

8.1

Transaction expenses The Borrower will, within fourteen (14) days of the Agent’s written demand, pay the Agent (for the account of the Finance Parties) the amount of all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including legal fees and VAT or any similar or replacement tax if applicable) reasonably incurred by the Finance Parties or any of them in connection with:

 

  8.1.1

the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of the Finance Documents (whether or not any Finance Document is actually executed or registered and whether or not the Loans are advanced);

 

  8.1.2

any amendment, addendum or supplement to any Finance Document (whether or not completed); and

 

  8.1.3

any other document which may at any time be required by a Finance Party to give effect to any Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements) or which a Finance Party is entitled to call for or obtain under any Finance Document.

 

8.2

Funding costs The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all losses and costs incurred or sustained by that Finance Party if, for any reason due to a default or other action by the Borrower, a Loan is not advanced to the Borrower after the relevant Drawdown Notice has been given to the Agent, or is advanced on a date other than that requested in the Drawdown Notice.

 

8.3

Break Costs The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all documented costs, losses, premiums or penalties incurred by that Finance Party as a result of its receiving any prepayment of all or any part of a Loan (whether pursuant to Clause 5.1 or otherwise) on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan, or any other payment under or in relation to the Finance Documents on a day other than the due date for payment of the sum in question, including (without limitation) any losses or costs incurred in liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain all or any part of a Loan, and any liabilities, expenses or losses incurred by any Swap Provider in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any non-speculative interest or currency exchange transaction or arrangement entered into by that Swap Provider with any member of the Borrower Group to hedge any exposure arising under any Master Agreement, or in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any open position arising under any Master Agreement.

 

8.4

Currency indemnity In the event of a Finance Party receiving or recovering any amount payable under a Finance Document in a currency other than the Currency of Account, and if the amount received or recovered is insufficient when converted into the Currency of Account at the date of receipt to satisfy in full the amount due, the Borrower shall promptly, on the Agent’s written demand, pay to the Agent for the account of the relevant Finance Party such further amount in the Currency of Account as is sufficient to satisfy in full the amount due and that further amount shall be due to the Agent on behalf of the relevant Finance Party as a separate debt under this Agreement.

 

Page 31


8.5

Other Indemnities

 

  8.5.1

The Borrower shall (or shall procure that a Security Party will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability reasonably incurred by it as a result of:

 

  (a)

a failure by a Security Party to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 15.22;

 

  (b)

a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

8.6

General indemnity

 

  8.6.1

The Borrower hereby agrees at all times to pay promptly or, as the case may be, indemnify and hold the Finance Parties and their respective officers, directors, representatives, agents and employees (together the “ Indemnified Parties ”) harmless on a full indemnity basis from and against each and every loss suffered or incurred by or imposed on any Indemnified Party related to or arising out of:

 

  (a)

the use of proceeds of the Loans;

 

  (b)

the execution and delivery of any commitment letter, engagement letter, fee letter, the Finance Documents or any other document connected therewith or the performance of the respective obligations thereunder, including without limitation environmental liabilities; or

 

  (c)

any claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding relating to the foregoing or the Security Parties, whether or not any Indemnified Party is a party thereto or target thereof, or the Indemnified Parties’ roles in connection therewith, and will reimburse the Indemnified Parties, on demand, for all reasonable expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred by the Indemnified Parties in connection with investigating, preparing for or defending any such claim, action, suit or proceeding (including any security holder actions or proceeding, inquiry or investigation), whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation in which the Security Parties are a party.

 

  8.6.2

The Borrower will not, however, be responsible for any claims, liabilities, losses, damages or expenses of an Indemnified Party that are finally judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted principally from the wilful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Party.

 

  8.6.3

The foregoing shall be in addition to any rights that the Indemnified Parties may have at common law or otherwise and shall extend upon the same terms to and inure to the benefit of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person of an Indemnified Party.

 

Page 32


8.7

Increased costs

 

  8.7.1

Subject to Clause 8.9, the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement or (iii) the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III, CRR or CRD IV or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III, CRR or CRD IV (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, that Finance Party or any of that Finance Party’s Affiliates).

 

  8.7.2

In this Agreement:

 

  (a)

“Basel III” means:

 

  (i)

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

  (ii)

the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

  (iii)

any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

  (b)

CRD IV ” means Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC, as amended, supplemented or restated.

 

  (c)

CRR ” means Regulation EU No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation EU No 648/2012, as amended, supplemented or restated.

 

Page 33


  (d)

Increased Costs ” means:

 

  (i)

a reduction in the rate of return from the Loans or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  (ii)

an additional or increased cost; or

 

  (iii)

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into any Finance Document or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

8.8

Increased cost claims

 

  8.8.1

A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 8.7 shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

 

  8.8.2

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

8.9

Exceptions to increased costs Clause 8.7 does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  8.9.1

compensated for by a payment made under Clause 8.12; or

 

  8.9.2

compensated for by a payment made under Clause 17.3; or

 

  8.9.3

attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; or

 

  8.9.4

attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party (or an Affiliate of that Finance Party) of any law or regulation; or

 

  8.9.5

attributable to the implementation or application of, or compliance with, the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III) (“ Basel II ”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or of its Affiliates).

 

8.10

Events of Default The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party from time to time, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all losses and costs incurred or sustained by that Finance Party as a consequence of any Event of Default.

 

Page 34


8.11

Enforcement costs The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by a Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document including (without limitation) any losses, costs and expenses which that Finance Party may from time to time sustain, incur or become liable for by reason of that Finance Party being a lender to the Borrower. No such indemnity will be given where any such loss or cost has occurred due to gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of that Finance Party; however, this shall not affect the right of any other Finance Party to receive such indemnity.

 

8.12

Taxes

 

  8.12.1

The Borrower shall (within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  8.12.2

Clause 8.12.1 above shall not apply:

 

  (a)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (i)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

  (ii)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party;

 

  (b)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 17.3; or

 

  (c)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

  8.12.3

A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under Clause 8.12.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.

 

  8.12.4

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from a Security Party under this Clause 8.12, notify the Agent.

 

8.13

Stamp taxes

 

  8.13.1

The Borrower shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

Page 35


  8.13.2

Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Clause 8.13.1 shall not apply in respect of any stamp duty, registration or other similar Taxes which are payable in respect of an assignment, transfer or other alienation of any kind by a Finance Party of any of its rights and/or obligations under a Finance Document.

 

8.14

VAT

 

  8.14.1

All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party or any Security Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to Clause 8.14.2, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party or to any Security Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party or Security Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).

 

  8.14.2

If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “ Supplier ”) to any other Finance Party (the “ Recipient ”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “ Relevant Party ”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

  (a)

(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this Clause 8.14.2(a) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

  (b)

(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

Page 36


  8.14.3

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

  8.14.4

Any reference in this Clause 8.14 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to any member of such group at such time.

 

  8.14.5

In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

8.15

FATCA Information

 

  8.15.1

Subject to Clause 8.15.3, each Party shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

  (a)

confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

  (i)

a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (ii)

not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (b)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

 

  (c)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably request for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime.

 

  8.15.2

If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to Clause 8.15.1(a) that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

  8.15.3

Clause 8.15.1 above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and Clause 8.15.1(c) shall not oblige any Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

  (a)

any law or regulation;

 

  (b)

any fiduciary duty; or

 

  (c)

any duty of confidentiality.

 

Page 37


  8.15.4

If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with Clause 8.15.1 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where Clause 8.15.3 applies) then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

8.16

FATCA Deduction

 

  8.16.1

Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required by FATCA to make, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

  8.16.2

Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower, the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

9

Fees

 

9.1

Commitment fee The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders in proportion to their Commitments) a fee computed at the rate of:

 

  9.1.1

thirty five per cent (35%) of the Margin on the undrawn and uncancelled amount of the Term Loan from time to time for the period beginning on the Execution Date until the Final Availability Date applicable to the Term Loan; and

 

  9.1.2

thirty five per cent (35%) of the Margin on the undrawn and uncancelled amount of the Maximum Revolving Credit Amount from time to time for the period beginning on the Execution Date until the Final Availability Date applicable to the Revolving Credit.

The accrued commitment fees are payable on (i) [31 March 2016] and (ii) on the last day of each successive period of three months from [31 March 2016] until the relevant Final Availability Date.

 

9.2

Other fees The Borrower shall pay to the Agent the fees in the amounts and at the times agreed in any Fee Letter.

 

10

Security and Application of Moneys

 

10.1

Security Documents As security for the payment of the Indebtedness, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Agent or cause to be executed and delivered to the Agent at the relevant time, the following documents in such forms and containing such terms and conditions as the Agent shall require:

 

  10.1.1

a first priority statutory or preferred mortgage (as the case may be) over each Collateral Vessel together with a collateral deed of covenants (if applicable), and if such mortgage shows the amount secured, such amount shall be no less than 110% of the Indebtedness (if allowed by applicable law);

 

Page 38


  10.1.2

a first priority deed of assignment of the Insurances, Earnings, Charter Rights (if applicable) and Requisition Compensation of each Collateral Vessel;

 

  10.1.3

a guarantee and indemnity from each Collateral Owner;

 

  10.1.4

a first priority pledge of all the membership interests or shares (as the case may be) in each Collateral Owner;

 

  10.1.5

a first priority account security deed in respect of all amounts from time to time standing to the credit of the Earnings Account; and

 

  10.1.6

at any time when the Approved Managers of a Collateral Vessel are not the Borrower, Teekay Corporation, Teekay Marine Limited or any other member of the Teekay Group, a Managers’ Confirmation.

 

10.2

Earnings Account The Borrower shall maintain the Earnings Account with the Account Holder for the duration of the Facility Period free of Encumbrances and rights of set off other than those created by or under the Finance Documents.

 

10.3

Earnings The Borrower shall procure that all Earnings and any Requisition Compensation are credited to the Earnings Account.

 

10.4

Withdrawals from Earnings Account Subject to no Event of Default being continuing, the Borrower may freely withdraw any sum standing to the credit of the Earnings Account.

 

10.5

Relocation of Earnings Account On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Agent may without the consent of the Borrower instruct the Account Holder to relocate the Earnings Account to any other branch of the Account Holder, without prejudice to the continued application of this Clause 10 and the rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.

 

10.6

Access to information The Borrower agrees that the Agent (and its nominees) may from time to time during the Facility Period upon reasonable prior request review the records held by the Account Holder (whether in written or electronic form) in relation to the Earnings Account, and irrevocably waives any right of confidentiality which may exist in relation to those records.

 

10.7

Application after acceleration From and after the giving of notice to the Borrower by the Agent under Clause 13.2, the Borrower shall procure that all sums from time to time standing to the credit of the Earnings Account are immediately transferred to the Agent for application in accordance with Clause 10.8 and the Borrower irrevocably authorises the Agent to instruct the Account Holder to make those transfers.

 

10.8

General application of moneys Whilst an Event of Default is continuing unremedied or unwaived the Borrower irrevocably authorises the Agent to apply (and the Agent agrees to apply) all sums which it may receive under or in connection with any Security Document, in or towards satisfaction, or by way of retention on account, of the Indebtedness, as follows:

 

Page 39


  10.8.1

first in payment of all outstanding amounts (including, but not limited to, outstanding fees and expenses) payable to the Agent;

 

  10.8.2

secondly in or towards payment of all outstanding interest hereunder;

 

  10.8.3

thirdly in or towards payment of all outstanding principal hereunder;

 

  10.8.4

fourthly in or towards payment of all other Indebtedness hereunder;

 

  10.8.5

fifthly the balance, if any, shall be remitted to the Borrower or whoever may be entitled thereto,

provided that any part of the Indebtedness arising out of the Master Agreements shall be satisfied only after every other part of the Indebtedness for the time being due and payable has been satisfied in full.

 

10.9

Additional security If at any time the aggregate of the Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels and the value of any additional security (such value to be the face amount of the deposit (in the case of cash), determined conclusively by appropriate advisers appointed by the Agent (in the case of other charged assets), and determined by the Agent, acting reasonably (in all other cases)) for the time being provided to the Agent under this Clause 10.9 is less than one hundred and twenty five per cent (125%) of the amount of the Loans then outstanding (the “ VTL Coverage ”) the Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days of the Agent’s request, at the Borrower’s option:

 

  10.9.1

pay to the Agent or to its nominee a cash deposit in the amount of the shortfall to be secured in favour of the Agent as additional security for the payment of the Indebtedness; or

 

  10.9.2

give to the Agent other additional security in amount and form acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders); or

 

  10.9.3

prepay the Loans in the amount of the shortfall.

Clause 6.8 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to any prepayment made under this Clause 10.9 and the value of any additional security provided shall be determined as stated above.

 

11

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Finance Parties at the Execution Date and (by reference to the facts and circumstances then pertaining) at the date of each Drawdown Notice, at each Drawdown Date and at each Interest Payment Date as follows (except that the representation and warranty contained at Clause 11.7 shall only be made on the Execution Date and the First Drawdown Date and the representations and warranties at Clause 11.2, Clause 11.6 and Clause 11.19 shall only be made on the Execution Date):

 

Page 40


11.1

Status and Due Authorisation Each of the Security Parties is a corporation or limited liability company duly incorporated or formed under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (as the case may be) with power to enter into the Finance Documents and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and all corporate and other action required to authorise its execution of the Finance Documents and its performance of its obligations thereunder has been duly taken.

 

11.2

No Deductions or Withholding Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, none of the Security Parties will be required to make any deduction or withholding from any payment it may make under any of the Finance Documents.

 

11.3

Claims Pari Passu Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, the Indebtedness will, to the extent that it exceeds the realised value of any security granted in respect of the Indebtedness, rank at least pari passu with all the Security Parties’ other unsecured indebtedness save that which is preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application.

 

11.4

No Immunity In any proceedings taken in any of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in relation to any of the Finance Documents, none of the Security Parties will be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

 

11.5

Governing Law and Judgments In any proceedings taken in any of the Security Parties’ jurisdiction of incorporation or formation in relation to any of the Finance Documents in which there is an express choice of the law of a particular country as the governing law thereof, that choice of law and any judgment or (if applicable) arbitral award obtained in that country will be recognised and enforced.

 

11.6

Validity and Admissibility in Evidence As at the date hereof, all acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled and performed in order (a) to enable each of the Security Parties lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform and comply with the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents, (b) to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal, valid and binding and (c) to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in the jurisdictions of incorporation or formation of each of the Security Parties, have been done, fulfilled and performed.

 

11.7

No Filing or Stamp Taxes Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, it is not necessary that any of the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (other than the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales or the relevant maritime registry, to the extent applicable) or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to any of the Finance Documents.

 

11.8

Binding Obligations The obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal and valid obligations, binding on each of them in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents and no limit on any of their powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowings, granting of security or giving of guarantees contemplated by the Finance Documents or the performance by any of them of any of their obligations thereunder.

 

Page 41


11.9

No misleading information To the best of its knowledge, any factual information provided by any Security Party to any Finance Party in connection with the Loans was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any respect.

 

11.10

No Winding-up None of the Security Parties has taken any corporate or limited liability company action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) threatened against any Security Party for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11.11

Solvency

 

  11.11.1

None of the Security Parties nor the Borrower Group taken as a whole is unable, or admits or has admitted its inability, to pay its debts or has suspended making payments in respect of any of its debts.

 

  11.11.2

None of the Security Parties by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, has commenced, or intends to commence, negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

  11.11.3

The value of the assets of each Security Party and the Borrower Group taken as a whole is not less than the liabilities of such entity or the Borrower Group taken as a whole (as the case may be) (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

  11.11.4

No moratorium has been, or may, in the reasonably foreseeable future be, declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Security Party.

 

11.12

No Material Defaults

 

  11.12.1

Without prejudice to Clause 11.12.2, none of the Security Parties are in breach of or in default under any agreement to which it is a party or which is binding on it or any of its assets to an extent or in a manner which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  11.12.2

No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the advance of the Loans.

 

11.13

No Material Proceedings No action or administrative proceeding of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which is not covered by adequate insurance or which might have a Material Adverse Effect has been started or is reasonably likely to be started.

 

11.14

No Obligation to Create Security The execution of the Finance Documents by the Security Parties and their exercise of their rights and performance of their obligations thereunder will not result in the existence of nor oblige any Security Party to create any Encumbrance over all or any of their present or future revenues or assets, other than pursuant to the Security Documents.

 

Page 42


11.15

No Breach The execution of the Finance Documents by each of the Security Parties and their exercise of their rights and performance of their obligations under any of the Finance Documents do not constitute and will not result in any breach of any agreement or treaty to which any of them is a party.

 

11.16

Security Each of the Security Parties is the legal and beneficial owner of all assets and other property which it purports to charge, mortgage, pledge, assign or otherwise secure pursuant to each Security Document and those Security Documents to which it is a party create and give rise to valid and effective security having the ranking expressed in those Security Documents.

 

11.17

Necessary Authorisations The Necessary Authorisations required by each Security Party are in full force and effect, and each Security Party is in compliance with the material provisions of each such Necessary Authorisation relating to it and, to the best of its knowledge, none of the Necessary Authorisations relating to it are the subject of any pending or threatened proceedings or revocation.

 

11.18

Money Laundering Any amount borrowed hereunder, and the performance of the obligations of the Security Parties under the Finance Documents, will be for the account of members of the Borrower Group and will not involve any breach by any of them of any law or regulatory measure relating to “money laundering” as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (2005/60/EC) of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Communities.

 

11.19

Disclosure of material facts The Borrower is not aware of any material facts or circumstances which have not been disclosed to the Agent and which might, if disclosed, have reasonably been expected to adversely affect the decision of a person considering whether or not to make loan facilities of the nature contemplated by this Agreement available to the Borrower.

 

11.20

No breach of laws

 

  11.20.1

None of the Security Parties has breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  11.20.2

No labour disputes are current or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) threatened against any member of the Borrower Group which have or are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11.21

Anti-money laundering, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws None of the Security Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries, directors or officers, or, to the best knowledge of any Security Party, any Affiliate of it, has engaged in any activity or conduct which would violate any applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption or anti-money laundering laws, regulations or rules in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

11.22

Environmental laws

 

  11.22.1

Each member of the Borrower Group is in compliance with Clause 12.1.11 and (to the best of its knowledge and belief) no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Page 43


  11.22.2

No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Borrower Group where that claim has or is reasonably likely, if determined against that member of the Borrower Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11.23

Use of Facility The Loans will be used for the purposes specified in Recital (B).

 

11.24

Taxation

 

  11.24.1

The Borrower is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax of $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) or more, save in the case of Taxes which are being contested on bona fide grounds.

 

  11.24.2

No claims or investigations are being made or conducted against the Borrower with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, the Borrower of $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) or more is reasonably likely to arise.

 

11.25

Shares

The shares or membership interests (as the case may be) of the Borrower and each Collateral Owner are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights. The constitutional documents of each Collateral Owner do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those shares on creation or enforcement of the Security Documents. There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any share or loan capital of any member of the Borrower Group, the Borrower and the Collateral Owners (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

 

11.26

Sanctions

 

  11.26.1

No Security Party, nor any Affiliate of any Security Party nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees:

 

  (a)

is a Restricted Party; or

 

  (b)

has received notice of or is aware of any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority.

 

  11.26.2

No Collateral Vessel is a vessel with which any Finance Party is prohibited or restricted from dealing with under any Sanctions.

 

  11.26.3

Each of the Security Parties is in compliance with all Sanctions.

 

11.27

Representations Limited The representation and warranties of the Borrower in this Clause 11 are subject to:

 

Page 44


  11.27.1

the principle that equitable remedies are remedies which may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court;

 

  11.27.2

the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting or limiting the rights of creditors;

 

  11.27.3

the time barring of claims under any applicable limitation acts;

 

  11.27.4

the possibility that a court may strike out provisions for a contract as being invalid for reasons of oppression, undue influence or similar; and

 

  11.27.5

any other reservations or qualifications of law expressed in any legal opinions obtained by the Agent in connection with the Loans.

 

11.28

Sanctions Exception The representations and warranties and covenants given in Clause 11.26 and Clause 12.1.12 respectively shall only be given, and be applicable to, Lenders insofar as the giving of and compliance with such representations and warranties do not result in a violation of or conflict with section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung) (in conjunction with section 4, paragraph 1a, no.3 foreign trade law (AWG) (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz)), any provision of Council Regulation (EC) 2271/1996 or any similar applicable anti-boycott law or regulation.

 

12

Undertakings and Covenants

The undertakings and covenants in this Clause 12 remain in force for the duration of the Facility Period.

 

12.1

General Undertakings

 

  12.1.1

Financial statements The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year.

 

  12.1.2

Cash Flow Projections The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event prior to the start of each of its financial years, its cash flow projections for the coming financial year.

 

  12.1.3

Requirements as to financial statements Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower under Clause 12.1.1:

 

  (a)

shall be certified by an authorised signatory of the Borrower as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and

 

  (b)

shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

  12.1.4

Interim financial statements The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the first, second and third quarter during each of its financial years, its unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statements for that quarter.

 

Page 45


  12.1.5

Compliance Certificates The Borrower shall supply to the Agent a Compliance Certificate, signed by a duly authorised representative of the Borrower, with each set of its annual financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 12.1.1 (the “ Annual Statements ”) and with each set of its quarterly financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 12.1.4 (the “ Quarterly Statements ”) which, in each case, shall contain computations as to compliance with Clause 12.2 as at the date the relevant financial statements were drawn up.

 

  12.1.6

Information: miscellaneous The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, supply to the Agent:

 

  (a)

promptly upon becoming aware of them, details of any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any Security Party, and which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (b)

promptly, details of any capture, seizure, arrest, confiscation or detention of any Collateral Vessel which remains in existence five (5) Business Days after the initial capture, seizure, arrest, confiscation or detention (as the case may be); and

 

  (c)

promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any Security Party as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

  12.1.7

Maintenance of Legal Validity The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, comply with the terms of and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all Authorisations required in or by the laws and regulations of its jurisdiction of formation or incorporation and all other applicable jurisdictions, to enable it lawfully to enter into and perform its obligations under the Security Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Security Documents in its jurisdiction of incorporation, formation or organisation and all other applicable jurisdictions.

 

  12.1.8

Notification of Default The Borrower shall promptly, upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of the occurrence of any Event of Default and, upon receipt of a written request to that effect from the Agent, confirm to the Agent that, save as previously notified to the Agent or as notified in such confirmation, no Event of Default has occurred.

 

  12.1.9

Claims Pari Passu The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, ensure that at all times the claims of the Finance Parties against it under the Security Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, winding-up or other similar laws of general application.

 

Page 46


  12.1.10

Necessary Authorisations Without prejudice to any specific provision of the Security Documents relating to an Authorisation, the Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, (i) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all Necessary Authorisations if a failure to do the same may cause a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) promptly upon request, supply certified copies to the Agent of all Necessary Authorisations.

 

  12.1.11

Compliance with Applicable Laws The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, comply with all applicable laws, including Environmental Laws, to which it may be subject (except as regards Sanctions to which Clause 12.1.12 applies, and anti-corruption, anti-money laundering and anti-bribery laws to which Clause 12.1.13 applies) if a failure to do the same may have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  12.1.12

Sanctions

 

  (a)

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, ensure that no part of the proceeds of the Loans or other transaction(s) contemplated by any Finance Document shall, directly or indirectly, be lent, contributed, used or otherwise made available:

 

  (i)

to fund any trade, business or other activity of, with or involving any Restricted Party or any country or territory that at the time of such funding, is a Sanctioned Country;

 

  (ii)

for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party;

 

  (iii)

in a manner that would reasonably be expected to result in any Security Party being in breach of any Sanctions (if and to the extent applicable to either of them) or becoming a Restricted Party; or

 

  (iv)

in any other manner that would result, or would reasonably be expected to result, in any party to the Finance Documents (other than the Security Parties) or any Affiliate of such party or any other person (including any person participating in the Loan hereunder, whether as lender, swap provider, facility or security agent or otherwise) being party to or which benefits from any Finance Document being in breach of any Sanctions (if and to the extent applicable to either of them) or becoming a Restricted Party.

 

  (b)

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, ensure that its assets, the assets subject to Security Documents or the Collateral Vessels shall not be used directly or indirectly:

 

  (i)

by or for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party; or

 

Page 47


  (ii)

in any trade which is prohibited under applicable Sanctions or which could expose any Security Party, its assets, any asset subject to the Security Documents, the Collateral Vessels, any Finance Party or any other person being party to or which benefits from any Finance Document, any Approved Managers to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions.

 

  (c)

The Borrower shall promptly, upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing if it or any Security Party is in breach of any Sanctions.

 

  12.1.13

Anti-money laundering, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties shall, conduct its business in compliance with applicable anti-money laundering, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws.

 

  12.1.14

Environmental compliance

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties will:

 

  (a)

comply with all Environmental Laws;

 

  (b)

obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

 

  (c)

implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Laws;

 

  (d)

ensure that any Collateral Vessel controlled by it that is intended to be scrapped by its Collateral Owner, is recycled at a recycling yard which conducts its recycling business in a socially and environmentally responsible manner,

where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  12.1.15

Environmental claims

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties will, promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of:

 

  (a)

any Environmental Claim against any member of the Borrower Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

  (b)

any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Borrower Group,

where the claim, if determined against that member of the Borrower Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  12.1.16

Taxation

 

Page 48


The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Security Party will, pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

  (a)

such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

  (b)

adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements; and

 

  (c)

such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  12.1.17

Loans or other financial commitments The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner will make any loan or enter into any guarantee and indemnity or otherwise voluntarily assume any actual or contingent liability in respect of any obligation of any other person except for the Loans and loans made in the ordinary course of business in connection with the chartering, operation or repair of its Collateral Vessel.

 

  12.1.18

Further Assurance The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties shall, at its own expense, promptly take all such action as the Agent may reasonably require for the purpose of perfecting or protecting any Finance Party’s rights with respect to the security created or evidenced (or intended to be created or evidenced) by the Security Documents.

 

  12.1.19

Other information The Borrower will, and will procure that each of the Security Parties will, promptly supply to the Agent such financial information and explanations as the Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably require in connection with the Security Parties, including the unaudited consolidated annual financial statements of such Security Parties as soon as such financial statements have been drawn up.

 

  12.1.20

Inspection of records The Borrower will, and will procure that each other Security Party will, permit the inspection of its financial records and accounts on reasonable prior written notice from time to time during business hours by the Agent or its nominee.

 

  12.1.21

Insurance The Borrower shall procure that all of the assets, operation and liability of the members of the Borrower Group are insured against such risks, liabilities and for amounts as normally adopted by the industry for similar assets and liabilities and, in the case of the Collateral Vessels, in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents.

 

  12.1.22

Merger and Demerger The Borrower shall not, and shall ensure that no other Security Party will, enter into any amalgamation, merger, demerger or corporate restructuring without the prior written consent of all Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) unless, in the case of the Borrower, the Borrower is the surviving entity of any such amalgamation, merger, demerger or corporate restructuring.

 

Page 49


  12.1.23

Transfer of Assets The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that no other Security Party will, sell or transfer any of its material assets other than:

 

  (a)

on arm’s length terms to third parties where the net proceeds of sale are used as a prepayment hereunder; or

 

  (b)

on arm’s length terms to its Affiliates, which are and remain members of the Borrower Group.

 

  12.1.24

Change of Business The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent of all Lenders, make any substantial change to the general nature of its shipping business from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

  12.1.25

Acquisitions The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner will make any acquisition or investment without the prior written consent of all Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) save for the purchase of any Collateral Vessel or Replacement Vessel (provided that no Collateral Owner shall own more than one Collateral Vessel or Replacement Vessel (as the case may be) at any one time).

 

  12.1.26

“Know your customer” checks If:

 

  (a)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (b)

any change in the status of the Borrower after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (c)

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender for itself (or, in the case of (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or that Lender (or, in the case of (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents including, without limitation, obtaining, verifying and recording certain information and documentation that will allow the Agent and any Lender to identify each Security Party in accordance with the requirements of the Patriot Act.

 

Page 50


  12.1.27

No borrowings The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall incur any liability or obligation except (i) liabilities and obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party, (ii) liabilities or obligations reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning and chartering, repairing and maintaining its Collateral Vessel, (iii) liabilities and obligations under the 845m Loan Agreement and (iv) Financial Indebtedness owing to Affiliates provided that such Financial Indebtedness is unsecured and subordinated and provided that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result from the making of any such payment, nothing in this Clause 12.1.27 shall prevent any Security Party from repaying any such Financial Indebtedness or paying interest on any such Financial Indebtedness.

 

  12.1.28

Dividends The Borrower is free to pay any dividends or make other distributions to its shareholders or buy back its own shares provided that (i) no Event of Default is continuing at the time of such payment, distributions or buy-back, or would result from such payment, distributions or buy-back and (ii) such payment, distributions or buy-back would not result in the Borrower being in breach of Clause 10.9 or Clause 12.2.

 

  12.1.29

Listing The Borrower shall throughout the Facility Period maintain its listing as a publically traded company on the New York Stock Exchange or any other recognised stock exchange acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders).

 

  12.1.30

Negative Pledge The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall create, or permit to subsist, any Encumbrance (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) over all or any part of its assets or undertakings (other than Permitted Encumbrances) nor dispose of any of those assets or of all or part of that undertaking other than, in the case of a sale of a Collateral Vessel, where such sale complies with the requirements of Clause 6.5.

 

  12.1.31

Management of Collateral Vessels The Borrower shall ensure that (a) each Collateral Vessel is at all times technically and commercially managed by Approved Managers and (b) at any time that the Approved Managers of the Collateral Vessels are not the Borrower, Teekay, Teekay Marine Limited or any other member of the Teekay Group, such Approved Managers provide a written confirmation confirming that, among other things, following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, all claims of the Approved Managers against a Collateral Owner shall be subordinated to the claims of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents. The Borrower shall promptly inform the Agent in writing of any proposed change of an Approved Manager.

 

  12.1.32

Classification The Borrower shall ensure that each Collateral Vessel maintains the highest classification required for the purpose of the relevant trade of such Collateral Vessel which shall be with a Pre-Approved Classification Society, in each case, free from any material overdue recommendations and adverse notations affecting that Collateral Vessel’s class.

 

Page 51


  12.1.33

Certificate of Financial Responsibility The Borrower shall procure that each Collateral Owner shall, if required, obtain and maintain a certificate of financial responsibility in relation to any Collateral Vessel which is to call at the United States of America.

 

  12.1.34

Registration The Borrower shall not change or permit a change to the flag of a Collateral Vessel during the Facility Period other than to a Pre-Approved Flag or such other flag as may be approved by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

  12.1.35

ISM and ISPS Compliance The Borrower shall ensure that each ISM Company and ISPS Company complies in all material respects with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code, respectively, or any replacements thereof and in particular (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) shall ensure that such company holds (i) a valid and current Document of Compliance issued pursuant to the ISM Code, (ii) a valid and current SMC issued in respect of the relevant Collateral Vessel pursuant to the ISM Code, and (iii) an ISSC in respect of the relevant Collateral Vessel, and the Borrower shall promptly, upon request, supply the Agent with copies of the same.

 

  12.1.36

Maintenance The Borrower shall ensure that each of the Collateral Vessels shall be maintained in good and safe condition and with all registered surveys carried out when due.

 

  12.1.37

Chartering The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall, during the Facility Period, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders), take any vessel on charter or other contract of employment (or agree to do so) from any party outside the Teekay Group.

 

  12.1.38

Valuations The Borrower will deliver to the Agent (at its own cost) Valuations (in accordance with the definition of, and sufficient to establish, Fair Market Value) of each Collateral Vessel (a) on the Execution Date, (b) on the dates falling at consecutive six (6) monthly intervals after the First Drawdown Date and (c) following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, on such other occasions as the Agent may request (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders). Such Valuations shall be dated no earlier than sixty (60) days, in the case of the Valuations to be provided on the Execution Date, and no earlier than then (10) days, in every other case prior to the date on which they are to be delivered to the Agent in accordance with this Clause.

 

  12.1.39

No dealings with Master Agreements The Borrower shall not assign, novate or encumber or in any other way transfer any of its rights or obligations under any Master Agreement.

 

  12.1.40

Charters The Borrower shall from time to time during the Facility Period (i) promptly inform the Agent if a Collateral Owner lets, or agrees to let, its Collateral Vessel on a Charter and (ii) procure that within twenty (20) days of the Collateral Vessel in question being delivered under the relevant Charter the relevant Collateral Owner provides the Agent with an assignment of the related Charter Rights together with any notice of assignment thereto required by the Agent and that the relevant Collateral Owner uses its commercial best efforts to obtain any acknowledgement of such notice of assignment required by the Agent (each such assignment and acknowledgment being substantially in such form as previously agreed between the Borrower and the Agent).

 

Page 52


12.2

Financial covenants Throughout the Facility Period the Borrower shall:

 

  12.2.1

maintain Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines of (in aggregate) not less than thirty five million Dollars ($35,000,000); and

 

  12.2.2

ensure that the aggregate of Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines will not be less than five per cent (5%) of the Total Debt;

provided that following any change in the applicable accounting policies for the Borrower from GAAP the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders and in consultation with the Borrower) may require an amendment to this Clause 12.2 as the Agent deems logical and necessary having regard to the nature of such changes in policy and the intended substance of this Clause 12.2.

 

13

Events of Default

 

13.1

Events of Default Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 13.1 is an Event of Default.

 

  13.1.1

Borrower’s Failure to Pay under this Agreement The Borrower fails to pay any amount due from it under this Agreement at the time, in the currency and otherwise in the manner specified herein provided that, if the Borrower can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent that all necessary instructions were given to effect such payment and the non-receipt thereof is attributable solely to an administrative or technical error by the Agent or an error in the banking system or a Disruption Event, such payment shall instead be deemed to be due, solely for the purposes of this paragraph, within three (3) Business Days of the date on which it actually fell due under this Agreement; or

 

  13.1.2

Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made by any Security Party in any Finance Document to which it is a party or in any notice or other document, certificate or statement delivered by it pursuant thereto or in connection therewith is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect, where the circumstances causing the same give rise to a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  13.1.3

Specific Covenants A Security Party fails duly to perform or comply with any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by or procured by the Borrower under Clauses 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 10.9, 12.1.7, 12.1.8, 12.1.12, 12.1.21, 12.1.27, 12.1.29, 12.1.30, 12.1.34 and 12.2; or

 

  13.1.4

Other Obligations A Security Party fails duly to perform or comply with any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any Finance Document (other than those referred to in Clause 13.1.3) and such failure is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) the Agent having given notice thereof to the Borrower, and (ii) the Borrower becoming aware of such Default; or

 

Page 53


  13.1.5

Cross Default Any Financial Indebtedness of any Security Party is not paid when due (or within any applicable grace period) or any Financial Indebtedness of any Security Party is declared, or is capable of being declared, to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity where (in either case) the aggregate of all such unpaid or accelerated indebtedness (i) of the Borrower is equal to or greater than fifty million Dollars ($50,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) of any Collateral Owner is equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or

 

  13.1.6

Insolvency and Rescheduling A Security Party is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or a composition with its creditors; or

 

  13.1.7

Winding-up A Security Party files for initiation of formal restructuring proceedings, is wound up or declared bankrupt or takes any corporate action or other steps are taken or legal proceedings are started for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation or for the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, conservator, custodian, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its revenues or assets or any moratorium is declared or sought in respect of any of its indebtedness; or

 

  13.1.8

Execution or Distress

 

  (a)

Any Security Party fails to comply with or pay any sum due from it (within 30 days of such amount falling due) under any final judgment or any final order made or given by any court or other official body of a competent jurisdiction in an aggregate (i) in respect of the Borrower equal to or greater than fifty million Dollars ($50,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) in respect of any Collateral Owner equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency, being a judgment or order against which there is no right of appeal or if a right of appeal exists, where the time limit for making such appeal has expired.

 

  (b)

Any execution or distress is levied against, or an encumbrancer takes possession of, the whole or any part of, the property, undertaking or assets of a Security Party in an aggregate amount (i) in respect of the Borrower equal to or greater than fifty million Dollars ($50,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) in respect of any Collateral Owner equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency, other than any execution or distress which is being contested in good faith and which is either discharged within 30 days or in respect of which adequate security has been provided within 30 days to the relevant court or other authority to enable the relevant execution or distress to be lifted or released; or

 

Page 54


  13.1.9

Similar Event Any event occurs which, under the laws of any jurisdiction, has a similar or analogous effect to any of those events mentioned in Clauses 13.1.6, 13.1.7 or 13.1.8; or

 

  13.1.10

Repudiation Any Security Party repudiates any Finance Document to which it is a party or does or causes to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any such Finance Document; or

 

  13.1.11

Validity and Admissibility At any time any act, condition or thing required to be done, fulfilled or performed in order:

 

  (a)

to enable any Security Party lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform the respective obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

 

  (b)

to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal, valid and binding; or

 

  (c)

to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in any applicable jurisdiction

is not done, fulfilled or performed within 30 days after notification from the Agent to the relevant Security Party requiring the same to be done, fulfilled or performed; or

 

  13.1.12

Illegality At any time it is or becomes unlawful for any Security Party to perform or comply with any or all of its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party or any of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder are not or cease to be legal, valid and binding and such illegality is not remedied or mitigated to the satisfaction of the Agent within thirty (30) days after it has given notice thereof to the relevant Security Party; or

 

  13.1.13

Material Adverse Change At any time there shall occur any event or change which has a Material Adverse Effect in respect of any Security Party and such event or change, if capable of remedy, is not so remedied within 30 days of the delivery of a notice confirming such event or change by the Agent to the relevant Security Party; or

 

  13.1.14

Conditions Precedent and Subsequent If (a) any of the conditions set out in Clauses 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 is not satisfied by the relevant time or such other time period specified by the Agent in its discretion, or (b) any of the conditions set out in Clause 3.6 is not satisfied within thirty (30) days or such other time period specified by the Agent in its discretion; or

 

Page 55


  13.1.15

Revocation or Modification of consents etc. If any Necessary Authorisation which is now or which at any time during the Facility Period becomes necessary to enable any of the Security Parties to comply with any of their obligations in or pursuant to any of the Finance Documents is revoked, withdrawn or withheld, or modified in a manner which the Agent reasonably considers is, or may be, prejudicial to the interests of a Finance Party in a material manner, or if such Necessary Authorisation ceases to remain in full force and effect; or

 

  13.1.16

Cessation of Business The Borrower ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on all or a substantial part of its business; or

 

  13.1.17

Curtailment of Business If the business of the Borrower is wholly or materially curtailed by any intervention by or under authority of any government, or if all or a substantial part of the undertaking, property or assets of the Borrower is seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under authority of any government or the Borrower disposes or threatens to dispose of a substantial part of its business or assets; or

 

  13.1.18

Reduction of Capital If the Borrower reduces its committed or subscribed capital; or

 

  13.1.19

Notice of Termination If any Security Party (that has given a guarantee and indemnity pursuant to this Agreement) gives notice to the Agent to determine its obligations under its Guarantee; or

 

  13.1.20

Environmental Matters

 

  (a)

Any Environmental Claim is pending or made against a Collateral Owner or in connection with a Collateral Vessel, where such Environmental Claim has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b)

Any actual Environmental Incident occurs in connection with a Vessel, where such Environmental Incident has a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  13.1.21

Loss of Property All or a substantial part of the business or assets of any Security Party is destroyed, abandoned, seized, appropriated or forfeited for any reason, and such occurrence in the reasonable opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

13.2

Acceleration If an Event of Default is continuing unremedied or unwaived the Agent may (with the consent of the Majority Lenders) and shall (at the request of the Majority Lenders) by notice to the Borrower cancel any part of a Maximum Amount not then advanced and:

 

  13.2.1

declare that the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents are immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  13.2.2

declare that the Loans are payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent; and/or

 

Page 56


  13.2.3

declare the Commitments terminated and the Maximum Amounts reduced to zero.

 

14

Assignment and Sub-Participation

 

14.1

Lenders’ rights A Lender may assign any of its rights under this Agreement or transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any other branch or Affiliate of that Lender or to any other Lender (or an Affiliate of another Lender) or (subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld but not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived) to any other bank, financial institution or institutional lender, or any trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in, or established for the purpose of, making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets, and may grant sub-participations in all or any part of its Commitment in the Term Loan or a Drawing provided that where any such assignment, transfer or sub-participation relates to only part of a Lender’s Commitment, (i) it shall be in an amount of no less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000) and (ii) such assignment, transfer or sub-participation of only part of a Lender’s Commitment shall not result in such Lender holding a Commitment of less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000). Where the consent of the Borrower is required, the Borrower shall be deemed to have given its consent if no express refusal is given within five (5) Business Days.

 

14.2

Borrower’s co-operation The Borrower will co-operate fully with a Lender in connection with any assignment, transfer or sub-participation by that Lender; will execute and procure the execution of such documents as that Lender may require in that connection including, but not limited to, re-executing any Security Documents (if required); and irrevocably authorises any Finance Party to disclose to any proposed assignee, transferee or sub-participant (whether before or after any assignment, transfer or sub-participation and whether or not any assignment, transfer or sub-participation shall take place) all information relating to the Security Parties, the Loans and the Relevant Documents which any Finance Party may in its discretion consider necessary or desirable (subject to any duties of confidentiality applicable to the Lenders generally).

 

14.3

Rights of assignee Any assignee of a Lender shall (unless limited by the express terms of the assignment) take the full benefit of every provision of the Finance Documents benefiting that Lender provided that an assignment will only be effective on notification by the Agent to that Lender and the assignee that the Agent is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “Know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to the assignee.

 

14.4

Transfer Certificates If a Lender wishes to transfer any of its rights and obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement, it may do so by delivering to the Agent a duly completed Transfer Certificate, in which event on the Transfer Date:

 

  14.4.1

to the extent that that Lender seeks to transfer its rights and obligations, the Borrower (on the one hand) and that Lender (on the other) shall be released from all further obligations towards the other;

 

Page 57


  14.4.2

the Borrower (on the one hand) and the transferee (on the other) shall assume obligations towards the other identical to those released pursuant to Clause 14.4.1; and

 

  14.4.3

the Agent, each of the Lenders and the transferee shall have the same rights and obligations between themselves as they would have had if the transferee had been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender

provided that the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate once:

 

  (a)

it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to the transferee; and

 

  (b)

the transferee has paid to the Agent for its own account a transfer fee of five thousand Dollars ($5,000).

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, send to the Borrower and the Lenders a copy of that Transfer Certificate.

 

14.5

Finance Documents Unless otherwise expressly provided in any Finance Document or otherwise expressly agreed between a Lender and any proposed transferee and notified by that Lender to the Agent on or before the relevant Transfer Date, there shall automatically be assigned to the transferee with any transfer of a Lender’s rights and obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement the rights of that Lender under or pursuant to the Finance Documents (other than this Agreement) which relate to the portion of that Lender’s rights and obligations transferred by the relevant Transfer Certificate.

 

14.6

No assignment or transfer by the Security Parties No Security Party may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

14.7

Security over Lenders’ rights In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 14, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create an Encumbrance in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

  14.7.1

any charge, assignment or other Encumbrance to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

  14.7.2

in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Encumbrance granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Encumbrance shall:

 

Page 58


  (a)

release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or other Encumbrance for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b)

require any payments to be made by any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

15

The Agent and the Lenders

 

15.1

Appointment

 

  15.1.1

Each Lender and each Swap Provider appoints the Agent to act as its agent and/or security trustee under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  15.1.2

Each Lender and each Swap Provider authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

  15.1.3

Except in Clause 15.28 or where the context otherwise requires or where expressly provided to the contrary, references in this Clause 15 to the “ Finance Documents ” or to any “ Finance Document ” shall not include the Master Agreements.

 

15.2

Authority Each Lender and each Swap Provider irrevocably authorises the Agent and the Agent hereby agrees (subject to Clauses 15.5.1, 15.24 and this Clause 15.2):

 

  15.2.1

to execute any Finance Document (other than this Agreement) on its behalf;

 

  15.2.2

to collect, receive, release or pay any money on its behalf;

 

  15.2.3

acting on the instructions from time to time of the Majority Lenders (save where the terms of any Finance Document expressly provide otherwise) to give or withhold any waivers, consents or approvals under or pursuant to any Finance Document;

 

  15.2.4

acting on the instructions from time to time of the Majority Lenders (save where the terms of any Finance Document expressly provide otherwise) to exercise, or refrain from exercising, any rights, powers, authorities or discretions under or pursuant to any Finance Document; and

The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities as agent or as security trustee other than those expressly conferred on it by the Finance Documents and shall not be obliged to act on any instructions from the Lenders or the Majority Lenders if to do so would, in the opinion of the Agent (in its sole discretion), be contrary to any provision of the Finance Documents or to any law, or would expose the Agent to any actual or potential liability to any third party.

 

Page 59


15.3

Trust The Agent agrees and declares, and each of the other Finance Parties acknowledges, that, subject to the terms and conditions of this Clause 15.3, the Agent holds the Trust Property on trust for the Finance Parties absolutely. Each of the other Finance Parties agrees that the obligations, rights and benefits vested in the Agent shall be performed and exercised in accordance with this Clause 15.3. The Agent shall have the benefit of all of the provisions of this Agreement benefiting it in its capacity as Agent for the Finance Parties, and all the powers and discretions conferred on trustees by the Trustee Act 1925 (to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement). In addition:

 

  15.3.1

the Agent and any attorney, agent or delegate of the Agent may indemnify itself or himself out of the Trust Property against all liabilities, costs, fees, damages, charges, losses and expenses sustained or incurred by it or him in relation to the taking or holding of any of the Trust Property or in connection with the exercise or purported exercise of the rights, trusts, powers and discretions vested in the Agent or any other such person by or pursuant to the Security Documents or in respect of anything else done or omitted to be done in any way relating to the Security Documents other than as a result of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  15.3.2

the other Finance Parties acknowledge that the Agent shall be under no obligation to insure any property nor to require any other person to insure any property and shall not be responsible for any loss which may be suffered by any person as a result of the lack or insufficiency of any insurance; and

 

  15.3.3

the Finance Parties agree that the perpetuity period applicable to the trusts declared by this Agreement shall be the period of 125 years from the date of this Agreement.

 

15.4

Required consents

 

  15.4.1

Subject to Clause 15.5 any term of the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreements) may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

  15.4.2

The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 15.

 

  15.4.3

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 15.14.4, the Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.

 

15.5

Exceptions

 

  15.5.1

An amendment, waiver or (in the case of a Security Document) a consent of, or in relation to, any term of any Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements) that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

Page 60


  (a)

the definitions of “ Majority Lenders ”, “ Maximum Term Loan Amount ”, “ Maximum Revolving Credit Amount ”, “ Fair Market Value ”, “ Total Maximum Amount ” and “ Proportionate Share ” in Clause 1.1;

 

  (b)

an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c)

a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

  (d)

a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (e)

an increase in any Commitment, an extension of any Final Availability Date or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably;

 

  (f)

any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

  (g)

Clause 2.2, Clause 14, this Clause 15 or Clause 23;

 

  (h)

(other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document) the nature or scope of:

 

  (i)

any Guarantee;

 

  (ii)

the Charged Property; or

 

  (iii)

the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Security Documents are distributed;

 

  (i)

the release of any Guarantee or of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document;

 

  (j)

the pro rata application of payments made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents or sharing of payments or Commitment reductions; or

 

  (k)

agreement that documents tendered under Schedule 2, Part IV, paragraph 4(d) are satisfactory;

shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

  15.5.2

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the MLAs or the Bookrunners (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or, as the case may be, the MLAs or the Bookrunners.

 

Page 61


15.6

Excluded Commitments

If:

 

  15.6.1

any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within twenty (20) Business Days of that request being made; or

 

  15.6.2

any Lender which is not a Defaulting Lender fails to respond to such a request (other than an amendment, waiver or consent referred to in Clauses 15.5.1(b), 15.5.1(c) and 15.5.1(e)) or other or such a vote within twenty (20) Business Days of that request being made,

(unless, in either case, the Borrower and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request):

 

  (a)

its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

  (b)

its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

15.7

Replacement of Lender

 

  15.7.1

If:

 

  (a)

any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in Clause 15.7.4); or

 

  (b)

the Borrower or any other Security Party becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 6.1 or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 17.3, Clause 8.7 or Clause 8.12.1 to any Lender,

then the Borrower may, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 14 all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrower, which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 14 for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

Page 62


  15.7.2

The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 15.7 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a)

the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b)

neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (c)

in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than thirty (30) Business Days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender;

 

  (d)

in no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 15.7 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (e)

the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to Clause 15.7.1 once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

  15.7.3

A Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 15.7.2(e) as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 15.7.1 and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

  15.7.4

In the event that:

 

  (a)

the Borrower or the Agent (at the request of the Borrower) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

 

  (b)

the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and

 

  (c)

Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than seventy five per cent (75%) of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than seventy five per cent (75%) of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction) have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”.

 

Page 63


15.8

FATCA Mitigation

Notwithstanding any other provision to this Agreement, if a FATCA Deduction is or will be required to be made by any Party under Clause 8.16 in respect of a payment to any Lender which is a FATCA FFI (a “ FATCA Non-Exempt Lender ”), the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender may either:

 

  (a)

transfer its entire interest in the Loans to a U.S. branch or affiliate; or

 

  (b)

(subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower in the case of a transferee which is not already a Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) nominate one or more transferee lenders who upon becoming a Lender would be a FATCA Exempt Party, by notice in writing to the Agent and the Borrower specifying the terms of the proposed transfer, and cause such transferee lender(s) to purchase all of the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender’s interest in the Loans.

 

15.9

Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

  15.9.1

For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Commitment in ascertaining:

 

  (a)

the Majority Lenders; or

 

  (b)

whether:

 

  (i)

any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments; or

 

  (ii)

the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitment will be reduced by the amount of its participation in the Loans it has failed to make available and, to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender’s Commitment being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of (i) and (ii).

 

  15.9.2

For the purposes of this Clause 15.9, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (a)

any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

  (b)

any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

Page 64


15.10

Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

  15.10.1

The Borrower may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 14 all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrower which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations, or all the relevant obligations, of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 14 for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either:

 

  (a)

in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b)

in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Lender and the Borrower and which does not exceed the amount described in (a).

 

  15.10.2

Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause 15.10 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a)

the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b)

neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (c)

the transfer must take place no later than thirty (30) Business Days after the notice referred to in Clause 15.10.1;

 

  (d)

in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (e)

the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to 15.10.1 once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender.

 

  15.10.3

The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 15.10.2(e) as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 15.10.1 and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

15.11

Liability Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable to the Lenders for anything done or omitted to be done by the Agent under or in connection with any of the Relevant Documents unless as a result of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

Page 65


15.12

Acknowledgement Each Lender acknowledges that:

 

  15.12.1

it has not relied on any representation made by the Agent or any of the Agent’s directors, officers, employees or agents or by any other person acting or purporting to act on behalf of the Agent to induce it to enter into any Finance Document;

 

  15.12.2

it has made and will continue to make without reliance on the Agent, and based on such documents and other evidence as it considers appropriate, its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Security Parties in connection with the making and continuation of the Loans;

 

  15.12.3

it has made its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Security Parties; and

 

  15.12.4

the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility at any time to provide it with any credit or other information relating to any Security Party unless that information is received by the Agent pursuant to the express terms of a Finance Document.

Each Lender agrees that it will not assert nor seek to assert against any director, officer, employee or agent of the Agent or against any other person acting or purporting to act on behalf of the Agent any claim which it might have against them in respect of any of the matters referred to in this Clause 15.12.

 

15.13

Limitations on responsibility The Agent shall have no responsibility to any Security Party or to any Lender on account of:

 

  15.13.1

the failure of a Lender or of any Security Party to perform any of its obligations under a Finance Document; nor

 

  15.13.2

the financial condition of any Security Party; nor

 

  15.13.3

the completeness or accuracy of any statements, representations or warranties made in or pursuant to any Finance Document, or in or pursuant to any document delivered pursuant to or in connection with any Finance Document; nor

 

  15.13.4

the negotiation, execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, admissibility in evidence or sufficiency of any Finance Document or of any document executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

15.14

The Agent’s rights The Agent may:

 

  15.14.1

assume that all representations or warranties made or deemed repeated by any Security Party in or pursuant to any Finance Document are true and complete, unless, in its capacity as the Agent, it has acquired actual knowledge to the contrary;

 

  15.14.2

assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as Agent) that no Default has occurred unless, in the case of Clause 13.1.1 only, it, in its capacity as the Agent, has acquired actual knowledge to the contrary;

 

Page 66


  15.14.3

rely on any document or notice believed by it to be genuine;

 

  15.14.4

rely as to legal or other professional matters on opinions and statements of any legal or other professional advisers selected or approved by it;

 

  15.14.5

rely as to any factual matters which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of any Security Party on a certificate signed by or on behalf of that Security Party; and

 

  15.14.6

refrain from exercising any right, power, discretion or remedy unless and until instructed to exercise that right, power, discretion or remedy and as to the manner of its exercise by the Lenders (or, where applicable, by the Majority Lenders) and unless and until the Agent has received from the Lenders any payment which the Agent may require on account of, or any security which the Agent may require for, any costs, claims, expenses (including legal and other professional fees) and liabilities which it considers it may incur or sustain in complying with those instructions.

 

15.15

The Agent’s duties The Agent shall inform the Lenders promptly of any Event of Default under Clause 13.1.1 of which the Agent has actual knowledge.

 

15.16

No deemed knowledge The Agent shall not be deemed to have actual knowledge of the falsehood or incompleteness of any representation or warranty made or deemed repeated by any Security Party or actual knowledge of the occurrence of any Default (other than a Default under Clause 13.1.1) unless a Lender or a Security Party shall have given written notice thereof to the Agent in its capacity as the Agent. Any information acquired by the Agent other than specifically in its capacity as the Agent shall not be deemed to be information acquired by the Agent in its capacity as the Agent.

 

15.17

Other business The Agent may, without any liability to account to the Lenders, generally engage in any kind of banking or trust business with a Security Party or with a Security Party’s subsidiaries or associated companies or with a Lender as if it were not the Agent.

 

15.18

Indemnity The Lenders shall, promptly on the Agent’s request, reimburse the Agent in their respective Proportionate Share, for, and keep the Agent fully indemnified in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs and claims sustained or incurred by the Agent in connection with the Finance Documents, or the performance of its duties and obligations, or the exercise of its rights, powers, discretions or remedies under or pursuant to any Finance Document, to the extent not paid by the Security Parties and not arising from the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

15.19

Employment of agents In performing its duties and exercising its rights, powers, discretions and remedies under or pursuant to the Finance Documents, the Agent shall be entitled to employ and pay agents to do anything which the Agent is empowered to do under or pursuant to the Finance Documents (including the receipt of money and documents and the payment of money) and to act or refrain from taking action in reliance on the opinion of, or advice or information obtained from, any lawyer, banker, broker, accountant, valuer or any other person believed by the Agent in good faith to be competent to give such opinion, advice or information.

 

Page 67


15.20

Distribution of payments The Agent shall pay promptly to the order of each Lender that Lender’s Proportionate Share of every sum of money received by the Agent pursuant to the Finance Documents (with the exception of any amounts payable pursuant to Clause 9 and/or any Fee Letter and any amounts which, by the terms of the Finance Documents, are paid to the Agent for the account of the Agent alone or specifically for the account of one or more Lenders) and until so paid such amount shall be held by the Agent on trust absolutely for that Lender.

 

15.21

Reimbursement The Agent shall have no liability to pay any sum to a Lender until it has itself received payment of that sum. If, however, the Agent does pay any sum to a Lender on account of any amount prospectively due to that Lender pursuant to Clause 15.20 before it has itself received payment of that amount, and the Agent does not in fact receive payment within five (5) Business Days after the date on which that payment was required to be made by the terms of the Finance Documents, that Lender will, on demand by the Agent, refund to the Agent an amount equal to the amount received by it, together with an amount sufficient to reimburse the Agent for any amount which the Agent may certify that it has been required to pay by way of interest on money borrowed to fund the amount in question during the period beginning on the date on which that amount was required to be paid by the terms of the Finance Documents and ending on the date on which the Agent receives reimbursement.

 

15.22

Redistribution of payments Unless otherwise agreed between the Lenders and the Agent, if at any time a Lender receives or recovers by way of set-off, the exercise of any lien or otherwise from any Security Party, an amount greater than that Lender’s Proportionate Share of any sum due from that Security Party to the Lenders under the Finance Documents (the amount of the excess being referred to in this Clause 15.22 and in Clause 15.23 as the “ Excess Amount ”) then:

 

  15.22.1

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify each other Lender);

 

  15.22.2

that Lender shall pay to the Agent an amount equal to the Excess Amount within ten (10) days of its receipt or recovery of the Excess Amount; and

 

  15.22.3

the Agent shall treat that payment as if it were a payment by the Security Party in question on account of the sum due from that Security Party to the Lenders and shall account to the Lenders in respect of the Excess Amount in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 15.22.

However, if a Lender has commenced any legal proceedings to recover sums owing to it under the Finance Documents and, as a result of, or in connection with, those proceedings has received an Excess Amount, the Agent shall not distribute any of that Excess Amount to any other Lender which had been notified of the proceedings and had the legal right to, but did not, join those proceedings or commence and diligently prosecute separate proceedings to enforce its rights in the same or another court.

 

Page 68


15.23

Rescission of Excess Amount If all or any part of any Excess Amount is rescinded or must otherwise be restored to any Security Party or to any other third party, the Lenders which have received any part of that Excess Amount by way of distribution from the Agent pursuant to Clause 15.22 shall repay to the Agent for the account of the Lender which originally received or recovered the Excess Amount, the amount which shall be necessary to ensure that the Lenders share rateably in accordance with their Proportionate Shares in the amount of the receipt or payment retained, together with interest on that amount at a rate equivalent to that (if any) paid by the Lender receiving or recovering the Excess Amount to the person to whom that Lender is liable to make payment in respect of such amount, and Clause 15.22.3 shall apply only to the retained amount.

 

15.24

Instructions Where the Agent is authorised or directed to act or refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Lenders or of the Majority Lenders each of the Lenders shall provide the Agent with instructions within five (5) Business Days of the Agent’s request (which request must be in writing). If a Lender does not provide the Agent with instructions within that period, that Lender shall be bound by the decision of the Agent. Nothing in this Clause 15.24 shall limit the right of the Agent to take, or refrain from taking, any action without obtaining the instructions of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders if the Agent in its discretion considers it necessary or appropriate to take, or refrain from taking, such action in order to preserve the rights of the Lenders under or in connection with the Finance Documents. In that event, the Agent will notify the Lenders of the action taken by it as soon as reasonably practicable, and the Lenders agree to ratify any action taken by the Agent pursuant to this Clause 15.24.

 

15.25

Payments All amounts payable to a Lender under this Clause 15 shall be paid to such account at such bank as that Lender may from time to time direct in writing to the Agent.

 

15.26

“Know your customer” checks Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

15.27

Resignation

 

  15.27.1

Subject to a successor being appointed in accordance with this Clause 15.27, the Agent may resign as agent and/or security trustee at any time without assigning any reason by giving to the Borrower and the Lenders notice of its intention to do so, in which event the following shall apply:

 

  (a)

with the consent of the Borrower not to be unreasonably withheld (but such consent not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived) the Lenders may within thirty (30) days after the date of the notice from the Agent appoint a successor to act as agent and/or security trustee or, if they fail to do so with the consent of the Borrower, not to be unreasonably withheld (but such consent not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived), the Agent may appoint any other bank or financial institution as its successor provided that if no successor is appointed pursuant to this Clause 15.27.1(a) the Lenders shall act as successor to the Agent and take on the roles as agent and security trustee;

 

Page 69


  (b)

the resignation of the Agent shall take effect simultaneously with the appointment of its successor on written notice of that appointment being given to the Borrower and the Lenders;

 

  (c)

the Agent shall thereupon be discharged from all further obligations as agent but shall remain entitled to the benefit of the provisions of this Clause 15; and

 

  (d)

the successor of the Agent and each of the other parties to this Agreement shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if that successor had been a party to this Agreement.

 

  15.27.2

The Agent shall resign and the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) shall appoint a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 15.27 if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

  (a)

the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 8.15 and a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

  (b)

the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 8.15 indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

  (c)

the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

and (in each case) a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

15.28

Replacement of the Agent

 

  15.28.1

After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by giving thirty (30) days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent.

 

  15.28.2

The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its function as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

Page 70


  15.28.3

The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under Clause 15.28.2 but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 15 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

  15.28.4

Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

15.29

No fiduciary relationship Except as provided in Clauses 15.3 and 15.20, the Agent shall not have any fiduciary relationship with or be deemed to be a trustee of or for any other person and nothing contained in any Finance Document shall constitute a partnership between any two or more Lenders or between the Agent and any other person.

 

15.30

No other Duties Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereunder, neither the Bookrunners nor the MLAs nor the Coordinators shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under any of the Finance Documents, except in their respective capacities, as applicable, as Bookrunners, MLAs or Coordinators.

 

16

Set-Off

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under any Finance Document (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, that Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

17

Payments

 

17.1

Payments Each amount payable by the Borrower under a Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements) shall be paid to such account at such bank as the Agent may from time to time direct to the Borrower in the Currency of Account and in such funds as are customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment. Payment shall be deemed to have been received by the Agent on the date on which the Agent receives authenticated advice of receipt, unless that advice is received by the Agent on a day other than a Business Day or at a time of day (whether on a Business Day or not) when the Agent in its reasonable discretion considers that it is impossible or impracticable for the Agent to utilise the amount received for value that same day, in which event the payment in question shall be deemed to have been received by the Agent on the Business Day next following the date of receipt of advice by the Agent.

 

Page 71


17.2

No deductions or withholdings Each payment (whether of principal or interest or otherwise) to be made by the Borrower under a Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements) shall, subject only to Clause 17.3, be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of any Taxes or other deductions, withholdings, rights of set-off, restrictions, conditions or counterclaims of any nature, other than FATCA Deductions.

 

17.3

Grossing-up If at any time any law requires (or is interpreted to require) the Borrower or any other Security Party to make any deduction or withholding from any payment, other than a FATCA Deduction, or to change the rate or manner in which any required deduction or withholding is made under a Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreements), the Borrower shall (and shall procure that such Security Party shall) promptly notify the Agent and, simultaneously with making that payment, will pay to the Agent for and on behalf of the relevant Finance Party whatever additional amount (after taking into account any additional Taxes on, or deductions or withholdings from, or restrictions or conditions on, that additional amount) is necessary to ensure that, after making the deduction or withholding, the relevant Finance Parties receive a net sum equal to the sum which they would have received had no deduction or withholding been made.

 

17.4

Evidence of deductions If at any time the Borrower or any other Security Party is required by law to make any deduction or withholding from any payment to be made by it under a Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements), the Borrower shall (and shall procure that such Security Party shall) pay the amount required to be deducted or withheld to the relevant authority within the time allowed under the applicable law and will as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any case no later than thirty (30) days after making that payment, deliver to the Agent an original receipt issued by the relevant authority, or other evidence reasonably acceptable to the Agent, evidencing the payment to that authority of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld.

 

17.5

Rebate If the Borrower or any other Security Party pays any additional amount under Clause 8.12 or Clause 17.3, and a Finance Party subsequently receives a refund of or allowance in respect of any Tax which that Finance Party identifies as being referable to that increased amount so paid by the Borrower or that other Security Party, that Finance Party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, pay to the Borrower or that other Security Party an amount equal to the amount of the refund or allowance received, if and to the extent that it may do so without prejudicing its right to retain that refund or allowance and without putting itself in any worse financial position than that in which it would have been had the relevant deduction or withholding not been required to have been made. Nothing in this Clause 17.5 shall be interpreted as imposing any obligation on any Finance Party to apply for any refund or allowance nor as restricting in any way the manner in which any Finance Party organises its tax affairs, nor as imposing on any Finance Party any obligation to disclose to the Borrower or any other Security Party any information regarding its tax affairs or tax computations.

 

17.6

Adjustment of due dates If any payment or transfer of funds to be made under a Finance Document, other than a payment of interest on the Loans or a payment under a Master Agreement, shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, that payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (unless the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month in which event the payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day). Any such variation of time shall be taken into account in computing any interest in respect of that payment.

 

Page 72


17.7

Control Account The Agent shall open and maintain on its books a control account in the name of the Borrower showing the advance of the Loans and the computation and payment of interest and all other sums due under this Agreement. The Borrower’s obligations to repay the Loans and to pay interest and all other sums due under this Agreement shall be evidenced by the entries from time to time made in the control account opened and maintained under this Clause 17.7 and those entries will, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding.

 

17.8

Impaired Agent

 

  17.8.1

If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, a Security Party or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 17.1 may instead either:

 

  (a)

pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or

 

  (b)

if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Security Party or the Lender making the payment (the “ Paying Party ”) and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the “ Recipient Party ” or “ Recipient Parties ”).

In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

  17.8.2

All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

  17.8.3

A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 17.8 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

  17.8.4

Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 15.28, each Paying Party shall (other than to the extent that that Party has given an instruction pursuant to Clause 17.8.5) give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution to the relevant Recipient Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause 15.20.

 

Page 73


  17.8.5

A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent:

 

  (a)

it has not given an instruction pursuant to Clause 17.8.4; and

 

  (b)

that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party,

give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party.

 

18

Notices

 

18.1

Communications in writing Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter or (subject to Clause 18.6) electronic mail.

 

18.2

Addresses The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each party to this Agreement for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement are:

 

  18.2.1

in the case of the Borrower, c/o Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd Suite 2000, Bentall 5, 550 Burrard Street, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6C 2K2 (fax no: +1 604 681 3011) marked for the attention of Renee Eng, Treasury Manager;

 

  18.2.2

in the case of each Lender, those appearing opposite its name in Schedule 1;

 

  18.2.3

in the case of the Agent, 1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor, New York, New York 10036, United States of America (fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420) marked for the attention of Shipping, Offshore & Oil Services; and

 

  18.2.4

in the case of a Swap Provider, at the address below its name in Schedule 1, Part II;

or any substitute address, fax number, department or officer as any party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice.

 

18.3

Delivery Any communication or document made or delivered by one party to this Agreement to another under or in connection this Agreement will only be effective:

 

  18.3.1

if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

  18.3.2

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address; or

 

  18.3.3

if by way of electronic mail, in accordance with Clause 18.6;

 

Page 74


and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 18.2, if addressed to that department or officer.

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent.

All notices from or to the Borrower (save in respect of the Master Agreements) shall be sent through the Agent.

 

18.4

Notification of address and fax number Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address, fax number or change of address, pursuant to Clause 18.2 or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other parties to this Agreement.

 

18.5

English language Any notice given under or in connection with this Agreement must be in English. All other documents provided under or in connection with this Agreement must be:

 

  18.5.1

in English; or

 

  18.5.2

if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

18.6

Electronic communication

 

  (a)

Any communication to be made in connection with this Agreement may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including Debtdomain and any other similar electronic communication platform), if the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party:

 

  (i)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

  (ii)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

  (iii)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

  (b)

Any electronic communication made between the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party will be effective only when actually received in readable form and acknowledged by the recipient (it being understood that any system generated responses do not constitute an acknowledgement) and in the case of any electronic communication made by the Borrower to a Finance Party only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Finance Party shall specify for this purpose.

 

19

Partial Invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

Page 75


20

Remedies and Waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

21

Miscellaneous

 

21.1

No oral variations No variation or amendment of a Finance Document shall be valid unless in writing and signed on behalf of all the Finance Parties.

 

21.2

Further Assurance If any provision of a Finance Document shall be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part by reason of any present or future law or any decision of any court, or if the documents at any time held by or on behalf of the Finance Parties or any of them are considered by the Lenders for any reason insufficient to carry out the terms of this Agreement, then from time to time the Borrower will promptly, on demand by the Agent, execute or procure the execution of such further documents as in the opinion of the Lenders are necessary to provide adequate security for the repayment of the Indebtedness.

 

21.3

Rescission of payments etc. Any discharge, release or reassignment by a Finance Party of any of the security constituted by, or any of the obligations of a Security Party contained in, a Finance Document shall be (and be deemed always to have been) void if any act (including, without limitation, any payment) as a result of which such discharge, release or reassignment was given or made is subsequently wholly or partially rescinded or avoided by operation of any law.

 

21.4

Certificates Any certificate or statement signed by an authorised signatory of the Agent purporting to show the amount of the Indebtedness (or any part of the Indebtedness) or any other amount referred to in any Finance Document shall, save for manifest error or on any question of law, be conclusive evidence as against the Borrower of that amount.

 

21.5

Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be original but which shall together constitute the same instrument.

 

21.6

Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 A person who is not a party to this Agreement (other than the Indemnified Parties) has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

21.7

Contractual recognition of bail-in Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

Page 76


  (a)

any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability; including (without limitation):

 

  (i)

a reduction, in full and part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

  (ii)

a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

  (iii)

a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

  (b)

a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

22

Confidentiality

 

22.1

Confidential Information Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 22.2 and Clause 22.3, and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

22.2

Disclosure of Confidential Information Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

  22.2.1

to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this Clause 22.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

  22.2.2

to any person:

 

  (a)

to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as agent or security trustee and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives, auditors and professional advisers;

 

  (b)

with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Security Parties and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives, auditors and professional advisers;

 

Page 77


  (c)

appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b) applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf;

 

  (d)

who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b);

 

  (e)

to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

  (f)

to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (g)

to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 14.7;

 

  (h)

who is a Party; or

 

  (i)

with the consent of the Borrower;

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

  (i)

in relation to Clauses 22.2.2(a), 22.2.2(b) and 22.2.2(c), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

  (ii)

in relation to Clause 22.2.2(d), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

  (iii)

in relation to Clauses 22.2.2(e), 22.2.2(f) and 22.2.2(g), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; and

 

Page 78


  22.2.3

to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b) applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this Clause 22.2.3 if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking.

 

22.3

Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

  22.3.1

Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Loans and/or one or more Security Parties the following information:

 

  (a)

names of Security Parties;

 

  (b)

country of domicile of Security Parties;

 

  (c)

place of incorporation of Security Parties;

 

  (d)

date of this Agreement;

 

  (e)

Clause 23;

 

  (f)

the names of the Agent and the MLAs;

 

  (g)

date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

  (h)

amount of Total Commitments;

 

  (i)

currencies of the Loans;

 

  (j)

type of each Loan;

 

  (k)

ranking of the Loans;

 

  (l)

Final Availability Date for each Loan;

 

  (m)

changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to (a) to (l); and

 

  (n)

such other information agreed between such Finance Party and that Security Party,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

Page 79


  22.3.2

The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Loans and/or one or more Security Parties by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

  22.3.3

The Borrower represents that none of the information set out in Clauses 22.3.1(a) to 22.3.1(n) is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

  22.3.4

The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the other Finance Parties of:

 

  (a)

the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Loans and/or one or more Security Parties; and

 

  (b)

the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Loans and/or one or more Security Parties by such numbering service provider.

 

23

Law and Jurisdiction

 

23.1

Governing law This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising from or in connection with it shall in all respects be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law.

 

23.2

Jurisdiction For the exclusive benefit of the Finance Parties, the parties to this Agreement irrevocably agree that the courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any dispute (a) arising from or in connection with this Agreement or (b) relating to any non-contractual obligations arising from or in connection with this Agreement and that any proceedings may be brought in those courts.

 

23.3

Alternative jurisdictions Nothing contained in this Clause 23 shall limit the right of the Finance Parties to commence any proceedings against the Borrower in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the commencement of any proceedings against the Borrower in one or more jurisdictions preclude the commencement of any proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

23.4

Waiver of objections The Borrower irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or in the future have to the laying of the venue of any proceedings in any court referred to in this Clause 23, and any claim that those proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient or inappropriate forum, and irrevocably agrees that a judgment in any proceedings commenced in any such court shall be conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

23.5

Service of process Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Borrower:

 

  23.5.1

irrevocably appoints Teekay Shipping (UK) Ltd of 2 nd Floor, 86 Jermyn Street, London SW1Y 6JD, England as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Agreement; and

 

Page 80


  23.5.2

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Borrower of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

24

Patriot Act Notice

Each of the Finance Parties hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act and the policies and practices of the Finance Parties, the Finance Parties are required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies each Security Party, which information includes the name and address of each Security Party and such other information that will allow the Finance Parties to identify each Security Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

 

Page 81


Schedule 1

Part I

The Lenders and the Commitments

 

The Lenders    Commitments
(US$)
     The Proportionate
Share (%)
 

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

1211 Avenue of the Americas

23 rd Floor

New York

NY 10036

United States of America

 

Fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420

Attn: Henning Lyche Christiansen

Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com

     75,000,000         8.38574   

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

100 Park Avenue

17 th Floor

New York, NY 10017

United States of America

 

For credit matters:

Attn: Rajbir Talwar / Julie Lee

Fax no: +1 917 284 6697

Email: rajbir.talwar@abnamro.com

julie.lee@abnamro.com

 

For administration matters:

Attention: Lilia Engelsbel-Sporysheva

Fax no: +1 917 284 6697

Email: tradefinance@abnamro.com

lilia.engelsbel-sporysheva@abnamro.com

     75,000,000         8.38574   

KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH

Palmengartenstrasse 5-9

60325 Frankfurt am Main

Federal Republic of Germany

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Moritz Hennig/André Tiele

Fax no: +49 69 7431 3768

Email: moritz.hennig@kfw.de

andre.tiele@kfw.de

     75,000,000         8.38574   

 

Page 82


For administration matters:

Attention: Angela Egler-Wrede

Fax no: +49 69 7431 2944

Email: angela.egler-wrede@kfw.de

     

Scotiabank Europe Plc

201 Bishopsgate, 6 th Floor

London EC2M 3NS

United Kingdom

 

For credit matters:

Attention: David Sparkes/Matt Tuskin

Fax no: +44 207 638 8488

Email: david.sparkes@scotiabank.com

matt.tuskin@scotiabank.com

 

For administration matters:

Attention: Tony Sposato/Savi Rampat

Fax no: +44 207 826 5666

Email: GWSLONDON_GTB@scotiabank.com

     75,000,000         8.38574   

BNP Paribas

16, Boulevard des Italiens

75009 Paris

France

 

For credit matters:

16 rue de Hanovre

75002 Paris

France

Attention: Marion Fievez/Etienne Coindreau

Fax no: [            ]

Email: marion.fievez@bnpparibas.com

etienne.coindreau@bnpparibas.com

 

For administration matters:

Primary Contact

150,rue du Faubourg Poissonière

75010 Paris

France

Attention: Back Office – CIB – BOCI – CFI2

Fax no: +33 1 40 12 74 25

Email: Paris_cib_boci_cfi_2@bnpparibas.com

     49,000,000         5.47869   

 

Page 83


Secondary Contact

16, Rue de Hanovre

75002 Paris

France

Attention: Transportation Group Middle Office

Fax no: +33 1 42 98 43 55

Email: olivia.coldefy@bnpparibas.com / manon.didier@bnpparibas.com

     

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

9 quai du Président Paul Doumer

92920 Paris

France

 

For credit matters:

1301, Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

United States of America

Attention: Jerome Duval / Yannick Legourieres / Eden Rahman

Fax no: +1 917 849 6380 / +1 917 849 5583

Email: jerome.duval@ca-cib.com

             yannick.legourieres@ca-cib.com

             eden.rahman@ca-cib.com

 

For administration matters:

9 quai du Président Paul Doumer

92920 Paris

France

Attention: Dept: Agency and Middle-Office for Shipping

Fax no: +33 141 891 934

Email: bodoharimisa.rajaona@ca-cib.com

             clementine.costil.ca-cib.com

   29,687,500    3.31936

Clifford Capital Pte. Ltd.

12 Marina Boulevard

#17-03 Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 3

Singapore 018982

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Rolland Lim / Desmond Wong / Wei Kiong Toh

Fax no: +65 6444 9600

Email: rolland.lim@clifford cap.sg

             desmond.wong@cliffordcap.sg

             weikiong.toh@cliffordcap.sg

   49,000,000    5.47869

 

Page 84


For administration matters:

Attention: Cindy Oh / Peh Zhen Yu

Fax no: +65 6444 9600

Email: cindy.oh@cliffordcap.sg

zhenyu.peh@cliffordcap.sg

     

Danske Bank, Norwegian Branch

Søndre gate 15

7011 Trondheim

Norway

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Hege Meuche Granberg / Einar Stavrum

Fax no: [                    ]

Email: heggr@danskebank.com

einar.stavrum@danskebank.com

 

Attention: Loan Management Shipping (4754)

Fax no: +45 45 12 87 22

Email: loanmanshi@danskebank.com

 

For administration matters:

Attention: Loan Administration (3925)

Fax no: +45 45 14 99 78

Email: R3925syn@danskebank.dk

  

75,000,000

  

8.38574

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

60 London Wall

London EC2M 5TQ

United Kingdom

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Adam Byrne / Harry Schuil / Henry Rushton

Fax no: +44 20 7767 7324

Email: adam.byrne@uk.ing.com

harry.schuil@uk.ing.com

henry.rushton@uk.ing.com

 

For administration matters:

Attention: Mark Dasalla

Fax no: +44 207 767 7324 5666

Email: GB.LDN.DEAL.EXECUTION@uk.ing.com

  

75,000,000

  

8.38574

 

Page 85


Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

Neo Building

Rue Montoyer 51

Box no. 6

100 Brussels

Belgium

 

For credit matters:

Primary Contact

1/3/5 rue Paul Cézanne

75008 Paris

France

 

Attention: Cédric Le Duigou / Hélène Ly

Fax no: +33 1 44 90 48 01

Email: cedric_leduigou@fr.smbcgroup.com

helene_ly@fr.smbcgroup.com

 

Secondary Contact

Neo Building

Rue Montoyer 51

Box no. 6

100 Brussels

Belgium

 

Attention: Françoise Bouchat / Nadine Boudart

Fax no: +32 2 502 07 80

Email: francoise_bouchat@be.smbcgroup.com

nadine_boudart@be.smbcgroup.com

 

For administration matters:

Primary Contact

99 Queen Victoria Street

London EC4V 4EH

United Kingdom

Attention: European Loan Operations

Fax no: +44 207 786 1569

 

Secondary Contact

1/3/5 rue Paul Cézanne

75008 Paris

France

Attention: Cedric Le Duigou / Hélène Ly /

Maritime Asset Finance Department

Fax no: +33 1 44 90 48 01

Email: cedric_leduigou@fr.smbcgroup.com

helene_ly@fr.smbcgroup.com

  

49,000,000

  

5.47869

 

Page 86


Commonwealth Bank of Australia, London Branch

Level 3, Senator House

85 Queen Victoria Street

London EC4V 4HA

United Kingdom

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Simon Baker / William Barrand / Deborah Tan

Fax no: +44 207 329 6611

Email: simon.baker2@cba.com.au

william-james.barrand@cba.com.au

deborah.tan@cba.com.au

 

cc:

PostDealManagementStructuredAssetFinance@ cba.com.au

 

For administration matters:

Attention: Roy Nasse

Fax no: +44 207 710 3939

Email: nasserp@cba.com.au

  

49,000,000

  

5.47869

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

 

Attention: Shreyas Chipalkatty / Timothy Soe / Kristie Thornhill

Fax no: [                    ]

Email: shreyas.chipalkatty@citi.com

timothy.soe@citi.com

kristie.thornhill@citi.com

  

75,000,000

  

8.38574

Swedbank AB (publ)

Landsvägen 40

SE-172 63 Sundbyberg

Sweden

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Mikael Sanderson / Andreas Webster

Email: mikael.sanderson@swedbank.se

andreas.webster@swedbank.no

  

49,000,000

  

5.47869

 

Page 87


For administration matters:

Attention: Loan Agency / Credit Administration

Fax no: +46 8 700 84 09

Email: agency@swedbank.se

creditadmin@swedbank.se

     

Siemens Financial Services, Inc.

170 Wood Avenue South

Iselin

New Jersey 08830

United States of America

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Bradley Nicholson

Fax no: +1 732 590 2597

Email: bradley.nicholson@siemens.com

 

For administration matters:

Attention: Bilal Aman

Fax no: +1 732 590 2490

Email: SFSPOPSS@SIEMENS.COM

bilal.aman@siemens.com

  

19,687,500

  

2.20126

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8

SE-106 40 Stockholm

Sweden

 

For credit matters:

Attention: Per Barre / Kara Mati

Fax no: [                    ]

Email: per.barre@seb.se

kara.mati@seb.se

 

For administration matters:

Attention: Moses Omari

Fax no: +46 8 763 81 57

Email: SCOCRESF@seb.se

  

75,000,000

  

8.38574

 

Page 88


Part II

The Swap Providers

Nordea Bank Finland plc

c/o Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

1211 Avenue of the Americas

23 rd Floor

New York

NY 10036

United States of America

Fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420

Attn: Henning Lyche Christiansen

ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

c/o ABN AMRO Securities USA LLC

100 Park Avenue

17 th Floor

New York, NY 10017

United States of America

Attn: MacGregor Stockdale

Tel: +1 917 284 6738

Email: macgregor.stockdale@abnamro.com

Scotiabank Europe Plc

201 Bishopsgate, 6 th Floor

London EC2M 3NS

United Kingdom

Attention: David Sparkes / Priya Rai

Tel. no: +44 207 826 5635 / +44 207 826 5991

Fax no: +44 207 638 8488

Email: david.sparkes@scotiabank.com

priya.rai@scotiabank.com

With copy to:

Attention: David Sparkes/Matt Tuskin

Fax no: +44 207 638 8488

Email: david.sparkes@scotiabank.com

matt.tuskin@scotiabank.com

 

Page 89


Danske Bank A/S

2-12 Holmens Kanal

DK-1092 Copenhagen K

Denmark

Attn: Einar Stavrum / Patrick Johansen

Email: einar.stavrum@danskebank.com

patrick.johansen@danskebank.com

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

Attn: Shreyas Chipalkatty / Timothy Soe / Kristie Thornhill

Fax No: [            ]

Email: shreyas.chipalkatty@citi.com

timothy.soe@citi.com

kristie.thornhill@citi.com

 

Page 90


Part III

MLAs

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

1211 Avenue of the Americas

23 rd Floor

New York

NY 10036

United States of America

Fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420

Attn: Henning Lyche Christiansen

Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

100 Park Avenue

17 th Floor

New York, NY 10017

United States of America

For credit matters:

Attn: Rajbir Talwar / Julie Lee

Fax no: +1 917 284 6697

Email: rajbir.talwar@abnamro.com

julie.lee@abnamro.com

For administration matters:

Attention: Lilia Engelsbel-Sporysheva

Fax no: +1 917 284 6697

Email: tradefinance@abnamro.com

lilia.engelsbel-sporysheva@abnamro.com

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

Attention: Shreyas Chipalkatty / Timothy Soe / Kristie Thornhill

Fax no: [            ]

Email: shreyas.chipalkatty@citi.com

timothy.soe@citi.com

kristie.thornhill@citi.com

 

Page 91


Danske Bank A/S

2-12 Holmens Kanal

DK-1092 Copenhagen K

Denmark

For credit matters :

Attention: Hege Meuche Granberg / Einar Stavrum

Fax no: [            ]

Email: heggr@danskebank.com /

einar.stavrum@danskebank.com

Attention: Loan Management Shipping (4754)

Fax no: +45 45 12 87 22

Email: loanmanshi@danskebank.com

For administration matters :

Attention: Loan Administration (3925)

Fax no: +45 45 14 99 78

Email: R3925syn@danskebank.dk

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

60 London Wall

London EC2M 5TQ

United Kingdom

For credit matters :

Attention: Adam Byrne / Harry Schuil / Henry Rushton

Fax no: +44 20 7767 7324

Email: adam.byrne@uk.ing.com

harry.schuil@uk.ing.com

henry.rushton@uk.ing.com

For administration matters :

Attention: Mark Dasalla

Fax no: +44 207 767 7324 5666

Email: GB.LDN.DEAL.EXECUTION@uk.ing.com

KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH

Palmengartenstrasse 5-9

60325 Frankfurt am Main

Federal Republic of Germany

For credit matters :

Attention: Moritz Hennig/André Tiele

Fax no: +49 69 7431 3768

Email: moritz.hennig@kfw.de

andre.tiele@kfw.de

For administration matters :

Attention: Angela Egler-Wrede

Fax no: +49 69 7431 2944

Email: angela.egler-wrede@kfw.de

 

Page 92


Scotiabank Europe Plc

201 Bishopsgate, 6 th Floor

London EC2M 3NS

United Kingdom

For credit matters :

Attention: David Sparkes/Matt Tuskin

Fax no: +44 207 638 8488

Email: david.sparkes@scotiabank.com

matt.tuskin@scotiabank.com

For administration matters :

Attention: Tony Sposato/Savi Rampat

Fax no: +44 207 826 5666

Email: GWSLONDON_GTB@scotiabank.com

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8

SE-106 40 Stockholm

Sweden

For credit matters :

Attention: Per Barre / Kara Mati

Fax no: [            ]

Email: per.barre@seb.se

kara.mati@seb.se

For administration matters :

Attention: Moses Omari

Fax no: +46 8 763 81 57

Email: SCOCRESF@seb.se

 

Page 93


Part IV

Bookrunners

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

1211 Avenue of the Americas

23 rd Floor

New York

NY 10036

United States of America

Fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420

Attn: Henning Lyche Christiansen

Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

100 Park Avenue

17 th Floor

New York, NY 10017

United States of America

For credit matters:

Attn: Rajbir Talwar / Julie Lee

Fax no: +1 917 284 6697

Email: rajbir.talwar@abnamro.com

julie.lee@abnamro.com

For administration matters:

Attention: Lilia Engelsbel-Sporysheva

Fax no: +1 917 284 6697

Email: tradefinance@abnamro.com

lilia.engelsbel-sporysheva@abnamro.com

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

Attention: Shreyas Chipalkatty / Timothy Soe / Kristie Thornhill

Fax no: [            ]

Email: shreyas.chipalkatty@citi.com

timothy.soe@citi.com

kristie.thornhill@citi.com

 

Page 94


Danske Bank A/S

2-12 Holmens Kanal

DK-1092 Copenhagen K

Denmark

For credit matters :

Attention: Hege Meuche Granberg / Einar Stavrum

Fax no: [            ]

Email: heggr@danskebank.com /

einar.stavrum@danskebank.com

Attention: Loan Management Shipping (4754)

Fax no: +45 45 12 87 22

Email: loanmanshi@danskebank.com

For administration matters :

Attention: Loan Administration (3925)

Fax no: +45 45 14 99 78

Email: R3925syn@danskebank.dk

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

60 London Wall

London EC2M 5TQ

United Kingdom

For credit matters :

Attention: Adam Byrne / Harry Schuil / Henry Rushton

Fax no: +44 20 7767 7324

Email: adam.byrne@uk.ing.com

harry.schuil@uk.ing.com

henry.rushton@uk.ing.com

For administration matters :

Attention: Mark Dasalla

Fax no: +44 207 767 7324 5666

Email: GB.LDN.DEAL.EXECUTION@uk.ing.com

 

Page 95


KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH

Palmengartenstrasse 5-9

60325 Frankfurt am Main

Federal Republic of Germany

For credit matters :

Attention: Moritz Hennig/André Tiele

Fax no: +49 69 7431 3768

Email: moritz.hennig@kfw.de

andre.tiele@kfw.de

For administration matters :

Attention: Angela Egler-Wrede

Fax no: +49 69 7431 2944

Email: angela.egler-wrede@kfw.de

Scotiabank Europe Plc

201 Bishopsgate, 6 th Floor

London EC2M 3NS

United Kingdom

For credit matters :

Attention: David Sparkes/Matt Tuskin

Fax no: +44 207 638 8488

Email: david.sparkes@scotiabank.com

matt.tuskin@scotiabank.com

For administration matters :

Attention: Tony Sposato/Savi Rampat

Fax no: +44 207 826 5666

Email: GWSLONDON_GTB@scotiabank.com

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8

SE-106 40 Stockholm

Sweden

For credit matters :

Attention: Per Barre / Kara Mati

Fax no: [            ]

Email: per.barre@seb.se

kara.mati@seb.se

For administration matters :

Attention: Moses Omari

Fax no: +46 8 763 81 57

Email: SCOCRESF@seb.se

 

Page 96


Schedule 2

Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

Part I:

Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice

 

1

Security Parties

 

  (a)

Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of the Borrower together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that the Borrower is duly incorporated in its country of incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party.

 

  (b)

Certificate of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of the Borrower (if available).

 

  (c)

Board resolutions A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower:

 

  (i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and

 

  (ii)

if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf.

 

  (d)

Shareholder resolutions If required by any legal advisor to the Agent, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in the Borrower, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (e)

Officer’s certificates An original certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of the Borrower certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement, setting out the names of its directors and officers (or its sole member), setting out the proportion of shares held by each shareholder, and confirming that any applicable borrowing and guaranteeing limits will not be exceeded.

 

  (f)

Powers of attorney The original power of attorney of the Borrower under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by the Borrower.

 

2

Finance Documents

This Agreement, the Account Security Deed and any Fee Letter, together with all other documents required by any of them including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.

 

Page 97


3

Legal opinions

The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent, or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such opinion will be given:

 

  (a)

an opinion on matters of English law from Stephenson Harwood LLP;

 

  (b)

an opinion on matters of Marshall Island law from Watson Farley & Williams LLP, New York; and

 

  (c)

an opinion on matters of New York law from Watson Farley & Williams LLP, New York.

 

4

Other documents and evidence

 

  (a)

Process agent Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 23.5 and any process agent appointed under any Finance Document executed pursuant to paragraph 2 above has accepted its appointment.

 

  (b)

Other authorisations A copy of any Necessary Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any of the Relevant Documents or for the validity and enforceability of any of the Relevant Documents.

 

  (c)

Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower under Clause 8 and Clause 9 have been paid.

 

  (d)

“Know your customer” documents Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents (including “know your customer” documentation on each shareholder of the Borrower with a shareholding of 20% or more).

 

  (e)

Other Such other documents, authorisations, opinions and assurances as the Agent may specify.

 

  (f)

Valuations Valuations (in accordance with the definition of, and sufficient to establish, Fair Market Value) of each Collateral Vessel dated no earlier than sixty (60) days prior to the Execution Date.

 

Page 98


Part II:

Conditions precedent to First Drawdown Date

 

1

Security Parties

 

  (a)

Bringdown Certificate An original certificate from a duly authorised officer or representative of the Borrower confirming that none of the documents delivered to the Agent pursuant to Schedule 2, Part I, paragraphs 1(a), (c), (d), (e) and (f) have been amended or modified in any way since the date of their delivery to the Agent.

 

  (b)

Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of each Collateral Owner together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that each Collateral Owner is duly formed or incorporated in its country of formation or incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party.

 

  (c)

Certificates of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of each Collateral Owner and the Borrower (if such a certificate can be obtained).

 

  (d)

Board resolutions A copy (or extract) of a resolution of the board of directors (or sole member) of each Collateral Owner:

 

  (i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and

 

  (ii)

if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf.

 

  (e)

Shareholder resolutions If required by any legal advisor to the Agent, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares or membership interests (as the case may be) in each Collateral Owner, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (f)

Officer’s certificates An original certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of each Collateral Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Drawdown Date, setting out the names of its directors and officers, setting out the proportion of shares held by each shareholder, and confirming that its borrowing and guaranteeing limits will not be exceeded.

 

  (g)

Powers of attorney The notarially attested and legalised (where necessary for registration purposes) power of attorney of each Collateral Owner under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by that Collateral Owner.

 

Page 99


2

Security and related documents

 

  (a)

Vessel documents In respect of each Collateral Vessel, photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a duly authorised representative of the Collateral Owner of that Collateral Vessel, of:

 

  (i)

the Management Agreements (if any);

 

  (ii)

any Charter;

 

  (iii)

evidence of each Collateral Vessel’s current Certificate of Financial Responsibility issued pursuant to the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 (if applicable);

 

  (iv)

each ISM Company’s current Document of Compliance;

 

  (v)

each Collateral Vessel’s current ISSC;

 

  (vi)

each Collateral Vessel’s current IAPPC;

 

  (vii)

each Collateral Vessel’s current SMC;

in each case together with all addenda, amendments or supplements.

 

  (b)

Evidence of Collateral Owners’ title Evidence that on the First Drawdown Date (i) each Collateral Vessel will be at least provisionally registered under the relevant flag in the ownership of the relevant Collateral Owner and (ii) each Mortgage will be capable of being registered against the relevant Collateral Vessel with first priority.

 

  (c)

Evidence of insurance Evidence that each Collateral Vessel is insured in the manner required by the Security Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Security Documents, together with the written approval of the Insurances by an insurance adviser appointed by the Agent.

 

  (d)

Confirmations of class A Certificate of Confirmation of Class for hull and machinery in respect of each Collateral Vessel confirming that that Collateral Vessel is classed with the highest in respect of each Collateral Vessel class applicable to vessels of her type with a Pre-Approved Classification Society free of material overdue recommendations affecting class.

 

  (e)

Security Documents The Guarantees, the Mortgages, the Assignments and the Share Pledges, together with all other documents required by any of them, including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients, all share certificates, certified copy share registers or registers of members, transfer forms, proxy forms, letters of resignation and letters of undertakings specified in the Share Pledges.

 

  (f)

Managers’ Confirmations The Managers’ Confirmations (if any) together with notices of any assignments contained in the same and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.

 

Page 100


  (g)

Other Relevant Documents Copies of each of the Relevant Documents not otherwise comprised in the documents listed in this Part II of Schedule 2.

 

3

Legal opinions

Confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that legal opinions substantially in the form provided to the Agent prior to the First Drawdown Date will be given promptly following disbursement of the Loans, namely:

 

  (a)

an opinion on matters of English law from Stephenson Harwood LLP;

 

  (b)

an opinion on matters of Marshall Islands law from Watson Farley & Williams LLP; and

 

  (c)

an opinion on matters of Bahamas law from Lennox Patton and an opinion on matters of Maltese law from Ganado Advocates (or such other legal advisors in respect of the jurisdiction of the underlying flag of the Collateral Vessels).

 

4

Other documents and evidence

 

  (a)

Drawdown Notice A duly completed Drawdown Notice.

 

  (b)

Process agent Evidence that any process agent appointed under any of the Security Documents executed pursuant to paragraph 2(e) above has accepted its appointment.

 

  (c)

Other Authorisations A copy of any other Necessary Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Relevant Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Relevant Document.

 

  (d)

“Know your customer Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

  (e)

Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower under Clause 8 and Clause 9 have been paid by, or will have been paid on, the Drawdown Date.

 

  (f)

Existing Loan Agreements Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that on or by the First Drawdown Date, the Borrower has, or will have, repaid the Existing Loans in full (other than the 845m Loan Agreement which shall be repaid in part only) together with accrued interest and all other documents accrued or outstanding under the Existing Loan Agreements and that any Security Documents (as defined in the Existing Loan Agreements) and any Encumbrance securing any of the Existing Loans or the obligations under any of the Existing Loans will be released and discharged other than certain security relating to the 845 Loan Agreement.

 

Page 101


Part III:

Conditions subsequent to First Drawdown Date

 

1

Evidence of Collateral Owners’ title Certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of the flag of each Collateral Vessel confirming that (a) each Collateral Vessel is permanently registered under that flag in the ownership of the relevant Collateral Owner, (b) each Mortgage has been registered with first priority against the relevant Collateral Vessel and (c) there are no further Encumbrances registered against any of the Collateral Vessels.

 

2

Letters of undertaking Letters of undertaking in respect of the Insurances as required by the Security Documents together with copies of the relevant policies or cover notes or entry certificates duly endorsed with the interest of the Finance Parties.

 

3

Acknowledgements of notices Acknowledgements of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to any Security Documents received by the Agent pursuant to Part II of this Schedule 2.

 

4

Legal opinions Such of the legal opinions specified in Part II of this Schedule 2 as have not already been provided to the Agent.

 

Page 102


Part IV:

Conditions precedent to a Vessel Replacement Date

 

1

Replacement Owner

 

  (a)

Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of the Replacement Owner together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that the Replacement Owner is duly formed or incorporated in its country of formation or incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party.

 

  (b)

Certificate of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of the Replacement Owner (if such a certificate can be obtained).

 

  (c)

Board resolutions A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Replacement Owner (or its sole member):

 

  (i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and

 

  (ii)

if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf.

 

  (d)

Officer’s certificate A certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of the Replacement Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part IV of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Vessel Replacement Date and setting out the names of its directors and officers (or its sole member), setting out the proportion of shares held by each shareholder (or its sole member) and confirming that its borrowing and guaranteeing limits will not be exceeded.

 

  (e)

Power of attorney The notarially attested and legalised (where necessary for registration purposes) power of attorney of the Replacement Owner under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by the Replacement Owner.

 

2

Security and related documents

 

  (a)

Vessel documents In respect of the Replacement Vessel photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a duly authorised representative of the relevant Replacement Owner, of:

 

  (i)

the Management Agreements (if any);

 

  (ii)

any Charter;

 

  (iii)

evidence of the Replacement Vessel’s current Certificate of Financial Responsibility issued pursuant to the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 (if applicable);

 

Page 103


  (iv)

the ISM’s Company’s current Document of Compliance;

 

  (v)

the Replacement Vessel’s current ISSC;

 

  (vi)

the Replacement Vessel’s IAPPC; and

 

  (vii)

the Replacement Vessel’s current SMC.

in each case together with all addenda, amendments or supplements.

 

  (b)

Evidence of Owner’s title Evidence that on the Vessel Replacement Date (i) the Replacement Vessel will be at least provisionally registered under a Pre-Approved Flag in the ownership of the Replacement Owner and (ii) a Mortgage will be capable of being registered against the Replacement Vessel with first priority.

 

  (c)

Evidence of insurance Evidence that the Replacement Vessel is insured in the manner required by the Security Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Security Documents, together with (if required by the Agent) the written approval of the Insurances by an insurance adviser appointed by the Agent.

 

  (d)

Confirmation of class A Certificate of Confirmation of Class for hull and machinery confirming that the Replacement Vessel is classed with the highest class applicable to vessels of her type with a Pre-Approved Classification Society free of material overdue recommendations affecting class.

 

  (e)

Security Documents The Guarantee to be executed by the Replacement Owner, the Mortgage and the Assignment to be executed in respect of the Replacement Vessel, a Share Pledge in respect of the Replacement Owner together with all other documents required by any of them, including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.

 

  (f)

Managers’ Confirmations The Managers’ Confirmations (if any) together with notices of any assignments contained in the same and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.

 

  (g)

Other Relevant Documents Copies of each of the Relevant Documents in respect of the Replacement Vessel not otherwise comprised in the documents listed in this Part IV of Schedule 2.

 

  (h)

Valuations Valuations (in accordance with the definition of, and sufficient to establish, Fair Market Value) of the Replacement Vessel.

 

3

Legal opinions

If a Security Party is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or if any Finance Document is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lenders in each relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form provided to the Agent prior to the Vessel Replacement Date or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such an opinion will be given.

 

Page 104


4

Other documents and evidence

 

  (a)

Process agent Evidence that any process agent appointed under any new Finance Document has accepted its appointment.

 

  (b)

Other authorisations A copy of any other Necessary Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the relevant Replacement Owner accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any of the Relevant Documents or for the validity and enforceability of any of the Relevant Documents.

 

  (c)

Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower under Clause 9 have been, or will be, paid on the Vessel Replacement Date.

 

  (d)

“Know your customer” Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

Page 105


Part V:

Conditions subsequent to Vessel Replacement Date

 

1

Evidence of Replacement Owner’s title Certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of the flag of the Replacement Vessel confirming that (a) the Replacement Vessel is permanently registered under that flag in the ownership of the Replacement Owner, (b) the Mortgage has been registered with first priority against the Replacement Vessel and (c) there are no further Encumbrances registered against the Replacement Vessel.

 

2

Letters of undertaking Letters of undertaking in respect of the Insurances relating to the Replacement Vessel as required by the Security Documents together with copies of the relevant policies or cover notes or entry certificates duly endorsed with the interest of the Finance Parties.

 

3

Acknowledgements of notices Acknowledgements of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to any Security Documents received by the Agent pursuant to Part IV of this Schedule 2.

 

4

Legal opinions Such of the legal opinions specified in Part IV of this Schedule 2 as have not already been provided to the Agent.

 

Page 106


Schedule 3

The Collateral Vessels

 

No.

  

Vessel name

  

Collateral Owner

  

Type

   DWT      Year
built
     Flag
1    Ashkini Spirit    Ashkini Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax Tanker      165,200         2003       Bahamas
2    Axel Spirit    Axel Spirit L.L.C.    Aframax Tanker      115,400         2004       Bahamas
3    Esther Spirit    Esther Spirit L.L.C.    Aframax Tanker      115,400         2004       Bahamas
4    Everest Spirit    Everest Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Aframax Tanker      115,000         2004       Bahamas
5    Godavari Spirit    Godavari Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax Tanker      159,100         2004       Malta
6    Helga Spirit    Helga Spirit L.L.C.    Aframax Tanker      115,500         2005       Bahamas
7    Iskmati Spirit    Iskmati Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax Tanker      165,200         2003       Bahamas
8    Kanata Spirit    Kanata Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Aframax Tanker      113,000         1999       Bahamas
9    Kareela Spirit    Kareela Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Aframax Tanker      113,100         1999       Bahamas
10    Kaveri Spirit    Kaveri Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax Tanker      159,100         2004       Bahamas
11    Kyeema Spirit    Kyeema Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Aframax Tanker      113,400         1999       Bahamas
12    Matterhorn Spirit    Matterhorn Spirit L.L.C.    Aframax Spirit      114,800         2005       Bahamas
13    Narmada Spirit    Narmada Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax Tanker      159,200         2003       Malta
14    Donegal Spirit    Donegal Spirit L.L.C.    LR2      105,200         2006       Bahamas
15    Galway Spirit    Galway Spirit L.L.C.    LR2      105,200         2007       Bahamas
16    Limerick Spirit    Limerick Spirit L.L.C.    LR2      105,200         2007       Bahamas
17    Seletar Spirit    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1586 L.L.C.    LR2      109,000         2010       Bahamas
18    Leyte Spirit    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1587 L.L.C.    LR2      110,000         2011       Bahamas
19    Sebarok Spirit    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1592 L.L.C.    LR2      110,000         2011       Bahamas

 

Page 107


20    Luzon Spirit    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1593 L.L.C.    LR2      110,000         2011       Bahamas
21    Yamato Spirit    Teekay Tankers TS Hull No. S-1415 L.L.C.    Aframax      108,000         2008       Bahamas
22    Rio Spirit    Rio Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      158,000         2013       Bahamas
23    Sydney Spirit    Sydney Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      158,000         2012       Bahamas
24    Athens Spirit    Athens Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      158,000         2012       Bahamas
25    Barcelona Spirit    Barcelona Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      158,000         2011       Bahamas
26    Atlanta Spirit    Atlanta Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      158,000         2011       Bahamas
27    London Spirit    London Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      158,000         2011       Bahamas
28    Beijing Spirit    Beijing Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      156,000         2010       Bahamas
29    Moscow Spirit    Moscow Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      156,000         2010       Bahamas
30    Los Angeles Spirit    Los Angeles Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      159,000         2007       Bahamas
31    Montreal Spirit    Montreal Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      150,000         2006       Bahamas
32    Tokyo Spirit    Tokyo Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      150,000         2006       Bahamas
33    Seoul Spirit    Seoul Spirit L.L.C.    Suezmax      158,000         2005       Bahamas
34    Erik Spirit    Erik Spirit L.L.C.    Aframax      115,526         2005       Bahamas
35    Americas Spirit    Americas Spirit L.L.C.    Aframax      111,900         2003       Bahamas
36    Australian Spirit    Australian Spirit L.L.C.    Aframax      111,900         2004       Bahamas

 

Page 108


Schedule 4

Form of Drawdown Notice

 

To:

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

 

From:

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

[Date] 2016

Dear Sirs,

Drawdown Notice

We refer to the Loan Agreement dated 2016 made between, amongst others, ourselves and yourselves (the “ Agreement ”).

Words and phrases defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Drawdown Notice.

Pursuant to Clause 4.1 of the Agreement, we irrevocably request that you advance [the Term Loan] [a Drawing] in the sum of [                    ] to us on                     2016, which is a Business Day, by paying the amount of the advance to [                    ].

We warrant that the representations and warranties contained in Clause 11 of the Agreement save those contained in Clauses 11.2, 11.6 1 and 11.19 are true and correct at the date of this Drawdown Notice and will be true and correct (although this warranty is not given with regard to Clause 11.7) 2 on                     2016 that no Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied or unwaived, and that no Default will result from the advance of the sum requested in this Drawdown Notice.

We select the period of [            ] months as the Interest Period in respect of the said [Term Loan] [Drawing].

Yours faithfully

 

 

For and on behalf of

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

 

 

1  

For all drawdowns other than the first, add reference to Clause 11.7 here.

2  

For all drawdowns other than the first, delete phrase in brackets.

 

Page 109


Schedule 5

Form of Transfer Certificate

 

To:

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

Transfer Certificate

This transfer certificate relates to a secured loan facility agreement (as from time to time amended, varied, supplemented or novated the “ Loan Agreement ”) dated [            ] 2016, on the terms and subject to the conditions of which a secured revolving credit and term loan facility was made available to Teekay Tankers Ltd., by a syndicate of banks on whose behalf you act as agent and security trustee.

 

1

Terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, have the same meaning when used in this certificate. The terms “ Transferor ” and “ Transferee ” are defined in the schedule to this certificate (the “ Schedule ”).

 

2

The Transferor:

 

  2.1

confirms that the details in the Schedule under the heading “ Transferor’s Commitment ” accurately summarise its Commitment; and

 

  2.2

requests the Transferee to accept by way of novation the transfer to the Transferee of the amount of the Transferor’s Commitment specified in the Schedule by counter-signing and delivering this certificate to the Agent at its address for communications specified in the Loan Agreement.

 

3

The Transferee requests the Agent to accept this certificate as being delivered to the Agent pursuant to and for the purposes of clause 14 of the Loan Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with the terms of that clause on the Transfer Date specified in the Schedule.

 

4

The Agent confirms its acceptance of this certificate for the purposes of clause 14 of the Loan Agreement.

 

5

The Transferee confirms that:

 

  5.1

it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement together with all other information which it has required in connection with this transaction;

 

  5.2

it has not relied and will not in the future rely on the Transferor or any other party to the Loan Agreement to check or enquire on its behalf into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any such information; and

 

  5.3

it has not relied and will not in the future rely on the Transferor or any other party to the Loan Agreement to keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of any Security Party.

 

6

Execution of this certificate by the Transferee constitutes its representation and warranty to the Transferor and to all other parties to the Loan Agreement that it has the power to become a party to the Loan Agreement as a Lender on the terms of the Loan Agreement and has taken all steps to authorise execution and delivery of this certificate.

 

Page 110


7

The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the other parties to the Loan Agreement that it will perform in accordance with their terms all those obligations which by the terms of the Loan Agreement will be assumed by it after delivery of this certificate to the Agent and the satisfaction of any conditions subject to which this certificate is expressed to take effect.

 

8

The Transferor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any document relating to any Finance Document, and assumes no responsibility for the financial condition of any Finance Party or for the performance and observance by any Security Party of any of its obligations under any Finance Document or any document relating to any Finance Document and any conditions and warranties implied by law are expressly excluded.

 

9

The Transferee acknowledges that nothing in this certificate or in the Loan Agreement shall oblige the Transferor to:

 

  9.1

accept a re-transfer from the Transferee of the whole or any part of the rights, benefits and/or obligations transferred pursuant to this certificate; or

 

  9.2

support any losses directly or indirectly sustained or incurred by the Transferee for any reason including, without limitation, the non-performance by any party to any Finance Document of any obligations under any Finance Document.

 

10

The address and fax number of the Transferee for the purposes of clause 18 of the Loan Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

11

This certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be original but which shall together constitute the same instrument.

 

12

This certificate shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law.

 

Page 111


The Schedule

 

1

Transferor :

 

2

Transferee :

 

3

Transfer Date (not earlier that the fifth Business Day after the date of delivery of the Transfer Certificate to the Agent):

 

4

Transferor’s Commitment :

 

5

Amount transferred :

 

6

Transferee’s address and fax number for the purposes of clause 18 of the Loan Agreement :

 

[name of Transferor]

       

[name of Transferee]

    

By:

      By:   

Date:

      Date:   

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch as Agent

By:

Date:

 

Page 112


Schedule 6

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To:

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

 

From:

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

 

Date:

[•]

Dear Sirs

We refer to an agreement (the “ Loan Agreement ”) dated [• ] 2016 and made between (inter alia) (1) us as borrower, (2) the banks listed at Schedule 1 thereto as lenders and (3) yourselves as agent and security trustee (as from time to time amended, varied, novated or supplemented).

Terms defined or construed in the Loan Agreement have the same meanings and constructions in this Certificate.

We attach the relevant calculation applicable on the last day of our financial [year][quarter] ending [• ] (the “ Relevant Period ”) which confirm that:

 

1

Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines [were in aggregate at all times equal to or greater than/fell below] $35,000,000. Therefore the condition contained in clause 12.2.1 of the Loan Agreement [has/has not] been complied with in respect of the Relevant Period.

 

2

The aggregate of Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines [was at all times equal to or greater than/fell below] 5.0% of Total Debt. Therefore the condition contained in clause 12.2.2 of the Loan Agreement [has/has not] been complied with.

 

3

The aggregate of the Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels is [•] and the value of any additional security previously provided under clause 10.9 of the Loan Agreement is [•] which in aggregate is not less than 125% of the amount of the Loans outstanding in the Relevant Period. Therefore, the requirements of clause 10.9 of the Loan Agreement have been complied with in respect of the Relevant Period.

The Fair Market Value of each Collateral Vessel is as follows at [date]:

 

Name of Collateral Vessel

   Name of first
shipbroker
providing
valuation
    Name of second
shipbroker
providing
valuation
    Name of third
shipbroker
providing
valuation
    Average market
value
 

[•]

     [ •]      [ •]      [ •]      [ •] 

 

Signed:  

 

    Duly authorised representative of
    Teekay Tankers Ltd.

 

Page 113


Schedule 7

Repayment Instalments

 

No.

   Repayment Instalment (US$)    Outstanding
Amount (US$)
      525,280,000

1

   31,940,000    493,340,000

2

   31,940,000    461,400,000

3

   31,940,000    429,460,000

4

   31,940,000    397,520,000

5

   24,845,000    372,675,000

6

   24,845,000    347,830,000

7

   24,845,000    322,985,000

8

   24,845,000    298,140,000

9

   24,845,000    273,295,000

10

   24,845,000    248,450,000

11

   24,845,000    223,605,000

12

   24,845,000    198,760,000

13

   24,845,000    173,915,000

14

   24,845,000    149,070,000

15

   24,845,000    124,225,000

16

   24,845,000    99,380,000

17

   24,845,000    74,535,000

18

   24,845,000    49,690,000

19

   24,845,000    24,845,000

20

   24,845,000    0

 

Page 114


In witness of which the parties to this Agreement have executed this Agreement the day and year first before written.

 

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Patrick Smith

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Roxanne Lorraine Chambers

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as Agent)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Roxanne Lorraine Chambers

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Mark Russell

KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

 

Page 115


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Scotiabank Europe Plc

   ) Attorny-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

BNP Paribas

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Clifford Capital Pte. Ltd.

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Danske Bank, Norwegian Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

 

Page 116


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Simon Baker

Commonwealth Bank of Australia, London )

  

Branch

   )

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Deborah Tan

  

85 Queen Victoria St

  

Associate Director CBA

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Swedbank AB (publ)

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

 

Page 117


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Edward F. Kubilis

Siemens Financial Services, Inc.

   ) Vice President

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Kevin S. Keston

  

Director, Operations

  

Illegible Signature

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Roxanne Lorraine Chambers

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

 

Page 118


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Danske Bank A/S

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Mark Russell

KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Scotiabank Europe Plc

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

 

Page 119


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Roxanne Lorraine Chambers

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Danske Bank A/S

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ING Bank N.V., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

 

Page 120


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Mark Russell

KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Scotiabank Europe Plc

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Roxanne Lorraine Chambers

Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Coordinator)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Coordinator)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

 

Page 121


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Roxanne Lorraine Chambers

Nordea Bank Finland plc

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Swap Provider)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Swap Provider)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Scotiabank Europe Plc

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Swap Provider)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Danske Bank A/S

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Swap Provider)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-Fact

(as a Swap Provider)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Manon Sel

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London EC2M 7SH

  

 

Page 122

Exhibit 4.20

US$397,200,000 Secured Term Loan Facility Agreement

Dated 28 August 2015

 

(1)

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

(as Borrower)

 

(2)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

DNB Capital LLC

Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch

(as Lenders)

 

(3)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Limited

DNB Markets, Inc.

Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch

(as Mandated Lead Arrangers)

 

(4)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Limited

DNB Markets, Inc.

Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch

(as Bookrunners)

 

(5)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Limited

DNB Markets, Inc.

Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch

(as Structuring Banks)

 

(6)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

(as Agent)

 

   LOGO


Contents

 

         Page  
1  

Definitions and Interpretation

     2   
2  

The Loan and its Purposes

     19   
3  

Conditions of Utilisation

     19   
4  

Advance

     21   
5  

Repayment

     21   
6  

Prepayment

     21   
7  

Interest

     23   
8  

Indemnities

     25   
9  

Fees

     32   
10  

Security and Application of Moneys

     32   
11  

Representations and Warranties

     33   
12  

Undertakings and Covenants

     38   
13  

Events of Default

     46   
14  

Assignment and Sub-Participation

     49   
15  

The Agent and the Lenders

     51   
16  

Set-Off

     63   
17  

Payments

     64   
18  

Notices

     66   
19  

Partial Invalidity

     68   
20  

Remedies and Waivers

     68   
21  

Miscellaneous

     68   
22  

Confidentiality

     69   
23  

Law and Jurisdiction

     72   
Schedule 1  

The Lenders and the Commitments

     73   
Schedule 2  

Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

     74   
 

Part I: Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice

     74   
 

Part II: Conditions precedent to Drawdown Date

     76   
 

Part III: Conditions subsequent to Drawdown Date

     79   


Schedule 3  

The Collateral Vessels

     80   
Schedule 4  

Form of Drawdown Notice

     82   
Schedule 5  

Form of Transfer Certificate

     83   
Schedule 6  

Form of Compliance Certificate

     86   


Loan Agreement

Dated 28 August 2015

Between:

 

(1)

Teekay Tankers Ltd. , a corporation existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at The Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, The Marshall Islands, MH96960 (the “ Borrower ”); and

 

(2)

The banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed in Schedule 1, each acting through its office at the address indicated against its name in Schedule 1 (together the “ Lenders ” and each a “ Lender ”); and

 

(3)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC acting through its office at 100 Park Avenue, 17 th Floor, New York, NY 10017, United States of America, Citigroup Global Markets Limited acting through its office at Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB, United Kingdom, DNB Markets, Inc. acting through its office at 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY10166-0396, United States of America and Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch acting through its office at 437 Madison Avenue, 21 st Floor, New York, NY10022, United States of America as mandated lead arrangers (in that capacity the “ MLAs ”); and

 

(4)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC acting through its office at 100 Park Avenue, 17 th Floor, New York, NY 10017, United States of America, Citigroup Global Markets Limited acting through its office at Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB, United Kingdom, DNB Markets, Inc. acting through its office at 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY10166-0396, United States of America and Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch as bookrunners (the “ Bookrunners ”); and

 

(5)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC acting through its office at 100 Park Avenue, 17 th Floor, New York, NY 10017, United States of America, Citigroup Global Markets Limited acting through its office at Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB, United Kingdom, DNB Markets, Inc. acting through its office at 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY10166-0396, United States of America and Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch as structuring banks (the “ Structuring Banks ”); and

 

(6)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC , acting as agent and security trustee through its office at 100 Park Avenue, 17 th Floor, New York, NY 10017, United States of America acting as agent and security trustee (in that capacity the “ Agent ”).

Whereas:

 

(A)

Each Collateral Owner is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Borrower and has agreed to purchase the relevant Collateral Vessel from the relevant Sellers on the terms of the relevant MOA and intends to register that Vessel under the relevant flag indicated against its name in Schedule 3.

 

(B)

Each of the Lenders has agreed to advance to the Borrower its Commitment (aggregating, with all the other Commitments, an amount not exceeding the Maximum Amount) which the Borrower will on-lend to the Collateral Owners to assist the Collateral Owners to finance part of the aggregate purchase price of each Collateral Vessel.

 

Page 1


It is agreed as follows:

 

1

Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1

In this Agreement:

Acceptable Bank ” means a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit-enhanced debt originations of A+ or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ranking Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency.

Accounts ” means, in relation to the Borrower, the consolidated financial accounts of the Borrower, to be provided to the Agent pursuant to Clause 12.1.1 and Clause 12.1.4.

Affiliate ” means, in relation to any entity, a Subsidiary of that entity, a Holding Company of that entity or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Annex VI ” means Annex VI (Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 (as modified in 1978 and 1997).

Approved Broker ” means Fearnleys, Clarkson Platou Securities AS and Simpson Spence & Young Shipbrokers Ltd. or such other reputable and independent consultancy or ship broker firm approved by the Agent.

Approved Managers ” means (i) the Commercial Manager and (ii) the Technical Manager.

Assignments ” means all the forms of assignment referred to in Clause 10.1.2 and “ Assignment ” means any one of them.

Authorisation ” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

Available Credit Lines ” means any undrawn committed revolving credit lines, other than committed revolving credit lines with less than six (6) months to maturity, available to be drawn by any member of the Borrower Group, as reflected in the Borrower’s most recent quarterly management accounts forming part of the Borrower’s Accounts;

Balloon Amount ” means the amount of three hundred and seventy seven million two hundred thousand Dollars ($377,200,000) to be paid together with the second Repayment Instalment to be repaid by the Borrower in accordance with Clause 5.1 or on any other date when the Balloon Amount is payable pursuant to this Agreement.

Borrower Group ” means the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries.

“Break Costs” means all sums payable by the Borrower from time to time under Clause 8.3.

 

Page 2


Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open for business of a nature contemplated by this Agreement (and not authorised by law to close) in New York, London and Oslo.

Change of Control ” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to the Borrower, where any person or any two or more persons acting together (excluding any member of the Teekay Group) acquires the right or ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or the composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent thereof) of the Borrower; and

 

  (b)

in relation to any other Security Party, where there is a change in the legal or beneficial ownership of any such company from that previously advised to the Agent (other than where such company remains owned by members of the Borrower Group),

in each case unless the Borrower has requested the prior consent of the Majority Lenders to a change of control and the Majority Lenders have consented to such request within thirty (30) days of such request being made.

Charged Property ” means all of the assets of the Security Parties which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Security Documents.

Code ” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Collateral Owner ” means each company (being a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower) shown as an owner of a Collateral Vessel in Schedule 3 and together the “ Collateral Owners ”.

Collateral Vessel ” means each vessel specified in Schedule 3 owned or to be owned by a Collateral Owner and together the “ Collateral Vessels ”.

Commercial Manager ” means (i) the Borrower, (ii) Teekay Corporation, (iii) any other member of the Teekay Group or (iv) any other commercial manager approved by the Lenders.

Commitment ” means, in relation to each Lender, the aggregate amount of the Loan which that Lender agrees to advance to the Borrower as its several liability as indicated against the name of that Lender in Schedule 1 and/or, where the context permits, the amount of the Loan advanced by that Lender and remaining outstanding and “ Commitments ” means more than one of them.

Commitment Commission ” means the commitment commission to be paid by the Borrower to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to Clause 9.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6.

Confidential Information ” means all information relating to any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group, the Finance Documents or the Loan of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Loan from either:

 

Page 3


  (a)

any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (b)

another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

  (i)

is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 22; or

 

  (ii)

is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (iii)

is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with (a) or (b) or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with any Security Party or any other member of the Borrower Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

Confidentiality Undertaking ” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the Loan Market Association at the relevant time.

Currency of Account ” means, in relation to any payment to be made to a Finance Party under a Finance Document, the currency in which that payment is required to be made by the terms of that Finance Document.

Deeds of Covenants ” means the deeds of covenants referred to in Clause 10.1.1 and “ Deed of Covenant ” means any one of them.

Default ” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 13.1 which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender:

 

  (a)

which has failed to make its participation in a Drawing available (or has notified the Agent or the Borrower (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Drawing available) by the Drawdown Date of that Drawing in accordance with Clause 4.2; or

 

  (b)

which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

  (c)

with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

 

Page 4


unless, in the case of (a):

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Disruption Event ” means either or both of:

 

  (a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Loan (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  (b)

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  (i)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

Dollars ”, “ US$ ” and “ $ ” each means available and freely transferable and convertible funds in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Drawdown Date ” means the date on which the relevant Drawing is advanced under Clause 4.1.

Drawdown Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4.

Drawing ” means, in respect of each Collateral Vessel, one out of the twelve (12) portions of the Loan advanced or to be advanced pursuant to a Drawdown Notice where each such drawing shall not exceed sixty per cent (60%) of the Purchase Price of that Collateral Vessel and “ Drawings ” means more than one of them.

Earnings ” means all hires, freights, pool income and other sums payable to or for the account of a Collateral Owner in respect of a Collateral Vessel including (without limitation) all remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, contributions in general average, compensation in respect of any requisition for hire, and damages and other payments (whether awarded by any court or arbitral tribunal or by agreement or otherwise) for breach, termination or variation of any contract for the operation, employment or use of a Collateral Vessel.

 

Page 5


Encumbrance ” means a mortgage, charge, assignment, pledge, lien, or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Environmental Approvals ” means any present or future permit, licence, approval, ruling, variance, exemption or other authorisation required under the applicable Environmental Laws.

Environmental Claim ” means any and all enforcement, clean-up, removal, administrative, governmental, regulatory or judicial actions, orders, demands or investigations instituted or completed pursuant to any Environmental Laws or Environmental Approvals.

Environmental Incident ” means:

 

  (a)

any release, emission, spill or discharge from a Collateral Vessel or into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water of Environmentally Sensitive Material within or from a Collateral Vessel; or

 

  (b)

any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than a Collateral Vessel and which involves a collision between a Collateral Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Collateral Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Collateral Vessel and/or any Security Party and/or any operator or manager of a Collateral Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

  (c)

any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from a Collateral Vessel and in connection with which a Collateral Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Security Party and/or any operator or manager of a Collateral Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval.

Environmental Laws ” means any present and future laws, regulations, treaties and conventions of any applicable jurisdiction which:

 

  (a)

have as a purpose or effect the protection of, and/or prevention of harm or damage to, the environment;

 

  (b)

relate to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

 

  (c)

provide remedies or compensation for harm or damage to the environment; or

 

Page 6


  (d)

relate to Environmentally Sensitive Materials or health or safety matters.

Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means (i) oil and oil products and (ii) any other waste, pollutant, contaminant or other substance (including any liquid, solid, gas, ion, living organism or noise) that may be harmful to human health or other life or the environment or a nuisance to any person or that may make the enjoyment, ownership or other territorial control of any affected land, property or waters more costly for such person to a material degree.

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 13.1.

Execution Date ” means the date on which this Agreement is executed by each of the parties hereto.

Facility Office ” means:

 

  (a)

in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five (5) Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (b)

in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes.

Facility Period ” means the period beginning on the Execution Date and ending on the date when the whole of the Indebtedness has been repaid in full, all Commitments have been terminated and the Security Parties have ceased to be under any further actual or contingent liability to the Finance Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

Fair Market Value ” means the average of two (2) Valuations of the fair market value of a Collateral Vessel obtained from two (2) Approved Brokers (selected by the Borrower), each addressed to the Agent, and given on the basis of a charter free sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer. If such Valuations differ by a margin of more than ten per cent (10%) then a further Valuation shall be obtained from a third Approved Broker appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower on the same basis and the fair market value of that Collateral Vessel shall be the average of all three (3) Valuations.

FATCA ” means:

 

  (a)

sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

  (b)

any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

Page 7


  (c)

any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

FATCA Application Date ” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

  (b)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or

 

  (c)

in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017,

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

FATCA FFI ” means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if any Finance Party is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction.

Fee Letter ” means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Borrower (or the MLAs and the Borrower) setting out any fees referred to in Clause 9.

Final Availability Date ” means 16 November 2015 or such later date as the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) may approve in writing.

Finance Documents ” means this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Fee Letter and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower and “ Finance Document ” means any one of them.

Finance Parties ” means the Agent, the MLAs, the Bookrunners, the Structuring Banks and the Lenders and “ Finance Party ” means any one of them.

“Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a)

moneys borrowed;

 

  (b)

any acceptance credit;

 

  (c)

any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument;

 

Page 8


  (d)

any redeemable preference share to the extent such shares can be redeemed before the Maturity Date;

 

  (e)

any finance or capital lease;

 

  (f)

receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (g)

any derivative transaction protecting against or benefiting from fluctuations in any rate or price (and, except for non-payment of an amount, the then mark to market value of the derivative transaction will be used to calculate its amount);

 

  (h)

any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which has the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  (i)

any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of any guarantee, indemnity, bond, letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; or

 

  (j)

any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any person in respect of any item referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above.

First Drawdown Date ” means the date on which the first Drawing is advanced under Clause 4.

Free Liquidity ” means cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of maturities less than one (1) year to which members of the Borrower Group shall have free, immediate and direct access each as reflected in the Borrower’s most recent quarterly management accounts forming part of the Borrower’s Accounts.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee and indemnity of each Collateral Owner referred to in Clause 10.1.3.

Holding Company ” means, in relation to any entity, any other entity in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IAPPC ” means a valid international air pollution prevention certificate for a Collateral Vessel issued under Annex VI.

Impaired Agent ” means the Agent at any time when:

 

  (a)

it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

  (b)

the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;

 

  (c)

(if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”; or

 

  (d)

an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent;

 

Page 9


unless, in the case of (a):

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within three (3) Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Indebtedness ” means the aggregate from time to time of: the amount of the Loan outstanding; all accrued and unpaid interest on the Loan; and all other sums of any nature (together with all accrued and unpaid interest on any of those sums) which from time to time may be payable by the Borrower to any of the Finance Parties under all or any of the Finance Documents.

Insolvency Event ” in relation to an entity means that the entity:

 

  (a)

is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (b)

becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c)

makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

  (e)

has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in (d) and:

 

  (i)

results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

  (ii)

is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within thirty (30) days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (f)

has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009;

 

Page 10


  (g)

has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (h)

seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than, for so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a person or entity described in (d));

 

  (i)

has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

  (j)

causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in (a) to (i); or

 

  (k)

takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Insurances ” means all policies and contracts of insurance (including all entries in protection and indemnity or war risks associations) which are from time to time taken out or entered into in respect of or in connection with a Collateral Vessel or her increased value or her Earnings and (where the context permits) all benefits under such contracts and policies, including all claims of any nature and returns of premium.

Interest Payment Date ” means each date for the payment of interest in accordance with Clause 7.8.

Interest Period ” means each period for the payment of interest selected by the Borrower or agreed by the Agent pursuant to Clause 7.

Interpolated Screen Rate ” means, in relation to LIBOR, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the relevant Interest Period; and

 

  (b)

the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the relevant Interest Period,

each as of 11.00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day.

 

Page 11


ISM Code ” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention.

ISM Company ” means, at any given time, the company responsible for a Collateral Vessel’s compliance with the ISM Code under paragraph 1.1.2 of the ISM Code.

ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code.

ISPS Company ” means, at any given time, the company responsible for a Collateral Vessel’s compliance with the ISPS Code.

ISSC ” means a valid international ship security certificate for a Collateral Vessel issued under the ISPS Code.

law ” or “ Law ” means any law, statute, treaty, convention, regulation, instrument or other subordinate legislation or other legislative or quasi-legislative rule or measure, or any order or decree of any government, judicial or public or other body or authority, or any directive, code of practice, circular, guidance note or other direction issued by any competent authority or agency (whether or not having the force of law).

LIBOR ” means:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b)

(if no Screen Rate is available for any Interest Period) the Interpolated Screen Rate; or

 

  (c)

(if no Screen Rate is available for the currency of the Loan or no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate) the Reference Bank Rate,

as of 11.00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in Dollars and for a period equal in length to the relevant Interest Period, provided that if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

Loan ” means the aggregate amount advanced or to be advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower under Clause 4 or, where the context permits, the amount advanced and for the time being outstanding.

Majority Lenders ” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate equal to or greater than sixty six and two thirds per cent (66 2/3%) of the aggregate of all the Commitments.

Management Agreements ” means the agreement(s) for the commercial and/or technical management of the Collateral Vessels entered into between (i) the Collateral Owners and (ii) the Approved Managers.

Managers’ Confirmations ” means the written confirmations of the Approved Managers (which are not the Borrower, Teekay Corporation, Teekay Marine Limited or any other member of the Teekay Group) that throughout the Facility Period unless otherwise agreed by the Agent:

 

Page 12


  (a)

they will not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, subcontract or delegate the commercial or technical management of the Collateral Vessels (as the case may be) to any third party; and

 

  (b)

following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, all claims of the Approved Managers against the Collateral Owners (less any agreed reasonable deductible) shall be subordinated to the claims of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.

Margin ” means two hundred and twenty five basis points per annum.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a)

the financial condition, assets, prospects or business of any Security Party or on the consolidated financial condition, assets, prospects or business of the Borrower Group;

 

  (b)

the ability of any Security Party to perform and comply with its obligations under any Security Document or to avoid any Event of Default;

 

  (c)

the validity, legality or enforceability of any Security Document; or

 

  (d)

the validity, legality or enforceability of any security expressed to be created pursuant to any Security Document or the priority and ranking of any such security,

provided that, in determining whether any of the forgoing circumstances shall constitute such a material adverse change or material adverse effect for the purposes of this definition, the Finance Parties shall consider such circumstance in the context of (x) the Borrower Group taken as a whole and (y) the ability of the Borrower and the Collateral Owners to perform each of their obligations under the Security Documents.

Maturity Date ” means 29 January 2016.

Maximum Amount ” means the lesser of (a) three hundred and ninety seven million two hundred thousand Dollars ($397,200,000) and (b) sixty per cent (60%) of the aggregate of the Purchase Price of each Collateral Vessel, as reduced from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

MOAs ” means the memoranda of agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions of which the Sellers will sell the Collateral Vessels to the Collateral Owners and “ MOA ” means any one of them.

Mortgages ” means the first priority statutory or first preferred mortgages (as the case may be) referred to in Clause 10.1.1 together with the Deeds of Covenants (if applicable) and “ Mortgage ” means any one of them.

 

Page 13


Necessary Authorisations ” means all Authorisations of any person including any government or other regulatory authority required by applicable Law to enable it to:

 

  (a)

lawfully enter into and perform its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is party;

 

  (b)

ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in England and, if different, its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, of such Security Documents to which it is party; and

 

  (c)

carry on its business from time to time.

Party ” means a party to this Agreement.

Permitted Encumbrance ” means (i) any Encumbrance which has the prior written approval of the Agent acting on the instructions of all the Lenders, or (ii) any liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of trading and/or operating a Collateral Vessel up to an aggregate amount at any time not exceeding five million Dollars (US$5,000,000) and not more than thirty (30) days overdue.

Pre-Approved Classification Society ” means any of DNV GL, Lloyds Register, America Bureau of Shipping (ABS) or Bureau Veritas or such other classification society approved by the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably.

Pre-Approved Flag ” means Marshall Islands, Norwegian International Ship Registry, Liberia, Cayman Islands, Panama, Isle of Man, Bermuda, Bahamas or Singapore.

Proportionate Share ” means, at any time, the proportion which a Lender’s Commitment (whether or not advanced) then bears to the aggregate Commitments of all the Lenders (whether or not advanced) being on the Execution Date the percentage indicated against the name of that Lender in Schedule 1.

Protected Party ” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum required or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purpose of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Purchase Price ” in relation to each Collateral Vessel, means the price paid in respect of that Collateral Vessel under the relevant MOA, the amount of which is indicated against the name of such Collateral Vessel in Schedule 3.

Quotation Day ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined two (2) Business Days (in New York) before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

Reference Bank Rate ” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which each of the relevant Reference Banks would borrow funds in the London interbank market in the relevant currency and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

 

Page 14


Reference Banks ” means, in relation to LIBOR, ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC, DNB Bank ASA, Citibank N.A., London Branch, Nordea Bank Finland Plc or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower.

Related Fund ” in relation to a fund (the “ first fund ”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Relevant Documents ” means the Finance Documents, the MOAs and the Management Agreements (if any).

Relevant Interbank Market ” means the London interbank market.

Relevant Loan Amount ” in relation to each Collateral Vessel, means the amount which is obtained by multiplying the Maximum Amount at the time of making the calculation by the Relevant Percentage for such Collateral Vessel.

Relevant Percentage ” in relation to each Collateral Vessel, means the percentage indicated against the name of that Collateral Vessel in Schedule 3 divided by the aggregate percentage shown against all Collateral Vessels subject to a Mortgage at the relevant date.

Repayment Date ” means the date for payment of any Repayment Instalment in accordance with Clause 5.1

Repayment Instalment ” means any instalment of the Loan to repaid by the Borrower under Clause 5.1.

Representative ” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Requisition Compensation ” means all compensation or other money which may from time to time be payable to a Collateral Owner as a result of a Collateral Vessel being requisitioned for title or in any other way compulsorily acquired (other than by way of requisition for hire).

Restricted Party ” means a person (i) that is listed on any Sanctions List, (ii) that is located in or incorporated under the laws of a country or territory that is the target of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions, (iii) that is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person referred to in (i) and/or (ii) above or (iv) with whom any Finance Party would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities as a result of Sanctions.

Sanctioned Country ” means a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, Myanmar, North Korea, Sudan, Syria or the Crimea.

Sanctions ” means the economic sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by (i) the Norwegian Government, (ii) the United States Government, (iii) the United Nations, (iv) the European Union and the (v) the United Kingdom, and with regard to (i)—(v) above, the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasury (“ OFAC ”), the United States Department of State and Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”); (together the “ Sanctions Authorities ”).

 

Page 15


Sanctions List ” means the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list, the “Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List” and the “List of Foreign Sanctions Evaders” each maintained by OFAC and the “Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets” list and the “Investment Ban List” each maintained by HMT or any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, any of the Sanctions Authorities, including, but not limited to, the Norwegian Government, the European Union or the United Nations.

Screen Rate ” means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or the service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower.

Security Documents ” means the Guarantees, the Mortgages, the Deeds of Covenants, the Assignments, the Share Pledges, the Managers’ Confirmations (if any) or (where the context permits) any one or more of them and any other agreement or document which may at any time be executed by any person as security for the payment of all or any part of the Indebtedness and “ Security Document ” means any one of them.

Security Parties ” means the Borrower, each Collateral Owner and any other person who may at any time during the Facility Period be liable for, or provide security for, all or any part of the Indebtedness (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not any Approved Manager), and “ Security Party ” means any one of them.

Sellers ” in relation to each Collateral Vessel, means the relevant entity indicated against the name of such Collateral Vessel in Schedule 3.

Share Pledges ” means the pledge or pledges of the issued share capital or membership interests (as the case may be) of the Collateral Owners referred to in Clause 10.1.4 and “ Share Pledge ” means any one of them.

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary undertaking, as defined in section 1159 Companies Act 2006 or any analogous definition under any other relevant system of law.

Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same) and “ Taxation ” shall be interpreted accordingly.

Technical Manager ” means (i) the Borrower, (ii) Teekay Corporation, (iii) Teekay Marine Limited, (iv) any other member of the Teekay Group, (v) Northern Marine Management, (vi) Bernhard Schulte Shipmanagement or (vii) any other technical manager approved by the Majority Lenders.

 

Page 16


Teekay ” means Teekay Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at The Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, The Marshall Islands MH96960.

Teekay Group ” means Teekay and each of its Subsidiaries.

Total Debt ” means the aggregate of:

 

  (a)

the amount calculated in accordance with GAAP shown as each of “long term debt”, “short term debt” and “current portion of long term debt” on the latest consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower but excluding debt which is non-recourse to the Borrower, and

 

  (b)

the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease (excluding any amounts applicable to leases to the extent that the lease obligations are secured by a security deposit which is held on the balance sheet under “ Restricted Cash ”);

Total Loss ” means:

 

  (a)

an actual, constructive, arranged, agreed or compromised total loss of a Collateral Vessel; or

 

  (b)

the requisition for title or compulsory acquisition of a Collateral Vessel by any government or other competent authority (other than by way of requisition for hire); or

 

  (c)

the capture, seizure, arrest, detention, hijacking, theft, condemnation as prize, confiscation or forfeiture of a Collateral Vessel (not falling within (b)), unless that Collateral Vessel is released and returned to the possession of the relevant Collateral Owner within 180 days after the capture, seizure, arrest, detention, hijacking, theft, condemnation as prize, confiscation or forfeiture in question.

Transfer Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower.

Transfer Date ” means, in relation to any Transfer Certificate, the date for the making of the Transfer specified in the schedule to such Transfer Certificate.

Trust Property ” means:

 

  (a)

all benefits derived by the Agent from Clause 10; and

 

  (b)

all benefits arising under (including, without limitation, all proceeds of the enforcement of) each of the Security Documents,

with the exception of any benefits arising solely for the benefit of the Agent.

 

Page 17


US Tax Obligor ” means:

 

  (a)

a Security Party which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America;

 

  (b)

a Security Party some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal income tax purposes.

Valuation ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, the written valuation of that Collateral Vessel expressed in Dollars prepared by one of the Approved Brokers to be nominated by the Borrower. Such valuation shall be prepared at the Borrower’s expense, without a physical inspection, on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length between a willing buyer and a willing seller without the benefit of any charterparty or other engagement.

VAT ” means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature.

 

1.2

In this Agreement:

 

  1.2.1

words denoting the plural number include the singular and vice versa;

 

  1.2.2

words denoting persons include corporations, partnerships, associations of persons (whether incorporated or not) or governmental or quasi-governmental bodies or authorities and vice versa;

 

  1.2.3

references to Recitals, Clauses and Schedules are references to recitals, clauses and schedules to or of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.4

references to this Agreement include the Recitals and the Schedules;

 

  1.2.5

the headings and contents page(s) are for the purpose of reference only, have no legal or other significance, and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.6

references to any document (including, without limitation, to all or any of the Relevant Documents) are, unless the context otherwise requires, references to that document as amended, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to time;

 

  1.2.7

references to statutes or provisions of statutes are references to those statutes, or those provisions, as from time to time amended, replaced or re-enacted;

 

  1.2.8

references to any Finance Party include its successors, transferees and assignees;

 

  1.2.9

a time of day (unless otherwise specified) is a reference to New York time;

 

  1.2.10

a “ person ” includes any individual firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality); and

 

Page 18


  1.2.11

a “ regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation.

 

1.3

Offer letter

This Agreement supersedes the terms and conditions contained in any correspondence relating to the subject matter of this Agreement exchanged between any Finance Party and the Borrower or their respective representatives prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

2

The Loan and its Purposes

 

2.1

Amount Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each of the Lenders agrees to make available to the Borrower its Commitment in the Loan in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Maximum Amount.

 

2.2

Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

  2.2.1

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other party to the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

  2.2.2

A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

2.3

Purposes The Borrower shall apply the Loan for the purposes referred to in Recital (B).

 

2.4

Monitoring No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed under this Agreement.

 

3

Conditions of Utilisation

 

3.1

Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice Before any Lender shall have any obligation to accept any Drawdown Notice under the Loan Agreement the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to or to the order of the Agent all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2.

 

3.2

Further conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice The Lenders will only be obliged to accept any Drawdown Notice if on the date of the Drawdown Notice:

 

  3.2.1

no Default is continuing or would result from the advance of the relevant Drawing; and

 

  3.2.2

the representations made by the Borrower under Clause 11 (other than that at Clause 11.2 and those at Clauses 11.6 and 11.19 for Drawdown Dates other than the First Drawdown Date) are true in all material respects.

 

Page 19


3.3

Conditions precedent to Drawdown Date The Borrower is not entitled to have any Drawing advanced unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2, save that references in such Part II to “the Collateral Vessel” or to any person or document relating to a Collateral Vessel shall be deemed to relate solely to the Collateral Vessel specified in the relevant Drawdown Notice or to any person or document relating to that Collateral Vessel respectively.

 

3.4

Further conditions precedent to Drawdown Date The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Drawing if on the proposed Drawdown Date:

 

  3.4.1

no Default is continuing or would result from the advance of that Drawing; and

 

  3.4.2

the representations made by the Borrower under Clause 11 (other than that at Clause 11.2 and those at Clauses 11.6 and 11.19 for Drawdown Dates other than the First Drawdown Date) are true in all material respects.

 

3.5

Termination Date No Lender shall be under any obligation to advance all or any part of its Commitment after the Final Availability Date.

 

3.6

Conditions subsequent to Drawdown Date The Borrower undertakes to deliver or to cause to be delivered to the Agent on, or as soon as practicable after, (or within any time period specified in Part III of Schedule 2) the relevant Drawdown Date the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part III of Schedule 2, save that reference in such Part III to “the Collateral Vessel” or to any person or document relating to a Collateral Vessel shall be deemed to relate solely to the Collateral Vessel specified in the relevant Drawdown Notice or to any person or document relating to that Collateral Vessel respectively.

 

3.7

No Waiver If the Lenders in their sole discretion agree to advance a Drawing to the Borrower before all of the documents and evidence required by Clause 3.3 have been delivered to or to the order of the Agent, the Borrower undertakes to deliver all outstanding documents and evidence to or to the order of the Agent no later than thirty (30) days after the relevant Drawdown Date or such other date specified by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

The advance of a Drawing under this Clause 3.7 shall not be taken as a waiver of the Lenders’ right to require production of all the documents and evidence required by Clause 3.3.

 

3.8

Form and content All documents and evidence delivered to the Agent under this Clause 3 shall:

 

  3.8.1

be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders); and

 

  3.8.2

if reasonably required by the Agent, be certified, notarised, legalised or attested in a manner acceptable to the Agent.

 

Page 20


4

Advance

 

4.1

Drawdown Request The Borrower may request a Drawing to be advanced in one amount on any Business Day prior to the Final Availability Date, by delivering to the Agent a duly completed Drawdown Notice not more than ten (10) Business Days and not later than 12:00 noon (New York time) three (3) Business Days before the proposed Drawdown Date.

 

4.2

Lenders’ participation Subject to Clause 2 and Clause 3, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the receipt of a Drawdown Notice, following which each Lender shall advance its Proportionate Share of the Loan to the Borrower through the Agent not later than 11:00am (New York time) on the relevant Drawdown Date.

 

4.3

Drawing Limit The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Drawing if that Drawing will not increase the Loan to a sum in excess of the Maximum Amount.

 

5

Repayment

 

5.1

Repayment of Loan The Borrower agrees to repay the Loan to the Agent for the account of the Lenders by two consecutive instalments each in the sum of ten million Dollars ($10,000,000), the first instalment falling due on the date which is three calendar months after the First Drawdown Date and the second instalment falling due on the Maturity Date, together with the Balloon Amount which shall be payable on the Maturity Date.

 

5.2

Reduction of Repayment Instalments If the aggregate amount advanced to the Borrower is less than the Maximum Amount, the Balloon Amount shall be reduced by the amount of such shortfall.

 

5.3

Reborrowing The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid.

 

6

Prepayment

 

6.1

Illegality If it becomes unlawful in any jurisdiction for a Lender to fund or maintain its Commitment as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

  6.1.1

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of that event;

 

  6.1.2

upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of that Lender (to the extent not already advanced) will be immediately cancelled; and

 

  6.1.3

the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s Proportionate Share of the Loan on the last day of its current Interest Period or, if earlier, the date specified by that Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent and notified by the Agent to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and the Maximum Amount shall be reduced by the amount of that Lender’s Commitment. Prior to the date on which repayment is required to be made under this Clause 6.1.3 the affected Lender shall negotiate in good faith with the Borrower to find an alternative method or lending base in order to maintain the Loan.

 

Page 21


6.2

Voluntary Cancellation

 

  6.2.1

The Borrower may voluntarily cancel (i) the whole or any part of the Loan in an amount of not less than one million Dollars ($1,000,000) (or as otherwise may be agreed by the Agent), provided that it has first given to the Agent not fewer than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice expiring on a Business Day (the “ Cancellation Date ”) of its desire to cancel the whole or any part of the Loan; such notice once received by the Agent shall be irrevocable and shall oblige the Borrower to make payment of all interest and Commitment Commission accrued on the amount so cancelled up to and including the Cancellation Date. Any such cancellation in the Loan shall not be reversed. If, as a result of any such cancellation, the Loan outstanding would exceed the Maximum Amount, the Borrower shall, on the Cancellation Date, prepay such amount of the Loan as will ensure that the Loan outstanding is not greater than the Maximum Amount.

 

  6.2.2

Simultaneously with each reduction of the Loan in accordance with Clause 6.2.1, the Commitment of each Lender will reduce so that the Commitments of the Lenders in respect of the reduced Loan remain in accordance with their respective Proportionate Shares.

 

6.3

Voluntary Prepayment of Loan The Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part, such prepayment shall be in an amount that reduces the Loan by a minimum amount of ten million Dollars ($10,000,000)) provided that it gives the Agent not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior notice. Any amount of the Loan prepaid in accordance with this Clause 6.3 may not be redrawn.

 

6.4

Sale of Collateral Vessel In the event of a sale or disposal of a Collateral Vessel, the Borrower shall, on the date of the sale or disposal, make a prepayment of the Loan in an amount equivalent to the Relevant Loan Amount applicable to that Collateral Vessel. Any such prepayment shall be applied in prepayment of, first, the Balloon Amount and, second, the remaining Repayment Instalments in inverse order of maturity.

 

6.5

Total Loss In the event that a Collateral Vessel becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall, on the earlier to occur of (x) the date on which the proceeds of such Total Loss are realised and (y) on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the one hundred and eightieth day after the date of such Total Loss occurring, make a prepayment of the Loan in an amount equivalent to the Relevant Loan Amount applicable to that Collateral Vessel provided always that if such date is not the final day of an Interest Period, the Borrower may instead place the relevant sum in an account with the Agent, charged to the Agent in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Lenders, with an irrevocable instruction to the Agent to apply such sum in prepayment of the Loan on the final day of such Interest Period. Any such prepayment shall be applied in prepayment of, first, the Balloon Amount and, second, the remaining Repayment Instalments in inverse order of maturity.

 

6.6

Change of Control In the event that a Change of Control occurs with respect to any Security Party, the Borrower shall within thirty (30) days of such Change of Control (i) in the case of a Change of Control with respect to the Borrower, prepay the Loan in full or (ii) in the case of a Change of Control with respect to a Collateral Owner, make a prepayment of the Loan in an amount equivalent to the Relevant Loan Amount applicable to the Collateral Vessel owned by that Collateral Owner with any such prepayment to be applied in prepayment of, first, the Balloon Amount and, second, the remaining Repayment Instalments in inverse order of maturity.

 

Page 22


6.7

Restrictions Any notice of prepayment given under this Clause 6 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant prepayment is to be made and the amount of that prepayment.

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with all interest and Commitment Commission accrued on the amount so reduced up to and including the date of reduction together with any Break Costs in respect of such reduced amount if the date of such reduction is not the final day of an Interest Period.

If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 6 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to the Borrower or the Lenders, as appropriate.

 

7

Interest

 

7.1

Interest Periods The period during which the Loan shall be outstanding under this Agreement shall be divided into consecutive Interest Periods of one, three or six months’ duration, as selected by the Borrower by written notice to the Agent not later than 11:00 am on the third Business Day before the beginning of the Interest Period in question, or any other period which will coincide with the end of any other Interest Period then current, or such other duration as may be agreed by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

 

7.2

Beginning and end of Interest Periods The first Interest Period in respect of each Drawing shall begin on the relevant Drawdown Date and shall end on the last day of the Interest Period selected in accordance with Clause 7.1. Any subsequent Interest Period selected in respect of a Drawing shall commence on the day following the last day of its previous Interest Period and shall end on the last day of its current Interest Period selected in accordance with Clause 7.1.

 

7.3

Second and subsequent Drawings If the second or any subsequent Drawing is made otherwise than on the first day of an Interest Period for the balance of the Loan, there shall be a separate initial Interest Period for that Drawing commencing on its Drawdown Date and expiring on the final date of the then current Interest Period for the balance of the Loan.

 

7.4

Interest Periods to meet Repayment Dates If an Interest Period would otherwise expire after the next Repayment Date, there shall be a separate Interest Period for a part of the Loan equal to the Repayment Instalment due on that next Repayment Date and that separate Interest Period shall expire on the next Repayment Date.

 

7.5

Non-Business Days If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

Page 23


7.6

Interest rate During each Interest Period interest shall accrue on the Loan at the percentage rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of (a) the Margin and (b) LIBOR.

 

7.7

Failure to select Interest Period If the Borrower at any time fails to select or agree an Interest Period in accordance with Clause 7.1, the interest rate applicable shall be based on an Interest Period of three months.

 

7.8

Accrual and payment of interest Interest shall accrue from day to day, shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and the actual number of days elapsed (or, in any circumstance where market practice differs, in accordance with the prevailing market practice) and shall be paid by the Borrower to the Agent for the account of the Lenders on the last day of each Interest Period and, if the Interest Period is longer than three months, on the dates falling at three monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period.

 

7.9

Default interest If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date, subject to any applicable grace period, up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is one point five percentage points higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Loan for successive Interest Periods, each selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 7.9 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent. If unpaid, any such interest will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

7.10

Absence of quotations Subject to Clause 7.11, if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11.00 am on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

7.11

Market disruption If a Market Disruption Event occurs for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the Loan for that Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  7.11.1

the Margin; and

 

  7.11.2

the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable, and in any event by close of business on the date falling 10 Business Days after the Quotation Day (or, if earlier, on the date falling 10 Business Days prior to the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

In this Agreement “ Market Disruption Event ” means:

 

  (a)

at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars and the relevant Interest Period; or

 

Page 24


  (b)

before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan exceed 50 per cent of the Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan from the London Interbank Market or, if cheaper, from whatever other source it may reasonably select, would be in excess of LIBOR.

 

7.12

Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

  7.12.1

If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

  7.12.2

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 7.12.1 shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.

 

  7.12.3

If an alternative basis is not agreed pursuant to Clause 7.12.1, the Borrower will immediately prepay the relevant Commitment together with Break Costs and the Balloon Amount shall be reduced pro rata to the amount prepaid.

 

7.13

Determinations conclusive The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Clause 7 and each such determination shall (save in the case of manifest error) be final and conclusive.

 

8

Indemnities

 

8.1

Transaction expenses The Borrower will, within fourteen (14) days of the Agent’s written demand, pay the Agent (for the account of the Finance Parties) the amount of all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including legal fees and VAT or any similar or replacement tax if applicable) reasonably incurred by the Finance Parties or any of them in connection with:

 

  8.1.1

the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of the Finance Documents (whether or not any Finance Document is actually executed or registered and whether or not the Loan is advanced);

 

  8.1.2

any amendment, addendum or supplement to any Finance Document (whether or not completed); and

 

  8.1.3

any other document which may at any time be required by a Finance Party to give effect to any Finance Document or which a Finance Party is entitled to call for or obtain under any Finance Document.

 

8.2

Funding costs The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all losses and costs incurred or sustained by that Finance Party if, for any reason due to a default or other action by the Borrower, a Drawing is not advanced to the Borrower after the relevant Drawdown Notice has been given to the Agent, or is advanced on a date other than that requested in the Drawdown Notice.

 

Page 25


8.3

Break Costs The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all documented costs, losses, premiums or penalties incurred by that Finance Party as a result of its receiving any prepayment of all or any part of the Loan (whether pursuant to Clause 6 or otherwise) on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan, or any other payment under or in relation to the Finance Documents on a day other than the due date for payment of the sum in question, including (without limitation) any losses or costs incurred in liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain all or any part of the Loan, and any liabilities, expenses or losses incurred by that Finance Party in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any interest rate and/or currency swap, transaction or arrangement entered into by that Finance Party with any member of the Borrower Group to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement, or in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any open position arising under this Agreement.

 

8.4

Currency indemnity In the event of a Finance Party receiving or recovering any amount payable under a Finance Document in a currency other than the Currency of Account, and if the amount received or recovered is insufficient when converted into the Currency of Account at the date of receipt to satisfy in full the amount due, the Borrower shall promptly, on the Agent’s written demand, pay to the Agent for the account of the relevant Finance Party such further amount in the Currency of Account as is sufficient to satisfy in full the amount due and that further amount shall be due to the Agent on behalf of the relevant Finance Party as a separate debt under this Agreement.

 

8.5

Other Indemnities

 

  8.5.1

The Borrower shall (or shall procure that a Security Party will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability reasonably incurred by it as a result of:

 

  (a)

a failure by a Security Party to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 15.22;

 

  (b)

the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

8.6

General indemnity

 

  8.6.1

The Borrower hereby agrees at all times to pay promptly or, as the case may be, indemnify and hold the Finance Parties and their respective officers, directors, representatives, agents and employees (together the “ Indemnified Parties ”) harmless on a full indemnity basis from and against each and every loss suffered or incurred by or imposed on any Indemnified Party related to or arising out of:

 

  (a)

the use of proceeds of the Loan;

 

Page 26


  (b)

the execution and delivery of any commitment letter, engagement letter, fee letter, the Finance Documents or any other document connected therewith or the performance of the respective obligations thereunder, including without limitation environmental liabilities; or

 

  (c)

any claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding relating to the foregoing or the Security Parties, whether or not any Indemnified Party is a party thereto or target thereof, or the Indemnified Parties’ roles in connection therewith, and will reimburse the Indemnified Parties, on demand, for all reasonable expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred by the Indemnified Parties in connection with investigating, preparing for or defending any such claim, action, suit or proceeding (including any security holder actions or proceeding, inquiry or investigation), whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation in which the Security Parties are a party.

 

  8.6.2

The Borrower will not, however, be responsible for any claims, liabilities, losses, damages or expenses of an Indemnified Party that are finally judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted principally from the wilful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Party.

 

  8.6.3

The foregoing shall be in addition to any rights that the Indemnified Parties may have at common law or otherwise and shall extend upon the same terms to and inure to the benefit of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person of an Indemnified Party.

 

8.7

Increased costs

 

  8.7.1

Subject to Clause 8.9, the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement or (iii) the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III, CRR or CRD IV or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III, CRR or CRD IV (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, that Finance Party or any of that Finance Party’s Affiliates).

 

  8.7.2

In this Agreement:

 

  (a)

Basel III ” means:

 

  (i)

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

Page 27


  (ii)

the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

  (iii)

any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

  (b)

CRD IV ” means Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC, as amended, supplemented or restated.

 

  (c)

CRR ” means Regulation EU No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation EU No 648/2012, as amended, supplemented or restated.

 

  (d)

Increased Costs ” means:

 

  (i)

a reduction in the rate of return from the Loan or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  (ii)

an additional or increased cost; or

 

  (iii)

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into any Finance Document or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

8.8

Increased cost claims

 

  8.8.1

A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 8.7 shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

 

  8.8.2

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

Page 28


8.9

Exceptions to increased costs Clause 8.7 does not apply to the extent any Increased Costs is:

 

  8.9.1

compensated for by a payment made under Clause 8.12; or

 

  8.9.2

compensated for by a payment made under Clause 17.3; or

 

  8.9.3

attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; or

 

  8.9.4

attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party (or an Affiliate of that Finance Party) of any law or regulation; or

 

  8.9.5

attributable to the implementation or application of, or compliance with, the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III) (“ Basel II ”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or of its Affiliates).

 

8.10

Events of Default The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party from time to time, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all losses and costs incurred or sustained by that Finance Party as a consequence of any Event of Default.

 

8.11

Enforcement costs The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by a Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document including (without limitation) any losses, costs and expenses which that Finance Party may from time to time sustain, incur or become liable for by reason of that Finance Party being a lender to the Borrower. No such indemnity will be given where any such loss or cost has occurred due to gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of that Finance Party; however, this shall not affect the right of any other Finance Party to receive such indemnity.

 

8.12

Taxes

 

  8.12.1

The Borrower shall (within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  8.12.2

Clause 8.12.1 above shall not apply:

 

  (a)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (i)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

Page 29


  (ii)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party;

 

  (b)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 17.3; or

 

  (c)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

  8.12.3

A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under Clause 8.12.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.

 

  8.12.4

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from a Security Party under this Clause 8.12, notify the Agent.

 

8.13

VAT

 

  8.13.1

All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party or any Security Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party or any Security Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party or Security Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).

 

  8.13.2

If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “ Supplier ”) to any other Finance Party (the “ Recipient ”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “ Subject Party ”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), such Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay to the Subject Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment obtained by the Recipient from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines is in respect of such VAT.

 

  8.13.3

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

Page 30


  8.13.4

Any reference in this Clause 8.13 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

8.14

FATCA Information

The provisions in this clause 8.14 shall apply after the FATCA Application Date.

 

  8.14.1

Subject to clause 8.14.3 below, each Party shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

  (a)

confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

  (i)

a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (ii)

not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (b)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable “passthru payment percentage” or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA.

 

  8.14.2

If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to clause 8.14.1(a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

  8.14.3

Clause 8.14.1 above shall not oblige any Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

  (a)

any law or regulation;

 

  (b)

any fiduciary duty; or

 

  (c)

any duty of confidentiality.

 

  8.14.4

If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with clause 8.14.1 above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where clause 8.14.3 above applies), then:

 

  (a)

if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

Page 31


  (b)

if that Party failed to confirm its applicable “passthru payment percentage” then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable “passthru payment percentage” is 100%,

until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

8.15

FATCA Deduction

 

  8.15.1

Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required by FATCA to make, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

  8.15.2

Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower, the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

9

Fees

 

9.1

Commitment fee The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders in proportion to their Commitments) a fee computed at the rate of forty per cent (40%) of the applicable Margin on the undrawn and uncancelled amount of the Maximum Amount from time to time for the period beginning on the Execution Date until the Final Availability Date.

The accrued commitment fees are payable on the last day of each successive period of three months from the Execution Date and on the Final Availability Date.

 

9.2

Other fees The Borrower shall pay to the Agent the fees in the amounts and at the times agreed in any Fee Letter.

 

10

Security and Application of Moneys

 

10.1

Security Documents As security for the payment of the Indebtedness, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Agent or cause to be executed and delivered to the Agent at the relevant time, the following documents in such forms and containing such terms and conditions as the Agent shall require:

 

  10.1.1

a first priority statutory or preferred mortgage (as the case may be) over each Collateral Vessel together with a collateral deed of covenants (if applicable), and if such mortgage shows the amount secured, such amount shall be no less than 110% of the Indebtedness (if allowed by applicable law);

 

  10.1.2

a first priority deed of assignment of the Insurances, Earnings and Requisition Compensation of each Collateral Vessel;

 

Page 32


  10.1.3

a guarantee and indemnity from each Collateral Owner; and

 

  10.1.4

a first priority pledge of all the membership interests or shares (as the case may be) in each Collateral Owner; and

 

  10.1.5

At any time when the Approved Managers of a Collateral Vessel are not the Borrowers, Teekay Corporation, Teekay Marine Limited or any other member of the Teekay Group, a Managers’ Confirmation.

 

10.2

General application of moneys Whilst an Event of Default is continuing unremedied or unwaived the Borrower irrevocably authorises the Agent to apply (and the Agent agrees to apply) all sums which it may receive under or in connection with any Security Document, in or towards satisfaction, or by way of retention on account, of the Indebtedness, as follows:

 

  10.2.1

first in payment of all outstanding amounts (including, but not limited to, outstanding fees and expenses) payable to the Agent;

 

  10.2.2

secondly in or towards payment of all outstanding interest hereunder;

 

  10.2.3

thirdly in or towards payment of all outstanding principal hereunder;

 

  10.2.4

fourthly in or towards payment of all other Indebtedness hereunder;

 

  10.2.5

fifthly the balance, if any, shall be remitted to the Borrower or whoever may be entitled thereto.

 

10.3

Additional security If at any time the aggregate of the Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels and the value of any additional security (such value to be the face amount of the deposit (in the case of cash), determined conclusively by appropriate advisers appointed by the Agent (in the case of other charged assets), and determined by the Agent, acting reasonably (in all other cases)) for the time being provided to the Agent under this Clause 10.3 is less than one hundred and thirty per cent (130%) of the amount of the Loan then outstanding the Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days of the Agent’s request, at the Borrower’s option:

 

  10.3.1

pay to the Agent or to its nominee a cash deposit in the amount of the shortfall to be secured in favour of the Agent as additional security for the payment of the Indebtedness; or

 

  10.3.2

give to the Agent other additional security in amount and form acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders); or

 

  10.3.3

prepay the Loan in the amount of the shortfall.

Clause 6.7 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to any prepayment made under this Clause 10.3 and the value of any additional security provided shall be determined as stated above.

 

11

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Finance Parties at the Execution Date and (by reference to the facts and circumstances then pertaining) at the date of each Drawdown Notice, at each Drawdown Date and at each Interest Payment Date as follows (except that the representation and warranty contained at Clause 11.7 shall only be made on the Execution Date and the First Drawdown Date and the representations and warranties at Clause 11.2, Clause 11.6 and Clause 11.19 shall only be made on the Execution Date):

 

Page 33


11.1

Status and Due Authorisation Each of the Security Parties is a corporation or limited liability company duly incorporated or formed under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (as the case may be) with power to enter into the Finance Documents and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and all corporate and other action required to authorise its execution of the Finance Documents and its performance of its obligations thereunder has been duly taken.

 

11.2

No Deductions or Withholding Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, none of the Security Parties will be required to make any deduction or withholding from any payment it may make under any of the Finance Documents.

 

11.3

Claims Pari Passu Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, the Indebtedness will, to the extent that it exceeds the realised value of any security granted in respect of the Indebtedness, rank at least pari passu with all the Security Parties’ other unsecured indebtedness save that which is preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application.

 

11.4

No Immunity In any proceedings taken in any of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in relation to any of the Finance Documents, none of the Security Parties will be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

 

11.5

Governing Law and Judgments In any proceedings taken in any of the Security Parties’ jurisdiction of incorporation or formation in relation to any of the Finance Documents in which there is an express choice of the law of a particular country as the governing law thereof, that choice of law and any judgment or (if applicable) arbitral award obtained in that country will be recognised and enforced.

 

11.6

Validity and Admissibility in Evidence As at the date hereof, all acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled and performed in order (a) to enable each of the Security Parties lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform and comply with the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents, (b) to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal, valid and binding and (c) to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in the jurisdictions of incorporation or formation of each of the Security Parties, have been done, fulfilled and performed.

 

11.7

No Filing or Stamp Taxes Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, it is not necessary that any of the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (other than the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales or the relevant maritime registry, to the extent applicable) or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to any of the Finance Documents.

 

Page 34


11.8

Binding Obligations The obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal and valid obligations, binding on each of them in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents and no limit on any of their powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowings, granting of security or giving of guarantees contemplated by the Finance Documents or the performance by any of them of any of their obligations thereunder.

 

11.9

No misleading information To the best of its knowledge, any factual information provided by any Security Party to any Finance Party in connection with the Loan was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any respect.

 

11.10

No Winding-up None of the Security Parties has taken any corporate or limited liability company action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) threatened against any Security Party for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11.11

Solvency

 

  11.11.1

None of the Security Parties nor the Borrower Group taken as a whole is unable, or admits or has admitted its inability, to pay its debts or has suspended making payments in respect of any of its debts.

 

  11.11.2

None of the Security Parties by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, has commenced, or intends to commence, negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

  11.11.3

The value of the assets of each Security Party and the Borrower Group taken as a whole is not less than the liabilities of such entity or the Borrower Group taken as a whole (as the case may be) (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

  11.11.4

No moratorium has been, or may, in the reasonably foreseeable future be, declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Security Party.

 

11.12

No Material Defaults

 

  11.12.1

Without prejudice to Clause 11.12.2, none of the Security Parties are in breach of or in default under any agreement to which it is a party or which is binding on it or any of its assets to an extent or in a manner which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  11.12.2

No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the advance of the Loan.

 

11.13

No Material Proceedings No action or administrative proceeding of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which is not covered by adequate insurance or which might have a Material Adverse Effect has been started or is reasonably likely to be started.

 

Page 35


11.14

No Obligation to Create Security The execution of the Finance Documents by the Security Parties and their exercise of their rights and performance of their obligations thereunder will not result in the existence of nor oblige any Security Party to create any Encumbrance over all or any of their present or future revenues or assets, other than pursuant to the Security Documents.

 

11.15

No Breach The execution of the Finance Documents by each of the Security Parties and their exercise of their rights and performance of their obligations under any of the Finance Documents do not constitute and will not result in any breach of any agreement or treaty to which any of them is a party.

 

11.16

Security Each of the Security Parties is the legal and beneficial owner of all assets and other property which it purports to charge, mortgage, pledge, assign or otherwise secure pursuant to each Security Document and those Security Documents to which it is a party create and give rise to valid and effective security having the ranking expressed in those Security Documents.

 

11.17

Necessary Authorisations The Necessary Authorisations required by each Security Party are in full force and effect, and each Security Party is in compliance with the material provisions of each such Necessary Authorisation relating to it and, to the best of its knowledge, none of the Necessary Authorisations relating to it are the subject of any pending or threatened proceedings or revocation.

 

11.18

Money Laundering Any amount borrowed hereunder, and the performance of the obligations of the Security Parties under the Finance Documents, will be for the account of members of the Borrower Group and will not involve any breach by any of them of any law or regulatory measure relating to “money laundering” as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (2005/60/EEC) of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Communities.

 

11.19

Disclosure of material facts The Borrower is not aware of any material facts or circumstances which have not been disclosed to the Agent and which might, if disclosed, have reasonably been expected to adversely affect the decision of a person considering whether or not to make loan facilities of the nature contemplated by this Agreement available to the Borrower.

 

11.20

No breach of laws

 

  11.20.1

None of the Security Parties has breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  11.20.2

No labour disputes are current or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) threatened against any member of the Borrower Group which have or are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11.21

Anti-corruption and anti-bribery law Each of the Security Parties has conducted its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws.

 

Page 36


11.22

Environmental laws

 

  11.22.1

Each member of the Borrower Group is in compliance with Clause 12.1.11 and (to the best of its knowledge and belief) no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  11.22.2

No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Borrower Group where that claim has or is reasonably likely, if determined against that member of the Borrower Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11.23

Use of Facility The Loan will be used for the purposes specified in the Recital.

 

11.24

Taxation

 

  11.24.1

The Borrower is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax of $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) or more, save in the case of Taxes which are being contested on bona fide grounds.

 

  11.24.2

No claims or investigations are being made or conducted against the Borrower with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, the Borrower of $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) or more is reasonably likely to arise.

 

  11.24.3

As far as the Borrower is aware, each of the Security Parties is resident for Tax purposes only in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

11.25

Shares

The shares or membership interests (as the case may be) of the Borrower and each Collateral Owner are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights. The constitutional documents of companies whose shares are subject to the Security Documents do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those shares on creation or enforcement of the Security Documents. There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any share or loan capital of any member of the Borrower Group, the Borrower and the Collateral Owners (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

 

11.26

Sanctions

 

  11.26.1

No Security Party, nor any Affiliate of any Security Party nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees:

 

  (a)

is a Restricted Party; or

 

  (b)

has received notice of or is aware of any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority; or

 

Page 37


  (c)

is located, organised or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions and/or a Sanctioned Country.

 

  11.26.2

No Collateral Vessel is a vessel with which any Finance Party is prohibited or restricted from dealing with under any Sanctions.

 

11.27

Representations Limited The representation and warranties of the Borrower in this Clause 11 are subject to:

 

  11.27.1

the principle that equitable remedies are remedies which may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court;

 

  11.27.2

the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting or limiting the rights of creditors;

 

  11.27.3

the time barring of claims under any applicable limitation acts;

 

  11.27.4

the possibility that a court may strike out provisions for a contract as being invalid for reasons of oppression, undue influence or similar; and

 

  11.27.5

any other reservations or qualifications of law expressed in any legal opinions obtained by the Agent in connection with the Loan.

 

12

Undertakings and Covenants

The undertakings and covenants in this Clause 12 remain in force for the duration of the Facility Period.

 

12.1

General Undertakings

 

  12.1.1

Financial statements The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year.

 

  12.1.2

Cash Flow Projections The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event prior to the start of each of its financial years, its cash flow projections for the coming financial year.

 

  12.1.3

Requirements as to financial statements Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower under Clause 12.1.1:

 

  (a)

shall be certified by an authorised signatory of the Borrower as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and

 

  (b)

shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

  12.1.4

Interim financial statements The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the first, second and third quarter during each of its financial years, its unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statements for that quarter.

 

Page 38


  12.1.5

Compliance Certificates The Borrower shall supply to the Agent a Compliance Certificate, signed by a duly authorised representative of the Borrower, with each set of its annual financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 12.1.1 (the “ Annual Statements ”) and with each set of its quarterly financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 12.1.4 (the “ Quarterly Statements ”) which, in each case, shall contain computations as to compliance with Clause 12.2 as at the date the relevant financial statements were drawn up.

 

  12.1.6

Information: miscellaneous The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, supply to the Agent:

 

  (a)

promptly upon becoming aware of them, details of any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any Security Party, and which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (b)

promptly, details of any capture, seizure, arrest, confiscation or detention of any Collateral Vessel which remains in existence five (5) Business Days after the initial capture, seizure, arrest, confiscation or detention (as the case may be); and

 

  (c)

promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any Security Party as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

  12.1.7

Maintenance of Legal Validity The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, comply with the terms of and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all Authorisations required in or by the laws and regulations of its jurisdiction of formation or incorporation and all other applicable jurisdictions, to enable it lawfully to enter into and perform its obligations under the Security Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Security Documents in its jurisdiction of incorporation, formation or organisation and all other applicable jurisdictions.

 

  12.1.8

Notification of Default The Borrower shall promptly, upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of the occurrence of any Event of Default and, upon receipt of a written request to that effect from the Agent, confirm to the Agent that, save as previously notified to the Agent or as notified in such confirmation, no Event of Default has occurred.

 

  12.1.9

Claims Pari Passu The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, ensure that at all times the claims of the Finance Parties against it under the Security Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, winding-up or other similar laws of general application.

 

Page 39


  12.1.10

Necessary Authorisations Without prejudice to any specific provision of the Security Documents relating to an Authorisation, the Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, (i) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all Necessary Authorisations if a failure to do the same may cause a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) promptly upon request, supply certified copies to the Agent of all Necessary Authorisations.

 

  12.1.11

Compliance with Applicable Laws The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, comply with all applicable laws, including Environmental Laws, to which it may be subject (except as regards Sanctions to which Clause 12.1.12 applies, and anti-corruption laws to which Clause 12.1.13 applies) if a failure to do the same may have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  12.1.12

Sanctions

 

  (a)

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, ensure that no part of the proceeds of the Loan or other transaction(s) contemplated by any Finance Document shall, directly or indirectly, be used or otherwise made available:

 

  (i)

to fund any trade, business or other activity involving any Restricted Party or any country or territory that at the time of such funding, is a Sanctioned Country;

 

  (ii)

for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party; or

 

  (iii)

in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in any Party (other than the Security Parties) or any Affiliate of such party or any other person being party to or which benefits from any Finance Document being in breach of any Sanction (if and to the extent applicable to either of them) or becoming a Restricted Party.

 

  (b)

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, ensure that its assets, the assets subject to Security Documents or the Collateral Vessels shall not be used directly or indirectly:

 

  (i)

by or for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party; or

 

  (ii)

in any trade which is prohibited under applicable Sanctions or which could expose any Security Party, its assets, any asset subject to the Security Documents, the Collateral Vessels, any Finance Party or any other person being party to or which benefits from any Finance Document, any Approved Managers (except from any Approved Managers that are not a member of the Teekay Group) to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions.

 

Page 40


  (c)

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, ensure that the Collateral Vessels shall not be trading to Iranian ports or carrying or storing/warehousing crude oil, petroleum products or petrochemical products or other products subject to Sanctions if they originate in Iran, or are being exported from Iran to any other country.

 

  (d)

The Borrower shall promptly, upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing if it or any Security Party is in breach of any Sanctions.

 

  12.1.13

Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties shall, conduct its business in compliance with applicable anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws.

 

  12.1.14

Environmental compliance

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties will:

 

  (a)

comply with all Environmental Laws;

 

  (b)

obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

 

  (c)

implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law;

 

  (d)

ensure that any Collateral Vessel controlled by it with the intention of being scrapped by its Collateral Owner, is recycled at a recycling yard which conducts its recycling business in a socially and environmentally responsible manner,

where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  12.1.15

Environmental claims

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties will, promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of:

 

  (a)

any Environmental Claim against any member of the Borrower Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

  (b)

any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Borrower Group,

where the claim, if determined against that member of the Borrower Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Page 41


  12.1.16

Taxation

 

  (a)

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Security Party will, pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

  (i)

such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

  (ii)

adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements; and

 

  (iii)

such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b)

No member of the Borrower Group may change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

  12.1.17

Loans or other financial commitments The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner makes any loan or enters into any guarantee and indemnity or otherwise voluntarily assumes any actual or contingent liability in respect of any obligation of any other person except for the Loan and loans made in the ordinary course of business in connection with the chartering, operation or repair of its Collateral Vessel.

 

  12.1.18

Further Assurance The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties shall, at its own expense, promptly take all such action as the Agent may reasonably require for the purpose of perfecting or protecting any Finance Party’s rights with respect to the security created or evidenced (or intended to be created or evidenced) by the Security Documents.

 

  12.1.19

Other information The Borrower will, and will procure that each of the Security Parties will, promptly supply to the Agent such financial information and explanations as the Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably require in connection with the Security Parties, including the unaudited consolidated annual financial statements of such Security Parties as soon as such financial statements have been drawn up.

 

  12.1.20

Inspection of records The Borrower will, and will procure that each other Security Party will, permit the inspection of its financial records and accounts on reasonable notice from time to time during business hours by the Agent or its nominee.

 

  12.1.21

Insurance The Borrower shall procure that all of the assets, operation and liability of the members of the Borrower Group are insured against such risks, liabilities and for amounts as normally adopted by the industry for similar assets and liabilities and, in the case of the Collateral Vessels, in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents.

 

  12.1.22

Merger and Demerger The Borrower shall not, and shall ensure that no other Security Party will, enter into any amalgamation, merger, demerger or corporate restructuring without the prior written consent of all Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) unless, in the case of the Borrower, the Borrower is the surviving entity of any such amalgamation, merger, demerger or corporate restructuring.

 

Page 42


  12.1.23

Transfer of Assets The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that no other Security Party will, sell or transfer any of its material assets other than:

 

  (a)

on arm’s length terms to third parties where the net proceeds of sale are used as a prepayment hereunder; or

 

  (b)

on arm’s length terms to its Affiliates, which are and remain members of the Borrower Group.

 

  12.1.24

Change of Business The Borrower shall not, and will procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent of all Lenders, make any substantial change to the general nature of its shipping business from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

  12.1.25

Acquisitions The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall make any acquisitions or investments without the prior written consent of all Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) save for the acquisition of its Collateral Vessel.

 

  12.1.26

“Know your customer” checks If:

 

  (a)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (b)

any change in the status of the Borrower after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (c)

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender for itself (or, in the case of (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or that Lender (or, in the case of (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

Page 43


  12.1.27

No borrowings The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall incur any liability or obligation except (i) liabilities and obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party, (ii) liabilities or obligations reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning and chartering, repairing and maintaining its Collateral Vessel and (iii) Financial Indebtedness owing to Affiliates provided that such Financial Indebtedness is unsecured and subordinated provided that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the making of any such payment nothing in this Clause 12.1.27 shall prevent any Security Party from repaying any such Financial Indebtedness or paying interest on such Financial Indebtedness.

 

  12.1.28

No dividends The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that none of the Security Parties shall, pay any dividends or make other distributions to its shareholders whilst an Event of Default is continuing unremedied and unwaived.

 

  12.1.29

Listing The Borrower shall throughout the Facility Period maintain its listing as a publically traded company on the New York Stock Exchange or any other recognised stock exchange acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders).

 

  12.1.30

Negative Pledge The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall create, or permit to subsist, any Encumbrance (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) over all or any part of its assets or undertakings (other than Permitted Encumbrances) nor dispose of any of those assets or of all or part of that undertaking other than, in the case of a sale of a Collateral Vessel, where such sale complies with the requirements of Clause 6.4.

 

  12.1.31

Management of Collateral Vessels The Borrower shall ensure that (a) each Collateral Vessel is at all times technically and commercially managed by Approved Managers and (b) at any time that the Approved Managers of the Collateral Vessels are not the Borrower, Teekay, Teekay Marine Limited or any other member of the Teekay Group, such Approved Managers provide a written confirmation confirming that, among other things, following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, all claims of the Approved Managers against a Collateral Owner shall be subordinated to the claims of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents. The Borrower shall promptly inform the Agent in writing of any proposed change of an Approved Manager.

 

  12.1.32

Classification The Borrower shall ensure that each Collateral Vessel maintains the highest classification required for the purpose of the relevant trade of such Collateral Vessel which shall be with a Pre-Approved Classification Society, in each case, free from any material overdue recommendations and adverse notations affecting that Collateral Vessel’s class.

 

  12.1.33

Certificate of Financial Responsibility The Borrower shall procure that each Collateral Owner shall, if required, obtain and maintain a certificate of financial responsibility in relation to any Collateral Vessel which is to call at the United States of America.

 

Page 44


  12.1.34

Registration The Borrower shall not change or permit a change to the flag of the Collateral Vessels during the Facility Period other than to a Pre-Approved Flag or under such other flag as may be approved by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

  12.1.35

ISM and ISPS Compliance The Borrower shall ensure that each ISM Company and ISPS Company complies in all material respects with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code, respectively, or any replacements thereof and in particular (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) shall ensure that such company holds (i) a valid and current Document of Compliance issued pursuant to the ISM Code, (ii) a valid and current SMC issued in respect of the relevant Collateral Vessel pursuant to the ISM Code, and (iii) an ISSC in respect of the relevant Collateral Vessel, and the Borrower shall promptly, upon request, supply the Agent with copies of the same.

 

  12.1.36

Maintenance The Borrower shall ensure that each of the Collateral Vessels shall be maintained in good and safe condition and with all registered surveys carried out when due.

 

  12.1.37

Chartering The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall, during the Facility Period, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders), take any vessel on charter or other contract of employment (or agree to do so) from any party outside the Teekay Group.

 

  12.1.38

Valuations The Borrower will deliver to the Agent (at its own cost) Valuations (in accordance with the definition of, and sufficient to establish, Fair Market Value) of each Collateral Vessel (a) on the date falling ninety (90) days from the Execution Date and (b) following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, on such other occasions as the Agent may request (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders). In each case, such Valuations shall be dated no earlier than ten (10) days prior to the date on which they are to be delivered to the Agent in accordance with this Clause.

 

12.2

Financial covenants Throughout the Facility Period the Borrower shall:

 

  12.2.1

maintain Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines of (in aggregate) not less than thirty five million Dollars ($35,000,000); and

 

  12.2.2

ensure that the aggregate of Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines will not be less than five per cent (5%) of the Total Debt;

provided that following any change in the applicable accounting policies for the Borrower from GAAP the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders and in consultation with the Borrower) may require an amendment to this Clause 12.2 as the Agent deems logical and necessary having regard to the nature of such changes in policy and the intended substance of this Clause 12.2.

 

Page 45


13

Events of Default

 

13.1

Events of Default Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 13.1 is an Event of Default.

 

  13.1.1

Borrower’s Failure to Pay under this Agreement The Borrower fails to pay any amount due from it under this Agreement at the time, in the currency and otherwise in the manner specified herein provided that, if the Borrower can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent that all necessary instructions were given to effect such payment and the non-receipt thereof is attributable solely to an administrative or technical error by the Agent or an error in the banking system or a Disruption Event, such payment shall instead be deemed to be due, solely for the purposes of this paragraph, within three (3) Business Days of the date on which it actually fell due under this Agreement; or

 

  13.1.2

Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made by any Security Party in any Finance Document to which it is a party or in any notice or other document, certificate or statement delivered by it pursuant thereto or in connection therewith is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect, where the circumstances causing the same give rise to a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  13.1.3

Specific Covenants A Security Party fails duly to perform or comply with any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by or procured by the Borrower under Clauses 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 12.1.8, 12.1.12, 12.1.21, 12.1.27, 12.1.29, 12.1.30, 12.1.34 and 12.2; or

 

  13.1.4

Other Obligations A Security Party fails duly to perform or comply with any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any Finance Document (other than those referred to in Clause 13.1.3) and such failure is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) the Agent having given notice thereof to the Borrower, and (ii) the Borrower becoming aware of such Default; or

 

  13.1.5

Cross Default Any Financial Indebtedness of any Security Party is not paid when due (or within any applicable grace period) or any Financial Indebtedness of any Security Party is declared, or is capable of being declared, to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity where (in either case) the aggregate of all such unpaid or accelerated indebtedness (i) of the Borrower is equal to or greater than twenty five million Dollars ($25,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) of any Collateral Owner is equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or

 

  13.1.6

Insolvency and Rescheduling A Security Party is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or a composition with its creditors; or

 

Page 46


  13.1.7

Winding-up A Security Party files for initiation of formal restructuring proceedings, is wound up or declared bankrupt or takes any corporate action or other steps are taken or legal proceedings are started for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation or for the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, conservator, custodian, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its revenues or assets or any moratorium is declared or sought in respect of any of its indebtedness; or

 

  13.1.8

Execution or Distress

 

  (a)

Any Security Party fails to comply with or pay any sum due from it (within 30 days of such amount falling due) under any final judgment or any final order made or given by any court or other official body of a competent jurisdiction in an aggregate (i) in respect of the Borrower equal to or greater than twenty five million Dollars ($25,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) in respect of any Collateral Owner equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency, being a judgment or order against which there is no right of appeal or if a right of appeal exists, where the time limit for making such appeal has expired.

 

  (b)

Any execution or distress is levied against, or an encumbrancer takes possession of, the whole or any part of, the property, undertaking or assets of a Security Party in an aggregate amount (i) in respect of the Borrower equal to or greater than twenty five million Dollars ($25,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) in respect of any Collateral Owner equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency, other than any execution or distress which is being contested in good faith and which is either discharged within 30 days or in respect of which adequate security has been provided within 30 days to the relevant court or other authority to enable the relevant execution or distress to be lifted or released; or

 

  13.1.9

Similar Event Any event occurs which, under the laws of any jurisdiction, has a similar or analogous effect to any of those events mentioned in Clauses 13.1.6, 13.1.7or 13.1.8; or

 

  13.1.10

Repudiation Any Security Party repudiates any Finance Document to which it is a party or does or causes to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any such Finance Document; or

 

  13.1.11

Validity and Admissibility At any time any act, condition or thing required to be done, fulfilled or performed in order:

 

  (a)

to enable any Security Party lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform the respective obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

 

Page 47


  (b)

to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal, valid and binding; or

 

  (c)

to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in any applicable jurisdiction

is not done, fulfilled or performed within 30 days after notification from the Agent to the relevant Security Party requiring the same to be done, fulfilled or performed; or

 

  13.1.12

Illegality At any time it is or becomes unlawful for any Security Party to perform or comply with any or all of its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party or any of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder are not or cease to be legal, valid and binding and such illegality is not remedied or mitigated to the satisfaction of the Agent within thirty (30) days after it has given notice thereof to the relevant Security Party; or

 

  13.1.13

Material Adverse Change At any time there shall occur any event or change which has a Material Adverse Effect in respect of any Security Party and such event or change, if capable of remedy, is not so remedied within 30 days of the delivery of a notice confirming such event or change by the Agent to the relevant Security Party; or

 

  13.1.14

Conditions Precedent and Subsequent If (a) any of the conditions set out in Clauses 3.1 and 3.3 is not satisfied by the relevant time or such other time period specified by the Agent in its discretion, or (b) any of the conditions set out in Clause 3.6 is not satisfied within thirty (30) days or such other time period specified by the Agent in its discretion; or

 

  13.1.15

Revocation or Modification of consents etc. If any Necessary Authorisation which is now or which at any time during the Facility Period becomes necessary to enable any of the Security Parties to comply with any of their obligations in or pursuant to any of the Finance Documents is revoked, withdrawn or withheld, or modified in a manner which the Agent reasonably considers is, or may be, prejudicial to the interests of a Finance Party in a material manner, or if such Necessary Authorisation ceases to remain in full force and effect; or

 

  13.1.16

Cessation of Business Any of the Security Parties ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on all or a substantial part of its business; or

 

  13.1.17

Curtailment of Business if the business of any of the Security Parties is wholly or materially curtailed by any intervention by or under authority of any government, or if all or a substantial part of the undertaking, property or assets of any of the Security Parties is seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under authority of any government or any Security Party disposes or threatens to dispose of a substantial part of its business or assets; or

 

  13.1.18

Reduction of Capital if the Borrower reduces its committed or subscribed capital; or

 

Page 48


  13.1.19

Notice of Termination if any Security Party (that has given a guarantee and indemnity pursuant to this Agreement) gives notice to the Agent to determine its obligations under its Guarantee; or

 

  13.1.20

Environmental Matters

 

  (a)

any Environmental Claim is pending or made against a Collateral Owner or in connection with a Collateral Vessel, where such Environmental Claim has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b)

any actual Environmental Incident occurs in connection with a Vessel, where such Environmental Incident has a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  13.1.21

Loss of Property all or a substantial part of the business or assets of any Security Party is destroyed, abandoned, seized, appropriated or forfeited for any reason, and such occurrence in the reasonable opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

13.2

Acceleration If an Event of Default is continuing unremedied or unwaived the Agent may (with the consent of the Majority Lenders) and shall (at the request of the Majority Lenders) by notice to the Borrower cancel any part of the Maximum Amount not then advanced and:

 

  13.2.1

declare that the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents are immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  13.2.2

declare that the Loan is payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent; and/or

 

  13.2.3

declare the Commitments terminated and the Maximum Amount reduced to zero.

 

14

Assignment and Sub-Participation

 

14.1

Lenders’ rights A Lender may assign any of its rights under this Agreement or transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any other branch or Affiliate of that Lender or to any other Lender (or an Affiliate of another Lender) or (subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld but not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived) to any other bank, financial institution or institutional lender, or any trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in, or established for the purpose of, making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets, and may grant sub-participations in all or any part of its Commitment in a Drawing provided that where any such assignment, transfer or sub-participation relates to only part of a Lender’s Commitment, (i) it shall be in an amount of no less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000) and (ii) such assignment, transfer or sub-participation of only part of a Lender’s Commitment shall not result in such Lender holding a Commitment of less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000). Where the consent of the Borrower and the Agent is required, the Borrower and the Agent shall be deemed to have given their consent if no express refusal is given within five (5) Business Days.

 

Page 49


14.2

Borrower’s co-operation The Borrower will co-operate fully with a Lender in connection with any assignment, transfer or sub-participation by that Lender; will execute and procure the execution of such documents as that Lender may require in that connection including, but not limited to, re-executing any Security Documents (if required); and irrevocably authorises any Finance Party to disclose to any proposed assignee, transferee or sub-participant (whether before or after any assignment, transfer or sub-participation and whether or not any assignment, transfer or sub-participation shall take place) all information relating to the Security Parties, the Loan and the Relevant Documents which any Finance Party may in its discretion consider necessary or desirable (subject to any duties of confidentiality applicable to the Lenders generally).

 

14.3

Rights of assignee Any assignee of a Lender shall (unless limited by the express terms of the assignment) take the full benefit of every provision of the Finance Documents benefiting that Lender provided that an assignment will only be effective on notification by the Agent to that Lender and the assignee that the Agent is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “Know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to the assignee.

 

14.4

Transfer Certificates If a Lender wishes to transfer any of its rights and obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement, it may do so by delivering to the Agent a duly completed Transfer Certificate, in which event on the Transfer Date:

 

  14.4.1

to the extent that that Lender seeks to transfer its rights and obligations, the Borrower (on the one hand) and that Lender (on the other) shall be released from all further obligations towards the other;

 

  14.4.2

the Borrower (on the one hand) and the transferee (on the other) shall assume obligations towards the other identical to those released pursuant to Clause 14.4.1; and

 

  14.4.3

the Agent, each of the Lenders and the transferee shall have the same rights and obligations between themselves as they would have had if the transferee had been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender

provided that the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate once:

 

  (a)

it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to the transferee; and

 

  (b)

the transferee has paid to the Agent for its own account a transfer fee of three thousand five hundred Dollars ($3,500).

 

Page 50


The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, send to the Borrower and the Lenders a copy of that Transfer Certificate.

 

14.5

Finance Documents Unless otherwise expressly provided in any Finance Document or otherwise expressly agreed between a Lender and any proposed transferee and notified by that Lender to the Agent on or before the relevant Transfer Date, there shall automatically be assigned to the transferee with any transfer of a Lender’s rights and obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement the rights of that Lender under or pursuant to the Finance Documents (other than this Agreement) which relate to the portion of that Lender’s rights and obligations transferred by the relevant Transfer Certificate.

 

14.6

No assignment or transfer by the Borrower The Borrower may not assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

14.7

Security over Lenders’ rights In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 14, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create an Encumbrance in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

  14.7.1

any charge, assignment or other Encumbrance to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

  14.7.2

in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Encumbrance granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Encumbrance shall:

 

  (a)

release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or other Encumbrance for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b)

require any payments to be made by any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

15

The Agent and the Lenders

 

15.1

Appointment

 

  15.1.1

Each Lender appoints the Agent to act as its agent and/or security trustee under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  15.1.2

Each Lender authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

Page 51


15.2

Authority Each Lender irrevocably authorises the Agent and the Agent hereby agrees (subject to Clauses 15.5.1, 15.24 and this Clause 15.2):

 

  15.2.1

to execute any Finance Document (other than this Agreement) on its behalf;

 

  15.2.2

to collect, receive, release or pay any money on its behalf;

 

  15.2.3

acting on the instructions from time to time of the Majority Lenders (save where the terms of any Finance Document expressly provide otherwise) to give or withhold any waivers, consents or approvals under or pursuant to any Finance Document;

 

  15.2.4

acting on the instructions from time to time of the Majority Lenders (save where the terms of any Finance Document expressly provide otherwise) to exercise, or refrain from exercising, any rights, powers, authorities or discretions under or pursuant to any Finance Document; and

The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities as agent or as security trustee other than those expressly conferred on it by the Finance Documents and shall not be obliged to act on any instructions from the Lenders or the Majority Lenders if to do so would, in the opinion of the Agent (in its sole discretion), be contrary to any provision of the Finance Documents or to any law, or would expose the Agent to any actual or potential liability to any third party.

 

15.3

Trust The Agent agrees and declares, and each of the other Finance Parties acknowledges, that, subject to the terms and conditions of this Clause 15.3, the Agent holds the Trust Property on trust for the Finance Parties absolutely. Each of the other Finance Parties agrees that the obligations, rights and benefits vested in the Agent shall be performed and exercised in accordance with this Clause 15.3. The Agent shall have the benefit of all of the provisions of this Agreement benefiting it in its capacity as Agent for the Finance Parties, and all the powers and discretions conferred on trustees by the Trustee Act 1925 (to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement). In addition:

 

  15.3.1

the Agent and any attorney, agent or delegate of the Agent may indemnify itself or himself out of the Trust Property against all liabilities, costs, fees, damages, charges, losses and expenses sustained or incurred by it or him in relation to the taking or holding of any of the Trust Property or in connection with the exercise or purported exercise of the rights, trusts, powers and discretions vested in the Agent or any other such person by or pursuant to the Security Documents or in respect of anything else done or omitted to be done in any way relating to the Security Documents other than as a result of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  15.3.2

the other Finance Parties acknowledge that the Agent shall be under no obligation to insure any property nor to require any other person to insure any property and shall not be responsible for any loss which may be suffered by any person as a result of the lack or insufficiency of any insurance; and

 

Page 52


  15.3.3

the Finance Parties agree that the perpetuity period applicable to the trusts declared by this Agreement shall be the period of 125 years from the date of this Agreement.

 

15.4

Required consents

 

  15.4.1

Subject to Clause 15.5 any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

  15.4.2

The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 15.

 

  15.4.3

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 15.14.4, the Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.

 

15.5

Exceptions

 

  15.5.1

An amendment, waiver or (in the case of a Security Document) a consent of, or in relation to, any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

  (a)

the definitions of “ Majority Lenders ”, “ Maximum Amount ”, “ Fair Market Value ” and “ Proportionate Share ” in Clause 1.1;

 

  (b)

an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c)

a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

  (d)

a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (e)

an increase in any Commitment, an extension of the Final Availability Date or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably;

 

  (f)

any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

  (g)

Clause 2.2, Clause 14, this Clause 15 or Clause 23;

 

  (h)

(other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document) the nature or scope of:

 

  (i)

any Guarantee;

 

  (ii)

the Charged Property; or

 

  (iii)

the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Security Documents are distributed;

 

Page 53


  (i)

the release of any Guarantee or of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document; or

 

  (j)

the pro rata application of payments made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents or sharing of payments or Commitment reductions;

shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

  15.5.2

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the MLAs or the Bookrunners may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or, as the case may be, the MLAs or the Bookrunners.

 

15.6

Excluded Commitments

If:

 

  15.6.1

any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within twenty (20) Business Days of that request being made; or

 

  15.6.2

any Lender which is not a Defaulting Lender fails to respond to such a request (other than an amendment, waiver or consent referred to in Clauses 15.5.1(b), 15.5.1(c) and 15.5.1(e)) or other or such a vote within twenty (20) Business Days of that request being made,

(unless, in either case, the Borrower and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request):

 

  (a)

its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the aggregate of the Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the aggregate of the Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

  (b)

its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

15.7

Replacement of Lender

 

  15.7.1

If:

 

  (a)

any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in Clause 15.7.4); or

 

Page 54


  (b)

the Borrower or any other Security Party becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 6.1 or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 17.3, Clause 8.12.1 or Clause 8.7 to any Lender,

then the Borrower may, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 14 all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrower, which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 14 for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loan and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

  15.7.2

The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 15.7 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a)

the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b)

neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (c)

in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than thirty (30) Business Days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender;

 

  (d)

in no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 15.7 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (e)

the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to Clause 15.7.1 once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

  15.7.3

A Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 15.7.2(e) as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 15.7.1 and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

  15.7.4

In the event that:

 

  (a)

the Borrower or the Agent (at the request of the Borrower) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

 

Page 55


  (b)

the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and

 

  (c)

Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than ninety per cent. (90%) of the aggregate of the Commitments (or, if the aggregate of the Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than ninety per cent. (90%) of the aggregate of the Commitments prior to that reduction) have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”.

 

15.8

FATCA Mitigation

Notwithstanding any other provision to this Agreement, if a FATCA Deduction is or will be required to be made by any Party under Clause 8.15 in respect of a payment to any Lender which is a FATCA FFI (a “ FATCA Non-Exempt Lender ”), the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender may either:

 

  (a)

transfer its entire interest in the Loan to a U.S. branch or affiliate; or

 

  (b)

(subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower in the case of a transferee which is not already a Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) nominate one or more transferee lenders who upon becoming a Lender would be a FATCA Exempt Party, by notice in writing to the Agent and the Borrower specifying the terms of the proposed transfer, and cause such transferee lender(s) to purchase all of the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender’s interest in the Loan.

 

15.9

Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

  15.9.1

For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Commitment in ascertaining:

 

  (a)

the Majority Lenders; or

 

  (b)

whether:

 

  (i)

any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the aggregate of the Commitments; or

 

  (ii)

the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitment will be reduced by the amount of its participation in the Loan it has failed to make available and, to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender’s Commitment being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of (i) and (ii).

 

Page 56


  15.9.2

For the purposes of this Clause 15.9, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (a)

any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

  (b)

any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

15.10

Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

  15.10.1

The Borrower may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 14 all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrower which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations, or all the relevant obligations, of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 14 for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either:

 

  (a)

in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loan and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b)

in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Lender and the Borrower and which does not exceed the amount described in (a).

 

  15.10.2

Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause 15.10 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a)

the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b)

neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (c)

the transfer must take place no later than thirty (30) Business Days after the notice referred to in Clause 15.10.1;

 

  (d)

in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

Page 57


  (e)

the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to 15.10.1 once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender.

 

  15.10.3

The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 15.10.2(e) as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 15.10.1 and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

15.11

Liability Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable to the Lenders for anything done or omitted to be done by the Agent under or in connection with any of the Relevant Documents unless as a result of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

15.12

Acknowledgement Each Lender acknowledges that:

 

  15.12.1

it has not relied on any representation made by the Agent or any of the Agent’s directors, officers, employees or agents or by any other person acting or purporting to act on behalf of the Agent to induce it to enter into any Finance Document;

 

  15.12.2

it has made and will continue to make without reliance on the Agent, and based on such documents and other evidence as it considers appropriate, its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Security Parties in connection with the making and continuation of the Loan;

 

  15.12.3

it has made its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Security Parties; and

 

  15.12.4

the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility at any time to provide it with any credit or other information relating to any Security Party unless that information is received by the Agent pursuant to the express terms of a Finance Document.

Each Lender agrees that it will not assert nor seek to assert against any director, officer, employee or agent of the Agent or against any other person acting or purporting to act on behalf of the Agent any claim which it might have against them in respect of any of the matters referred to in this Clause 15.12.

 

15.13

Limitations on responsibility The Agent shall have no responsibility to any Security Party or to any Lender on account of:

 

  15.13.1

the failure of a Lender or of any Security Party to perform any of its obligations under a Finance Document; nor

 

  15.13.2

the financial condition of any Security Party; nor

 

  15.13.3

the completeness or accuracy of any statements, representations or warranties made in or pursuant to any Finance Document, or in or pursuant to any document delivered pursuant to or in connection with any Finance Document; nor

 

Page 58


  15.13.4

the negotiation, execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, admissibility in evidence or sufficiency of any Finance Document or of any document executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

15.14

The Agent’s rights The Agent may:

 

  15.14.1

assume that all representations or warranties made or deemed repeated by any Security Party in or pursuant to any Finance Document are true and complete, unless, in its capacity as the Agent, it has acquired actual knowledge to the contrary;

 

  15.14.2

assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as Agent) that no Default has occurred unless, in the case of Clause 13.1.1 only, it, in its capacity as the Agent, has acquired actual knowledge to the contrary;

 

  15.14.3

rely on any document or notice believed by it to be genuine;

 

  15.14.4

rely as to legal or other professional matters on opinions and statements of any legal or other professional advisers selected or approved by it;

 

  15.14.5

rely as to any factual matters which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of any Security Party on a certificate signed by or on behalf of that Security Party; and

 

  15.14.6

refrain from exercising any right, power, discretion or remedy unless and until instructed to exercise that right, power, discretion or remedy and as to the manner of its exercise by the Lenders (or, where applicable, by the Majority Lenders) and unless and until the Agent has received from the Lenders any payment which the Agent may require on account of, or any security which the Agent may require for, any costs, claims, expenses (including legal and other professional fees) and liabilities which it considers it may incur or sustain in complying with those instructions.

 

15.15

The Agent’s duties The Agent shall inform the Lenders promptly of any Event of Default under Clause 13.1.1 of which the Agent has actual knowledge.

 

15.16

No deemed knowledge The Agent shall not be deemed to have actual knowledge of the falsehood or incompleteness of any representation or warranty made or deemed repeated by any Security Party or actual knowledge of the occurrence of any Default (other than a Default under Clause 13.1.1) unless a Lender or a Security Party shall have given written notice thereof to the Agent in its capacity as the Agent. Any information acquired by the Agent other than specifically in its capacity as the Agent shall not be deemed to be information acquired by the Agent in its capacity as the Agent.

 

15.17

Other business The Agent may, without any liability to account to the Lenders, generally engage in any kind of banking or trust business with a Security Party or with a Security Party’s subsidiaries or associated companies or with a Lender as if it were not the Agent.

 

Page 59


15.18

Indemnity The Lenders shall, promptly on the Agent’s request, reimburse the Agent in their respective Proportionate Share, for, and keep the Agent fully indemnified in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs and claims sustained or incurred by the Agent in connection with the Finance Documents, or the performance of its duties and obligations, or the exercise of its rights, powers, discretions or remedies under or pursuant to any Finance Document, to the extent not paid by the Security Parties and not arising from the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

15.19

Employment of agents In performing its duties and exercising its rights, powers, discretions and remedies under or pursuant to the Finance Documents, the Agent shall be entitled to employ and pay agents to do anything which the Agent is empowered to do under or pursuant to the Finance Documents (including the receipt of money and documents and the payment of money) and to act or refrain from taking action in reliance on the opinion of, or advice or information obtained from, any lawyer, banker, broker, accountant, valuer or any other person believed by the Agent in good faith to be competent to give such opinion, advice or information.

 

15.20

Distribution of payments The Agent shall pay promptly to the order of each Lender that Lender’s Proportionate Share of every sum of money received by the Agent pursuant to the Finance Documents (with the exception of any amounts payable pursuant to Clause 9 and/or any Fee Letter and any amounts which, by the terms of the Finance Documents, are paid to the Agent for the account of the Agent alone or specifically for the account of one or more Lenders) and until so paid such amount shall be held by the Agent on trust absolutely for that Lender.

 

15.21

Reimbursement The Agent shall have no liability to pay any sum to a Lender until it has itself received payment of that sum. If, however, the Agent does pay any sum to a Lender on account of any amount prospectively due to that Lender pursuant to Clause 15.20 before it has itself received payment of that amount, and the Agent does not in fact receive payment within five (5) Business Days after the date on which that payment was required to be made by the terms of the Finance Documents, that Lender will, on demand by the Agent, refund to the Agent an amount equal to the amount received by it, together with an amount sufficient to reimburse the Agent for any amount which the Agent may certify that it has been required to pay by way of interest on money borrowed to fund the amount in question during the period beginning on the date on which that amount was required to be paid by the terms of the Finance Documents and ending on the date on which the Agent receives reimbursement.

 

15.22

Redistribution of payments Unless otherwise agreed between the Lenders and the Agent, if at any time a Lender receives or recovers by way of set-off, the exercise of any lien or otherwise from any Security Party, an amount greater than that Lender’s Proportionate Share of any sum due from that Security Party to the Lenders under the Finance Documents (the amount of the excess being referred to in this Clause 15.22 and in Clause 15.23 as the “ Excess Amount ”) then:

 

  15.22.1

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify each other Lender);

 

Page 60


  15.22.2

that Lender shall pay to the Agent an amount equal to the Excess Amount within ten (10) days of its receipt or recovery of the Excess Amount; and

 

  15.22.3

the Agent shall treat that payment as if it were a payment by the Security Party in question on account of the sum due from that Security Party to the Lenders and shall account to the Lenders in respect of the Excess Amount in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 15.22.

However, if a Lender has commenced any legal proceedings to recover sums owing to it under the Finance Documents and, as a result of, or in connection with, those proceedings has received an Excess Amount, the Agent shall not distribute any of that Excess Amount to any other Lender which had been notified of the proceedings and had the legal right to, but did not, join those proceedings or commence and diligently prosecute separate proceedings to enforce its rights in the same or another court.

 

15.23

Rescission of Excess Amount If all or any part of any Excess Amount is rescinded or must otherwise be restored to any Security Party or to any other third party, the Lenders which have received any part of that Excess Amount by way of distribution from the Agent pursuant to Clause 15.22 shall repay to the Agent for the account of the Lender which originally received or recovered the Excess Amount, the amount which shall be necessary to ensure that the Lenders share rateably in accordance with their Proportionate Shares in the amount of the receipt or payment retained, together with interest on that amount at a rate equivalent to that (if any) paid by the Lender receiving or recovering the Excess Amount to the person to whom that Lender is liable to make payment in respect of such amount, and Clause 15.22.3 shall apply only to the retained amount.

 

15.24

Instructions Where the Agent is authorised or directed to act or refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Lenders or of the Majority Lenders each of the Lenders shall provide the Agent with instructions within five (5) Business Days of the Agent’s request (which request must be in writing). If a Lender does not provide the Agent with instructions within that period, that Lender shall be bound by the decision of the Agent. Nothing in this Clause 15.24 shall limit the right of the Agent to take, or refrain from taking, any action without obtaining the instructions of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders if the Agent in its discretion considers it necessary or appropriate to take, or refrain from taking, such action in order to preserve the rights of the Lenders under or in connection with the Finance Documents. In that event, the Agent will notify the Lenders of the action taken by it as soon as reasonably practicable, and the Lenders agree to ratify any action taken by the Agent pursuant to this Clause 15.24.

 

15.25

Payments All amounts payable to a Lender under this Clause 15 shall be paid to such account at such bank as that Lender may from time to time direct in writing to the Agent.

 

15.26

“Know your customer” checks Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

Page 61


15.27

Resignation

 

  15.27.1

Subject to a successor being appointed in accordance with this Clause 15.27, the Agent may resign as agent and/or security trustee at any time without assigning any reason by giving to the Borrower and the Lenders notice of its intention to do so, in which event the following shall apply:

 

  (a)

with the consent of the Borrower not to be unreasonably withheld (but such consent not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived) the Lenders may within thirty (30) days after the date of the notice from the Agent appoint a successor to act as agent and/or security trustee or, if they fail to do so with the consent of the Borrower, not to be unreasonably withheld (but such consent not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived), the Agent may appoint any other bank or financial institution as its successor provided that if no successor is appointed pursuant to this Clause 15.27.1(a) the Lenders shall act as successor to the Agent and take on the roles as agent and security trustee;

 

  (b)

the resignation of the Agent shall take effect simultaneously with the appointment of its successor on written notice of that appointment being given to the Borrower and the Lenders;

 

  (c)

the Agent shall thereupon be discharged from all further obligations as agent but shall remain entitled to the benefit of the provisions of this Clause 15; and

 

  (d)

the successor of the Agent and each of the other parties to this Agreement shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if that successor had been a party to this Agreement.

 

  15.27.2

The Agent shall resign and the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) shall appoint a successor Agent in accordance with clause 15.27 if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

  (a)

the Agent fails to respond to a request under clause 8.14 and a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

  (b)

the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to clause 8.14 indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

Page 62


  (c)

the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

and (in each case) a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

15.28

Replacement of the Agent

 

  15.28.1

After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by giving thirty (30) days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent.

 

  15.28.2

The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its function as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  15.28.3

The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under Clause 15.28.2 but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 15 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

  15.28.4

Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

15.29

No fiduciary relationship Except as provided in Clauses 15.3 and 15.20, the Agent shall not have any fiduciary relationship with or be deemed to be a trustee of or for any other person and nothing contained in any Finance Document shall constitute a partnership between any two or more Lenders or between the Agent and any other person.

 

15.30

No other Duties Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereunder, neither the Bookrunners nor the MLAs nor the Structuring Banks shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under any of the Finance Documents, except in their respective capacities, as applicable, as Bookrunners, MLAs or Structuring Banks.

 

16

Set-Off

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under any Finance Document (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, that Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

Page 63


17

Payments

 

17.1

Payments Each amount payable by the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be paid to such account at such bank as the Agent may from time to time direct to the Borrower in the Currency of Account and in such funds as are customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment. Payment shall be deemed to have been received by the Agent on the date on which the Agent receives authenticated advice of receipt, unless that advice is received by the Agent on a day other than a Business Day or at a time of day (whether on a Business Day or not) when the Agent in its reasonable discretion considers that it is impossible or impracticable for the Agent to utilise the amount received for value that same day, in which event the payment in question shall be deemed to have been received by the Agent on the Business Day next following the date of receipt of advice by the Agent.

 

17.2

No deductions or withholdings Each payment (whether of principal or interest or otherwise) to be made by the Borrower under a Finance Document shall, subject only to Clause 17.3, be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of any Taxes or other deductions, withholdings, restrictions, conditions or counterclaims of any nature, other than FATCA Deductions.

 

17.3

Grossing-up If at any time any law requires (or is interpreted to require) the Borrower to make any deduction or withholding from any payment, other than a FATCA Deduction, or to change the rate or manner in which any required deduction or withholding is made under a Finance Documents, the Borrower will promptly notify the Agent and, simultaneously with making that payment, will pay to the Agent whatever additional amount (after taking into account any additional Taxes on, or deductions or withholdings from, or restrictions or conditions on, that additional amount) is necessary to ensure that, after making the deduction or withholding, the relevant Finance Parties receive a net sum equal to the sum which they would have received had no deduction or withholding been made.

 

17.4

Evidence of deductions If at any time the Borrower is required by law to make any deduction or withholding from any payment to be made by it under a Finance Document, the Borrower will pay the amount required to be deducted or withheld to the relevant authority within the time allowed under the applicable law and will, no later than thirty (30) days after making that payment, deliver to the Agent an original receipt issued by the relevant authority, or other evidence reasonably acceptable to the Agent, evidencing the payment to that authority of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld.

 

17.5

Rebate If the Borrower pays any additional amount under Clause 8.12 or Clause 17.3, and a Finance Party subsequently receives a refund or allowance from any tax authority which that Finance Party identifies as being referable to that increased amount so paid by the Borrower, that Finance Party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, pay to the Borrower an amount equal to the amount of the refund or allowance received, if and to the extent that it may do so without prejudicing its right to retain that refund or allowance and without putting itself in any worse financial position than that in which it would have been had the relevant deduction or withholding not been required to have been made. Nothing in this Clause 17.5 shall be interpreted as imposing any obligation on any Finance Party to apply for any refund or allowance nor as restricting in any way the manner in which any Finance Party organises its tax affairs, nor as imposing on any Finance Party any obligation to disclose to the Borrower any information regarding its tax affairs or tax computations.

 

Page 64


17.6

Adjustment of due dates If any payment or transfer of funds to be made under a Finance Document, other than a payment of interest on the Loan, shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, that payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (unless the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month in which event the payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day). Any such variation of time shall be taken into account in computing any interest in respect of that payment.

 

17.7

Control Account The Agent shall open and maintain on its books a control account in the name of the Borrower showing the advance of the Loan and the computation and payment of interest and all other sums due under this Agreement. The Borrower’s obligations to repay the Loan and to pay interest and all other sums due under this Agreement shall be evidenced by the entries from time to time made in the control account opened and maintained under this Clause 17.7 and those entries will, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding.

 

17.8

Impaired Agent

 

  17.8.1

If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, a Security Party or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 17.1 may instead either:

 

  (a)

pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or

 

  (b)

if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Security Party or the Lender making the payment (the “ Paying Party ”) and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the “ Recipient Party ” or “ Recipient Parties ”).

In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

  17.8.2

All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

  17.8.3

A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 17.8 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

Page 65


  17.8.4

Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 15.28, each Paying Party shall (other than to the extent that that Party has given an instruction pursuant to Clause 17.8.5) give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution to the relevant Recipient Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause 15.20.

 

  17.8.5

A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent:

 

  (a)

it has not given an instruction pursuant to Clause 17.8.4; and

 

  (b)

that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party,

give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party.

 

18

Notices

 

18.1

Communications in writing Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter or (subject to Clause 18.6) electronic mail.

 

18.2

Addresses The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each party to this Agreement for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement are:

 

  18.2.1

in the case of the Borrower, c/o Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd Suite 2000, Bentall 5, 550 Burrard Street, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6C 2K2 (fax no: +1 604 681 3011) marked for the attention of Renee Eng, Treasury Manager;

 

  18.2.2

in the case of each Lender, those appearing opposite its name in Schedule 1; and

 

  18.2.3

in the case of the Agent, 100 Park Avenue, 17 th Floor, New York, New York 10017, United States of America (fax no: +1 917 284 6697) marked for the attention of Francis Birkeland/Rajbir Talwar;

or any substitute address, fax number, department or officer as any party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice.

 

18.3

Delivery Any communication or document made or delivered by one party to this Agreement to another under or in connection this Agreement will only be effective:

 

  18.3.1

if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

Page 66


  18.3.2

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address; or

 

  18.3.3

if by way of electronic mail, in accordance with Clause 18.6;

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 18.2, if addressed to that department or officer.

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent.

All notices from or to the Borrower shall be sent through the Agent.

 

18.4

Notification of address and fax number Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address, fax number or change of address, pursuant to Clause 18.2 or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other parties to this Agreement.

 

18.5

English language Any notice given under or in connection with this Agreement must be in English. All other documents provided under or in connection with this Agreement must be:

 

  18.5.1

in English; or

 

  18.5.2

if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

18.6

Electronic communication

 

  (a)

Any communication to be made in connection with this Agreement may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party:

 

  (i)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

  (ii)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

  (iii)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

  (b)

Any electronic communication made between the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party will be effective only when actually received in readable form and acknowledged by the recipient (it being understood that any system generated responses do not constitute an acknowledgement) and in the case of any electronic communication made by the Borrower to a Finance Party only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Finance Party shall specify for this purpose.

 

Page 67


19

Partial Invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

20

Remedies and Waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

21

Miscellaneous

 

21.1

No oral variations No variation or amendment of a Finance Document shall be valid unless in writing and signed on behalf of all the Finance Parties.

 

21.2

Further Assurance If any provision of a Finance Document shall be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part by reason of any present or future law or any decision of any court, or if the documents at any time held by or on behalf of the Finance Parties or any of them are considered by the Lenders for any reason insufficient to carry out the terms of this Agreement, then from time to time the Borrower will promptly, on demand by the Agent, execute or procure the execution of such further documents as in the opinion of the Lenders are necessary to provide adequate security for the repayment of the Indebtedness.

 

21.3

Rescission of payments etc. Any discharge, release or reassignment by a Finance Party of any of the security constituted by, or any of the obligations of a Security Party contained in, a Finance Document shall be (and be deemed always to have been) void if any act (including, without limitation, any payment) as a result of which such discharge, release or reassignment was given or made is subsequently wholly or partially rescinded or avoided by operation of any law.

 

21.4

Certificates Any certificate or statement signed by an authorised signatory of the Agent purporting to show the amount of the Indebtedness (or any part of the Indebtedness) or any other amount referred to in any Finance Document shall, save for manifest error or on any question of law, be conclusive evidence as against the Borrower of that amount.

 

21.5

Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be original but which shall together constitute the same instrument.

 

21.6

Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 A person who is not a party to this Agreement (other than the Indemnified Parties) has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

Page 68


22

Confidentiality

 

22.1

Confidential Information Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 22.2 and Clause 22.3, and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

22.2

Disclosure of Confidential Information Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

  22.2.1

to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this Clause 22.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

  22.2.2

to any person:

 

  (a)

to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as agent or security trustee and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives, auditors and professional advisers;

 

  (b)

with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Security Parties and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives, auditors and professional advisers;

 

  (c)

appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b) applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf;

 

  (d)

who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b);

 

  (e)

to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

Page 69


  (f)

to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (g)

to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 14.7;

 

  (h)

who is a Party; or

 

  (i)

with the consent of the Borrower;

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

  (i)

in relation to Clauses 22.2.2(a), 22.2.2(b) and 22.2.2(c), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

  (ii)

in relation to Clause 22.2.2(d), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

  (iii)

in relation to Clauses 22.2.2(e), 22.2.2(f) and 22.2.2(g), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; and

 

  22.2.3

to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b) applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this Clause 22.2.3 if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking.

 

Page 70


22.3

Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

  22.3.1

Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Loan and/or one or more Security Parties the following information:

 

  (a)

names of Security Parties;

 

  (b)

country of domicile of Security Parties;

 

  (c)

place of incorporation of Security Parties;

 

  (d)

date of this Agreement;

 

  (e)

Clause 23;

 

  (f)

the names of the Agent and the MLAs;

 

  (g)

date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

  (h)

amount of the Loan;

 

  (i)

currencies of the Loan;

 

  (j)

type of Loan;

 

  (k)

ranking of the Loan;

 

  (l)

Final Availability Date for the Loan;

 

  (m)

changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to (a) to (l); and

 

  (n)

such other information agreed between such Finance Party and that Security Party,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

  22.3.2

The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Loan and/or one or more Security Parties by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

  22.3.3

The Borrower represents that none of the information set out in Clauses 22.3.1(a) to 22.3.1(n) is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

  22.3.4

The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the other Finance Parties of:

 

  (a)

the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Loan and/or one or more Security Parties; and

 

Page 71


  (b)

the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Loan and/or one or more Security Parties by such numbering service provider.

 

23

Law and Jurisdiction

 

23.1

Governing law This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising from or in connection with it shall in all respects be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law.

 

23.2

Jurisdiction For the exclusive benefit of the Finance Parties, the parties to this Agreement irrevocably agree that the courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any dispute (a) arising from or in connection with this Agreement or (b) relating to any non-contractual obligations arising from or in connection with this Agreement and that any proceedings may be brought in those courts.

 

23.3

Alternative jurisdictions Nothing contained in this Clause 23 shall limit the right of the Finance Parties to commence any proceedings against the Borrower in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the commencement of any proceedings against the Borrower in one or more jurisdictions preclude the commencement of any proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

23.4

Waiver of objections The Borrower irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or in the future have to the laying of the venue of any proceedings in any court referred to in this Clause 23, and any claim that those proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient or inappropriate forum, and irrevocably agrees that a judgment in any proceedings commenced in any such court shall be conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

23.5

Service of process Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Borrower:

 

  23.5.1

irrevocably appoints Teekay Shipping (UK) Ltd of 2 nd Floor, 86 Jermyn Street, London SW1Y 6JD, England as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Agreement; and

 

  23.5.2

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Borrower of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

Page 72


Schedule 1

The Lenders and the Commitments

 

The Lenders    Commitments (US$)      The Proportionate Share (%)  

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

100 Park Avenue

17 th Floor

New York, NY 10017

United States of America

Fax no: +1 917 284 6697

Attn: Francis Birkeland/Rajbir Talwar

     99,300,000         25

DNB Capital LLC

200 Park Avenue

31 st Floor

New York, NY10166

United States of America

Fax no. +1 212 681 4123

Attn: Sanjiv Nayar

     99,300,000         25

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

Fax no: +44 20 3320 2438

Attn: Shreyas Chipalkatty / Timothy Soe

     99,300,000         25

Nordea Bank Finland Plc,

New York Branch

437 Madison Avenue

21 st Floor

New York

NY10022

United States of America

Fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420

Attn: Henning Lyche

Christiansen

     99,300,000         25

 

Page 73


Schedule 2

Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

Part I:

Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice

 

1

Security Parties

 

  (a)

Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of the Borrower together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that the Borrower is duly incorporated in its country of incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party.

 

  (b)

Certificates of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of the Borrower (if available).

 

  (c)

Board resolutions A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower:

 

  (i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and

 

  (ii)

if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf.

 

  (d)

Shareholder resolutions If required by any legal advisor to the Agent, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in the Borrower, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (e)

Officer’s certificates An original certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of the Borrower certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement, setting out the names of its directors and officers (or its sole member), setting out the proportion of shares held by each shareholder, and confirming that any applicable borrowing and guaranteeing limits will not be exceeded.

 

  (f)

Powers of attorney The original power of attorney of the Borrower under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by the Borrower.

 

2

Finance Documents

This Agreement, the Share Pledges and any Fee Letter, together with all other documents required by any of them including, without limitation, all share certificates, certified copy share registers or registers of members, transfer forms, proxy forms, letters of resignation and letters of undertakings specified in the Share Pledges.

 

Page 74


3

Legal opinions

 

  (a)

The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent, or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such opinion will be given:

 

  (i)

an opinion on matters of English law from Stephenson Harwood LLP; and

 

  (ii)

an opinion on matters of Marshall Island law from Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, New York.

 

4

Other documents and evidence

 

  (a)

Process agent Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 23.5 and any process agent appointed under any Finance Document executed pursuant to paragraph 2(a) above has accepted its appointment.

 

  (b)

Other authorisations A copy of any Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any of the Relevant Documents or for the validity and enforceability of any of the Relevant Documents.

 

  (c)

Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower under Clause 8 and Clause 9 have been paid.

 

  (d)

“Know your customer” documents Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents (including “know your customer” documentation on each shareholder of the Borrower with a shareholding of 20% or more).

 

  (e)

Other Such other documents, authorisations, opinions and assurances as the Agent may specify.

 

Page 75


Part II:

Conditions precedent to Drawdown Date

 

1

Security Parties

 

  (a)

Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of the Collateral Owner together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that the Collateral Owner is duly formed or incorporated in its country of formation or incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party.

 

  (b)

Certificate of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of the Collateral Owner (if such a certificate can be obtained).

 

  (c)

Board resolutions A copy (or extract) of a resolution of the board of directors (or sole member) of the Collateral Owner:

 

  (i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and

 

  (ii)

if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf.

 

  (d)

Shareholder resolutions If required by any legal advisor to the Agent, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares or membership interests (as the case may be) in the Collateral Owner, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (e)

Officer’s certificate An original certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of the Collateral Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Drawdown Date, setting out the names of its directors and officers, setting out the proportion of shares held by each shareholder, and confirming that its borrowing and guaranteeing limits will not be exceeded.

 

  (f)

Power of attorney The notarially attested and legalised (where necessary for registration purposes) power of attorney of the Collateral Owner under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by the Collateral Owner.

 

2

Security and related documents

 

  (a)

Vessel documents In respect of the Collateral Vessel, photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a duly authorised representative of the Collateral Owner of the Collateral Vessel, of:

 

  (i)

the MOA;

 

Page 76


  (ii)

the bill of sale transferring title in the Collateral Vessel to the Collateral Owner free of all encumbrances maritime liens or other debts;

 

  (iii)

the protocol of delivery and acceptance evidencing the unconditional physical delivery of the Collateral Vessel by the Sellers to the Collateral Owner pursuant to the MOA;

 

  (iv)

the Management Agreements (if any);

 

  (v)

evidence of the Collateral Vessel’s current Certificate of Financial Responsibility issued pursuant to the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 (if applicable);

 

  (vi)

the ISM Company’s current Document of Compliance;

 

  (vii)

the Collateral Vessel’s current ISSC;

 

  (viii)

the Collateral Vessel’s current IAPPC;

in each case together with all addenda, amendments or supplements.

 

  (b)

Evidence of Collateral Owner’s title Evidence that on the Drawdown Date (i) the Collateral Vessel will be at least provisionally registered under the relevant flag in the ownership of the Collateral Owner and (ii) the Mortgage will be capable of being registered against the Collateral Vessel with first priority.

 

  (c)

Evidence of insurance Evidence that the Collateral Vessel is insured in the manner required by the Security Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Security Documents, together with (if required by the Agent) the written approval of the Insurances by an insurance adviser appointed by the Agent.

 

  (d)

Confirmation of class A Class Certificate for hull and machinery confirming that the Collateral Vessel is classed with the highest class applicable to vessels of her type with a Pre-Approved Classification Society free of material overdue recommendations affecting class.

 

  (e)

Security Documents The Collateral Owner’s Guarantee, the Mortgage and the Assignment, together with all other documents required by any of them, including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.

 

  (f)

Managers’ Confirmations The Managers’ Confirmations (if any) together with notices of any assignments contained in the same and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.

 

  (g)

Other Relevant Documents Copies of each of the Relevant Documents not otherwise comprised in the documents listed in this Part II of Schedule 2.

 

Page 77


3

Legal opinions

Confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that legal opinions substantially in the form provided to the Agent prior to the Drawdown Date will be given promptly following disbursement of the Loan, namely:

 

  (a)

an opinion on matters of English law from Stephenson Harwood LLP;

 

  (b)

an opinion on matters of Marshall Islands law from Watson, Farley & Williams LLP; and

 

  (c)

an opinion on matters of Bahamas law from Lennox Patton (or such other legal advisors in respect of the jurisdiction of the underlying flag of the Collateral Vessel).

 

4

Other documents and evidence

 

  (a)

Drawdown Notice A duly completed Drawdown Notice.

 

  (b)

Process agent Evidence that any process agent appointed under any of the Security Documents executed pursuant to paragraph 2(e) above has accepted its appointment.

 

  (c)

Other Authorisations A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Relevant Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Relevant Document.

 

  (d)

“Know your customer Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

  (e)

Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower under Clause 8 and Clause 9 have been paid by, or will have been paid on, the Drawdown Date.

 

Page 78


Part III: Conditions subsequent to Drawdown Date

 

1

Evidence of Collateral Owners’ title Certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of the flag of the Collateral Vessel confirming that (a) the Collateral Vessel is permanently registered under that flag in the ownership of the relevant Collateral Owner, (b) the Mortgage has been registered with first priority against the Collateral Vessel and (c) there are no further Encumbrances registered against the Collateral Vessel.

 

2

Letters of undertaking Letters of undertaking in respect of the Insurances as required by the Security Documents together with copies of the relevant policies or cover notes or entry certificates duly endorsed with the interest of the Finance Parties.

 

3

Acknowledgements of notices Acknowledgements of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to any Security Documents received by the Agent pursuant to Part II of this Schedule 2.

 

4

Legal opinions Such of the legal opinions specified in Part II of this Schedule 2 as have not already been provided to the Agent.

 

5

Equity Contribution On delivery of the Collateral Vessel by the Seller to the Collateral Owner, evidence that the Seller has been, or will be, issued with shares in the Borrower in respect of that part of the Purchase Price of the Collateral Vessel that is not being financed by the Loan.

 

Page 79


Schedule 3

The Collateral Vessels

 

Vessel Name

   Type    Flag    Collateral Owner    Sellers    Purchase
Price
     Relevant
Percentage
 

“PRINCIMAR COURAGE” (tbr “RIO SPIRIT”)

   Suezmax    Bahamas    Rio Spirit L.L.C.    Courage Holdings, LLC    $ 67,060,000         10.129756348

“PRINCIMAR PRIDE” (tbr “SYDNEY SPIRIT”)

   Suezmax    Bahamas    Sydney Spirit L.L.C.    Pride Holdings, LLC    $ 64,330,000         9.717375870

“PRINCIMAR INTEGRITY” (tbr “ATHENS SPIRIT”)

   Suezmax    Bahamas    Athens Spirit L.L.C.    Integrity Holdings, LLC    $ 65,010,000         9.820093352

“PRINCIMAR GRACE” (tbr “BARCELONA SPIRIT”)

   Suezmax    Bahamas    Barcelona Spirit L.L.C.    Grace Holdings, LLC    $ 61,140,000         9.235510038

“PRINCIMAR HOPE” (tbr “ATLANTA SPIRIT”)

   Suezmax    Bahamas    Atlanta Spirit L.L.C.    Hope Holdings, LLC    $ 61,110,000         9.230978384

“PRINCIMAR PROMISE” (tbr “LONDON SPIRIT”)

   Suezmax    Bahamas    London Spirit L.L.C.    Promise Holdings, LLC    $ 61,170,000         9.240041691

“PRINCIMAR JOY” (tbr “BEIJING SPIRIT”)

   Suezmax    Bahamas    Beijing Spirit L.L.C.    Joy Holdings, LLC    $ 55,980,000         8.456065618

“PRINCIMAR STRENGTH” (tbr “MOSCOW SPIRIT”)

   Suezmax    Bahamas    Moscow Spirit L.L.C.    Strength Holdings, LLC    $ 55,980,000         8.456065618

“PRINCIMAR TRUTH” (tbr “LOS ANGELES SPIRIT”)

   Suezmax    Bahamas    Los Angeles Spirit L.L.C.    Truth Holdings, LLC    $ 49,470,000         7.472696787

 

Page 80


“PRINCIMAR CONFIDENCE” (tbr “MONTREAL SPIRIT”)

   Suezmax    Bahamas    Montreal Spirit L.L.C.    Confidence Holdings, LLC    $ 41,010,000         6.194770472

“PRINCIMAR LOYALTY” (tbr “TOKYO SPIRIT”)

   Suezmax    Bahamas    Tokyo Spirit L.L.C.    Loyalty Holdings, LLC    $ 39,960,000         6.036162596

“PRINCIMAR FAITH” (tbr “SEOUL SPIRIT”)

   Suezmax    Bahamas    Seoul Spirit L.L.C.    Faith Holdings, LLC    $ 39,790,000         6.010483225

 

Page 81


Schedule 4

Form of Drawdown Notice

 

To:

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

 

From:

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

[Date] 2015

Dear Sirs,

Drawdown Notice

We refer to the Loan Agreement dated 2015 made between, amongst others, ourselves and yourselves (the “ Agreement ”).

Words and phrases defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Drawdown Notice.

Pursuant to Clause 4.1 of the Agreement, we irrevocably request that you advance a Drawing in respect of m.v. [”             “] in the sum of [                    ] to us on 2015, which is a Business Day, by paying the amount of the advance to [            ].

We warrant that the representations and warranties contained in Clause 11 of the Agreement save those contained in Clauses 11.2, 11.6 and 11.19 are true and correct at the date of this Drawdown Notice and will be true and correct on                     2015 that no Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied or unwaived, and that no Default will result from the advance of the sum requested in this Drawdown Notice.

We select the period of [            ] months as the Interest Period in respect of the said Drawing.

 

Yours faithfully

 

For and on behalf of

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

  

 

Page 82


Schedule 5

Form of Transfer Certificate

 

To:

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

Transfer Certificate

This transfer certificate relates to a secured loan facility agreement (as from time to time amended, varied, supplemented or novated the “ Loan Agreement ”) dated [            ] 2015, on the terms and subject to the conditions of which a secured revolving credit facility was made available to Teekay Tankers Ltd., by a syndicate of banks on whose behalf you act as agent and security trustee.

 

1

Terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, have the same meaning when used in this certificate. The terms “ Transferor ” and “ Transferee ” are defined in the schedule to this certificate.

 

2

The Transferor:

 

  2.1

confirms that the details in the Schedule under the heading “ Transferor’s Commitment ” accurately summarise its Commitment; and

 

  2.2

requests the Transferee to accept by way of novation the transfer to the Transferee of the amount of the Transferor’s Commitment specified in the Schedule by counter-signing and delivering this certificate to the Agent at its address for communications specified in the Loan Agreement.

 

3

The Transferee requests the Agent to accept this certificate as being delivered to the Agent pursuant to and for the purposes of clause 14 of the Loan Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with the terms of that clause on the Transfer Date specified in the Schedule.

 

4

The Agent confirms its acceptance of this certificate for the purposes of clause 14 of the Loan Agreement.

 

5

The Transferee confirms that:

 

  5.1

it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement together with all other information which it has required in connection with this transaction;

 

  5.2

it has not relied and will not in the future rely on the Transferor or any other party to the Loan Agreement to check or enquire on its behalf into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any such information; and

 

  5.3

it has not relied and will not in the future rely on the Transferor or any other party to the Loan Agreement to keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of any Security Party.

 

6

Execution of this certificate by the Transferee constitutes its representation and warranty to the Transferor and to all other parties to the Loan Agreement that it has the power to become a party to the Loan Agreement as a Lender on the terms of the Loan Agreement and has taken all steps to authorise execution and delivery of this certificate.

 

Page 83


7

The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the other parties to the Loan Agreement that it will perform in accordance with their terms all those obligations which by the terms of the Loan Agreement will be assumed by it after delivery of this certificate to the Agent and the satisfaction of any conditions subject to which this certificate is expressed to take effect.

 

8

The Transferor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any document relating to any Finance Document, and assumes no responsibility for the financial condition of any Finance Party or for the performance and observance by any Security Party of any of its obligations under any Finance Document or any document relating to any Finance Document and any conditions and warranties implied by law are expressly excluded.

 

9

The Transferee acknowledges that nothing in this certificate or in the Loan Agreement shall oblige the Transferor to:

 

  9.1

accept a re-transfer from the Transferee of the whole or any part of the rights, benefits and/or obligations transferred pursuant to this certificate; or

 

  9.2

support any losses directly or indirectly sustained or incurred by the Transferee for any reason including, without limitation, the non-performance by any party to any Finance Document of any obligations under any Finance Document.

 

10

The address and fax number of the Transferee for the purposes of clause 18 of the Loan Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

11

This certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be original but which shall together constitute the same instrument.

 

12

This certificate shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law.

 

Page 84


The Schedule

 

1

Transferor :

 

2

Transferee :

 

3

Transfer Date (not earlier that the fifth Business Day after the date of delivery of the Transfer Certificate to the Agent):

 

4

Transferor’s Commitment :

 

5

Amount transferred :

 

6

Transferee’s address and fax number for the purposes of clause 18 of the Loan Agreement :

 

[name of Transferor]

 

[name of Transferee]

By:

 

By:

 

Date:

 

Date:

 

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC as Agent

By:

Date:

 

Page 85


Schedule 6

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To:

  

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

From:

  

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

Date:

  

[•]

Dear Sirs

We refer to an agreement (the “ Facility Agreement ”) dated [•        ] 2015 and made between (inter alia) (1) us as borrower, (2) the banks listed at Schedule 1 thereto as lenders and (3) yourselves as agent and security trustee (as from time to time amended, varied, novated or supplemented).

Terms defined or construed in the Facility Agreement have the same meanings and constructions in this Certificate.

We attach the relevant calculation applicable on the last day of our financial [year][quarter] ending [•        ] (the “ Relevant Period ”) which confirm that:

 

1

Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines [were in aggregate at all times equal to or greater than/fell below] $35,000,000. Therefore the condition contained in Clause 12.2.1 of the Facility Agreement [has/has not] been complied with in respect of the Relevant Period.

 

2

The aggregate of Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines [was at all times equal to or greater than/fell below] 5.0% of Total Debt. Therefore the condition contained in Clause 12.2.2 of the Facility Agreement [has/has not] been complied with.

 

Signed:

 

 

 

Duly authorised representative of

 

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

 

Page 86


In witness of which the parties to this Agreement have executed this Agreement the day and year first before written.

 

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ Patrick Smith

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

   ) Attorney-in-fact

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as Agent)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

DNB Capital LLC

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

 

Page 87


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as an MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   ) /s/ Tor Ivar Hansen

for and on behalf of

   ) Managing Director

DNB Markets, Inc.

   )

(as an MLA)

   ) /s/ Christian Astrup

in the presence of:

   ) Associate Director

/s/ Vadim Shutov

  

Assistant Treasurer

  

DNB Bank ASA

  

200 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

  

New York, N. Y. 10166

  

U. S. A.

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Citigroup Global Markets Limited

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as an MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as an MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

 

Page 88


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   )

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) /s/ David Metzger

(as a Bookrunner)

   ) Attorney-in-fact

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   ) /s/ Tor Ivar Hansen

for and on behalf of

   ) Managing Director

DNB Markets, Inc.

   )

(as a Bookrunner)

   ) /s/ Christian Astrup

in the presence of:

   ) Associate Director

/s/ Vadim Shutov

  

Assistant Treasurer

  

DNB Bank ASA

  

200 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

  

New York, N. Y. 10166

  

U. S. A.

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Citigroup Global Markets Limited

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as a Structuring Bank)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

 

Page 89


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   ) /s/ Tor Ivar Hansen

for and on behalf of

   ) Managing Director

DNB Markets, Inc.

   )

(as a Structuring Bank)

   ) /s/ Christian Astrup

in the presence of:

   ) Associate Director

/s/ Vadim Shutov

  

Assistant Treasurer

  

DNB Bank ASA

  

200 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

  

New York, N. Y. 10166

  

U. S. A.

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   ) /s/ David Metzger

for and on behalf of

   ) Attorney-in-fact

Citigroup Global Markets Limited

   )

(as a Structuring Bank)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   ) /s/ David Metzger

for and on behalf of

   ) Attorney-in-fact

Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch

   )

(as a Structuring Bank)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Michelle Gomes

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

 

Page 90

Exhibit 4.21

US$126,637,500 Secured Term Loan Facility Agreement

Dated 30 January 2015

 

(1)

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

(as Borrower)

 

(2)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

DNB Capital LLC

(as Lenders)

 

(3)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

DNB Markets, Inc.

(as Mandated Lead Arrangers)

 

(4)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

DNB Markets, Inc.

(as Bookrunners)

 

(5)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

(as Agent)

 

LOGO


Contents

 

         Page  

1

  Definitions and Interpretation      1   

2

  The Loan and its Purposes      19   

3

  Conditions of Utilisation      19   

4

  Advance      20   

5

  Repayment      21   

6

  Prepayment      21   

7

  Interest      23   

8

  Indemnities      25   

9

  Fees      31   

10

  Security and Application of Moneys      32   

11

  Representations and Warranties      33   

12

  Undertakings and Covenants      37   

13

  Events of Default      45   

14

  Assignment and Sub-Participation      49   

15

  The Agent and the Lenders      51   

16

  Set-Off      63   

17

  Payments      63   

18

  Notices      66   

19

  Partial Invalidity      67   

20

  Remedies and Waivers      67   

21

  Miscellaneous      68   

22

  Confidentiality      68   

23

  Law and Jurisdiction      71   

Schedule 1

  The Lenders and the Commitments      73   

Schedule 2

  Conditions Precedent and Subsequent      74   
  Part I: Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice      74   
  Part II: Conditions precedent to Drawdown Date      76   
  Part III: Conditions subsequent to Drawdown Date      79   


Schedule 3

  The Collateral Vessels      80   

Schedule 4

  Form of Drawdown Notice      81   

Schedule 5

  Form of Transfer Certificate      82   

Schedule 6

  Form of Compliance Certificate      85   


Loan Agreement

Dated 30 January 2015

Between:

 

(1)

Teekay Tankers Ltd. , a corporation existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at The Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, The Marshall Islands, MH96960 (the “ Borrower ”); and

 

(2)

The banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed in Schedule 1, each acting through its office at the address indicated against its name in Schedule 1 (together the “ Lenders ” and each a “ Lender ”); and

 

(3)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC acting through its office at 100 Park Avenue, 17 th Floor, New York, NY 10017, United States of America and DNB Markets, Inc. acting through its office at 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY10166-0396, United States of America as mandated lead arrangers (in that capacity the “ MLAs ”); and

 

(4)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC acting through its office at 100 Park Avenue, 17 th Floor, New York, NY 10017, United States of America and DNB Markets, Inc. acting through its office at 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY10166-0396, United States of America bookrunners (the “ Bookrunners ”); and

 

(5)

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC , acting as agent and security trustee through its office at 100 Park Avenue, 17 th Floor, New York, NY 10017, United States of America acting as agent and security trustee (in that capacity the “ Agent ”).

Whereas:

Each of the Lenders has agreed to advance to the Borrower its Commitment (aggregating, with all the other Commitments, an amount not exceeding the Maximum Amount) to assist the Borrower to finance up to fifty five per cent (55%) of the purchase price of each Collateral Vessel.

It is agreed as follows:

 

1

Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1

In this Agreement:

Acceptable Bank ” means a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit-enhanced debt originations of A+ or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ranking Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency.

Accounts ” means, in relation to the Borrower, the consolidated financial accounts of the Borrower, to be provided to the Agent pursuant to Clause 12.1.1 and Clause 12.1.4.

Affiliate ” means, in relation to any entity, a Subsidiary of that entity, a Holding Company of that entity or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

Page 1


Annex VI ” means Annex VI (Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 (as modified in 1978 and 1997).

Approved Broker ” means Fearnleys, RS Platou, H. Clarkson & Co. Ltd, Simpson Spence & Young Shipbrokers Ltd. and P. F. Bassoe AS or such other reputable and independent consultancy or ship broker firm approved by the Agent.

Approved Managers ” means (i) the Commercial Manager and (ii) the Technical Manager.

Assignments ” means all the forms of assignment referred to in Clause 10.1.2 and “ Assignment ” means any one of them.

Authorisation ” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

Available Credit Lines ” means any undrawn committed revolving credit lines, other than committed revolving credit lines with less than six (6) months to maturity, available to be drawn by any member of the Borrower Group, as reflected in the Borrower’s most recent quarterly management accounts forming part of the Borrower’s Accounts;

Balloon Amount ” means the amount of one hundred and fourteen million six hundred and thirty seven thousand five hundred Dollars ($114,637,500) to be paid together with the final Repayment Instalment to be repaid by the Borrower in accordance with Clause 5.1 or on any other date when the Balloon Amount is payable pursuant to this Agreement.

Borrower Group ” means the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries.

Break Costs ” means all sums payable by the Borrower from time to time under Clause 8.3.

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open for business of a nature contemplated by this Agreement (and not authorised by law to close) in New York, London and Oslo.

Change of Control ” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to the Borrower, where any person or any two or more persons acting together (excluding any member of the Teekay Group) acquire the right or ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or the composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent thereof) of the Borrower; and

 

  (b)

in relation to any other Security Party, where there is a change in the legal or beneficial ownership of any such company from that previously advised to the Agent (other than where such company remains owned by members of the Borrower Group),

 

Page 2


in each case unless the Borrower has requested the prior consent of the Majority Lenders to a change of control and the Majority Lenders have consented to such request within thirty (30) days of such request being made.

Charged Property ” means all of the assets of the Security Parties which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Security Documents.

Code ” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Collateral Owner ” means each company (being a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower) shown as an owner of a Collateral Vessel in Schedule 3 and together the “ Collateral Owners ”.

Collateral Vessel ” means each vessel specified in Schedule 3 owned or to be owned by a Collateral Owner and together the “ Collateral Vessels ”.

Commercial Manager ” means (i) the Borrower, (ii) Teekay Corporation, (iii) any other member of the Teekay Group or (iv) any other commercial manager approved by the Lenders.

Commitment ” means, in relation to each Lender, the aggregate amount of the Loan which that Lender agrees to advance to the Borrower as its several liability as indicated against the name of that Lender in Schedule 1 and/or, where the context permits, the amount of the Loan advanced by that Lender and remaining outstanding and “ Commitments ” means more than one of them.

Commitment Commission ” means the commitment commission to be paid by the Borrower to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to Clause 9.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6.

Confidential Information ” means all information relating to any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group, the Finance Documents or the Loan of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Loan from either:

 

  (a)

any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (b)

another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

  (i)

is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 21.6; or

 

Page 3


  (ii)

is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (iii)

is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with (a) or (b) or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with any Security Party or any other member of the Borrower Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

Confidentiality Undertaking ” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the Loan Syndication and Trade Association at the relevant time.

Currency of Account ” means, in relation to any payment to be made to a Finance Party under a Finance Document, the currency in which that payment is required to be made by the terms of that Finance Document.

Deeds of Covenants ” means the deeds of covenants referred to in Clause 10.1.1 and “ Deed of Covenant ” means any one of them.

Default ” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 13.1 which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender:

 

  (a)

which has failed to make its participation in the Loan available (or has notified the Agent or the Borrower (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in the Loan available) by the Drawdown Date in accordance with Clause 4.2; or

 

  (b)

which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

  (c)

with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

unless, in the case of (a):

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

 

Page 4


Disruption Event ” means either or both of:

 

  (a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Loan (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  (b)

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  (i)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

Dollars ”, “ US$ ” and “ $ ” each means available and freely transferable and convertible funds in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Drawdown Date ” means the date on which the Loan is advanced under Clause 4.1.

Drawdown Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4.

Drawing ” means, in respect of each Collateral Vessel, one out of the five portions of the Loan advanced or to be advanced pursuant to a Drawdown Notice where each such drawing shall not exceed the lesser of (a) fifty five per cent (55%) of the purchase price of that Collateral Vessel and (b) the Relevant Loan Amount of that Collateral Vessel and “ Drawings ” means more than one of them.

Earnings ” means all hires, freights, pool income and other sums payable to or for the account of a Collateral Owner in respect of a Collateral Vessel including (without limitation) all remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, contributions in general average, compensation in respect of any requisition for hire, and damages and other payments (whether awarded by any court or arbitral tribunal or by agreement or otherwise) for breach, termination or variation of any contract for the operation, employment or use of a Collateral Vessel.

Encumbrance ” means a mortgage, charge, assignment, pledge, lien, or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Environmental Approvals ” means any present or future permit, licence, approval, ruling, variance, exemption or other authorisation required under the applicable Environmental Laws.

Environmental Claim ” means any and all enforcement, clean-up, removal, administrative, governmental, regulatory or judicial actions, orders, demands or investigations instituted or completed pursuant to any Environmental Laws or Environmental Approvals.

 

Page 5


Environmental Incident ” means:

 

  (a)

any release, emission, spill or discharge from a Collateral Vessel or into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water of Environmentally Sensitive Material within or from a Collateral Vessel; or

 

  (b)

any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than a Collateral Vessel and which involves a collision between a Collateral Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Collateral Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Collateral Vessel and/or any Security Party and/or any operator or manager of a Collateral Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

  (c)

any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from a Collateral Vessel and in connection with which a Collateral Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Security Party and/or any operator or manager of a Collateral Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval.

Environmental Laws ” means all present and future laws, regulations, treaties and conventions of any applicable jurisdiction which:

 

  (a)

have as a purpose or effect the protection of, and/or prevention of harm or damage to, the environment;

 

  (b)

relate to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

 

  (c)

provide remedies or compensation for harm or damage to the environment; or

 

  (d)

relate to Environmentally Sensitive Materials or health or safety matters.

Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means (i) oil and oil products and (ii) any other waste, pollutant, contaminant or other substance (including any liquid, solid, gas, ion, living organism or noise) that may be harmful to human health or other life or the environment or a nuisance to any person or that may make the enjoyment, ownership or other territorial control of any affected land, property or waters more costly for such person to a material degree.

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 13.1.

 

Page 6


Execution Date ” means the date on which this Agreement is executed by each of the parties hereto.

Facility Office ” means:

 

  (a)

in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five (5) Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (b)

in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes.

Facility Period ” means the period beginning on the Execution Date and ending on the date when the whole of the Indebtedness has been repaid in full, all Commitments have been terminated and the Security Parties have ceased to be under any further actual or contingent liability to the Finance Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

Fair Market Value ” means the average of two (2) Valuations of the fair market value of a Collateral Vessel obtained from two (2) Approved Brokers (selected by the Borrower), each addressed to the Agent, and given on the basis of a charter free sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer. If such Valuations differ by a margin of more than ten per cent (10%) then a further Valuation shall be obtained from a third Approved Broker appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower on the same basis and the fair market value of that Collateral Vessel shall be the average of all three (3) Valuations.

FATCA ” means:

 

  (a)

sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

  (b)

any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

  (c)

any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

FATCA Application Date ” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

  (b)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or

 

Page 7


  (c)

in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017,

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

FATCA FFI ” means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if any Finance Party is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction.

Final Availability Date ” means 30 April 2015 or such later date as the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) may approve.

Finance Documents ” means this Agreement, the Security Documents and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower and “ Finance Document ” means any one of them.

Finance Parties ” means the Agent, the MLAs, the Bookrunners and the Lenders and “ Finance Party ” means any one of them.

Financial Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a)

moneys borrowed;

 

  (b)

any acceptance credit;

 

  (c)

any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument;

 

  (d)

any redeemable preference share to the extent such shares can be redeemed before the Maturity Date;

 

  (e)

any finance or capital lease;

 

  (f)

receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (g)

any derivative transaction protecting against or benefiting from fluctuations in any rate or price (and, except for non-payment of an amount, the then mark to market value of the derivative transaction will be used to calculate its amount);

 

  (h)

any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which has the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

Page 8


  (i)

any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of any guarantee, indemnity, bond, letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; or

 

  (j)

any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any person in respect of any item referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above.

First Drawdown Date ” means the date on which the first Drawing is advanced under Clause 4.

Free Liquidity ” means cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of maturities less than one (1) year to which members of the Borrower Group shall have free, immediate and direct access each as reflected in the Borrower’s most recent quarterly management accounts forming part of the Borrower’s Accounts.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee and indemnity of each Collateral Owner referred to in Clause 10.1.3.

Holding Company ” means, in relation to any entity, any other entity in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IAPPC ” means a valid international air pollution prevention certificate for a Collateral Vessel issued under Annex VI.

Impaired Agent ” means the Agent at any time when:

 

  (a)

it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

  (b)

the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;

 

  (c)

(if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”; or

 

  (d)

an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent;

unless, in the case of (a):

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within three (3) Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Indebtedness ” means the aggregate from time to time of: the amount of the Loan outstanding; all accrued and unpaid interest on the Loan; and all other sums of any nature (together with all accrued and unpaid interest on any of those sums) which from time to time may be payable by the Borrower to any of the Finance Parties under all or any of the Finance Documents.#

 

Page 9


Insolvency Event ” in relation to an entity means that the entity:

 

  (a)

is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (b)

becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c)

makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

  (e)

has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in (d) and:

 

  (i)

results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

  (ii)

is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within thirty (30) days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (f)

has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009;

 

  (g)

has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (h)

seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than, for so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a person or entity described in (d));

 

Page 10


  (i)

has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

  (j)

causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in (a) to (i); or

 

  (k)

takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Insurances ” means all policies and contracts of insurance (including all entries in protection and indemnity or war risks associations) which are from time to time taken out or entered into in respect of or in connection with a Collateral Vessel or her increased value or her Earnings and (where the context permits) all benefits under such contracts and policies, including all claims of any nature and returns of premium.

Interest Payment Date ” means each date for the payment of interest in accordance with Clause 7.8.

Interest Period ” means each period for the payment of interest selected by the Borrower or agreed by the Agent pursuant to Clause 7.

Interpolated Screen Rate ” means, in relation to LIBOR, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period; and

 

  (b)

the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period,

each as of 11.00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day.

ISM Code ” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention.

ISM Company ” means, at any given time, the company responsible for a Collateral Vessel’s compliance with the ISM Code under paragraph 1.1.2 of the ISM Code.

ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code.

ISPS Company ” means, at any given time, the company responsible for a Collateral Vessel’s compliance with the ISPS Code.

ISSC ” means a valid international ship security certificate for a Collateral Vessel issued under the ISPS Code.

law ” or “ Law ” means any law, statute, treaty, convention, regulation, instrument or other subordinate legislation or other legislative or quasi-legislative rule or measure, or any order or decree of any government, judicial or public or other body or authority, or any directive, code of practice, circular, guidance note or other direction issued by any competent authority or agency (whether or not having the force of law).

 

Page 11


LIBOR ” means:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b)

(if no Screen Rate is available for any Interest Period) the Interpolated Screen Rate; or

 

  (c)

if:

 

  (i)

no Screen Rate is available; or

 

  (ii)

no Screen Rate is available for any Interest Period and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate;

the Reference Bank Rate,

as of, in case of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, 11.00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in Dollars and for a period equal in length to the relevant Interest Period, provided that if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

Loan ” means the aggregate amount advanced or to be advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower under Clause 4 or, where the context permits, the amount advanced and for the time being outstanding.

Majority Lenders ” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate equal to or greater than sixty six and two thirds per cent (66 2/3%) of the aggregate of all the Commitments.

Management Agreements ” means the agreement(s) for the commercial and/or technical management of the Collateral Vessels entered into between (i) the Collateral Owners and (ii) the Approved Managers.

Managers’ Confirmations ” means the written confirmations of the Approved Managers (which are not the Borrower, Teekay Marine Ltd, Teekay Corporation or any other member of the Teekay Group) that throughout the Facility Period unless otherwise agreed by the Agent:

 

  (a)

they will not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, subcontract or delegate the commercial or technical management of the Collateral Vessels (as the case may be) to any third party; and

 

  (b)

following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, all claims of the Approved Managers against the Collateral Owners (less any agreed reasonable deductible) shall be subordinated to the claims of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.

 

Page 12


Margin ” means (i) in the case of the period from and including the First Drawdown Date to and including the date falling one hundred and eighty days after the First Drawdown Date (the “ Initial Period ”) two hundred and fifty basis points per annum and (ii) in the case of the period from the end of the Initial Period to the end of the Facility Period, two hundred and eighty basis points per annum.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a)

the financial condition, assets, prospects or business of any Security Party or on the consolidated financial condition, assets, prospects or business of the Borrower Group;

 

  (b)

the ability of any Security Party to perform and comply with its obligations under any Security Document or to avoid any Event of Default;

 

  (c)

the validity, legality or enforceability of any Security Document; or

 

  (d)

the validity, legality or enforceability of any security expressed to be created pursuant to any Security Document or the priority and ranking of any such security,

provided that, in determining whether any of the forgoing circumstances shall constitute such a material adverse change or material adverse effect for the purposes of this definition, the Finance Parties shall consider such circumstance in the context of (x) the Borrower Group taken as a whole and (y) the ability of the Borrower and the Collateral Owners to perform each of their obligations under the Security Documents.

Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (i) the date falling three hundred and sixty four (364) days after the Execution Date and (ii) 31 January 2016.

Maximum Amount ” means one hundred and twenty six million six hundred and thirty seven thousand five hundred Dollars ($126,637,500), as reduced from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

MOAs ” means the memoranda of agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions of which the Sellers will sell the Collateral Vessels to the Collateral Owners and “ MOA ” means any one of them.

Mortgages ” means the first priority statutory or first preferred mortgages (as the case may be) referred to in Clause 10.1.1 together with the Deeds of Covenants (if applicable) and “ Mortgage ” means any one of them.

Necessary Authorisations ” means all Authorisations of any person including any government or other regulatory authority required by applicable Law to enable it to:

 

  (a)

lawfully enter into and perform its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is party;

 

  (b)

ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in England and, if different, its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, of such Security Documents to which it is party; and

 

Page 13


  (c)

carry on its business from time to time.

Party ” means a party to this Agreement.

Permitted Encumbrance ” means (i) any Encumbrance which has the prior written approval of the Agent acting on the instructions of all the Lenders, or (ii) any liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of trading and/or operating a Collateral Vessel up to an aggregate amount at any time not exceeding five million Dollars (US$5,000,000) and not more than thirty (30) days overdue.

Pre-Approved Classification Society ” means any of DNV GL, Lloyds Register, America Bureau of Shipping (ABS) or Bureau Veritas or such other classification society approved by the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably.

Pre-Approved Flag ” means Marshall Islands, Norwegian International Ship Registry, Liberia, Cayman Islands, Panama, Isle of Man, Bermuda, Bahamas or Singapore.

Proportionate Share ” means, at any time, the proportion which a Lender’s Commitment (whether or not advanced) then bears to the aggregate Commitments of all the Lenders (whether or not advanced) being on the Execution Date the percentage indicated against the name of that Lender in Schedule 1.

Protected Party ” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum required or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purpose of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Quotation Day ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined two (2) Business Days (in New York) before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

Reference Banks ” means, in relation to LIBOR, ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC, DNB Bank ASA or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower.

Reference Bank Rate ” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which each of the relevant Reference Banks would borrow funds in the London interbank market in the relevant currency and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

Related Fund ” in relation to a fund (the “ first fund ”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

Page 14


Relevant Documents ” means the Finance Documents, the MOAs, the Management Agreements (if any) and the Managers’ Confirmations (if any) specified in Part I of Schedule 2.

Relevant Interbank Market ” means the London interbank market.

Relevant Loan Amount ” in relation to each Collateral Vessel, means the amount which is obtained by multiplying the Maximum Amount at the time of making the calculation by the Relevant Percentage for such Collateral Vessel.

Relevant Percentage ” in relation to each Collateral Vessel, means the percentage indicated against the name of that Collateral Vessel in Schedule 3 divided by the aggregate percentage shown against all Collateral Vessels subject to a Mortgage at the relevant date.

Repayment Date ” means the date for payment of any Repayment Instalment in accordance with Clause 5.1

Repayment Instalment ” means any instalment of the Loan to repaid by the Borrower under Clause 5.1.

Representative ” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Requisition Compensation ” means all compensation or other money which may from time to time be payable to a Collateral Owner as a result of a Collateral Vessel being requisitioned for title or in any other way compulsorily acquired (other than by way of requisition for hire).

Restricted Party ” means a person that (i) is listed on any Sanctions List, (ii) is located in or incorporated under the laws of a country or territory that is the target of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions, (iii) is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person referred to in (i) and/or (ii) above or (iv) with whom a subject of a Sanctions Authority would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities.

Sanctioned Country ” means a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, Myanmar, North Korea, Sudan or Syria.

Sanctions ” means the economic sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by (i) the Norwegian Government, (ii) the United States Government, (iii) the United Nations, (iv) the European Union and the (v) the United Kingdom, and with regard to (i)—(v) above, the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasury (“ OFAC ”), the United States Department of State and Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”); (together the “ Sanctions Authorities ”).

Sanctions List ” means the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list maintained by OFAC, the “Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets” maintained by HMT or any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, any of the Sanctions Authorities, including, but not limited to, the Norwegian Government, the European Union or the United Nations.

 

Page 15


Screen Rate ” means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters. If such page or the service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower.

Security Documents ” means the Guarantees, the Mortgages, the Deeds of Covenants, the Assignments, the Share Pledges, the Managers’ Confirmations or (where the context permits) any one or more of them and any other agreement or document which may at any time be executed by any person as security for the payment of all or any part of the Indebtedness and “ Security Document ” means any one of them.

Security Parties ” means the Borrower, each Collateral Owner and any other person who may at any time during the Facility Period be liable for, or provide security for, all or any part of the Indebtedness (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not any Approved Manager), and “ Security Party ” means any one of them.

Sellers ” in relation to each Collateral Vessel, means the relevant entity indicated against the name of such Collateral Vessel in Schedule 3.

Share Pledges ” means the pledge or pledges of the issued share capital or membership interests (as the case may be) of the Collateral Owners referred to in Clause 10.1.4 and “ Share Pledge ” means any one of them.

SMC ” means a valid safety management certificate issued for a Collateral Vessel by or on behalf of the Administration under paragraph 13.7 of the ISM Code.

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary undertaking, as defined in section 1159 Companies Act 2006 or any analogous definition under any other relevant system of law.

Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same) and “ Taxation ” shall be interpreted accordingly.

Technical Manager ” means (i) the Borrower, (ii) Teekay Corporation, (iii) Teekay Marine Ltd, (iv) any other member of the Teekay Group, (v) Columbia Shipmanagement (Deutschland) GmbH or (vi) any other technical manager approved by the Majority Lenders.

Teekay ” means Teekay Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at The Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, The Marshall Islands MH96960.

Teekay Group ” means Teekay and each of its Subsidiaries.

 

Page 16


Total Debt ” means the aggregate of:

 

  (a)

the amount calculated in accordance with GAAP shown as each of “long term debt”, “short term debt” and “current portion of long term debt” on the latest consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower but excluding debt which is non-recourse to the Borrower, and

 

  (b)

the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease (excluding any amounts applicable to leases to the extent that the lease obligations are secured by a security deposit which is held on the balance sheet under “ Restricted Cash ”);

Total Loss ” means:

 

  (a)

an actual, constructive, arranged, agreed or compromised total loss of a Collateral Vessel; or

 

  (b)

the requisition for title or compulsory acquisition of a Collateral Vessel by any government or other competent authority (other than by way of requisition for hire); or

 

  (c)

the capture, seizure, arrest, detention, hijacking, theft, condemnation as prize, confiscation or forfeiture of a Collateral Vessel (not falling within (b)), unless that Collateral Vessel is released and returned to the possession of the relevant Collateral Owner within 90 days after the capture, seizure, arrest, detention, hijacking, theft, condemnation as prize, confiscation or forfeiture in question.

Transfer Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower.

Transfer Date ” means, in relation to any Transfer Certificate, the date for the making of the Transfer specified in the schedule to such Transfer Certificate.

Trust Property ” means:

 

  (a)

all benefits derived by the Agent from Clause 9.1; and

 

  (b)

all benefits arising under (including, without limitation, all proceeds of the enforcement of) each of the Security Documents,

with the exception of any benefits arising solely for the benefit of the Agent.

US Tax Obligor ” means:

 

  (a)

a Security Party which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America;

 

  (b)

a Security Party some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal income tax purposes.

 

Page 17


Valuation ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, the written valuation of that Collateral Vessel expressed in Dollars prepared by one of the Approved Brokers to be nominated by the Borrower. Such valuation shall be prepared at the Borrower’s expense, without a physical inspection, on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length between a willing buyer and a willing seller without the benefit of any charterparty or other engagement.

VAT ” means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature.

 

1.2

In this Agreement:

 

  1.2.1

words denoting the plural number include the singular and vice versa;

 

  1.2.2

words denoting persons include corporations, partnerships, associations of persons (whether incorporated or not) or governmental or quasi-governmental bodies or authorities and vice versa;

 

  1.2.3

references to Recitals, Clauses and Schedules are references to recitals, clauses and schedules to or of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.4

references to this Agreement include the Recitals and the Schedules;

 

  1.2.5

the headings and contents page(s) are for the purpose of reference only, have no legal or other significance, and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.6

references to any document (including, without limitation, to all or any of the Relevant Documents) are, unless the context otherwise requires, references to that document as amended, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to time;

 

  1.2.7

references to statutes or provisions of statutes are references to those statutes, or those provisions, as from time to time amended, replaced or re-enacted;

 

  1.2.8

references to any Finance Party include its successors, transferees and assignees;

 

  1.2.9

a time of day (unless otherwise specified) is a reference to New York time;

 

  1.2.10

a “ person ” includes any individual firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality); and

 

  1.2.11

a “ regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation.

 

Page 18


1.3

Offer letter

This Agreement supersedes the terms and conditions contained in any correspondence relating to the subject matter of this Agreement exchanged between any Finance Party and the Borrower or their respective representatives prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

2

The Loan and its Purposes

 

2.1

Amount Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each of the Lenders agrees to make available to the Borrower its Commitment in the Loan in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Maximum Amount.

 

2.2

Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

  2.2.1

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other party to the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

  2.2.2

A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

2.3

Purposes The Borrower shall apply the Loan for the purposes referred to in the Recital.

 

2.4

Monitoring No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed under this Agreement.

 

3

Conditions of Utilisation

 

3.1

Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice Before any Lender shall have any obligation to accept any Drawdown Notice under the Loan Agreement the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to or to the order of the Agent all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2.

 

3.2

Further conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice The Lenders will only be obliged to accept any Drawdown Notice if on the date of the Drawdown Notice:

 

  3.2.1

no Default is continuing or would result from the advance of the relevant Drawing; and

 

  3.2.2

the representations made by the Borrower under Clause 11 (other than that at Clause 11.2 and those at Clauses 11.6 and 11.18 for Drawdown Dates other than the First Drawdown Date) are true in all material respects.

 

3.3

Conditions precedent to Drawdown Date The Borrower is not entitled to have any Drawing advanced unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2, save that references in such Part II to “the Collateral Vessel” or to any person or document relating to a Collateral Vessel shall be deemed to relate solely to the Collateral Vessel specified in the relevant Drawdown Notice or to any person or document relating to that Collateral Vessel respectively.

 

Page 19


3.4

Further conditions precedent to Drawdown Date The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Drawing if on the proposed Drawdown Date:

 

  3.4.1

no Default is continuing or would result from the advance of that Drawing; and

 

  3.4.2

the representations made by the Borrower under Clause 11 (other than that at Clause 11.2 and those at Clauses 11.6 and 11.18 for Drawdown Dates other than the First Drawdown Date) are true in all material respects.

 

3.5

Termination Date No Lender shall be under any obligation to advance all or any part of its Commitment after the Final Availability Date.

 

3.6

Conditions subsequent to Drawdown Date The Borrower undertakes to deliver or to cause to be delivered to the Agent on, or as soon as practicable after, (or within any time period specified in Part III of Schedule 2) the relevant Drawdown Date the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part III of Schedule 2, save that reference in such Part III to “the Collateral Vessel” or to any person or document relating to a Collateral Vessel shall be deemed to relate solely to the Collateral Vessel specified in the relevant Drawdown Notice or to any person or document relating to that Collateral Vessel respectively.

 

3.7

No Waiver If the Lenders in their sole discretion agree to advance a Drawing to the Borrower before all of the documents and evidence required by Clause 3.3 have been delivered to or to the order of the Agent, the Borrower undertakes to deliver all outstanding documents and evidence to or to the order of the Agent no later than thirty (30) days after the relevant Drawdown Date or such other date specified by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

The advance of a Drawing under this Clause 3.7 shall not be taken as a waiver of the Lenders’ right to require production of all the documents and evidence required by Clause 3.3.

 

3.8

Form and content All documents and evidence delivered to the Agent under this Clause 3 shall:

 

  3.8.1

be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent; and

 

  3.8.2

if reasonably required by the Agent, be certified, notarised, legalised or attested in a manner acceptable to the Agent.

 

4

Advance

 

4.1

Drawdown Request The Borrower may request a Drawing to be advanced in one amount on any Business Day prior to the Final Availability Date, by delivering to the Agent a duly completed Drawdown Notice not more than ten (10) Business Days and not later than 12:00 noon (New York time) three (3) Business Days before the proposed Drawdown Date.

 

Page 20


4.2

Lenders’ participation Subject to Clause 2 and Clause 3, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the receipt of a Drawdown Notice, following which each Lender shall advance its Proportionate Share of the Loan to the Borrower through the Agent not later than 11:00am (New York time) on the relevant Drawdown Date.

 

4.3

Drawing Limit The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Drawing if that Drawing will not increase the Loan to a sum in excess of the Maximum Amount.

 

5

Repayment

 

5.1

Repayment of Loan The Borrower agrees to repay the Loan to the Agent for the account of the Lenders by four consecutive quarterly instalments each in the sum of three million Dollars ($3,000,000), the first instalment falling due on the date which is three calendar months after the Execution Date and subsequent instalments falling due at consecutive intervals of three calendar months thereafter together with the Balloon Amount, payable simultaneously with the final Repayment Instalment.

 

5.2

Reduction of Repayment Instalments If the aggregate amount advanced to the Borrower is less than the Maximum Amount, the amount of each Repayment Instalment shall be reduced pro rata to the amount actually advanced.

 

5.3

Reborrowing The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid.

 

6

Prepayment

 

6.1

Illegality If it becomes unlawful in any jurisdiction (other than by reason of Sanctions) for a Lender to fund or maintain its Commitment as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain the Loan:

 

  6.1.1

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of that event;

 

  6.1.2

upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of that Lender (to the extent not already advanced) will be immediately cancelled; and

 

  6.1.3

the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s Proportionate Share of the Loan on the last day of its current Interest Period or, if earlier, the date specified by that Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent and notified by the Agent to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and the Maximum Amount shall be reduced by the amount of that Lender’s Commitment. Prior to the date on which repayment is required to be made under this Clause 6.1.3 the affected Lender shall negotiate in good faith with the Borrower to find an alternative method or lending base in order to maintain the Loan.

 

6.2

Voluntary Cancellation

 

  6.2.1

The Borrower may voluntarily cancel (i) the whole or any part of the Loan in an amount of not less than one million Dollars ($1,000,000) (or as otherwise may be agreed by the Agent), provided that it has first given to the Agent not fewer than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice expiring on a Business Day (the “ Cancellation Date ”) of its desire to cancel the whole or any part of the Loan; such notice once received by the Agent shall be irrevocable and shall oblige the Borrower to make payment of all interest and Commitment Commission accrued on the amount so cancelled up to and including the Cancellation Date together with any Break Costs in respect of such cancelled amount if the Cancellation Date is not the final day of an Interest Period, without premium or penalty. Any such cancellation in the Loan shall not be reversed. If, as a result of any such cancellation, the Loan outstanding would exceed the Maximum Amount, the Borrower shall, on the Cancellation Date, prepay such amount of the Loan as will ensure that the Loan outstanding is not greater than the Maximum Amount.

 

Page 21


  6.2.2

Simultaneously with each reduction of the Loan in accordance with Clause 6.2.1, the Commitment of each Lender will reduce so that the Commitments of the Lenders in respect of the reduced Loan remain in accordance with their respective Proportionate Shares.

 

6.3

Voluntary Prepayment of Loan The Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part, such prepayment shall be in an amount that reduces the Loan by a minimum amount of ten million Dollars ($10,000,000) provided that it gives the Agent not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior notice.

 

6.4

Sale of Collateral Vessel In the event of a sale or disposal of a Collateral Vessel, the Borrower shall, on the date of the sale or disposal, make a prepayment of the Loan in an amount equivalent to the Relevant Loan Amount applicable to that Collateral Vessel. Any such prepayment shall be applied in prepayment of, first, the Balloon Amount and, second, the remaining Repayment Instalments in inverse order of maturity.

 

6.5

Total Loss In the event that a Collateral Vessel becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall, on the earlier to occur of (x) the date on which the proceeds of such Total Loss are realised and (y) the one hundred and eightieth day after the date of such Total Loss occurring, make a prepayment of the Loan in an amount equivalent to the Relevant Loan Amount applicable to that Collateral Vessel provided always that if such date is not the final day of an Interest Period, the Borrower may instead place the relevant sum in an account with the Security Agent, charged to the Security Agent in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Lenders, with an irrevocable instruction to the Security Agent to apply such sum in prepayment of the Loan on the final day of such Interest Period. Any such prepayment shall be applied in prepayment of, first, the Balloon Amount and, second, the remaining Repayment Instalments in inverse order of maturity.

 

6.6

Change of Control In the event that a Change of Control occurs with respect to any Security Party, the Borrower shall within thirty (30) days of such Change of Control (i) in the case of a Change of Control with respect to the Borrower prepay the Loan in full or (ii) in the case of a Change of Control with respect to a Collateral Owner, make a prepayment of the Loan in an amount equivalent to the Relevant Loan Amount applicable to the Collateral Vessel owned by that Collateral Owner with any such prepayment to be applied in prepayment of, first, the Balloon Amount and, second, the remaining Repayment Instalments in inverse order of maturity.

 

6.7

Restrictions Any notice of prepayment given under this Clause 6 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant prepayment is to be made and the amount of that prepayment.

 

Page 22


Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with all interest and Commitment Commission accrued on the amount so reduced up to and including the date of reduction together with any Break Costs in respect of such reduced amount if the date of such reduction is not the final day of an Interest Period.

If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 6 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to the Borrower or the Lenders, as appropriate.

 

7

Interest

 

7.1

Interest Periods The period during which the Loan shall be outstanding under this Agreement shall be divided into consecutive Interest Periods of one, three or six months’ duration, as selected by the Borrower by written notice to the Agent not later than 11:00 am on the third Business Day before the beginning of the Interest Period in question, or any other period which will coincide with the end of any other Interest Period then current, or such other duration as may be agreed by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

 

7.2

Beginning and end of Interest Periods The first Interest Period in respect of each Drawing shall begin on the relevant Drawdown Date and shall end on the last day of the Interest Period selected in accordance with Clause 7.1. Any subsequent Interest Period selected in respect of a Drawing shall commence on the day following the last day of its previous Interest Period and shall end on the last day of its current Interest Period selected in accordance with Clause 7.1.

 

7.3

Second and subsequent Drawings If the second or any subsequent Drawing is made otherwise than on the first day of an Interest Period for the balance of the Loan, there shall be a separate initial Interest Period for that Drawing commencing on its Drawdown Date and expiring on the final date of the then current Interest Period for the balance of the Loan.

 

7.4

Interest Periods to meet Repayment Dates If an Interest Period would otherwise expire after the next Repayment Date, there shall be a separate Interest Period for a part of the Loan equal to the Repayment Instalment due on that next Repayment Date and that separate Interest Period shall expire on the next Repayment Date.

 

7.5

Non-Business Days If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

7.6

Interest rate During each Interest Period interest shall accrue on the Loan at the rate determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of (a) the Margin and (b) LIBOR.

 

7.7

Failure to select Interest Period If the Borrower at any time fails to select or agree an Interest Period in accordance with Clause 7.1, the interest rate applicable shall be based on an Interest Period of three months.

 

7.8

Accrual and payment of interest Interest shall accrue from day to day, shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and the actual number of days elapsed (or, in any circumstance where market practice differs, in accordance with the prevailing market practice) and shall be paid by the Borrower to the Agent for the account of the Lenders on the last day of each Interest Period and, if the Interest Period is longer than three months, on the dates falling at three monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period.

 

Page 23


7.9

Default interest If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date, subject to any applicable grace period, up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is one point five percentage points higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Loan for successive Interest Periods, each selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 7.9 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent. If unpaid, any such interest will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

7.10

Absence of quotations Subject to Clause 7.11, if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11.00 am on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

7.11

Market disruption If a Market Disruption Event occurs for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the Loan for that Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  7.11.1

the Margin; and

 

  7.11.2

the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable, and in any event by close of business on the date falling 10 Business Days after the Quotation Day (or, if earlier, on the date falling 10 Business Days prior to the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

In this Agreement “ Market Disruption Event ” means:

 

  (a)

at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars and the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  (b)

before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan exceed 50 per cent of the Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan from the London Interbank Market or, if cheaper, from whatever other source it may reasonably select, would be in excess of LIBOR.

 

Page 24


7.12

Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

  7.12.1

If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

  7.12.2

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 7.12.1 shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.

 

  7.12.3

If an alternative basis is not agreed pursuant to Clause 7.12.1, the relevant Lender shall cease to be obliged to advance its Proportionate Share of the Loan, but, if it has already been advanced, the Borrower will immediately prepay that Proportionate Share of the Loan, together with Break Costs, and the Maximum Amount of the Loan shall be reduced by the amount of that Lender’s Proportionate Share of the Loan.

 

7.13

Determinations conclusive The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Clause 7 and each such determination shall (save in the case of manifest error) be final and conclusive.

 

8

Indemnities

 

8.1

Transaction expenses The Borrower will, within fourteen (14) days of the Agent’s written demand, pay the Agent (for the account of the Finance Parties) the amount of all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including legal fees and VAT or any similar or replacement tax if applicable) reasonably incurred by the Finance Parties or any of them in connection with:

 

  8.1.1

the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of the Finance Documents (whether or not any Finance Document is actually executed or registered and whether or not the Loan is advanced);

 

  8.1.2

any amendment, addendum or supplement to any Finance Document (whether or not completed); and

 

  8.1.3

any other document which may at any time be required by a Finance Party to give effect to any Finance Document or which a Finance Party is entitled to call for or obtain under any Finance Document.

 

8.2

Funding costs The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all losses and costs incurred or sustained by that Finance Party if, for any reason due to a default or other action by the Borrower, a Drawing is not advanced to the Borrower after the relevant Drawdown Notice has been given to the Agent, or is advanced on a date other than that requested in the Drawdown Notice.

 

8.3

Break Costs The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all documented costs, losses, premiums or penalties incurred by that Finance Party as a result of its receiving any prepayment of all or any part of the Loan (whether pursuant to Clause 6 or otherwise) on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan, or any other payment under or in relation to the Finance Documents on a day other than the due date for payment of the sum in question, including (without limitation) any losses or costs incurred in liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain all or any part of the Loan, and any liabilities, expenses or losses incurred by that Finance Party in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any interest rate and/or currency swap, transaction or arrangement entered into by that Finance Party with any member of the Borrower Group to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement, or in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any open position arising under this Agreement.

 

Page 25


8.4

Currency indemnity In the event of a Finance Party receiving or recovering any amount payable under a Finance Document in a currency other than the Currency of Account, and if the amount received or recovered is insufficient when converted into the Currency of Account at the date of receipt to satisfy in full the amount due, the Borrower shall, on the Agent’s written demand, pay to the Agent for the account of the relevant Finance Party such further amount in the Currency of Account as is sufficient to satisfy in full the amount due and that further amount shall be due to the Agent on behalf of the relevant Finance Party as a separate debt under this Agreement.

 

8.5

Other Indemnities

 

  8.5.1

The Borrower shall (or shall procure that a Security Party will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability reasonably incurred by it as a result of:

 

  (a)

a failure by a Security Party to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 15.22;

 

  (b)

the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

8.6

General indemnity

 

  8.6.1

The Borrower hereby agrees at all times to pay promptly or, as the case may be, indemnify and hold the Finance Parties and their respective officers, directors, representatives, agents and employees (together the “ Indemnified Parties ”) harmless on a full indemnity basis from and against each and every loss suffered or incurred by or imposed on any Indemnified Party related to or arising out of:

 

  (a)

the use of proceeds of the Loan;

 

  (b)

the execution and delivery of any commitment letter, engagement letter, fee letter, the Finance Documents or any other document connected therewith or the performance of the respective obligations thereunder, including without limitation environmental liabilities; or

 

  (c)

any claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding relating to the foregoing or the Security Parties, whether or not any Indemnified Party is a party thereto or target thereof, or the Indemnified Parties’ roles in connection therewith, and will reimburse the Indemnified Parties, on demand, for all reasonable expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred by the Indemnified Parties in connection with investigating, preparing for or defending any such claim, action, suit or proceeding (including any security holder actions or proceeding, inquiry or investigation), whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation in which the Security Parties are a party.

 

Page 26


  8.6.2

The Borrower will not, however, be responsible for any claims, liabilities, losses, damages or expenses of an Indemnified Party that are finally judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted principally from the wilful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Party.

 

  8.6.3

The foregoing shall be in addition to any rights that the Indemnified Parties may have at common law or otherwise and shall extend upon the same terms to and inure to the benefit of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person of an Indemnified Party.

 

8.7

Increased costs

 

  8.7.1

Subject to Clause 8.9, the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement (including Basel III (as defined in Clause 8.9) and any other which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which that Finance Party allocates capital resources to obligations under this Agreement) or (ii) any change in the risk weight allocation by that Finance Party to the Borrower after the date of this Agreement.

 

  8.7.2

In this Agreement “ Increased Costs ” means:

 

  (i)

a reduction in the rate of return from the Loan or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  (ii)

an additional or increased cost; or

 

  (iii)

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into any Finance Document or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

Page 27


8.8

Increased cost claims

 

  8.8.1

A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 8.7 shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

 

  8.8.2

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

8.9

Exceptions to increased costs Clause 8.7 does not apply to the extent any Increased Costs is:

 

  8.9.1

compensated for by a payment made under Clause 8.12; or

 

  8.9.2

compensated for by a payment made under Clause 17.3; or

 

  8.9.3

attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; or

 

  8.9.4

attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party (or an Affiliate of that Finance Party) of any law or regulation; or

 

  8.9.5

attributable to the implementation or application of, or compliance with, the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III) (“ Basel II ”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or of its Affiliates).

In this Clause 8.9,

Basel III ” means (a) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated, (b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks : assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Suspension in November 2011 and (c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”; and

 

8.10

Events of Default The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party from time to time, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all losses and costs incurred or sustained by that Finance Party as a consequence of any Event of Default.

 

8.11

Enforcement costs The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by a Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document including (without limitation) any losses, costs and expenses which that Finance Party may from time to time sustain, incur or become liable for by reason of that Finance Party being a lender to the Borrower. No such indemnity will be given where any such loss or cost has occurred due to gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of that Finance Party; however, this shall not affect the right of any other Finance Party to receive such indemnity.

 

Page 28


8.12

Taxes

 

  8.12.1

The Borrower shall (within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  8.12.2

Clause 8.12.1 above shall not apply:

 

  (a)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (i)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

  (ii)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party;

 

  (b)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 17.3; or

 

  (c)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

  8.12.3

A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph 8.12.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.

 

  8.12.4

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from a Security Party under this Clause 8.12, notify the Agent.

 

8.13

VAT

 

  8.13.1

All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).

 

Page 29


  8.13.2

If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “ Supplier ”) to any other Finance Party (the “ Recipient ”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “ Subject Party ”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), such Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay to the Subject Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment obtained by the Recipient from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines is in respect of such VAT.

 

  8.13.3

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

  8.13.4

Any reference in this Clause 8.13 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

8.14

FATCA Information

The provisions in this clause 8.14 shall apply after the FATCA Application Date.

 

  8.14.1

Subject to clause 8.14.3 below, each Party shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

  (a)

confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

  (i)

a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (ii)

not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (b)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable “passthru payment percentage” or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA.

 

Page 30


  8.14.2

If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to clause 8.14.1(a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

  8.14.3

Clause 8.14.1 above shall not oblige any Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

  (a)

any law or regulation;

 

  (b)

any fiduciary duty; or

 

  (c)

any duty of confidentiality.

 

  8.14.4

If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with clause 8.14.1 above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where clause 8.14.3 above applies), then:

 

  (a)

if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (b)

if that Party failed to confirm its applicable “passthru payment percentage” then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable “passthru payment percentage” is 100%,

 

    

until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

8.15

FATCA Deduction

 

  8.15.1

Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required by FATCA to make, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

  8.15.2

Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower, the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

9

Fees

 

9.1

Commitment fee The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders in proportion to their Commitments) a fee computed at the rate of forty per cent (40%) of the applicable Margin on the undrawn and uncancelled amount of the Maximum Amount from time to time for the period beginning on the Execution Date until the Final Availability Date.

 

Page 31


The accrued commitment fees are payable quarterly throughout the Facility Period and on the Final Availability Date.

 

9.2

Upfront fee The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders in proportion to their Commitments) on the Execution Date a non-refundable upfront fee computed at the rate of zero point five per cent (0.5%) of the Loan, totalling six hundred and thirty three thousand one hundred and eighty seven Dollars and fifty cents ($633,187.50).

 

9.3

Agency fee The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on the Execution Date an annual non-refundable agency fee in an amount equal to the higher of (i) US$15,000 and (ii) US$7,500 per Lender as at the relevant time.

 

10

Security and Application of Moneys

 

10.1

Security Documents As security for the payment of the Indebtedness, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Agent or cause to be executed and delivered to the Agent at the relevant time, the following documents in such forms and containing such terms and conditions as the Agent shall require:

 

  10.1.1

a first priority statutory or preferred mortgage (as the case may be) over each Collateral Vessel together with a collateral deed of covenants (if applicable), and if such mortgage shows the amount secured, such amount shall be no less than 110% of the Indebtedness (if allowed by applicable law);

 

  10.1.2

a first priority deed of assignment of the Insurances, Earnings and Requisition Compensation of each Collateral Vessel;

 

  10.1.3

a guarantee and indemnity from each Collateral Owner; and

 

  10.1.4

a first priority pledge of all the membership interests or shares (as the case may be) in each Collateral Owner; and

 

  10.1.5

At any time when the Managers are not the Borrowers, Teekay Marine Ltd, Teekay Corporation or any other member of the Teekay Group, a Managers’ Confirmation.

 

10.2

General application of moneys Whilst an Event of Default is continuing unremedied or unwaived the Borrower irrevocably authorises the Agent to apply (and the Agent agrees to apply) all sums which it may receive under or in connection with any Security Document, in or towards satisfaction, or by way of retention on account, of the Indebtedness, as follows:

 

  10.2.1

first in payment of all outstanding amounts payable to the Agent;

 

  10.2.2

secondly in or towards payment of all outstanding interest hereunder;

 

  10.2.3

thirdly in or towards payment of all outstanding principal hereunder;

 

  10.2.4

fourthly in or towards payment of all other Indebtedness hereunder;

 

Page 32


  10.2.5

fifthly the balance, if any, shall be remitted to the Borrower or whoever may be entitled thereto.

 

10.3

Additional security If at any time the aggregate of the Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels and the value of any additional security (such value to be the face amount of the deposit (in the case of cash), determined conclusively by appropriate advisers appointed by the Agent (in the case of other charged assets), and determined by the Agent, acting reasonably (in all other cases)) for the time being provided to the Agent under this Clause 10.3 is less than one hundred and thirty five per cent (135%) of the amount of the Loan then outstanding the Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days of the Agent’s request, at the Borrower’s option:

 

  10.3.1

pay to the Agent or to its nominee a cash deposit in the amount of the shortfall to be secured in favour of the Agent as additional security for the payment of the Indebtedness; or

 

  10.3.2

give to the Agent other additional security in amount and form acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders); or

 

  10.3.3

prepay the Loan in the amount of the shortfall.

Clause 6.7 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to any prepayment made under this Clause 10.3 and the value of any additional security provided shall be determined as stated above.

 

11

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Finance Parties at the Execution Date and (by reference to the facts and circumstances then pertaining) at the date of each Drawdown Notice, at each Drawdown Date and at each Interest Payment Date as follows (except that the representation and warranty contained at Clause 11.7 shall only be made on the Execution Date and the First Drawdown Date and the representations and warranties at Clause 11.2, Clause 11.6 and Clause 11.19 shall only be made on the Execution Date):

 

11.1

Status and Due Authorisation Each of the Security Parties is a corporation or limited liability company duly incorporated or formed under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (as the case may be) with power to enter into the Finance Documents and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and all corporate and other action required to authorise its execution of the Finance Documents and its performance of its obligations thereunder has been duly taken.

 

11.2

No Deductions or Withholding Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, none of the Security Parties will be required to make any deduction or withholding from any payment it may make under any of the Finance Documents.

 

11.3

Claims Pari Passu Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, the Indebtedness will, to the extent that it exceeds the realised value of any security granted in respect of the Indebtedness, rank at least pari passu with all the Security Parties’ other unsecured indebtedness save that which is preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application.

 

Page 33


11.4

No Immunity In any proceedings taken in any of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in relation to any of the Finance Documents, none of the Security Parties will be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

 

11.5

Governing Law and Judgments In any proceedings taken in any of the Security Parties’ jurisdiction of incorporation or formation in relation to any of the Finance Documents in which there is an express choice of the law of a particular country as the governing law thereof, that choice of law and any judgment or (if applicable) arbitral award obtained in that country will be recognised and enforced.

 

11.6

Validity and Admissibility in Evidence As at the date hereof, all acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled and performed in order (a) to enable each of the Security Parties lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform and comply with the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents, (b) to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal, valid and binding and (c) to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in the jurisdictions of incorporation or formation of each of the Security Parties, have been done, fulfilled and performed.

 

11.7

No Filing or Stamp Taxes Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, it is not necessary that any of the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (other than the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales or the relevant maritime registry, to the extent applicable) or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to any of the Finance Documents.

 

11.8

Binding Obligations The obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal and valid obligations, binding on each of them in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents and no limit on any of their powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowings, granting of security or giving of guarantees contemplated by the Finance Documents or the performance by any of them of any of their obligations thereunder.

 

11.9

No misleading information To the best of its knowledge, any factual information provided by any Security Party to any Finance Party in connection with the Loan was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any respect.

 

11.10

No Winding-up None of the Security Parties has taken any corporate or limited liability company action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) threatened against any Security Party for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Page 34


11.11

Solvency

 

  11.11.1

None of the Security Parties nor the Borrower Group taken as a whole is unable, or admits or has admitted its inability, to pay its debts or has suspended making payments in respect of any of its debts.

 

  11.11.2

None of the Security Parties by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, has commenced, or intends to commence, negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

  11.11.3

The value of the assets of each Security Party and the Borrower Group taken as a whole is not less than the liabilities of such entity or the Borrower Group taken as a whole (as the case may be) (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

  11.11.4

No moratorium has been, or may, in the reasonably foreseeable future be, declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Security Party.

 

11.12

No Material Defaults

 

  11.12.1

Without prejudice to Clause 11.12.2, none of the Security Parties are in breach of or in default under any agreement to which it is a party or which is binding on it or any of its assets to an extent or in a manner which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  11.12.2

No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the advance of the Loan.

 

11.13

No Material Proceedings No action or administrative proceeding of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which is not covered by adequate insurance or which might have a Material Adverse Effect has been started or is reasonably likely to be started.

 

11.14

No Obligation to Create Security The execution of the Finance Documents by the Security Parties and their exercise of their rights and performance of their obligations thereunder will not result in the existence of nor oblige any Security Party to create any Encumbrance over all or any of their present or future revenues or assets, other than pursuant to the Security Documents.

 

11.15

No Breach The execution of the Finance Documents by each of the Security Parties and their exercise of their rights and performance of their obligations under any of the Finance Documents do not constitute and will not result in any breach of any agreement or treaty to which any of them is a party.

 

11.16

Security Each of the Security Parties is the legal and beneficial owner of all assets and other property which it purports to charge, mortgage, pledge, assign or otherwise secure pursuant to each Security Document and those Security Documents to which it is a party create and give rise to valid and effective security having the ranking expressed in those Security Documents.

 

11.17

Necessary Authorisations The Necessary Authorisations required by each Security Party are in full force and effect, and each Security Party is in compliance with the material provisions of each such Necessary Authorisation relating to it and, to the best of its knowledge, none of the Necessary Authorisations relating to it are the subject of any pending or threatened proceedings or revocation.

 

Page 35


11.18

Money Laundering Any amount borrowed hereunder, and the performance of the obligations of the Security Parties under the Finance Documents, will be for the account of members of the Borrower Group and will not involve any breach by any of them of any law or regulatory measure relating to “money laundering” as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (2005/60/EEC) of the Council of the European Communities.

 

11.19

Disclosure of material facts The Borrower is not aware of any material facts or circumstances which have not been disclosed to the Agent and which might, if disclosed, have reasonably been expected to adversely affect the decision of a person considering whether or not to make loan facilities of the nature contemplated by this Agreement available to the Borrower.

 

11.20

No breach of laws

 

  11.20.1

None of the Security Parties has breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  11.20.2

No labour disputes are current or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) threatened against any member of the Borrower Group which have or are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11.21

Environmental laws

 

  11.21.1

Each member of the Borrower Group is in compliance with Clause 12.1.11 and (to the best of its knowledge and belief) no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  11.21.2

No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Borrower Group where that claim has or is reasonably likely, if determined against that member of the Borrower Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11.22

Use of Facility The Loan will be used for the purposes specified in the Recital.

 

11.23

Taxation

 

  11.23.1

The Borrower is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax of $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) or more, save in the case of Taxes which are being contested on bona fide grounds.

 

  11.23.2

No claims or investigations are being made or conducted against the Borrower with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, the Borrower of $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) or more is reasonably likely to arise.

 

  11.23.3

As far as the Borrower is aware, each of the Security Parties is resident for Tax purposes only in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

Page 36


11.24

Shares

The shares (or membership interests, as the case may be) of the Borrower and each Collateral Owner are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights. The constitutional documents of companies whose shares are subject to the Security Documents do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those shares on creation or enforcement of the Security Documents. There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any share or loan capital of any member of the Borrower Group, the Borrower and the Collateral Owners (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

 

11.25

FATCA None of the Security Parties is a FATCA FFI or US Tax Obligor.

 

11.26

Sanctions

No Security Party, nor any Affiliate of any Security Party nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees:

 

  11.26.1

is a Restricted Party; or

 

  11.26.2

has received notice of or is aware of any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority; or

 

  11.26.3

is located, organised or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions and/or a Sanctioned Country.

 

11.27

Representations Limited The representation and warranties of the Borrower in this Clause 11 are subject to:

 

  11.27.1

the principle that equitable remedies are remedies which may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court;

 

  11.27.2

the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting or limiting the rights of creditors;

 

  11.27.3

the time barring of claims under any applicable limitation acts;

 

  11.27.4

the possibility that a court may strike out provisions for a contract as being invalid for reasons of oppression, undue influence or similar; and

 

  11.27.5

any other reservations or qualifications of law expressed in any legal opinions obtained by the Agent in connection with the Loan.

 

12

Undertakings and Covenants

The undertakings and covenants in this Clause 12 remain in force for the duration of the Facility Period.

 

Page 37


12.1

General Undertakings

 

  12.1.1

Financial statements The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year.

 

  12.1.2

Cash Flow Projections The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event prior to the start of each of its financial years, its cash flow projections for the coming financial year.

 

  12.1.3

Requirements as to financial statements Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower under Clause 12.1.1:

 

  (a)

shall be certified by an authorised signatory of the Borrower as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and

 

  (b)

shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

  12.1.4

Interim financial statements The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the first, second and third quarter during each of its financial years, its unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statements for that quarter.

 

  12.1.5

Compliance Certificates The Borrower shall supply to the Agent a Compliance Certificate, signed by a duly authorised representative of the Borrower, with each set of its annual financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 12.1.1 (the “ Annual Statements ”) and with each set of its quarterly financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 12.1.4 (the “ Quarterly Statements ”) which shall contain the following:

 

  (a)

in the case of each Compliance Certificate, computations as to compliance with Clause 12.2 as at the date the relevant financial statements were drawn up; and

 

  (b)

in the case of the Compliance Certificates to be delivered together with each set of Annual Statements and the Quarterly Statements in respect of the second quarter of each of the Borrower’s financial years, for the purpose of evidencing the relevant percentage referred to in Clause 10.3, evidence of the Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels.

 

  12.1.6

Information: miscellaneous The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, supply to the Agent:

 

  (a)

promptly upon becoming aware of them, details of any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any Security Party, and which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

Page 38


  (b)

promptly, details of any capture, seizure, arrest, confiscation or detention of any Collateral Vessel which remains in existence five (5) Business Days after the initial capture, seizure, arrest, confiscation or detention (as the case may be); and

 

  (c)

promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any Security Party as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

  12.1.7

Maintenance of Legal Validity The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, comply with the terms of and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all Authorisations required in or by the laws and regulations of its jurisdiction of formation or incorporation and all other applicable jurisdictions, to enable it lawfully to enter into and perform its obligations under the Security Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Security Documents in its jurisdiction of incorporation, formation or organisation and all other applicable jurisdictions.

 

  12.1.8

Notification of Default The Borrower shall promptly, upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of the occurrence of any Event of Default and, upon receipt of a written request to that effect from the Agent, confirm to the Agent that, save as previously notified to the Agent or as notified in such confirmation, no Event of Default has occurred.

 

  12.1.9

Claims Pari Passu The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, ensure that at all times the claims of the Finance Parties against it under the Security Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, winding-up or other similar laws of general application.

 

  12.1.10

Necessary Authorisations Without prejudice to any specific provision of the Security Documents relating to an Authorisation, the Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, (i) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all Necessary Authorisations if a failure to do the same may cause a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) promptly upon request, supply certified copies to the Agent of all Necessary Authorisations.

 

  12.1.11

Compliance with Applicable Laws The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, comply with all applicable laws, including Environmental Laws, to which it may be subject (except as regards Sanctions to which Clause 12.1.12 applies, and anti-corruption laws to which Clause 12.1.13 applies) if a failure to do the same may have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  12.1.12

Sanctions

 

  (a)

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, ensure that no part of the proceeds of the Loan or other transaction(s) contemplated by any Finance Document shall, directly or indirectly, be used or otherwise make available:

 

Page 39


  (i)

to fund any trade, business or other activity involving any Restricted Party or any country or territory that at the time of such funding, is a Sanctioned Country;

 

  (ii)

for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party; or

 

  (iii)

in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in (i) the occurrence of an Event of Default under Clause 13.1.22, or (ii) any Party (other than the Security Parties) or any Affiliate of such party or any other person being party to or which benefits from any Finance Document being in breach of any Sanction (if and to the extent applicable to either of them) or becoming a Restricted Party.

 

  (b)

Each Security Party shall ensure that its assets, the assets subject to Security Documents or the Collateral Vessels shall not be used directly or indirectly:

 

  (i)

by or for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party; or

 

  (ii)

in any trade which is prohibited under applicable Sanctions or which could expose any Security Party, its assets, any asset subject to the Security Documents, the Collateral Vessels, any Finance Party or any other person being party to or which benefits from any Finance Document, any Approved Managers (except from any Approved Managers that are not a member of the Teekay Group) to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions.

 

  (c)

Each Security Party shall ensure that the Collateral Vessels shall not be trading to Iranian ports or carrying or storing/warehousing crude oil, petroleum products or petrochemical products or other products subject to Sanctions if they originate in Iran, or are being exported from Iran to any other country.

 

  12.1.13

Anti-corruption laws The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties shall, conduct its business in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and maintain policies and procedures designed to prove and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

  12.1.14

Environmental compliance

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties will:

 

  (a)

comply with all Environmental Laws;

 

Page 40


  (b)

obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

 

  (c)

implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law;

 

  (d)

ensure that any Collateral Vessel controlled by it with the intention of being scrapped by its Collateral Owner, is recycled at a recycling yard which conducts its recycling business in a socially and environmentally responsible manner,

where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  12.1.15

Environmental claims

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security will, promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of:

 

  (a)

any Environmental Claim against any member of the Borrower Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

  (b)

any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Borrower Group,

where the claim, if determined against that member of the Borrower Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  12.1.16

Taxation

 

  (a)

The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Security Party will, pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

  (i)

such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

  (ii)

adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements; and

 

  (iii)

such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b)

No member of the Borrower Group may change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

  12.1.17

Loans or other financial commitments The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner makes any loan or enters into any guarantee and indemnity or otherwise voluntarily assume any actual or contingent liability in respect of any obligation of any other person except for the Loan and loans made in the ordinary course of business in connection with the chartering, operation or repair of its Collateral Vessel.

 

Page 41


  12.1.18

Further Assurance The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties shall, at its own expense, promptly take all such action as the Agent may reasonably require for the purpose of perfecting or protecting any Finance Party’s rights with respect to the security created or evidenced (or intended to be created or evidenced) by the Security Documents.

 

  12.1.19

Other information The Borrower will, and will procure that each of the Security Parties will, promptly supply to the Agent such financial information and explanations as the Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably require in connection with the Security Parties, including the unaudited consolidated annual financial statements of such Security Parties as soon as such financial statements have been drawn up.

 

  12.1.20

Inspection of records The Borrower will, and will procure that each other Security Party will, permit the inspection of its financial records and accounts on reasonable notice from time to time during business hours by the Agent or its nominee.

 

  12.1.21

Insurance The Borrower shall procure that all of the assets, operation and liability of the members of the Borrower Group are insured against such risks, liabilities and for amounts as normally adopted by the industry for similar assets and liabilities and, in the case of the Collateral Vessels, in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents.

 

  12.1.22

Merger and Demerger The Borrower shall not, and shall ensure that no other Security Party will, enter into any amalgamation, merger, demerger or corporate restructuring without the prior written consent of all Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) unless, in the case of the Borrower, the Borrower is the surviving entity of any such amalgamation, merger, demerger or corporate restructuring.

 

  12.1.23

Transfer of Assets The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that no other Security Party will, sell or transfer any of its material assets other than:

 

  (a)

on arm’s length terms to third parties where the net proceeds of sale are used as a prepayment hereunder; or

 

  (b)

on arm’s length terms to its Affiliates, which are and remain members of the Borrower Group.

 

  12.1.24

Change of Business The Borrower shall not, and will procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent of all Lenders, make any substantial change to the general nature of its shipping business from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

  12.1.25

Acquisitions The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall make any acquisitions or investments save for acquisitions of or investments in vessels similar to the Collateral Vessels or, in any other case, without the prior written consent of all Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

Page 42


  12.1.26

“Know your customer” checks If:

 

  (a)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (b)

any change in the status of the Borrower after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (c)

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender for itself (or, in the case of (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or that Lender (or, in the case of (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

  12.1.27

No borrowings The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall incur any liability or obligation except (i) liabilities and obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party, (ii) liabilities or obligations reasonable incurred in the ordinary course of owning and chartering, repairing and maintaining its Collateral Vessel and (iii) Financial Indebtedness owing to Affiliates provided that such Financial Indebtedness is unsecured and subordinated provided that so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the making of any such payment nothing in this Clause 12.1.27 shall prevent any Security Party from repaying any such Financial Indebtedness or paying interest on such Financial Indebtedness.

 

  12.1.28

No dividends The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that none of the Security Parties shall, pay any dividends or make other distributions to its shareholders whilst an Event of Default is continuing unremedied and unwaived.

 

  12.1.29

Listing The Borrower shall throughout the Facility Period maintain its listing as a publically traded company on the New York Stock Exchange or any other recognised stock exchange acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders).

 

Page 43


  12.1.30

Negative Pledge The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall create, or permit to subsist, any Encumbrance (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) over all or any part of its assets or undertakings (other than Permitted Encumbrances) nor dispose of any of those assets or of all or part of that undertaking other than, in the case of a sale of a Collateral Vessel, where such sale complies with the requirements of Clause 6.4.

 

  12.1.31

Application of FATCA The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent if any Security Party becomes or ceases to be a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor.

 

  12.1.32

Management of Collateral Vessels The Borrower shall ensure that (a) each Collateral Vessel is at all times technically and commercially managed by Approved Managers and (b) at any time that the Approved Managers of the Collateral Vessels are not the Borrower, Teekay, Teekay Marine Ltd or any other member of the Teekay Group, such Approved Managers provide a written confirmation confirming that, among other things, following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, all claims of the Approved Managers against a Collateral Owner shall be subordinated to the claims of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents. The Borrower shall promptly inform the Agent in writing of any proposed change of an Approved Manager.

 

  12.1.33

Classification The Borrower shall ensure that each Collateral Vessel maintains the highest classification required for the purpose of the relevant trade of such Collateral Vessel which shall be with a Pre-Approved Classification Society, in each case, free from any material overdue recommendations and adverse notations affecting that Collateral Vessel’s class.

 

  12.1.34

Certificate of Financial Responsibility The Borrower shall procure that each Collateral Owner shall, if required, obtain and maintain a certificate of financial responsibility in relation to any Collateral Vessel which is to call at the United States of America.

 

  12.1.35

Registration The Borrower shall not change or permit a change to the flag of the Collateral Vessels during the Facility Period other than to a Pre-Approved Flag or under such other flag as may be approved by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

  12.1.36

ISM and ISPS Compliance The Borrower shall ensure that each ISM Company and ISPS Company complies in all material respects with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code, respectively, or any replacements thereof and in particular (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) shall ensure that such company holds (i) a valid and current Document of Compliance issued pursuant to the ISM Code, (ii) a valid and current SMC issued in respect of the relevant Collateral Vessel pursuant to the ISM Code, and (iii) an ISSC in respect of the relevant Collateral Vessel, and the Borrower shall promptly, upon request, supply the Agent with copies of the same.

 

Page 44


  12.1.37

Maintenance The Borrower shall ensure that each of the Collateral Vessels shall be maintained in good and safe condition and with all registered surveys carried out when due.

 

  12.1.38

Chartering The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall, during the Facility Period, without the prior consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders), take any vessel on charter or other contract of employment (or agree to do so) from any party outside the Teekay Group.

 

  12.1.39

Valuations The Borrower will deliver to the Agent (at its own cost) Valuations (in accordance with the definition of, and sufficient to establish, Fair Market Value) of each Collateral Vessel (a) on 30 May 2015 or no more than ten (10) Business Days before, and (b) following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, on such other occasions as the Agent may request (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

 

12.2

Financial covenants Throughout the Facility Period the Borrower shall:

 

  12.2.1

maintain Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines of (in aggregate) not less than thirty five million Dollars ($35,000,000); and

 

  12.2.2

ensure that the aggregate of Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines will not be less than five per cent (5%) of the Total Debt;

provided that following any change in the applicable accounting policies for the Borrower from GAAP the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders and in consultation with the Borrower) may require an amendment to this Clause 12.2 as the Agent deems logical and necessary having regard to the nature of such changes in policy and the intended substance of this Clause 12.2.

 

13

Events of Default

 

13.1

Events of Default Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 13.1 is an Event of Default.

 

  13.1.1

Borrower’s Failure to Pay under this Agreement The Borrower fails to pay any amount due from it under this Agreement at the time, in the currency and otherwise in the manner specified herein provided that, if the Borrower can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent that all necessary instructions were given to effect such payment and the non-receipt thereof is attributable solely to an administrative or technical error by the Agent or an error in the banking system or a Disruption Event, such payment shall instead be deemed to be due, solely for the purposes of this paragraph, within three (3) Business Days of the date on which it actually fell due under this Agreement; or

 

  13.1.2

Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made by any Security Party in any Finance Document to which it is a party or in any notice or other document, certificate or statement delivered by it pursuant thereto or in connection therewith is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect, where the circumstances causing the same give rise to a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

Page 45


  13.1.3

Specific Covenants A Security Party fails duly to perform or comply with any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by or procured by the Borrower under Clauses 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 12.1.8, 12.1.21, 12.1.27, 12.1.29, 12.1.30, 12.1.35 and 12.2; or

 

  13.1.4

Other Obligations A Security Party fails duly to perform or comply with any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any Finance Document (other than those referred to in Clause 13.1.3) and such failure is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) the Agent having given notice thereof to the Borrower, and (ii) the Borrower becoming aware of such Default; or

 

  13.1.5

Cross Default Any Financial Indebtedness of any Security Party is not paid when due (or within any applicable grace period) or any Financial Indebtedness of any Security Party is declared, or is capable of being declared, to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity where (in either case) the aggregate of all such unpaid or accelerated indebtedness (i) of the Borrower is equal to or greater than twenty five million Dollars ($25,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) of any Collateral Owner is equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or

 

  13.1.6

Insolvency and Rescheduling A Security Party is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or a composition with its creditors; or

 

  13.1.7

Winding-up A Security Party files for initiation of formal restructuring proceedings, is wound up or declared bankrupt or takes any corporate action or other steps are taken or legal proceedings are started for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation or for the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, conservator, custodian, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its revenues or assets or any moratorium is declared or sought in respect of any of its indebtedness; or

 

  13.1.8

Execution or Distress

 

  (a)

Any Security Party fails to comply with or pay any sum due from it (within 30 days of such amount falling due) under any final judgment or any final order made or given by any court or other official body of a competent jurisdiction in an aggregate (i) in respect of the Borrower equal to or greater than twenty five million Dollars ($25,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) in respect of any Collateral Owner equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency, being a judgment or order against which there is no right of appeal or if a right of appeal exists, where the time limit for making such appeal has expired.

 

Page 46


  (b)

Any execution or distress is levied against, or an encumbrancer takes possession of, the whole or any part of, the property, undertaking or assets of a Security Party in an aggregate amount (i) in respect of the Borrower equal to or greater than twenty five million Dollars ($25,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) in respect of any Collateral Owner equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency, other than any execution or distress which is being contested in good faith and which is either discharged within 30 days or in respect of which adequate security has been provided within 30 days to the relevant court or other authority to enable the relevant execution or distress to be lifted or released; or

 

  13.1.9

Similar Event Any event occurs which, under the laws of any jurisdiction, has a similar or analogous effect to any of those events mentioned in Clauses 13.1.6, 13.1.7or 13.1.8; or

 

  13.1.10

Repudiation Any Security Party repudiates any Finance Document to which it is a party or does or causes to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any such Finance Document; or

 

  13.1.11

Validity and Admissibility At any time any act, condition or thing required to be done, fulfilled or performed in order:

 

  (a)

to enable any Security Party lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform the respective obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

 

  (b)

to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal, valid and binding; or

 

  (c)

to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in any applicable jurisdiction

is not done, fulfilled or performed within 30 days after notification from the Agent to the relevant Security Party requiring the same to be done, fulfilled or performed; or

 

  13.1.12

Illegality At any time it is or becomes unlawful for any Security Party to perform or comply with any or all of its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party or any of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder are not or cease to be legal, valid and binding and such illegality is not remedied or mitigated to the satisfaction of the Agent within thirty (30) days after it has given notice thereof to the relevant Security Party; or

 

  13.1.13

Material Adverse Change At any time there shall occur any event or change which has a Material Adverse Effect in respect of any Security Party and such event or change, if capable of remedy, is not so remedied within 30 days of the delivery of a notice confirming such event or change by the Agent to the relevant Security Party; or

 

Page 47


  13.1.14

Conditions Precedent and Subsequent If (a) any of the conditions set out in Clauses 3.1 and 3.3 is not satisfied by the relevant time or such other time period specified by the Agent in its discretion, or (b) any of the conditions set out in Clause 3.6 is not satisfied within thirty (30) days or such other time period specified by the Agent in its discretion; or

 

  13.1.15

Revocation or Modification of consents etc. If any Necessary Authorisation which is now or which at any time during the Facility Period becomes necessary to enable any of the Security Parties to comply with any of their obligations in or pursuant to any of the Finance Documents is revoked, withdrawn or withheld, or modified in a manner which the Agent reasonably considers is, or may be, prejudicial to the interests of a Finance Party in a material manner, or if such Necessary Authorisation ceases to remain in full force and effect; or

 

  13.1.16

Cessation of Business Any of the Security Parties ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on all or a substantial part of its business; or

 

  13.1.17

Curtailment of Business if the business of any of the Security Parties is wholly or materially curtailed by any intervention by or under authority of any government, or if all or a substantial part of the undertaking, property or assets of any of the Security Parties is seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under authority of any government or any Security Party disposes or threatens to dispose of a substantial part of its business or assets; or

 

  13.1.18

Reduction of Capital if the Borrower reduces its committed or subscribed capital; or

 

  13.1.19

Notice of Termination if any Security Party (that has given a guarantee and indemnity pursuant to this Agreement) gives notice to the Agent to determine its obligations under its Guarantee; or

 

  13.1.20

Environmental Matters

 

  (a)

any Environmental Claim is pending or made against a Collateral Owner or in connection with a Collateral Vessel, where such Environmental Claim has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b)

any actual Environmental Incident occurs in connection with a Vessel, where such Environmental Incident has a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  13.1.21

Loss of Property all or a substantial part of the business or assets of any Security Party is destroyed, abandoned, seized, appropriated or forfeited for any reason, and such occurrence in the reasonable opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

Page 48


  13.1.22

Sanctions Any Security Party, any Affiliate of any Security Party or any of their respective directors, officers or employees becomes a Restricted Party.

 

13.2

Acceleration If an Event of Default is continuing unremedied or unwaived the Agent may (with the consent of the Majority Lenders) and shall (at the request of the Majority Lenders) by notice to the Borrower cancel any part of the Maximum Amount not then advanced and:

 

  13.2.1

declare that the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents are immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  13.2.2

declare that the Loan is payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent; and/or

 

  13.2.3

declare the Commitments terminated and the Maximum Amount of each Collateral Vessel Tranche reduced to zero.

 

14

Assignment and Sub-Participation

 

14.1

Lenders’ rights A Lender may assign any of its rights under this Agreement or transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any other branch or Affiliate of that Lender or to any other Lender (or an Affiliate of another Lender) or (subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld but not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived) to any other bank, financial institution or institutional lender, or any trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in, or established for the purpose of, making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets, and may grant sub-participations in all or any part of its Commitment in a Collateral Vessel Tranche provided that where any such assignment, transfer or sub-participation relates to only part of a Lender’s Commitment, (i) it shall be in an amount of no less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000) and (ii) such assignment, transfer or sub-participation of only part of a Lender’s Commitment shall not result in such Lender holding a Commitment of less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000). Where the consent of the Borrower is required, the Borrower shall be deemed to have given its consent if no express refusal is given within five (5) Business Days.

 

14.2

Borrower’s co-operation The Borrower will co-operate fully with a Lender in connection with any assignment, transfer or sub-participation by that Lender; will execute and procure the execution of such documents as that Lender may require in that connection including, but not limited to, re-executing any Security Documents (if required); and irrevocably authorises any Finance Party to disclose to any proposed assignee, transferee or sub-participant (whether before or after any assignment, transfer or sub-participation and whether or not any assignment, transfer or sub-participation shall take place) all information relating to the Security Parties, the Loan and the Relevant Documents which any Finance Party may in its discretion consider necessary or desirable (subject to any duties of confidentiality applicable to the Lenders generally).

 

Page 49


14.3

Rights of assignee Any assignee of a Lender shall (unless limited by the express terms of the assignment) take the full benefit of every provision of the Finance Documents benefiting that Lender provided that an assignment will only be effective on notification by the Agent to that Lender and the assignee that the Agent is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “Know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to the assignee.

 

14.4

Transfer Certificates If a Lender wishes to transfer any of its rights and obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement, it may do so by delivering to the Agent a duly completed Transfer Certificate, in which event on the Transfer Date:

 

  14.4.1

to the extent that that Lender seeks to transfer its rights and obligations, the Borrower (on the one hand) and that Lender (on the other) shall be released from all further obligations towards the other;

 

  14.4.2

the Borrower (on the one hand) and the transferee (on the other) shall assume obligations towards the other identical to those released pursuant to Clause 14.4.1; and

 

  14.4.3

the Agent, each of the Lenders and the transferee shall have the same rights and obligations between themselves as they would have had if the transferee had been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender

provided that the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate once:

 

  (a)

it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to the transferee; and

 

  (b)

the transferee has paid to the Agent for its own account a transfer fee of seven thousand five hundred Dollars ($7,500) (or, in the case of a transfer to another branch of the transferee, a transfer fee of three thousand seven hundred and fifty Dollars ($3,750).

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, send to the Borrower and the Lenders a copy of that Transfer Certificate.

 

14.5

Finance Documents Unless otherwise expressly provided in any Finance Document or otherwise expressly agreed between a Lender and any proposed transferee and notified by that Lender to the Agent on or before the relevant Transfer Date, there shall automatically be assigned to the transferee with any transfer of a Lender’s rights and obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement the rights of that Lender under or pursuant to the Finance Documents (other than this Agreement) which relate to the portion of that Lender’s rights and obligations transferred by the relevant Transfer Certificate.

 

14.6

No assignment or transfer by the Borrower The Borrower may not assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

Page 50


14.7

Security over Lenders’ rights In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 14, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create an Encumbrance in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

  14.7.1

any charge, assignment or other Encumbrance to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

  14.7.2

in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Encumbrance granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Encumbrance shall:

 

  (a)

release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or other Encumbrance for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b)

require any payments to be made by any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

15

The Agent and the Lenders

 

15.1

Appointment

 

  15.1.1

Each Lender appoints the Agent to act as its agent and/or security trustee under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  15.1.2

Each Lender authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

15.2

Authority Each Lender irrevocably authorises the Agent and the Agent hereby agrees (subject to Clauses 15.5.1, 15.24 and this Clause 15.2):

 

  15.2.1

to execute any Finance Document (other than this Agreement) on its behalf;

 

  15.2.2

to collect, receive, release or pay any money on its behalf;

 

  15.2.3

acting on the instructions from time to time of the Majority Lenders (save where the terms of any Finance Document expressly provide otherwise) to give or withhold any waivers, consents or approvals under or pursuant to any Finance Document;

 

  15.2.4

acting on the instructions from time to time of the Majority Lenders (save where the terms of any Finance Document expressly provide otherwise) to exercise, or refrain from exercising, any rights, powers, authorities or discretions under or pursuant to any Finance Document; and

 

Page 51


The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities as agent or as security trustee other than those expressly conferred on it by the Finance Documents and shall not be obliged to act on any instructions from the Lenders or the Majority Lenders if to do so would, in the opinion of the Agent (in its sole discretion), be contrary to any provision of the Finance Documents or to any law, or would expose the Agent to any actual or potential liability to any third party.

 

15.3

Trust The Agent agrees and declares, and each of the other Finance Parties acknowledges, that, subject to the terms and conditions of this Clause 15.3, the Agent holds the Trust Property on trust for the Finance Parties absolutely. Each of the other Finance Parties agrees that the obligations, rights and benefits vested in the Agent shall be performed and exercised in accordance with this Clause 15.3. The Agent shall have the benefit of all of the provisions of this Agreement benefiting it in its capacity as Agent for the Finance Parties, and all the powers and discretions conferred on trustees by the Trustee Act 1925 (to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement). In addition:

 

  15.3.1

the Agent and any attorney, agent or delegate of the Agent may indemnify itself or himself out of the Trust Property against all liabilities, costs, fees, damages, charges, losses and expenses sustained or incurred by it or him in relation to the taking or holding of any of the Trust Property or in connection with the exercise or purported exercise of the rights, trusts, powers and discretions vested in the Agent or any other such person by or pursuant to the Security Documents or in respect of anything else done or omitted to be done in any way relating to the Security Documents other than as a result of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  15.3.2

the other Finance Parties acknowledge that the Agent shall be under no obligation to insure any property nor to require any other person to insure any property and shall not be responsible for any loss which may be suffered by any person as a result of the lack or insufficiency of any insurance; and

 

  15.3.3

the Finance Parties agree that the perpetuity period applicable to the trusts declared by this Agreement shall be the period of 125 years from the date of this Agreement.

 

15.4

Required consents

 

  15.4.1

Subject to Clause 15.5 any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

  15.4.2

The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 15.

 

  15.4.3

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 15.14.4, the Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.

 

Page 52


15.5

Exceptions

 

  15.5.1

An amendment, waiver or (in the case of a Security Document) a consent of, or in relation to, any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

  (a)

the definitions of “ Majority Lenders ”, “ Maximum Amount ”, “ Fair Market Value ” and “ Proportionate Share ” in Clause 1.1;

 

  (b)

an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c)

a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

  (d)

a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (e)

an increase in any Commitment under the Loan or the amount available under any Collateral Vessel Tranche, an extension of the Final Availability Date or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments under the Loan reduces the Commitments of the Lenders under the Loan rateably;

 

  (f)

any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

  (g)

Clause 2.2, Clause 14, this Clause 15 or Clause 23;

 

  (h)

(other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document) the nature or scope of:

 

  (i)

any Guarantee;

 

  (ii)

the Charged Property; or

 

  (iii)

the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Security Documents are distributed;

 

  (i)

the release of any Guarantee or of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document; or

 

  (j)

the pro rata application of payments made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents or sharing of payments or Commitment reductions;

 

Page 53


shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

  15.5.2

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the MLAs or the Bookrunners may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or, as the case may be, the MLAs or the Bookrunners.

 

15.6

Excluded Commitments

If:

 

  15.6.1

any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within twenty (20) Business Days of that request being made; or

 

  15.6.2

any Lender which is not a Defaulting Lender fails to respond to such a request (other than an amendment, waiver or consent referred to in Clauses 15.5.1(b), 15.5.1(c) and 15.5.1(e)) or other or such a vote within twenty (20) Business Days of that request being made,

(unless, in either case, the Borrower and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request):

 

  (a)

its Commitment(s) under the Loan shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the aggregate of the Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the aggregate of the Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

  (b)

its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

15.7

Replacement of Lender

 

  15.7.1

If:

 

  (a)

any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in Clause 15.7.4); or

 

  (b)

the Borrower or any other Security Party becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 6.1 or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 17.3, Clause 8.12.1 or Clause 8.6 to any Lender,

then the Borrower may, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 14 all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrower, which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 14 for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loan and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

Page 54


  15.7.2

The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 15.7 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a)

the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b)

neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (c)

in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than thirty (30) Business Days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender;

 

  (d)

in no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 15.7 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (e)

the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to Clause 15.7.1 once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

  15.7.3

A Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 15.7.2(e) as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 15.7.1 and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

  15.7.4

In the event that:

 

  (a)

the Borrower or the Agent (at the request of the Borrower) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

 

  (b)

the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and

 

  (c)

Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than ninety per cent. (90%) of the aggregate of the Commitments (or, if the aggregate of the Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than ninety per cent. (90%) of the aggregate of the Commitments prior to that reduction) have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”.

 

Page 55


15.8

FATCA Mitigation

Notwithstanding any other provision to this Agreement, if a FATCA Deduction is or will be required to be made by any Party under Clause 8.14 in respect of a payment to any Lender which is a FATCA FFI (a “ FATCA Non-Exempt Lender ”), the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender may either:

 

  (a)

transfer its entire interest in the Loan to a U.S. branch or affiliate; or

 

  (b)

(subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower in the case of a transferee which is not already a Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) nominate one or more transferee lenders who upon becoming a Lender would be a FATCA Exempt Party, by notice in writing to the Agent and the Borrower specifying the terms of the proposed transfer, and cause such transferee lender(s) to purchase all of the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender’s interest in the Loan.

 

15.9

Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

  15.9.1

For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Commitment in ascertaining:

 

  (a)

the Majority Lenders; or

 

  (b)

whether:

 

  (i)

any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the aggregate of the Commitments; or

 

  (ii)

the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitment will be reduced by the amount of its participation in the Loan it has failed to make available and, to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender’s Commitment being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of (i) and (ii).

 

  15.9.2

For the purposes of this Clause 15.9, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (a)

any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

  (b)

any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

Page 56


15.10

Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

  15.10.1

The Borrower may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 14 all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrower which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations, or all the relevant obligations, of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 14 for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either:

 

  (a)

in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loan and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b)

in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Lender and the Borrower and which does not exceed the amount described in (a).

 

  15.10.2

Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause 15.10 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a)

the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b)

neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (c)

the transfer must take place no later than thirty (30) Business Days after the notice referred to in Clause 15.10.1;

 

  (d)

in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (e)

the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to 15.10.1 once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender.

 

  15.10.3

The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 15.10.2 as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 15.10.1 and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

15.11

Liability Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable to the Lenders for anything done or omitted to be done by the Agent under or in connection with any of the Relevant Documents unless as a result of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

Page 57


15.12

Acknowledgement Each Lender acknowledges that:

 

  15.12.1

it has not relied on any representation made by the Agent or any of the Agent’s directors, officers, employees or agents or by any other person acting or purporting to act on behalf of the Agent to induce it to enter into any Finance Document;

 

  15.12.2

it has made and will continue to make without reliance on the Agent, and based on such documents and other evidence as it considers appropriate, its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Security Parties in connection with the making and continuation of the Loan;

 

  15.12.3

it has made its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Security Parties; and

 

  15.12.4

the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility at any time to provide it with any credit or other information relating to any Security Party unless that information is received by the Agent pursuant to the express terms of a Finance Document.

Each Lender agrees that it will not assert nor seek to assert against any director, officer, employee or agent of the Agent or against any other person acting or purporting to act on behalf of the Agent any claim which it might have against them in respect of any of the matters referred to in this Clause 15.12.

 

15.13

Limitations on responsibility The Agent shall have no responsibility to any Security Party or to any Lender on account of:

 

  15.13.1

the failure of a Lender or of any Security Party to perform any of its obligations under a Finance Document; nor

 

  15.13.2

the financial condition of any Security Party; nor

 

  15.13.3

the completeness or accuracy of any statements, representations or warranties made in or pursuant to any Finance Document, or in or pursuant to any document delivered pursuant to or in connection with any Finance Document; nor

 

  15.13.4

the negotiation, execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, admissibility in evidence or sufficiency of any Finance Document or of any document executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

15.14

The Agent’s rights The Agent may:

 

  15.14.1

assume that all representations or warranties made or deemed repeated by any Security Party in or pursuant to any Finance Document are true and complete, unless, in its capacity as the Agent, it has acquired actual knowledge to the contrary;

 

  15.14.2

assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as Agent) that no Default has occurred unless, in the case of Clause 13.1.1 only, it, in its capacity as the Agent, has acquired actual knowledge to the contrary;

 

Page 58


  15.14.3

rely on any document or notice believed by it to be genuine;

 

  15.14.4

rely as to legal or other professional matters on opinions and statements of any legal or other professional advisers selected or approved by it;

 

  15.14.5

rely as to any factual matters which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of any Security Party on a certificate signed by or on behalf of that Security Party; and

 

  15.14.6

refrain from exercising any right, power, discretion or remedy unless and until instructed to exercise that right, power, discretion or remedy and as to the manner of its exercise by the Lenders (or, where applicable, by the Majority Lenders) and unless and until the Agent has received from the Lenders any payment which the Agent may require on account of, or any security which the Agent may require for, any costs, claims, expenses (including legal and other professional fees) and liabilities which it considers it may incur or sustain in complying with those instructions.

 

15.15

The Agent’s duties The Agent shall inform the Lenders promptly of any Event of Default under Clause 13.1.1 of which the Agent has actual knowledge.

 

15.16

No deemed knowledge The Agent shall not be deemed to have actual knowledge of the falsehood or incompleteness of any representation or warranty made or deemed repeated by any Security Party or actual knowledge of the occurrence of any Default (other than a Default under Clause 13.1.1) unless a Lender or a Security Party shall have given written notice thereof to the Agent in its capacity as the Agent. Any information acquired by the Agent other than specifically in its capacity as the Agent shall not be deemed to be information acquired by the Agent in its capacity as the Agent.

 

15.17

Other business The Agent may, without any liability to account to the Lenders, generally engage in any kind of banking or trust business with a Security Party or with a Security Party’s subsidiaries or associated companies or with a Lender as if it were not the Agent.

 

15.18

Indemnity The Lenders shall, promptly on the Agent’s request, reimburse the Agent in their respective Proportionate Share, for, and keep the Agent fully indemnified in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs and claims sustained or incurred by the Agent in connection with the Finance Documents, or the performance of its duties and obligations, or the exercise of its rights, powers, discretions or remedies under or pursuant to any Finance Document, to the extent not paid by the Security Parties and not arising from the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

15.19

Employment of agents In performing its duties and exercising its rights, powers, discretions and remedies under or pursuant to the Finance Documents, the Agent shall be entitled to employ and pay agents to do anything which the Agent is empowered to do under or pursuant to the Finance Documents (including the receipt of money and documents and the payment of money) and to act or refrain from taking action in reliance on the opinion of, or advice or information obtained from, any lawyer, banker, broker, accountant, valuer or any other person believed by the Agent in good faith to be competent to give such opinion, advice or information.

 

Page 59


15.20

Distribution of payments The Agent shall pay promptly to the order of each Lender that Lender’s Proportionate Share of every sum of money received by the Agent pursuant to the Finance Documents (with the exception of any amounts payable pursuant to Clause 9 and any amounts which, by the terms of the Finance Documents, are paid to the Agent for the account of the Agent alone or specifically for the account of one or more Lenders) and until so paid such amount shall be held by the Agent on trust absolutely for that Lender.

 

15.21

Reimbursement The Agent shall have no liability to pay any sum to a Lender until it has itself received payment of that sum. If, however, the Agent does pay any sum to a Lender on account of any amount prospectively due to that Lender pursuant to Clause 15.20 before it has itself received payment of that amount, and the Agent does not in fact receive payment within five (5) Business Days after the date on which that payment was required to be made by the terms of the Finance Documents, that Lender will, on demand by the Agent, refund to the Agent an amount equal to the amount received by it, together with an amount sufficient to reimburse the Agent for any amount which the Agent may certify that it has been required to pay by way of interest on money borrowed to fund the amount in question during the period beginning on the date on which that amount was required to be paid by the terms of the Finance Documents and ending on the date on which the Agent receives reimbursement.

 

15.22

Redistribution of payments Unless otherwise agreed between the Lenders and the Agent, if at any time a Lender receives or recovers by way of set-off, the exercise of any lien or otherwise from any Security Party, an amount greater than that Lender’s Proportionate Share of any sum due from that Security Party to the Lenders under the Finance Documents (the amount of the excess being referred to in this Clause 15.22 and in Clause 15.23 as the “ Excess Amount ”) then:

 

  15.22.1

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify each other Lender);

 

  15.22.2

that Lender shall pay to the Agent an amount equal to the Excess Amount within ten (10) days of its receipt or recovery of the Excess Amount; and

 

  15.22.3

the Agent shall treat that payment as if it were a payment by the Security Party in question on account of the sum due from that Security Party to the Lenders and shall account to the Lenders in respect of the Excess Amount in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 15.22.

However, if a Lender has commenced any legal proceedings to recover sums owing to it under the Finance Documents and, as a result of, or in connection with, those proceedings has received an Excess Amount, the Agent shall not distribute any of that Excess Amount to any other Lender which had been notified of the proceedings and had the legal right to, but did not, join those proceedings or commence and diligently prosecute separate proceedings to enforce its rights in the same or another court.

 

Page 60


15.23

Rescission of Excess Amount If all or any part of any Excess Amount is rescinded or must otherwise be restored to any Security Party or to any other third party, the Lenders which have received any part of that Excess Amount by way of distribution from the Agent pursuant to Clause 15.22 shall repay to the Agent for the account of the Lender which originally received or recovered the Excess Amount, the amount which shall be necessary to ensure that the Lenders share rateably in accordance with their Proportionate Shares in the amount of the receipt or payment retained, together with interest on that amount at a rate equivalent to that (if any) paid by the Lender receiving or recovering the Excess Amount to the person to whom that Lender is liable to make payment in respect of such amount, and Clause 15.22.3 shall apply only to the retained amount.

 

15.24

Instructions Where the Agent is authorised or directed to act or refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Lenders or of the Majority Lenders each of the Lenders shall provide the Agent with instructions within five (5) Business Days of the Agent’s request (which request must be in writing). If a Lender does not provide the Agent with instructions within that period, that Lender shall be bound by the decision of the Agent. Nothing in this Clause 15.24 shall limit the right of the Agent to take, or refrain from taking, any action without obtaining the instructions of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders if the Agent in its discretion considers it necessary or appropriate to take, or refrain from taking, such action in order to preserve the rights of the Lenders under or in connection with the Finance Documents. In that event, the Agent will notify the Lenders of the action taken by it as soon as reasonably practicable, and the Lenders agree to ratify any action taken by the Agent pursuant to this Clause 15.24.

 

15.25

Payments All amounts payable to a Lender under this Clause 15 shall be paid to such account at such bank as that Lender may from time to time direct in writing to the Agent.

 

15.26

“Know your customer” checks Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

15.27

Resignation

 

  15.27.1

Subject to a successor being appointed in accordance with this Clause 15.27, the Agent may resign as agent and/or security trustee at any time without assigning any reason by giving to the Borrower and the Lenders notice of its intention to do so, in which event the following shall apply:

 

  (a)

with the consent of the Borrower not to be unreasonably withheld (but such consent not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived) the Lenders may within thirty (30) days after the date of the notice from the Agent appoint a successor to act as agent and/or security trustee or, if they fail to do so with the consent of the Borrower, not to be unreasonably withheld (but such consent not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived), the Agent may appoint any other bank or financial institution as its successor provided that if no successor is appointed pursuant to this Clause 15.27.1(a) the Lenders shall act as successor to the Agent and take on the roles as agent and security trustee;

 

Page 61


  (b)

the resignation of the Agent shall take effect simultaneously with the appointment of its successor on written notice of that appointment being given to the Borrower and the Lenders;

 

  (c)

the Agent shall thereupon be discharged from all further obligations as agent but shall remain entitled to the benefit of the provisions of this Clause 15; and

 

  (d)

the successor of the Agent and each of the other parties to this Agreement shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if that successor had been a party to this Agreement.

 

  15.27.2

The Agent shall resign and the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) shall appoint a successor Agent in accordance with clause 15.27 if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

  (a)

the Agent fails to respond to a request under clause 8.14 and a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

  (b)

the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to clause 8.14 indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

  (c)

the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

and (in each case) a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

15.28

Replacement of the Agent

 

  15.28.1

After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by giving thirty (30) days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent.

 

  15.28.2

The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its function as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

Page 62


  15.28.3

The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under Clause 15.28.2 but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 15 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

  15.28.4

Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

15.29

No fiduciary relationship Except as provided in Clauses 15.3 and 15.20, the Agent shall not have any fiduciary relationship with or be deemed to be a trustee of or for any other person and nothing contained in any Finance Document shall constitute a partnership between any two or more Lenders or between the Agent and any other person.

 

15.30

No other Duties Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereunder, neither the Bookrunners nor the MLAs shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under any of the Finance Documents, except in their respective capacities, as applicable, as Bookrunners or MLAs.

 

16

Set-Off

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under any Finance Document (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, that Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

17

Payments

 

17.1

Payments Each amount payable by the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be paid to such account at such bank as the Agent may from time to time direct to the Borrower in the Currency of Account and in such funds as are customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment. Payment shall be deemed to have been received by the Agent on the date on which the Agent receives authenticated advice of receipt, unless that advice is received by the Agent on a day other than a Business Day or at a time of day (whether on a Business Day or not) when the Agent in its reasonable discretion considers that it is impossible or impracticable for the Agent to utilise the amount received for value that same day, in which event the payment in question shall be deemed to have been received by the Agent on the Business Day next following the date of receipt of advice by the Agent.

 

Page 63


17.2

No deductions or withholdings Each payment (whether of principal or interest or otherwise) to be made by the Borrower under a Finance Document shall, subject only to Clause 17.3, be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of any Taxes or other deductions, withholdings, restrictions, conditions or counterclaims of any nature, other than FATCA Deductions.

 

17.3

Grossing-up If at any time any law requires (or is interpreted to require) the Borrower to make any deduction or withholding from any payment, other than a FATCA Deduction, or to change the rate or manner in which any required deduction or withholding is made under a Finance Documents, the Borrower will promptly notify the Agent and, simultaneously with making that payment, will pay to the Agent whatever additional amount (after taking into account any additional Taxes on, or deductions or withholdings from, or restrictions or conditions on, that additional amount) is necessary to ensure that, after making the deduction or withholding, the relevant Finance Parties receive a net sum equal to the sum which they would have received had no deduction or withholding been made.

 

17.4

Evidence of deductions If at any time the Borrower is required by law to make any deduction or withholding from any payment to be made by it under a Finance Document, the Borrower will pay the amount required to be deducted or withheld to the relevant authority within the time allowed under the applicable law and will, no later than thirty (30) days after making that payment, deliver to the Agent an original receipt issued by the relevant authority, or other evidence reasonably acceptable to the Agent, evidencing the payment to that authority of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld.

 

17.5

Rebate If the Borrower pays any additional amount under Clause 8.12 or Clause 17.3, and a Finance Party subsequently receives a refund or allowance from any tax authority which that Finance Party identifies as being referable to that increased amount so paid by the Borrower, that Finance Party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, pay to the Borrower an amount equal to the amount of the refund or allowance received, if and to the extent that it may do so without prejudicing its right to retain that refund or allowance and without putting itself in any worse financial position than that in which it would have been had the relevant deduction or withholding not been required to have been made. Nothing in this Clause 17.5 shall be interpreted as imposing any obligation on any Finance Party to apply for any refund or allowance nor as restricting in any way the manner in which any Finance Party organises its tax affairs, nor as imposing on any Finance Party any obligation to disclose to the Borrower any information regarding its tax affairs or tax computations.

 

17.6

Adjustment of due dates If any payment or transfer of funds to be made under a Finance Document, other than a payment of interest on a Collateral Vessel Tranche, shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, that payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (unless the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month in which event the payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day). Any such variation of time shall be taken into account in computing any interest in respect of that payment.

 

17.7

Control Account The Agent shall open and maintain on its books a control account in the name of the Borrower showing the advance of the Loan and the computation and payment of interest and all other sums due under this Agreement. The Borrower’s obligations to repay the Loan and to pay interest and all other sums due under this Agreement shall be evidenced by the entries from time to time made in the control account opened and maintained under this Clause 17.7 and those entries will, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding.

 

Page 64


17.8

Impaired Agent

 

  17.8.1

If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, a Security Party or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 17.1 may instead either:

 

  (a)

pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or

 

  (b)

if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Security Party or the Lender making the payment (the “ Paying Party ”) and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the “ Recipient Party ” or “ Recipient Parties ”).

In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

  17.8.2

All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

  17.8.3

A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 17.8 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

  17.8.4

Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 15.28, each Paying Party shall (other than to the extent that that Party has given an instruction pursuant to Clause 17.8.5) give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution to the relevant Recipient Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause 15.20.

 

  17.8.5

A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent:

 

  (a)

it has not given an instruction pursuant to Clause 17.8.4; and

 

  (b)

that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party,

 

Page 65


give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party.

 

18

Notices

 

18.1

Communications in writing Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter or (subject to Clause 18.6) electronic mail.

 

18.2

Addresses The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each party to this Agreement for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement are:

 

  18.2.1

in the case of the Borrower, c/o Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd Suite 2000, Bentall 5, 550 Burrard Street, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6C 2K2 (fax no: +1 604 681 3011) marked for the attention of Renee Eng, Treasury Manager;

 

  18.2.2

in the case of each Lender, those appearing opposite its name in Schedule 1; and

 

  18.2.3

in the case of the Agent, 100 Park Avenue, 17 th Floor, New York, New York 10017, United States of America (fax no: +1 917 284 6697) marked for the attention of Francis Birkeland/Rajbir Talwar;

or any substitute address, fax number, department or officer as any party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice.

 

18.3

Delivery Any communication or document made or delivered by one party to this Agreement to another under or in connection this Agreement will only be effective:

 

  18.3.1

if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

  18.3.2

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address; or

 

  18.3.3

if by way of electronic mail, in accordance with Clause 18.6;

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 18.2, if addressed to that department or officer.

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent.

All notices from or to the Borrower shall be sent through the Agent.

 

18.4

Notification of address and fax number Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address, fax number or change of address, pursuant to Clause 18.2 or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other parties to this Agreement.

 

Page 66


18.5

English language Any notice given under or in connection with this Agreement must be in English. All other documents provided under or in connection with this Agreement must be:

18.5.1 in English; or

18.5.2 if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

18.6

Electronic communication

 

  (a)

Any communication to be made in connection with this Agreement may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party:

 

  (i)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

  (ii)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

  (iii)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

  (b)

Any electronic communication made between the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party will be effective only when actually received in readable form and acknowledged by the recipient (it being understood that any system generated responses do not constitute an acknowledgement) and in the case of any electronic communication made by the Borrower to a Finance Party only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Finance Party shall specify for this purpose.

 

19

Partial Invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

20

Remedies and Waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

Page 67


21

Miscellaneous

 

21.1

No oral variations No variation or amendment of a Finance Document shall be valid unless in writing and signed on behalf of all the Finance Parties.

 

21.2

Further Assurance If any provision of a Finance Document shall be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part by reason of any present or future law or any decision of any court, or if the documents at any time held by or on behalf of the Finance Parties or any of them are considered by the Lenders for any reason insufficient to carry out the terms of this Agreement, then from time to time the Borrower will promptly, on demand by the Agent, execute or procure the execution of such further documents as in the opinion of the Lenders are necessary to provide adequate security for the repayment of the Indebtedness.

 

21.3

Rescission of payments etc. Any discharge, release or reassignment by a Finance Party of any of the security constituted by, or any of the obligations of a Security Party contained in, a Finance Document shall be (and be deemed always to have been) void if any act (including, without limitation, any payment) as a result of which such discharge, release or reassignment was given or made is subsequently wholly or partially rescinded or avoided by operation of any law.

 

21.4

Certificates Any certificate or statement signed by an authorised signatory of the Agent purporting to show the amount of the Indebtedness (or any part of the Indebtedness) or any other amount referred to in any Finance Document shall, save for manifest error or on any question of law, be conclusive evidence as against the Borrower of that amount.

 

21.5

Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be original but which shall together constitute the same instrument.

 

21.6

Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 A person who is not a party to this Agreement (other than the Indemnified Parties) has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

22

Confidentiality

 

22.1

Confidential Information Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 22.2 and Clause 22.3, and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

22.2

Disclosure of Confidential Information Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

  22.2.1

to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this Clause 22.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

Page 68


  22.2.2

to any person:

 

  (a)

to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as agent or security trustee and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives, auditors and professional advisers;

 

  (b)

with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Security Parties and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives, auditors and professional advisers;

 

  (c)

appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b) applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf;

 

  (d)

who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b);

 

  (e)

to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

  (f)

to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (g)

to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 14.7;

 

  (h)

who is a Party; or

 

  (i)

with the consent of the Borrower;

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

Page 69


  (i)

in relation to Clauses 22.2.2(a), 22.2.2(b) and 22.2.2(c), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

  (ii)

in relation to Clause 22.2.2(d), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

  (iii)

in relation to Clauses 22.2.2(e), 22.2.2(f) and 22.2.2(g), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; and

 

  22.2.3

to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b) applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this Clause 22.2.3 if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking.

 

22.3

Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

  22.3.1

Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Loan and/or one or more Security Parties the following information:

 

  (a)

names of Security Parties;

 

  (b)

country of domicile of Security Parties;

 

  (c)

place of incorporation of Security Parties;

 

  (d)

date of this Agreement;

 

  (e)

Clause 23;

 

  (f)

the names of the Agent and the MLAs;

 

  (g)

date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

Page 70


  (h)

amount of the Loan;

 

  (i)

currencies of the Loan;

 

  (j)

type of Loan;

 

  (k)

ranking of the Loan;

 

  (l)

Final Availability Date for the Loan;

 

  (m)

changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to (a) to (l); and

 

  (n)

such other information agreed between such Finance Party and that Security Party,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

  22.3.2

The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Loan and/or one or more Security Parties by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

  22.3.3

The Borrower represents that none of the information set out in Clauses 22.3.1(a) to 22.3.1(n) is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

  22.3.4

The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the other Finance Parties of:

 

  (a)

the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Loan and/or one or more Security Parties; and

 

  (b)

the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Loan and/or one or more Security Parties by such numbering service provider.

 

23

Law and Jurisdiction

 

23.1

Governing law This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising from or in connection with it shall in all respects be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law.

 

23.2

Jurisdiction For the exclusive benefit of the Finance Parties, the parties to this Agreement irrevocably agree that the courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any dispute (a) arising from or in connection with this Agreement or (b) relating to any non-contractual obligations arising from or in connection with this Agreement and that any proceedings may be brought in those courts.

 

23.3

Alternative jurisdictions Nothing contained in this Clause 23 shall limit the right of the Finance Parties to commence any proceedings against the Borrower in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the commencement of any proceedings against the Borrower in one or more jurisdictions preclude the commencement of any proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

Page 71


23.4

Waiver of objections The Borrower irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or in the future have to the laying of the venue of any proceedings in any court referred to in this Clause 23, and any claim that those proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient or inappropriate forum, and irrevocably agrees that a judgment in any proceedings commenced in any such court shall be conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

23.5

Service of process Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Borrower:

 

  23.5.1

irrevocably appoints Teekay Shipping (UK) Ltd of 2 nd Floor, 86 Jermyn Street, London SW1Y 6JD, England as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Agreement; and

 

  23.5.2

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Borrower of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

Page 72


Schedule 1

The Lenders and the Commitments

 

The Lenders    Commitments      The Proportionate Share  
     (US$)      (%)  

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

     63,318,750         50

100 Park Avenue

     

17 th Floor

     

New York, NY 10017

     

United States of America

     

Fax no: +1 917 284 6697

     

Attn: Francis Birkeland/Rajbir Talwar

     

DNB Capital LLC

     63,318,750         50

200 Park Avenue

     

31 st Floor

     

New York, NY10166

     

United States of America

     

Fax no. +1 212 681 4123

     

Attn: Sanjiv Nayar

     

 

Page 73


Schedule 2

Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

Part I:

Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice

 

1

Security Parties

 

  (a)

Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of the Borrower together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that the Borrower is duly formed or incorporated in its country of formation or incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party.

 

  (b)

Certificates of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of the Borrower (if available).

 

  (c)

Board resolutions A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower (or its sole member or general partner):

 

  (i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and

 

  (ii)

if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf.

 

  (d)

Shareholder resolutions If required by any legal advisor to the Agent, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in the Borrower, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (e)

Officer’s certificates An original certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of the Borrower certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement, setting out the names of its directors and officers (or its sole member), setting out the proportion of shares held by each shareholder, and confirming that any applicable borrowing and guaranteeing limits will not be exceeded.

 

  (f)

Powers of attorney The original power of attorney of the Borrower under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by the Borrower.

 

2

Finance Documents

This Agreement and the Share Pledges, together with all other documents required by any of them.

 

Page 74


3

Legal opinions

 

  (a)

The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent, or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such opinion will be given:

 

  (i)

an opinion on matters of English law from Stephenson Harwood LLP; and

 

  (ii)

an opinion on matters of Marshall Island law from Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, New York.

 

4

Other documents and evidence

 

  (a)

Process agent Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 23.5 and any process agent appointed under any Finance Document executed pursuant to paragraph 2(a) above has accepted its appointment.

 

  (b)

Other authorisations A copy of any Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any of the Relevant Documents or for the validity and enforceability of any of the Relevant Documents.

 

  (c)

Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower under Clause 8 and Clause 9 have been paid.

 

  (d)

“Know your customer” documents Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents (including “know your customer” documentation on each shareholder of the Borrower with a shareholding of 20% or more).

 

  (e)

Other Such other documents, authorisations, opinions and assurances as the Agent may specify.

 

Page 75


Part II:

Conditions precedent to Drawdown Date

 

1

Security Parties

 

  (a)

Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of the Collateral Owner together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that the Collateral Owner is duly formed or incorporated in its country of formation or incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party.

 

  (b)

Certificate of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of the Collateral Owner (if such a certificate can be obtained).

 

  (c)

Board resolutions A copy (or extract) of a resolution of the board of directors (or sole member) of the Collateral Owner:

 

  (i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and

 

  (i)

if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf.

 

  (d)

Shareholder resolutions If required by any legal advisor to the Agent, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares or membership interests (as the case may be) in the Collateral Owner, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (e)

Officer’s certificate An original certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of the Collateral Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Drawdown Date, setting out the names of its directors and officers, setting out the proportion of shares held by each shareholder, and confirming that its borrowing and guaranteeing limits will not be exceeded.

 

  (f)

Power of attorney The notarially attested and legalised (where necessary for registration purposes) power of attorney of the Collateral Owner under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by the Collateral Owner.

 

2

Security and related documents

 

  (a)

Vessel documents In respect of the Collateral Vessel, photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a duly authorised representative of the Collateral Owner of the Collateral Vessel, of:

 

  (i)

the MOA;

 

Page 76


  (ii)

the bill of sale transferring title in the Collateral Vessel to the Collateral Owner free of all encumbrances maritime liens or other debts;

 

  (iii)

the protocol of delivery and acceptance evidencing the unconditional physical delivery of the Collateral Vessel by the Sellers to the Collateral Owner pursuant to the MOA;

 

  (iv)

any charterparty or other contract of employment of the Collateral Vessel which will be in force on the Drawdown Date and which (inclusive of any extension option) is capable of exceeding twelve (12) months;

 

  (v)

the Management Agreements (if any);

 

  (vi)

evidence of the Collateral Vessel’s current Certificate of Financial Responsibility issued pursuant to the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 (if applicable);

 

  (vii)

the Collateral Vessel’s current SMC;

 

  (viii)

the ISM Company’s current Document of Compliance;

 

  (ix)

the Collateral Vessel’s current ISSC;

 

  (x)

the Collateral Vessel’s current IAPPC;

in each case together with all addenda, amendments or supplements.

 

  (b)

Evidence of Collateral Owner’s title Evidence that on the Drawdown Date (i) the Collateral Vessel will be at least provisionally registered under the relevant flag in the ownership of the Collateral Owner and (ii) the Mortgage will be capable of being registered against the Collateral Vessel with first priority.

 

  (c)

Evidence of insurance Evidence that the Collateral Vessel is insured in the manner required by the Security Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Security Documents, together with (if required by the Agent) the written approval of the Insurances by an insurance adviser appointed by the Agent.

 

  (d)

Confirmation of class A Class Certificate for hull and machinery confirming that the Collateral Vessel is classed with the highest class applicable to vessels of her type with a Pre-Approved Classification Society free of material overdue recommendations affecting class.

 

  (e)

Security Documents The Collateral Owner’s Guarantee, the Mortgage and the Assignment, together with all other documents required by any of them, including, without limitation, (i) all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients and (ii) all share certificates, certified copy share registers or registers of members, transfer forms, proxy forms, letters of resignation and letters of undertakings.

 

Page 77


  (f)

Managers’ Confirmations The Managers’ Confirmations (if any) together with notices of any assignments contained in the same and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.

 

  (g)

Other Relevant Documents Copies of each of the Relevant Documents not otherwise comprised in the documents listed in this Part II of Schedule 2.

 

3

Legal opinions

Confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that legal opinions substantially in the form provided to the Agent prior to the Drawdown Date will be given promptly following disbursement of the Loan, namely:

 

  (a)

an opinion on matters of English law from Stephenson Harwood LLP;

 

  (b)

an opinion on matters of Marshall Islands law from Watson, Farley & Williams LLP; and

 

  (c)

an opinion on matters of Bahamas law from Lennox Patton (or such other legal advisors in respect of the jurisdiction of the underlying flag of the Collateral Vessel).

 

4

Other documents and evidence

 

  (a)

Drawdown Notice A duly completed Drawdown Notice.

 

  (b)

Process agent Evidence that any process agent appointed under any of the Security Documents executed pursuant to paragraph 2(e) above has accepted its appointment.

 

  (c)

Other Authorisations A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Relevant Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Relevant Document.

 

  (d)

“Know your customer Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

  (e)

Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower under Clause 8 and Clause 9 have been paid by, or will have been paid on, the Drawdown Date.

 

Page 78


Part III: Conditions subsequent to Drawdown Date

 

1

Evidence of Collateral Owners’ title Certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of the flag of the Collateral Vessel confirming that (a) the Collateral Vessel is permanently registered under that flag in the ownership of the relevant Collateral Owner, (b) the Mortgage has been registered with first priority against the Collateral Vessel and (c) there are no further Encumbrances registered against the Collateral Vessel.

 

2

Letters of undertaking Letters of undertaking in respect of the Insurances as required by the Security Documents together with copies of the relevant policies or cover notes or entry certificates duly endorsed with the interest of the Finance Parties.

 

3

Acknowledgements of notices Acknowledgements of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to any Security Documents received by the Agent pursuant to Part II of this Schedule 2.

 

4

Legal opinions Such of the legal opinions specified in Part II of this Schedule 2 as have not already been provided to the Agent.

 

Page 79


Schedule 3

The Collateral Vessels

 

Vessel Name

   Type    Flag    Year
built
  

Collateral

Owner

  

Sellers

   Relevant
Percentage
 

“CAPE ENDEAVOUR”

 

(tbr “SELETAR SPIRIT”)

   LR2    Marshall
Islands
   2010    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1586 L.L.C.    MT “Cape Endeavour” Schiffahrts- gesellschaft mbH & Co. KG      20.09

“CAPE ENTERPRISE”

 

(tbr “LUZON SPIRIT”)

   LR2    Marshall
Islands
   2011    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1593 L.L.C.    MT “Cape Enterprise” Schiffahrts- gesellschaft mbH & Co. KG      21.28

“CAPE ENDLESS”

 

(tbr “SEBAROK SPIRIT”)

   LR2    Marshall
Islands
   2011    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1592 L.L.C.    MT “Cape Endless” Schiffahrts- gesellschaft mbH & Co. KG      21.28

“CAPE ENDURANCE”

 

(tbr “LEYTE SPIRIT”)

   LR2    Marshall
Islands
   2011    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1587 L.L.C.    MT “Cape Endurance” Schiffahrts- gesellschaft mbH & Co. KG      21.28

“DIAMOND ASPIRE”

 

(tbr “YAMATO SPIRIT”)

   Aframax    Bahamas    2008    Teekay Tankers TS Hull No. S-1415 L.L.C.    Diamond Tanker Pte. Ltd.      16.07

 

Page 80


Schedule 4

Form of Drawdown Notice

 

To:

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

 

From:

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

[Date]

Dear Sirs,

Drawdown Notice

We refer to the Loan Agreement dated                      2015 made between, amongst others, ourselves and yourselves (the “ Agreement ”).

Words and phrases defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Drawdown Notice.

Pursuant to Clause 4.1 of the Agreement, we irrevocably request that you advance a Drawing in respect of m.v. [”             “] in the sum of [                                        ] to us on                     2015, which is a Business Day, by paying the amount of the advance to [    ].

We warrant that the representations and warranties contained in Clause 11 of the Agreement save those contained in Clauses 11.2, 11.6 and 11.19 are true and correct at the date of this Drawdown Notice and will be true and correct on                      2015 that no Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied or unwaived, and that no Default will result from the advance of the sum requested in this Drawdown Notice.

We select the period of [            ] months as the Interest Period in respect of the said Drawing.

Yours faithfully

 

                                             

For and on behalf of

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

 

Page 81


Schedule 5

Form of Transfer Certificate

 

To:

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

Transfer Certificate

This transfer certificate relates to a secured loan facility agreement (as from time to time amended, varied, supplemented or novated the “ Loan Agreement ”) dated [                    ] 2015, on the terms and subject to the conditions of which a secured revolving credit facility was made available to Teekay Tankers Ltd., by a syndicate of banks on whose behalf you act as agent and security trustee.

 

1

Terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, have the same meaning when used in this certificate. The terms “ Transferor ” and “ Transferee ” are defined in the schedule to this certificate.

 

2

The Transferor:

 

  2.1

confirms that the details in the Schedule under the heading “ Transferor’s Commitment ” accurately summarise its Commitment; and

 

  2.2

requests the Transferee to accept by way of novation the transfer to the Transferee of the amount of the Transferor’s Commitment specified in the Schedule by counter-signing and delivering this certificate to the Agent at its address for communications specified in the Loan Agreement.

 

3

The Transferee requests the Agent to accept this certificate as being delivered to the Agent pursuant to and for the purposes of clause 14 of the Loan Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with the terms of that clause on the Transfer Date specified in the Schedule.

 

4

The Agent confirms its acceptance of this certificate for the purposes of clause 14 of the Loan Agreement.

 

5

The Transferee confirms that:

 

  5.1

it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement together with all other information which it has required in connection with this transaction;

 

  5.2

it has not relied and will not in the future rely on the Transferor or any other party to the Loan Agreement to check or enquire on its behalf into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any such information; and

 

  5.3

it has not relied and will not in the future rely on the Transferor or any other party to the Loan Agreement to keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of any Security Party.

 

6

Execution of this certificate by the Transferee constitutes its representation and warranty to the Transferor and to all other parties to the Loan Agreement that it has the power to become a party to the Loan Agreement as a Lender on the terms of the Loan Agreement and has taken all steps to authorise execution and delivery of this certificate.

 

Page 82


7

The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the other parties to the Loan Agreement that it will perform in accordance with their terms all those obligations which by the terms of the Loan Agreement will be assumed by it after delivery of this certificate to the Agent and the satisfaction of any conditions subject to which this certificate is expressed to take effect.

 

8

The Transferor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any document relating to any Finance Document, and assumes no responsibility for the financial condition of any Finance Party or for the performance and observance by any Security Party of any of its obligations under any Finance Document or any document relating to any Finance Document and any conditions and warranties implied by law are expressly excluded.

 

9

The Transferee acknowledges that nothing in this certificate or in the Loan Agreement shall oblige the Transferor to:

 

  9.1

accept a re-transfer from the Transferee of the whole or any part of the rights, benefits and/or obligations transferred pursuant to this certificate; or

 

  9.2

support any losses directly or indirectly sustained or incurred by the Transferee for any reason including, without limitation, the non-performance by any party to any Finance Document of any obligations under any Finance Document.

 

10

The address and fax number of the Transferee for the purposes of clause 18 of the Loan Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

11

This certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be original but which shall together constitute the same instrument.

 

12

This certificate shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law.

 

Page 83


The Schedule

 

1

Transferor :

 

2

Transferee :

 

3

Transfer Date (not earlier that the fifth Business Day after the date of delivery of the Transfer Certificate to the Agent):

 

4

Transferor’s Commitment :

 

5

Amount transferred :

 

6

Transferee’s address and fax number for the purposes of clause 18 of the Loan Agreement :

 

[name of Transferor]    [name of Transferee]

By:

   By:

Date:

   Date:

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC as Agent

By:

Date:

 

Page 84


Schedule 6

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To:

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

From: Teekay Tankers Ltd.

Date: [•]

Dear Sirs

We refer to an agreement (the “ Facility Agreement ”) dated [•] 2015 and made between (inter alia) (1) us as borrower, (2) the banks listed at Schedule 1 thereto as lenders and (3) yourselves as agent and security trustee (as from time to time amended, varied, novated or supplemented).

Terms defined or construed in the Facility Agreement have the same meanings and constructions in this Certificate.

We attach the relevant calculation applicable on the last day of our financial [year][quarter] ending [•] (the “ Relevant Period ”) which confirm that:

 

1

Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines [were in aggregate at all times equal to or greater than/fell below] $35,000,000. Therefore the condition contained in Clause 12.2.1 of the Facility Agreement [has/has not] been complied with in respect of the Relevant Period.

 

2

The aggregate of Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines [was at all times equal to or greater than/fell below] 5.0% of Total Debt. Therefore the condition contained in Clause 12.2.2 of the Facility Agreement [has/has not] been complied with.

The Fair Market Value of each Collateral Vessel is as follows at [date]:

 

Name of Collateral Vessel

   Name of first
shipbroker
providing
valuation
   Name of
second
shipbroker
providing
valuation
   Name of third
shipbroker
providing
valuation
   Average
market value

[•]

   [•]    [•]    [•]    [•]

 

Signed:  

 

 

Duly authorised representative of

  Teekay Tankers Ltd.

 

Page 85


In witness of which the parties to this Agreement have executed this Agreement the day and year first before written.

 

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   ) /s/ George Macheras,

for and on behalf of

   ) Attorney-in-fact

Teekay Tankers Ltd.

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Sarah Yeowart

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as Agent)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Sarah Yeowart

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Sarah Yeowart

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

DNB Capital LLC

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as a Lender)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Sarah Yeowart

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as an MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Sarah Yeowart

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

 

Page 86


Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

DNB Markets, Inc.

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as an MLA)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Sarah Yeowart

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as a Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Sarah Yeowart

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

Signed by

   )

as duly authorized

   )

for and on behalf of

   ) /s/ David Metzger

DNB Markets Inc.

   ) Attorney-in-fact

(as Bookrunner)

   )

in the presence of:

   )

/s/ Sarah Yeowart

  

Stephenson Harwood LLP

  

1 Finsbury Circus

  

London

  

EC2M 7SH

  

 

Page 87

EXHIBIT 8.1

LISTING OF SUBSIDIARIES

The following companies are subsidiaries of Teekay Tankers Ltd. as at December 31, 2015:

 

         

State of Jurisdiction of

Incorporation

   Proportion of
Ownership Interest
1    Americas Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
2    Ashkini Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
3    Athens Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
4    Atlanta Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
5    Australian Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
6    Axel Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
7    Barcelona Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
8    Beijing Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
9    Donegal Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
10    Erik Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
11    Esther Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
12    Everest Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
13    Freeport Landholdings L.L.C.    U.S.A.    100.00%
14    Galway Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
15    Ganges Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
16    Godavari Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
17    Helga Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
18    Hugli Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
19    Iskmati Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
20    Kanata Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
21    Kareela Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
22    Kaveri Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
23    Kyeema Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
24    Limerick Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
25    London Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
26    Los Angeles Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
27    Mahanadi Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
28    Matterhorn Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
29    Montreal Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
30    Moscow Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
31    Narmada Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
32    Nassau Spirit Holding L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
33    Navigator Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
34    Pinnacle Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
35    Rio Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
36    Seoul Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
37    SPT Explorer L.L.C. (1)    Marshall Islands    100.00%


38    SPT Marine Transfer Services Ltd.    Bermuda    100.00%
39    STX Hull No. S1672 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
40    STX Hull No. S1673 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
41    STX Hull No. S1674 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
42    STX Hull No. S1675 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
43    Summit Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
44    Sydney Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
45    Teekay Guardian L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
46    Teekay Marine Holdings Limited    Marshall Islands    100.00%
47    Teekay Marine Solutions (Bermuda) Ltd.    Bermuda    100.00%
48    Teekay Marine Solutions Inc.    U.S.A.    100.00%
49    Teekay Marine Solutions Ltd.    U.K.    100.00%
50    Teekay Tankers Holdings Ltd.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
51    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1586 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
52    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1587 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
53    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1592 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
54    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1593 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
55    Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. S-1415 L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
56    Teekay Workboats L.L.C.    U.S.A.    100.00%
57    Teesta Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
58    Tokyo Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
59    VLCC A Investment L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
60    VLCC B Investment L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
61    Yamuna Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%
62    Zenith Spirit L.L.C.    Marshall Islands    100.00%

 

(1)  

Subsequent to December 31, 2015, SPT Explorer L.L.C. has changed its name to Explorer Spirit L.L.C.

Exhibit 10.4

ADDENDUM TO

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This ADDENDUM TO MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Addendum ”) is dated as of March 23, 2016 and entered into between TEEKAY TANKERS LTD., a corporation formed under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands (the “ Company ”) and TEEKAY TANKERS MANAGEMENT SERVICES LTD., a company formed under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands (the “ Manager ’’).

WHEREAS:

A. The Company and the Manager are parties to that certain Management Agreement dated as of December 18, 2007, as amended by the First Amendment to Management Agreement dated as of May 7, 2009, the Second Amendment to Management Agreement dated as of September 21, 2010 and the Third Amendment to Management Agreement dated as of January 1, 2011 (collectively, the “ Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company has engaged the Manager to provide, directly or indirectly, certain commercial, technical, administrative and strategic services with respect to the Company’s vessels and its business.

B. The Company and the Manager desire to add an addendum to the Agreement as hereinafter set forth.

C. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

Addendum to Agreement

The Company and the Manager hereby add the following Addendum to the Agreement, with effect as and from the date first written above:

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Agreement or any other agreement existing between the Parties, the Manager shall have the right to sub-contract the commercial management of any of the Vessels to Teekay Chartering Limited or Taurus Tankers Limited on straight commercial management terms or as part of any revenue sharing management arrangement. For such sub-contracted commercial management the Company shall only ever be charged the management fee chargeable pursuant to the provisions of the management agreement ultimately referable to the applicable straight commercial management terms or revenue sharing management arrangement as the case may be.

 

2.

Effect on Agreement

Except as specifically modified by this Addendum, the terms and provisions of the Agreement remain unchanged and in full force and effect. All references in the Agreement or otherwise to the Agreement shall hereinafter refer to the Agreement as modified by this Addendum.


In the event there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Agreement and this Addendum, this Addendum will control.

 

3.

Miscellaneous

(a) This Addendum is governed exclusively by, and is to be enforced, construed and interpreted exclusively in accordance with, English law, which is deemed to be the proper law of the Addendum.

(b) The descriptive headings contained in this Addendum are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Addendum.

(c) This Addedum may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Addendum to Management Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the date first written above.

 

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.

By:

 

/s/ Lakilah Spencer

Name:

 

Lakilah Spencer

Title:

 

Assistant Secretary

TEEKAY TANKERS MANAGEMENT SERVICES LTD.

By:

 

/s/ Edith Robinson

Name:

 

Edith Robinson

Title:

 

Vice President

EXHIBIT 12.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Kevin Mackay, President and Chief Executive Officer of the company certify that:

 

  1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Teekay Tankers Ltd. (the “ Company ”);

 

  2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4.

The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

 

  a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5.

The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: April 27, 2016

   

By:

 

/s/ Kevin Mackay

     

Kevin Mackay

     

President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 12.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Vincent Lok, Chief Financial Officer of the company certify that:

 

  1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Teekay Tankers Ltd. (the “ Company ”);

 

  2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4.

The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

 

  a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5.

The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: April 27, 2016

   

By:

 

/s/ Vincent Lok

     

Vincent Lok

     

Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 13.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Teekay Tankers Ltd. (the “Company” ) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Form 20-F” ), I, Kevin Mackay, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)

The Form 20-F fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

(2)

The information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: April 27, 2016

 

By:

 

/s/ Kevin Mackay

 

Kevin Mackay

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 13.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Teekay Tankers Ltd. (the “Company” ) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Form 20-F” ), I, Vincent Lok, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)

The Form 20-F fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

(2)

The information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: April 27, 2016

 

By:

 

/s/ Vincent Lok

 

Vincent Lok

 

Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Teekay Tankers Ltd.:

 

(1)

No. 333-148055 and No. 333-194404 on Form S-8 pertaining to the Teekay Tankers Ltd. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan;

 

(2)

No. 333-196915 on Form F-3 and related prospectus and prospectus supplements for registration of up to $200,000,000 of its Class A common stock; and

 

(3)

No. 333-205643 on Form F-3 and related prospectus and prospectus supplements for registration of up to $150,000,000 of its Class A common stock,

of our reports dated April 27, 2016, with respect to the consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015 and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, which reports appear in the December 31, 2015 Annual Report on Form 20-F of Teekay Tankers Ltd. Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to the retrospective change in the Company’s method of accounting for debt issuance costs effective December 31, 2015 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs . Our report dated April 27, 2016 on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, contains an explanatory paragraph that states Teekay Tankers Ltd. acquired the SPT ship-to-ship transfer business during 2015, and that management excluded this acquired business’s internal control over financial reporting from its assessment of the effectiveness of Teekay Tankers Ltd.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 and we have excluded this acquired business from our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants

Vancouver, Canada

April 27, 2016